UKT: This downloaded file is very extensive and is very difficult to search. To make searching easy I have inserted the following TOC. - 111201

Contents of this page
p000-c1  p000-c1  p432-c1  p433-c1  p434-c1  p435-c1  p436-c1  p437-c1  p438-c1  p439-c1
p440-c1  p441-c1  p442-c1  p443-c1  p444-c1  p445-c1  p446-c1  p447-c1  p448-c1  p449-c1
p450-c1  p451-c1  p452-c1  p453-c1  p454-c1  p455-c1  p456-c1  p457-c1  p458-c1  p459-c1
p460-c1  p461-c1  p462-c1  p463-c1  p464-c1
UKT notes

 

ta 1

ta the 1st dental consonant

⋙ takāra

○kāra m. the letter t

• -vipulā f. N. of a metre

⋙ tapara

○para mfn. followed by t Pāṇ. 1-1, 70

• -karaṇa n. causing ṭ, to follow, vi, 1, 91 Kāś

⋙ tavarga

○varga m. the dental consonants collectively TPrāt

⋙ tavargīya

○"ṣvargīya mfn. belonging to the dental consonants, xiii, 15

ta 2

tá pronom. base, tád,

⋙ tatama

○tama mfn. (superl.) that one (of many) Pāṇ. 5-3, 93

• such a one BhP. x, 36, 28

• just that AitUp. iii, 12, 13 (= vyāpta-t○ Sch.)

⋙ tatara

○tara mfn. (compar.) that one (of two) Pāṇ. 5-3, 92

⋙ tatas

○tas (tá-), s.v

ta 3

ta m. a tail (esp. of a jackal), any tail except that of Bos gaurus L

•, the breast L

• the womb L

• the hip W

• a warrior L

• a thief. L

• a wicked man L

• a Mleccha L

• a Buddha L

• a jewel L

• nectar L

• n. crossing L

• virtue L

• (ā), f. Lakshmī L

taṃs

taṃs (cl. 1. P. ○sati, to decorate Dhātup. xvii, 31

• Ā. ○sate [aor. ataṃsiṣṭa] to decorate one's self Vop. xxiv, 12

• pf. tatasré) 'to move', pour out (fig. a wish) RV. iv, 23, 5: Caus. taṃsayati (cl. 10. 'to decorate' Dhātup. xxxiii, 56

• impf. ataṃsayat), to draw to and fro VS. xxiii, 24: Intens, irr. tantasyati, 'to afflict' or 'to be distressed' (cf. vi-√taṃs), g. kaṇḍv-ādi

• [fr. √tan?

• cf. tásara ; Goth. at-pinsan

• Old Germ. dinsan', to draw.']

taṃsu

taṃsu m. N. of a prince of the lunar race (son of Mati- or Ranti-nāra) MBh. i, 3704ff. ; 3779f. Hariv. 1716ff. VP.iv, 19, 1f

• (trasu) VāyuP.ī, 37, 125 and 128

⋙ taṃsurodha

○rodha m.id. BrahmaP

tak

tak cl. 2. ○kti (cl. 1. kati ['to laugh' or 'to bear' Dhātup.v, 2] Naigh. ii, 14

• inf. ○kitum Nir. ix, 3) to rush along RV. ix, 16, 1

• [cf. niṣ-ṭak, pari-takana, pra-takta ; Lith. tekú.]

≫ takavāna

tákavāna mfn. (fr. and ) = táku, i, 120, 6

≫ taku

táku mfn. rushing along, ix, 97, 52

≫ takta

taktá mfn. id., vi, 32, 5 ; ix, 32, 4 and 67, 15

≫ takya

takya mfn. fut. Pass. p. Pāṇ. 3-1, 97 Vārtt. 1 Pat, takvá mfn. quick RV. viii, 69, 13

≫ takvan

tákvan m. 'rushing', a bird, bird of prey ['a fleet horse' Sāy.], i, 66, 2

• a thief Naigh. iii, 24

⋙ takvavī

takva-vī́ m. (nom. sg. and pl. viís) a bird, bird of prey RV. i, x

⋙ takvavīya

takvavī́ya rapid flight (?), i, 134, 5

taka

taká m(nom. pl. ās) fn(ad). (dimin. of 2. tá) that, 133, 4 and 191, 15 KātyŚr.xiii Bhadrab

takari

takari f. = ○rī Kāṭh. xiii, 9 f

≫ takarī

takarī́ f. a particular part of a woman's pudenda TS. iii, 3, 10, 1

• (tagarī) AV. Paipp, [Page 431, Column 3]

takavāna

tákavāna √tak

takila

takila mfn. fraudulent L

• (ā), f. 'a drug (auṣadha)' or 'N. of a herb (oṣadhi)' L

taku

táku √tak

takkola

takkola m. Pimenta acris R. iii, 35

takman 1

tákman n. = tok○, offspring Naigh

takman 2

takmán m. (√tañc) 'shrinking', N. of a disease or of a class of diseases (accompanied by skin-eruptions) AV. i, iv-vi, ix, xi f. xix

⋙ takmanāśana

takmá-nāśana mfn. removing the takmán, v, 4, 1 f

≫ takra

takra n. (g. nyaṅkv-ādi) buttermilk mixed with (a third part of) water Mn. viii, 326 Yājñ. iii, 37 & 322 Hariv. &c

• (ā) (f.= ○krâkvā L

⋙ takrakurcikā

○kurcikā f. inspissated buttermilk Suśr

⋙ takrapiṇḍa

○piṇḍa m. curd Bhpr. v, 13, 30

⋙ takrabhaktā

○bhaktā f. = ○krâhvā L

⋙ takrabhid

○bhid the fruit of Feronia elephantum Npr

⋙ takramāṃsa

○māṃsa n. meat fried with ghee and eaten with buttermilk Bhpr

⋙ takrasāra

○sāra n. fresh butter L

⋙ takrāṭa

takrâṭa m. a churning-stick (cf. dadhi-cāra), Vāsav. 157

⋙ takrāhvā

takrâhvā f. N. of a shrub L

takva

takvá tákvan, kva-vií, &c. √tak

takṣ 1

takṣ cl. i. P. ○kṣati (ep. also Ā. impf. tákṣat, átakṣat RV

• rarely cl. 2, 3, pl. tákṣati [Pāṇ. 7-1, 39 Pat.] RV. i, 162, 6

• impf. [aor.?] atakṣma, 2. pl. ataṣṭa RV

• once cl. 5. [takṣṇoti Pāṇ. 3-1, 76], Pot. ○kṣṇuyur Lāṭy. viii

• also apa-

• aor, atakṣīt Pāṇ. 7-2, 7 Kāś

• 3. pl. ○kṣiṣur RV. i, 130, 6

• Subj. takṣiṣat [Pāṇ. 3-4, 7 Kāś.], ŚākhŚr. vii

• pf. tatákṣa, once Ā. ○kṣé RV. v, 33, 4 ; 3, pl. ○kskúr RV. (8 times) &c., once takṣur, ii, 19, 8

• 2. du. takṣathur, x, 39, 4

• pr. p. f. tákṣatī, i, 164, 41

• pf. Pass, p. taṣṭá, s.v.) to form by cutting, plane, chisel, chop RV. &c

• to cut, split MBh. Hariv. Hcar

• to fashion, form (out of wood &c.), make, create RV. AV

• to form in the mind, invent RV

• to make (any one young

• double acc.), make able or prepare for (dat.) RV

• (in math.) to reduce by dividing Gol. xiii, 14 ff

• Lil. &c

• = √tvac Dhātup. xvii, 13

• to, skin ib.: Caus. takṣayati (aor. atatakṣat) Pāṇ. 7-4, 93 Kāś

• cf. tvakṣ. 2. Taksh, 'paring'

• kāṣṭha-

≫ takṣa 1

takṣa mfn. 'cutting through', tapas-

• m. ifc. = ○kṣan VarBṛS. lxxxvii, 20 and 24 (cf. kauṭa-, grāma-)

• N. of a Nāga (cf. ○kṣaka) Kauś

• of a son [of Bharata R. vii, 100 f. Ragh. xv, 89 BhP. ix, 11, 12

• (also ○kṣaka)

• of Vṛika, 24, 42]

≫ takṣa 2

takṣa in comp. for ○kṣan,

⋙ takṣakarman

○karman n. carpenter's work ĀśvŚr.ī, 1, 13 Sch

⋙ takṣarathakāra

○rathakārá (tâk○), m. du. a carpenter and a cartwright MaitrS. iv, 3, 8

⋙ takṣavat

○vat mfn. ? (for kṣata-v○?) MBh. ii, 23, 18,

⋙ takṣaśila

○śila m. pl. the inhabitants of ○lā VarBṛS. x, 8 and (in comp.) xvi, 26

• (ā), f. (Pāṇ. 4-3, 93

• g. varaṇâdi) ? city of the Gandhāras (residence of Taksha R. vii, 101, 11) MBh. R. Buddh. VarBṛS. Kathās. lxix

• ○lā-vatī f. N. of a locality, g. madhv-ddi

⋙ takṣāyaskāra

takṣâyaskāra n. sg. a carpenter and a blacksmith Pāṇ. 2-4, 10 Kāś

≫ takṣaka

takṣaká m. (Pāṇ. 8-2, 29 Kāś.) 'a cutter', kāṣṭha-, vṛkṣa-

• a carpenter L

• Viśvakarman L

• the Sūtra-dhāra or speaker in the prelude of a drama L. Sch

• N. of a tree L

• of a Nāga prince (cf. ○kṣa) AV. viii, 10, 29 TāṇḍyaBr. xxv, 15 ŚāṅkhGṛ. iv, 18, 1 Kauś. MBh. &c

• of a son of Prasena-jit BhP. ix, 12, 8

• also ○kṣa

≫ takṣakīyā

takṣakīyā f. N. of a place, g. 2. naḍâdi

≫ takṣaṇa

takṣaṇa m. a cutter, abrader W

• (in math.) the divisor employed to reduce a quantity W

• n. cutting, paring, peeling, abrading KātyŚr. xxii, 6 Gaut.i, 29 Mn.v, 115 &c

• (N. of a Kalā) Vātsyāy. i, 3, 17

• dividing in order to reduce a quantity, Lil

• (ī), f. an instrument for cutting or paring L

≫ takṣan

tákṣan m. (Ved. acc. ○kṣaṇam, class. ○kṣaṇam Pāṇ. 6-4, 9 Kāś.) a wood-cutter, carpenter, ? RV. ix, 112, 1 AV.x, 6, 3 VS. &c

• N. of a teacher ŚBr. ii, 3, 1, 31

• (kṣṇī), f. g. gaurâdi (not in Gaṇar.)

⋙ takṣiṇī

takṣiṇī f. = ○kṣaṇī L

≫ takṣitṛ

takṣitṛ mfn. a cutter Pāṇ. 8-2, 29 Kāś

≫ takṣya

tákṣya mfn. to be formed RV. viii, 102, 8

tagaḍavallī

tagaḍa-vallī for tagara-, q.v

≫ tagara

tagara n. (m. L.) = ○raka Kauś. 16 MBh. xiii, 5042 Buddh. Suśr. VarBṛS. lxxvii, 5 ff

• n. = -pura Romakas

• (ī), f. = takarī́, q.v

⋙ tagarapādika

○pādika n. = ○raka L

• (ā), f. id. L

⋙ tagarapādi

○pādí f. id. L

⋙ tagarapura

○pura n. N. of a town

⋙ tagaravalli

○vallí f. Cassia auriculata Npr

⋙ tagaraśikhin

○śikhin m. N. of a man Lalit. xiii. [Page 432, Column 1] Contents of this page

≫ tagaraka

tagaraka Tabernaemontana coronaria and a fragrant powder prepared from, it VarBṛS. li

⋙ tagarika

tagarika m

⋙ tagarikī

tagarikī f. a seller of Tagara powder, g. kisarâdi

taṅk

taṅk cl. 1.Pṭo live in distress, Dhā2tup

≫ taṅka

taṅka grief produced by separation from a beloved object L. Sch

• fear ib

• vḷ. for ṭaṅka (a chisel) L

• cf. ā-, tapas-

• pra-taṅkam

taṅg

taṅg cl. 1. P, ○gati, to go Dhātup. v, 41

• to stumble ib

• to tremble ib

taṅgaṇa

taṅgaṇa m. pl. N. of a people (in the upper part of the valley of the Sarayū) MBh. ii f. vi f. xiv Hariv. VarBṛS. x, xvi f

• cf. ṭaṅk○

taṅgalva

taṅgalvá m. N. of an evil spirit AV. viii, 6, 21

tacchabdatva

tac-chabda-tva &c. tat

≫ tajja

taj-ja

⋙ tajjajaghanya

○jaghanyá &c. ib

tajvī

tajvī f. for tanvii, q.v

tañc 1

tañc (= √tvañc), cl. 1. ○cati, to go

tañc 2

tañc cl. 7. tanakti, to contract Bhaṭṭ. vi, 38

• cf. ā, abhy-ā-

• upâtaṅkya

• takmán and ○kra

⋙ tañj

tañj v. l. for √2. tañc Dhātup

tañjala

tañjala m. the Cātaka bird Gal

taṭ

taṭ cl. 1. P. ○ṭati, to rumble ṢaḍvBr. v, 7

• (derived fr. taṭa) to be raised Dhātup.ix, 21: Caus. tāṭayati, v. l. for tāḍay○, to strike, xxxii, 43

taṭa

taṭa m. (exceptionally n. Daśar. ī. 18/19) a slope, declivity, any part of the body which has (as it were) sloping, sides (cf. śroṇi-, stana-, &c.), a shore MBh. (said of Siva, xii, 10381) Hariv. &c. (ifc. f. ii Bhartṛ.)

• (ī), f. (g. gaurâdi Gaṇar. 49) id. Gīt. Prab. Sāh

• cf. a-, ut-

• pura-taṭī

⋙ taṭadruma

○druma m. a tree standing on the shore

⋙ taṭabhū

○bhū f. the shore, Śis. viii, 19

⋙ taṭastha

○stha mfn. standing on a declivity or bank Naish. iii, 55

• = -sthita, Mālatim. Naish. iii, 55

• m. an indifferent person (neither friend nor foe) W

• n. a property distinct from the nature of the body and yet that by which it is known, spiritual essence, Vedântak

⋙ taṭasthita

○sthita mfn. 'standing aloof', indifferent Uttarar. (said of speech)

⋙ taṭāghāta

taṭâghāta m. the butting (of elephants) against banks &c. (vapra-krīḍā) Kum. ii, 50

≫ taṭaka

taṭaka n. a shore Inscr

≫ taṭāka

taṭāka n. (m. L.) a pool ṢaḍvBr. v, 12 R. &c

≫ taṭākinī

taṭākinī f. a large pond MBh. iii, 279, 44

≫ taṭāya

taṭāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to appear like a declivity Alaṃkārav

≫ taṭinī

taṭinī f. (g. puṣkarâdi) 'having a bank', a river Rājat. iii, 339 ; iv, 548 Śatr

⋙ taṭinīpati

○pati m. 'lord of rivers', the ocean, i, 50

≫ taṭya

taṭya mfn. living on slopes (Śiva) MBh. xii

taṭataṭa

taṭataṭa (onomat.) in comp

⋙ taṭataṭasvana

○svana mfn. rumbling, thundering VarBṛS. xxxiii, 5

taḍ

taḍ cl, 10. tāḍayati (perf. ○ḍayāmāsa Kathās., twice tatāḍa BhP. vi f

• Pass. tāḍyate) to beat, strike, knock, strike (with arrows), wound, punish Nir. iii, 10 Mn. iv, xi Yājñ. i MBh. &c

• to strike a musical instrument MBh. Hariv. 15092 Mṛicch. v Kum. &c

• (in astron.) to obscure or eclipse partially VarBṛS. xxiv, 34

• 'to speak' or 'to shine' Dhātup. xxxiii, 126

≫ taḍākā 1

taḍākā f. a stroke L

• splendour Uṇ. Sch

≫ taḍi

taḍi ?, iv, 117 Sch

≫ taḍit

taḍit ind. = ○ḍítas RV. i, 94, 7 (talit)

• f. stroke (vadha-karman Naigh. ii, 19)', lightning Nir. iii, 10f. Suśr. &c. (ifc. ○ḍita Vet. Introd. 20)

⋙ taḍitkumāra

○kumāra m. pl. = vidyut-k○ L

⋙ taḍitprabhā

○prabhā f. N. of one of the mothers attending on Skanda MBh. ix, 2635

⋙ taḍitvat

○vat mfn. having or emitting lightning R. v, 40, 4 Vikr.i, 14 VarBṛS. Kir. v, 4

• m. a cloud Vām. v, 1, 10 Sch

• akind of Cyperus W

≫ taḍitas

taḍítas (taḻít○), ind. closely, near (as if striking against) RV. ii, 23, 9

≫ taḍid

taḍid in comp. for ○ḍit

⋙ taḍidgarbha

○garbha m. 'containing lightning', a cloud ŚvetUp. iv, 4,

⋙ taḍidvāsas

○vāsas mfn. having lightning like garments BhP. i, 12, 8

≫ taḍin

taḍin in comp. for ○ḍit

⋙ taḍinmaya

○maya mfn. flashing like lightning Kum. v 25 Hcar. viii

⋙ taḍinmālā

○mālā f. a garland of lightning, śāntiś

• ○lâvalambin mfn. having garlands of lightning hanging down W

≫ taḍil

taḍil = ○ḍit

⋙ taḍillatā

○latā f. forked lightning, Ritus, ii, 20

⋙ taḍillekhā

○lekhā f. a streak of lightning Bhartṛ. iii

taḍaga

taḍaga m.= ○ḍāga, a pond L. [Page 432, Column 2]

taḍataḍiti

taḍataḍ-iti ind. (onomat.) crack! Bālar. viii, 77

• cf. taṭataṭa

≫ taḍatkārin

taḍat-kārin mfn. cracking, iv, 74 ; v, 11

taḍāka

taḍāka m. n. (= taṭāka), a tank, pool L

• 2. (ā), f. a shore L

⋙ taḍākini

taḍākini for taṭāk.○ (C)

≫ taḍāga

taḍāga n. (m., g. ardharcâdi) = ○ḍāka ŚāṅkhGṛ. v, 2 Mn. iv, vii ff. Yājñ. MBh. &c

• a trap L

⋙ taḍāgada

○da mfn. making a tank, xiii, 2987

⋙ taḍāgabhavanotsarga

○bhavanôtsarga m. N. of Smṛitit. xii Smṛitit. Introd. 3

⋙ taḍāgabhedaka

○bhedaka mfn. a tank-breaker Mn. ix, 279

⋙ taḍāgavat

○vat mfn. = -da MBh. xiii, 2973

taḍi

taḍi ○dít, ○dítas, √taḍ

taḍiti

taḍ-iti ind. (onomat.) = taḍataḍ-iti Bālar. iv, 59 ; vi, 69 ; viii, 67

• ix Vcar. xiii, 40

taṇḍ

taṇḍ (= √taḍ), cl. 1. Ā. oḍate, to beat Dhātup. viii, 28

≫ taṇḍa

taṇḍa m. N. of a man, g. gargâdi

⋙ taṇḍavataṇḍa

○vataṇḍa m. pl, the descendants of Taṇḍa and Vataṇḍa, g. kārtakaujapâdi

≫ taṇḍaka

taṇḍaka mṇ. (g. ardharcâdi) a complete preparation L., Sch,

• composition abounding in compound words L

• the upright post of a house L

• m. a juggler L

• the trunk of a tree L

• foam L

• a wagtail L

• cf. tāṇḍ○

≫ taṇḍā

taṇḍā f. in comp

• cf. taṇḍa

⋙ taṇḍāpracara

○pracara or m.? (a term relating to the SV.) Caraṇ

⋙ taṇḍāpratara

○pratara m.? (a term relating to the SV.) Caraṇ

⋙ taṇḍālakṣaṇa

○lakṣaṇa n. N. of a Sūtra of the SV

≫ taṇḍi

taṇḍi m. N. of a man Pravar., ii, 4, 1 ; vii, 2

• of a Ṛishi (who saw and praised Śiva) MBh. xiii, 607 and 1037ff. ŚivaP.ī, 2

• cf. sudivā-

• tāṇḍi

⋙ taṇḍiputra

○putra m. N. of a teacher VāyuP. i, 61, 37

⋙ taṇḍivāha

○vāha m. a barber Gal

≫ taṇḍu

taṇḍu m. N. of an attendant of Śiva (Bharata's teacher in the art of dancing, cf. tāṇḍava)

taṇḍurīṇa

taṇḍurīṇa m. one not a citizen, a barbarian L

• a worm, insect L

• = ○ṇḍulâmbu L

taṇḍula

taṇḍulá m. (g. ardharcâdi) grain (after threshing and winnowing), esp. rice AV. x ff. ŚBr. AitBr. &c

• rice used as a weight Car. vii, 12 VarBṛS

• = ○līka L

• m. = ○lu L

• (ā), f.id. L

• (ī), f. a kind of gourd L

• = ○līka L

• the plant yava-tiktā L

⋙ taṇḍulakaṇa

○kaṇa m. a rice-grain Hit

⋙ taṇḍulakaṇḍana

○kaṇḍana n. bran Suśr

⋙ taṇḍulakiṇva

○kiṇva n. g. rāja-dantâdi

⋙ taṇḍulakusumabaliprakāra

○kusuma-bali-prakāra or ○li-vik○ m. pl. N. of a Kalā (q.v.)

⋙ taṇḍuladeva

○deva m. N. of a poet Bhojapr. 162/163

⋙ taṇḍulaphalā

○phalā f. long pepper L

⋙ taṇḍulavaitālika

○vaitālika n. N. of the 5th Prakīrṇaka of the Jaina canon

⋙ taṇḍulāmbu

taṇḍulâmbu n. rice-water or gruel

⋙ taṇḍulottha

taṇḍulôttha

⋙ taṇḍulodaka

taṇḍulôdaka n. id. L

⋙ taṇḍulaūgha

taṇḍulaū7gha m. a heap of grain W

• Bambus spinosa L

≫ taṇḍulika

taṇḍulika mfn. fr. ○la Pāṇ. 5-2, 115 Pat

⋙ taṇḍulikāśrama

taṇḍulikâśrama m. N. of a Tīrtha Vishṇ. lxxxv, 24 (v. l.) MBh. iii, 4084 (vv. ll. ○DUl○ and tandul○)

≫ taṇḍulin

taṇḍulin mfn. for ○la Pāṇ. 5-2, 115 Pat

≫ taṇḍulīka

taṇḍulīka m. Amaranthus polygonoides L

≫ taṇḍulīya

taṇḍulīya m. (g. apūpâdi) id. Suśr

• = ○lu L

• iron pyrites L

⋙ taṇḍulīyaka

taṇḍulīyaka m. = ○līka Suśr

• = ○lu L

• (ikā), f. id. L

⋙ taṇḍulu

taṇḍulu m. Embelia Ribes L

≫ taṇḍulera

taṇḍulera m. = ○līka L

≫ taṇḍūlikāśrama

taṇḍūlikâśrama ○Dul○

tat 1

tat for tád. col. 3

tat 2

tat I. tatá. √tan

tata 2

tatá m. (cf. tāta) chiefly Ved. a father (familiar expression corresponding to nanā́, mother) RV. viii, 91, 5 f. ; ix, 112, 3 AV. TS. iii TBr. &c. (voc. [like tāta] also term of affection addressed to a son AitBr.v, 14, 3 ; vii, 14, 8)

⋙ tatatata

○tata m. father of fathers W

⋙ tatadruh

○druh mfn. having hurt one's father BhP. i, 18, 37

⋙ tatāmaha

tatā-mahá m. (formed after and ) = pita-mahá AV. v, 24, 17 ; xviii, 4, 76 Kauś. PārGṛ. i, 5 BhP. vi

• cf. pra-

tatanuṣṭi

tatanúṣṭi √tan

tatama

ta-tama -tara, 2. tá

≫ tatas

tátas ind. (tâ-tas, correlative of yá-tas) used for the abl. (sg., du. and pl.) of tád (q.v. Pāṇ. 5-3, 7f.' ; vi, 3, 35) RV. AV. ĪśUp. Mn. &c

• from that place, thence RV. AV. &c,

• in that place, there MBh. &c

• thither Mn. vii, 188 R. i, 44, 34 Kathās

• thereupon, then, after that, afterwards (sometimes corresponding to preceding particles like ágre, puras, purvam, prathamam, prāk ŚBr. xiv Mn. ii, 60 Śak. Pañcat. &c

• corresponding to prathamá RV. i, 83, 5

• also correlative of yád [x, 85, 5 and 121, 7 AV. xii, 4, 7 ff.], yátra "ṣBr.i, yadā ṇal. xx ṛ., yadi [ChUp. Nal. &c.], cêd [TUp. ii, 6 Śak. v, 28/29 vḷ.] [Page 432, Column 3]

• often superfluous after an ind. p. or after tadā or atha Mn. &c.)

• from that, in consequence of that, for that reason, consequently AV. MBh. xii, 13626 R. vi Hit

⋙ tataḥ katham

tátaḥ katham but, how is it then that? Sāh. iii, 200/210

⋙ tataḥ kṣaṇam

tátaḥ kṣaṇam or immediately afterwards Kathās

⋙ tataḥ kṣaṇāt

tátaḥ kṣaṇāt immediately afterwards Kathās

⋙ tatah para

tátah pára mfn. beyond that AV. xviii, 2, 32

• ○raṃ, ind, besides that, further Pāṇ. 7-2, 10 Kār

• thereupon, afterwards MBh. &c. (○taś ca param VP. iv)

⋙ tataḥ pascāt

tátaḥ pascāt id. Mn. iii, 116 f. MBh. &c

• ○taḥ-prabhṛti, thenceforth Nal. ii, i Pañcat. &c

⋙ tatas tatah

tátas tatah (in dram.) what then? what took place after that? Ratnāv. Hit

• ○tas-tataḥ, from that and that place, here and there, hither and thither, from all sides, to everyplace, everywhere PārGṛ. iii, 13, 6 MBh. R. BhP

• (correlative of yato-yataḥ, from whatever place, wherever) to that place Śak. i, 23 BhP

• ○to'nyatas, 'to another place than that', to some other place Mn. ii, 200

• ○to'nyatra = tasmād anyasmin L

⋙ tato param

táto'param afterwards, at another time AitBr. vii, 17, 4

• [cf. ?,?],

⋙ tatastya

○"ṣtya mf(ā)n. (Pāṇ. 4-2, 104 Pat.) coming from that, proceeding thence Kir. i, 27

• of or belonging to that W

≫ tati 1

táti nom. acc. pl. (Pāṇ. 1-1, 23 ff.) so many, Lat. tot AV. xii, 3

⋙ tatidhā

○dhā́ in, d. in-so many parts ib

≫ tatitha

tatithá mf(ī́)n. so maniest ŚBr. i, 8, 1, 5

≫ tato

tato in comp. for ○tas

⋙ tatonidāna

○nidāna mfn. caused by that Vajracch. 8 and 11

⋙ tatobṛhatīka

○bṛhatīka mfn. having the Bṛihatī metre at that place SāṅkhŚr. xi, 12, 1

⋙ tatobhavat

○bhavat m. His (or Your) Highness there (cf. tatra-bh○) Pāṇ. 5-3, 14 Kāś

tatāmaha

tatā-mahá 2. tatá

tati 2

tati √tan

taturi

táturi mfn. (√tṝ, iii, 2, 171) conquering RV. i, 145, 3 iv, 39, 2, vi, 22, 2 ; 24, 2 ; 68, 7

• promoting ŚBr. i, 8, 1, 22 SāṅkhŚr. i, 11, 1

tat 1

tat in comp. for tád

⋙ tatkara

○kara mf(ā)n. doing that, doing any particular work Pāṇ. 3-2, 21

⋙ tatkartavya

○kartavya mfn. proper to be done with reference to any particular circumstance (cf. iti-k○) Rājat. vi, 269

⋙ tatkartṛ

○kartṛ m. 'creator of (that, i.e. of) the universe', N. of the supreme being (with Sikhs) W

⋙ tatkarmakārin

○karma-kārin mfn. doing the same work Mn. ix, 261

⋙ tatkārin

○kārin mfn. id., Kāvyád.ī, 20

⋙ tatkāla

○kāla mfn. happening (at that same time, i.e.) immediately KātyŚr. i, xxv

• of that duration BrahmaP

• m. that time (opposed to etat-k○, this time') Vedântas

• the time referred to KātyŚr. i VarBṛ. Laghuj

• (am), ind. at that time, at the same time, during that time Gobh. iii, 3, 28 PārGṛ. ii, 11, 5 f. VarBṛ. Kathās. &c

• immediately Pañcat. Kathās. (cf. tātkālika)

• -dhī mfn. having presence of mind L

• -lavaṇa n. a kind of salt Npr

• ○lêpanna-dhī mfn. = ○la-dhī L

⋙ tatkālīna

○"ṣkālīna mfn. of that time Daś. iii, 36

• simultaneous BhP. x, 12, 41

⋙ tatkulina

○"ṣkulína mfn. of that family MBh. v, 7102

⋙ tatkriya

○kriya mfn. =

⋙ tatkara

○kara L

⋙ tatkṣaṇa

○kṣaṇa m. the same moment L

• (am), ind. at the same moment, directly, immediately Pañcat. Kathās. &c. (incomp. ○ṇa- Ragh. i, 51 VarBṛS. Kathās. vi Hit.)

• (āt), abl. ind. id. Yājñ. ii, 14 R. &c

• (e), loc. ind., id. W

⋙ tattaddeśīya

○tad-deśīya mfn. belonging to this or that country Nyāyam. viii, 3, 7 Sch

⋙ tattulya

○tulya mfn. (said of a Prākṛit word) similar or equal to the original Sanskṛit word Vāgbh. ii, 2

⋙ tattritīya

○tritīya mfn. doing that for the 3rd time Pāṇ. 6-2, 162 Kāś

⋙ tattribhāgaka

○tribhāgaka mf(ikā)n. forming onethird of that VarBṛS. lviii

⋙ tattva

○tva n. true or real state, truth, reality ŚvetUp. Mn. Bhag. &c

• (in phil.) a true principle (in Sāṃkhya phil. 25 in number, viz. a-vyakta, buddhi, ahaṃ-kāra, the 5 Tan-mātras, the 5 Mahā-bhūtas, the 11 organs including manas, and, lastly, puruṣa, qq.vv.) MBh. xii, 11840 ; xiv, 984 R. iii, 53, 42 Tattvas. ; 24 in number MBh. xii, 11242 Hariv. 14840 (m.) ; 23 in number BhP. iii, 6, 2 ff

• for other numbers xi,. 22, 1 ff. RāmatUp

• with Māheśvaras and Lokâyatikas only 5 viś. the 5 elements are admitted Prab. ii, 18/19

• with Buddh. 4, with Jainas 2 or 5 or 7 or 9 Sarvad. ii f

• in Vedânta phil. tattva is regarded as made up of tad and tvam, 'that art thou', and called mahā-vākya, the great word by which the identity of the whole world with the one eternal Brahma [tad] is expressed)

• the, number 25 Sūryas. ii

• the number 24 DevibhP. ŚBr. vii, 3, 1, 43 Sāy

• an element or elementary property W

• the essence or substance of anything W. [Page 433, Column 1] Contents of this page

• the being that Jaim. i, 3, 24 Sch

• = tata-tva L

• N. of a musical instrument L

• (ena), instr. ind. according to the true state or nature of anything, in truth, truly, really, accurately Mn. vii, 68 MBh. R

• -kaumudī f. 'Tattva-moonlight', N. of a Comm. on Sāṃkhyak. Sarvad. xiv, 20

• -candra m. 'truthmoon', N. of a Comm. on Prakriyā-kaumudī

• 'Tattva-moon', N. of a Comm. on -kaumudī

• -cintāmaṇi m. N. of a philos. work by Gaṅgêśa

• of another work Nirṇayas. iii

• -jña mfn. ifc. knowing the truth, knowing the true nature of, knowing thoroughly Mn.xii, 102 MBh. (a- neg., xii, 6623) R. &c

• m. a Brāhman Npr

• -jñāna n. knowledge of truth, thorough knowledge, insight into the true principles of phil. Sarvad

• -jñānin mfn. = -jña W

• -taraṃgiṇī f. 'truth-river', N. of wk. by Dharmasāgara

• -tas ind.= ○ttvena MuṇḍUp. i, 2, 13 Mn. MBh. &c

• -tā f. truth, reality W

• -tyaj mfn. mistaking the true state Viddh. iii, 19

• -trayamaya mfn. consisting of the 3 realities Hcat. i, 11, 893

• -darśa m. (= -dṛś) N. of a Ṛishi under Manu Deva-sāvarṇi BhP. viii, 13, 32

• -darśin mfn. = -dṛś MBh. iii, 1149 Rāmag

• m. N. of one of Manu Raivata's sons Hariv. 433

• of a Brāhman, 1265

• -dīpana n. 'Tattva-light', N. of wk

• -dṛś mfn. perceiving truth Vedântas

• -nikaṣa-grāvan m. the touchstone of truth Hit. i, 9, 12

• -niścaya m. 'ascertainment of truth', right knowledge Sarvad. vi, 91 and 94

• -niṣṭhatā f. veracity Hemac

• -nyāsa m. 'application of true principles', N. of a ceremony in honour of Vishṇu (application of mystical letters &c. to parts of the body while prayers are recited), Tantr

• -prakāśa m. 'light of true principles', N. of a Comm. Sarvad. vii

• -prabodha-prakaraṇa n. N. of wk. by Haribhadra II (AḌ. 1200)

• -bindu m. 'truthdrop', N. of a philos. treatise

• -bodha m. knowledge or understanding of truth, xii, 46

• N. of wk. Tantras. ii

• -bodhinī f. 'teaching true principles', N. of a Comm. on Saṃkshepa-śārīraka

• of a Comm. on Siddh. by Jñānêndra-sarasvatī

• truth-teaching, RTL. p. 492 and 509

• -bhava m. true being or nature KaṭhUp. vi ŚvetUp. i

• -bhūta mfn. true MBh. xii, 5290

• -muktâvali f. 'necklace of truth', N. of wk. Sarvad. iv, 110

• RTL. p. 123

• -vat mfn. possessing the truth or reality of things MBh. xii, 11480

• -vāda-rahasya n. N. of wk. Sarvad. v, 110

• -vid mfn. knowing the true nature of(gen.) Bhag. iii, 28

• -vivitsā f. desire of knowing the truth W

• -viveka m. the sifting of established truth

• N. of wk. on astron. (also siddhânta-t○)

• of another work Sarvad. v, 6

• ○ka-dīpana n. 'light of truth-investigation', N. of a philos. work

• -śambara n. N. of a Tantra Ānand. 31 Sch

• (○raka, Āryav.)

• -śuddhi f. ascertainment or right knowledge of truth Kathās. lxxv, 194

• -saṃgraha m. N. of wk. Sarvad. vii, 88

• -satya-śāstra n. N. of a Buddh. work by Guṇaprabha

• -samāsa m. 'Tattva-compendium', N. of Kapila's Sāṃkhya-sūtras Tattvas

• -sāgara m. 'truth-ocean', N. of wk. Smṛitit. xi Nirṇayas. i, 318

• -sāra m. 'truth-essence', N. of wk. Śāktân. ii

• ○vâkhyānôpamā f. a simile expressing or stating any truth Kāvyâd. ii, 36

• ○vâdhigata mfn. learnt thoroughly Suśr

• ○vâpahnava-rūpaka n. a metaphor denying a truth (as that two eyes are not eyes but bees) Kāvyâd. ii, 95

• ○vâbhiyoga m. a positive charge or declaration Yājñ. ii, 5/6, 4 ff

• ○vârtha m. the truth Sarvad. iii

• ○tha-kaumudī f. 'truth-light', N. of a Comm. on Prāyaśc. by (Govindânanda

• ○tha-vid mfn. knowing the exact truth or meaning of (in comp.) Mn.i, 3

• ( veda-)

• ○tha-sūtra n. N. of a Jaina work by Umā-svāti Sarvad. iii, 103

• ○vâvabodha m. perception of truth W

⋙ tatpada

○pada n. the place of that Daś. vii, 435

• the word tad Vedântas

• m. Ficus religiosa Npr

⋙ tatpara

○para mf(ā)n. following that or thereupon Megh

• having that as one's highest object or aim, totally devoted or addicted to, attending closely to, eagerly engaged in (loc. [Pāṇ. 6-2, 66 Kāś. Pārśvan.] or generally in comp.) ŚvetUp. i, 7 Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c

• m. 1/30 of an eye's twinkle W

• (ā), f. 1/60 of a second of a circle Āryabh. iii, 2 Sch

• -tā f. scope, design, intention W

• entire devotion or addiction to (loc.) Hit

• -tva n. id. W

• aiming at, tending to Daśar. iv, 38 (a- neg.)

• 'the state of following behind', inferiority KātyŚr. i, 4, 16 and 5, 5

⋙ tatparāyaṇa

○parāyaṇa mfn. addicted to W

⋙ tatpāṇini

○pāṇini ind, = iti-p○ Pāṇ. 2-1, 6 Kāś

⋙ tatpuruṣa

○puruṣa m. the original or supreme spirit (one of the 5 forms of Īśvara [also ○ṣa-vaktra] Sarvad. vii) Kāṭh. xvii, 1 TĀr., x, 1, 5 f. LiṅgaP. i, 13 [Page 433, Column 2]

• the servant of him KātyŚr. vii, 1, 8

• N. of a Kalpa period MatsyaP. liii, 41

• a class of compounds (formed like the word tat-puruṣa, 'his servant') in which the last member is qualified by the first without losing (as the last member of Bahu-vrīhi compounds) its grammatical independence (whether as noun or adj. or p.)

• two subdivisions of these compounds are called Karma-dhāraya and Dvi-gu (qq.vv.)

• -vaktra m. before

⋙ tatpurva

○purva mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-2, 162) happening for the first time Mālav.iv, 8 Ragh. xiv

• (am), ind. that for the first time Kir. vii, 11 ; viii, 26

• -tā f. happening for the first time, ix, 75

• -saṅga mfn. then first restrained Ragh. ii, 42

⋙ tatpṛṣṭha

○pṛṣṭha mfn. combined with that arrangement of Sāmans ŚāṅkhŚr. xiv, 22, 6

⋙ tatprakāra

○prakāra mfn. of that kind W

⋙ tatprathama

○prathama mfn. doing that for the first time Pāṇ. 6-2, 162 Kāś

• (am), ind. = -pūrvam Kir. viii, 30 ; xvi, 27

• -tas ind. id. Divyâv

• -taram ind. that first of all, xxii, 4 ; xxx, 434

⋙ tatprabhāte

○prabhāte loc. ind. early on the next morning Vet. i, 18/19 and 23/24

⋙ tatprabhṛti

○prabhṛti mfn. beginning with that Lāṭy. ii, vii, ix

⋙ tatpravaravat

○pravara-vat mfn. having (his or) their line of ancestors KātyŚr. i, 6, 13 Sch

⋙ tatprepsu

○prêpsu m. a particular form of a Desid. Nir. vi, 28 APrāt. iv, 29

⋙ tatphala

○phala mfn. having that as a fruit or reward W

• having that as a result W

• the blue water-lily L

• the plant kuṣṭha L

• a kind of perfume L

⋙ tatsaṃskārārthatva

○saṃskārârtha-tva n. the state of helping to promote that Jaim. vi, 4, 45 (a- neg.)

⋙ tatsaṃkhyāka

○saṃkhyāka mfn. of that number Yājñ. ii, 6/7

⋙ tatsadṛśa

○sadṛśa mfn. 'fitting or corresponding to that', -sthāna

⋙ tatsama

○sama mfn. = -tulya

• ifc. synonymous with Uṇ. i, 3 Sch

⋙ tatsamanantaram

○samanantaram ind. immediately upon that Kathās. iv, 24

• cf. tadanant○

⋙ tatsādhukārin

○sādhu-kārin mfn. accomplishing that Pāṇ. 3-2, 134

⋙ tatsina

○sina (tát-), mfn. wishing to acquire or ordering that RV. i, 61, 4

⋙ tatstha

○stha mfn. being on or in that Pāṇ. 4-2, 134 ; ii, 2, 8 Vārtt. 2

• m. a particular mode of multiplication W

• -tadañjana-tā f. assuming the colour of any near object Yogas. i, 41

⋙ tatsthāna

○sthāna mfn. (= -sadṛśa Sāy.) for tasthāná (q.v.) AitBr. vi, 5, 2

⋙ tatspṛṣṭin

○spṛṣṭin mfn. touching them Gaut. xiv, 30

≫ tac

tac in comp. for tád

⋙ tacchabdatva

○chabda-tva (śab○), n. = tācchabdya TāṇḍyaBr. iv, 8, 15 Sch

⋙ tacchīla

○chīla (śīla), mfn. accustomed to that Pāṇ. 3-2, 134

• = sadṛśa, similar Kāvyâd. ii, 64

• cf. tācchīlika

≫ taj

taj in comp. for tád

⋙ tajja

○ja mfn. sprung from (that, i.e. from) Sanskṛit (as Prākṛit or other words) Vāgbh. ii, 2

• -lân mfn. produced, absorbed and breathing in that ChUp. iii, 14, 1

⋙ tajjaghanya

○jaghanyá mf(ā́)n. the worst among them TS. vii, 1, 6, 4

⋙ tajjaya

○jaya m. the conquest of that W

⋙ tajjalān

○ja-lân -ja

⋙ tajjātīya

○jātīya

⋙ tajjātīyaka

○jātīyaka mfn. of the same kind, (a- neg.) Pāṇ. 1-1, 7 Vārtt. 8 and Pat

⋙ tajjña

○jña mfn. knowing that, (m.) a knowing man BhP. iii, v (a-, q.v.) Rājat. v, 481

• ifc. familiar with Hariv.8427

≫ tatra

tátra (also ○trā RV.), ind. (tá-tra, correlative of yá-tra

• g. câdi, not in Kāś.) used for the loc. (sg., du. and pl.) of tád (q.v. Pāṇ. 5-3, 10 ; vi, 3, 35) RV. AV. Mn. &c

• in that place, there (in comp. Pāṇ. 2-1, 46) RV. &c

• thither, to that place ib

• in that, therein, in that case, on that occasion, under those circumstances, then, therefore, (also correlative of yád [vi, 57, 4 AV. xii, 1, 34 Nal. &c.], yadā [Pañcat. i, 19, 8], yadi ṃn. viii f. Cāṇ. ḥit., or ced [Mn. viii, 295 ; ix, 205]

• tatra māsa, 'that month', i.e. the month that has been spoken of Kathās. xviii, 208)

⋙ tatra tatra

tátra tatra used for double loc. of tád Nal. v, 8

• in that and that place, here and there, everywhere Mn. vii, 87 MBh. BhP

• to every place MBh

⋙ yatra tatra

yatra tatra used for the loc. yasmiṃs tasmin, in whatever Mn. iii, 50 ; vi, 66 ; xii, 102

• in whatever place, anywhere MBh. xiii, 3686

• to any place whatever, v, 5997

• at any rate, indiscriminately, xiii, 514

• yatra tatrâpi, to whatever place, v, 1084 Kathās. xxxvi, 101 ; [Goth. thathro1.]

⋙ tatracakṣurmanas

○cakṣurmanas mfn. directing one's eyes and mind on him Gaut. i, 47

⋙ tatratya

○tya mfn. (Pāṇ. 4-2, 104 Pat.) of that place, being there BhP. Kathās. Rājat. i, 117 Hit

⋙ tatrabhava

○bhava mfn. employed with that ĀpŚr. xiv, 5, 1 Sch

⋙ tatrabhavat

○bhavat m

⋙ tatrabhavatī

○bhavatī f. (Pāṇ. 4-1, 166 and v, 3, 14 Kāś.) 'Your Honour there', (chiefly in dram.) respectful title given to absent persons (once to a present person Mṛicch. i, 55/56) R. ii, &c

• cf. atra-bh○

⋙ tatravāsin

○vāsin mfn. dwelling there, i, 25, 21. [Page 433, Column 3]

⋙ tatraskandha

○skandha m. N. of a deity, Tantr

⋙ tatrastha

○stha mfn. dwelling there, situated there, belonging to that place MBh. iii, 2683 R. ii, iv Kathās. vii, xxvi

≫ tathā

táthā ind. (tâ-thā, correlative of yá-thā Pāṇ. 5-3, 26

• g. câdi Kāś. and Gaṇar.) in that manner, so, thus (the correlative standing in the preceding or in the subsequent clause, e.g. yathā priyaṃ, tathâstu, 'as is agreeable, so let it be'

• tathā prayatnam ātiṣṭhed yathâtmānaṃ na pīḍayet, 'he should so make effort as that he may not injure himself.' Mn. vii, 68

• tathā tathā-yathā, so much that VP. iv

• also correlative of iva Mn. iii, 181 R. i, 4, 12

• of yena Kathās. iii, 18

• of yādṛśa Mn. i, 42

• used in forms of adjuration, e.g. yathâham anyaṃ na cintaye tathâyam patatāṃ kṣudraḥ parâsuḥ, 'as surely as I do not think on any other man, so surely let this wretch fall dead' Nal. xi, 36) RV. &c

• yes, so be it, so it shall be (particle of assent, agreement, or promise

• generally followed by iti) AV. iii, 4, 5 ŚBr. AitBr. &c. (tathêty uktvā, having said 'so be it' or 'yes' Nal. &c.)

• so also, in like manner (e.g. sukhaṃ seved duḥkhaṃ tathā, 'let him make use of prosperity and also adversity') Mn. MBh. &c

• = tathā hi Nal. xix, 25

⋙ tathā ca

táthā ca and likewise, accordingly (introducing quotations) Mn. ix, 19 and 45 Dhūrtas. Hit

⋙ tathāpi

táthâpi even thus, even so, nevertheless, yet, still, notwithstanding (correlative of yady api [R. iii, 3, 3 Dhūrtas. &c.], api āmar., api yadi Prab., kāmam "ṣak., varam) MBh. &c

• tathâpi tu id. Śak

⋙ tathā hi

táthā hi (g. svar-ādi) for so, for thus (it has been said), for instance Ragh. Śak. &c

⋙ tathaiva

táthaiva exactly so, in like manner Mn. &c

• (with ca or api following) likewise Mn. &c

⋙ athotathā

atho-tathā id. ib

⋙ yathātathā

yathā-tathā in whatever way, in any way, by all means, iv, 17 MBh. i, 45, 17 ; vii, 6332 Nal. Naish.ix, 29

⋙ yathāyathātathātathā

yathā-yathā-tathātathā in whatever manner or degree-in that manner or degree the more-the more Mn. MBh. (Nal. viii, 14) VarBṛS. xi Vet

• cf. yathā-tatham, a- and vi-tatha

⋙ tathākaraṇa

○karaṇa n. proceeding thus ĀpŚr. xi, 21, 8 Sch. (a-, neg.)

⋙ tathākāram

○kāram ind. thus (correlative of yath○) Pāṇ. 3-4, 28

⋙ tathākṛta

○kṛta mfn. thus done or made W

• made true VarBṛS. xxxii, 4

⋙ tathākratu

○kratu (táth○), mfn. so intending ŚBr. xiv, 7, 2, 7

⋙ tathāgata

○gata mfn. being in such a state or condition, of such a quality or nature RPrāt. iii, 5 MBh. Mālav. v, 9/10

• 'he who comes and goes in the same way as the Buddhas who preceded him', Gautama Buddha Buddh. Sarvad

• a Buddhist SŚaṃkar. i, 70

• x

• -kośa-paripālitā f. N. of a Kiṃnara virgin Kāraṇḍ. i, 83

• -garbha m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh. L

• -guṇa-jñānâcintya-viṣajyâvatāranirdeśa m. 'direction how to attain to the inconceivable subject of the Tathā-gata's qualities and knowledge', N. of a Buddh. Sūtra

• -gukyaka n. 'Tathāgata-mystery', N. of a Buddh. work (highly revered in Nepāl)

• -bhadra m. N. of a pupil of Nāgârjuna

⋙ tathāguṇa

○guṇa mf(ā)n. endowed with such qualities R. ii, 22, 19

⋙ tathājātīya

○jātīya mfn. of that kind, 15, 13

⋙ tathājātīyaka

○jātīyaka mfn. id. Pat. on Śivas. 3 f. Vārtt. 5

⋙ tathātā

○tā f. true state of things, true nature Vajracch. 17

⋙ tathātva

○tva n. the being so, such a state of things, such a condition Bhāshāp. Sāh. vii, 8/9 Sarvad

• = -tā Mn. x, 57 Sch. Sāṃkhyak. Sch

⋙ tathāprabhāva

○prabhāva mfn. having such power R. ii, 22, 30

⋙ tathābhavitavyatā

○bhavitavya-tā f. the necessity of being so Kād. iv, 139

⋙ tathābhāva

○bhāva m. the being so TPrāt. Sch

• the being of such a nature, true nature, accomplishment Jain. Siṃhâs

⋙ tathābhāvin

○bhāvin mfn. about to be of such a kind Śak. vii, 32/33

⋙ tathābhūta

○bhūta mfn. of such qualities or kind or nature R. i f. Amar. Kathās. Sāh

⋙ tathāmukha

○mukha mfn. 'so-facing', turning the face in the same direction Gobh. iv, 2, 5

⋙ tathāyatam

○"ṣyatam (○thây○), ind. in the same direction, 4

⋙ tathārāja

○rāja m. a Buddha (cf. -gata) or Jina W

⋙ tathārūpa

○rūpa mf(ā)n. so formed, thus shaped, looking thus, Lāty, ix, 12 MBh. &c

⋙ tathārūpin

○rūpin mfn. id., xii, 7344

⋙ tathārtha

○"ṣrtha (○thâr○), mfn. 'real', -tva n. the being real BṛĀrUp. Sch

⋙ tathāvādin

○vādin mfn. telling the exact truth Vishṇ. v, 27 Vajracch. 14

• professing to be so W

⋙ tathāvidha

○vidha (táth○), mf(ā)n. of such a sort or kind, being in such a condition or state, of such qualities TBr. ii, 1, 10, 1 Mn. i, viii f. (correlative of yādṛśa, ix, 9) MBh. &c

• (am), ind. in this manner Nal. vii, 15

• likewise Bhāshāp. 94

⋙ tathāvidhāna

○vidhāna mfn. following this practice Hit. iii, 9, 6/1

⋙ tathāvīrya

○vīrya mfn. of such a strength MBh. i

⋙ tathāvrata

○vrata mfn. = -vidhāna Mn. iv, 246

⋙ tathāśīla

○śīla mfn. behaving thus MBh. iv, 133

• -samācāra mfn. of such a character and behaviour, v, 73, 14

⋙ tathāsvara

○svara mfn. uttered with the same accent Lāṭy. vii, 10, 20. [Page 434, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ tathotsāha

tathôtsāha mfn. making so great efforts W

⋙ tathopama

tathôpama mfn. similar to that MBh. xii, 285 ff

≫ tathya

tathya mfn. 'being really so', true MBh. R. Pañcat

• n. truth Śak. Bhartṛ

• (ena), ind. according to truth Mn. viii, 274

⋙ tathyatas

○tas ind. id. Rājat. i, 325

⋙ tathyavacana

○vacana n. a promise Pañcat. Introd. 10/11,

⋙ tathyavādin

○vādin mfn. speaking the truth BhP. viii, 11, 11

≫ tad

tád (nom. and acc. sg. n. of and base in comp. for 2. tá from which latter all the cases of this pron. are formed except nom. sg. m. sás or sá & f. sā́

• instr. pl. taís AV. &c

• Ved. tébhis RV. AV. &c.) m. he, f. she, n. it, that, this (often correlative of yá generally standing in the preceding clause, e.g. yasya buddhiḥ sa balavān, 'of whom there is intellect he is strong'

• sometimes, for the sake of emphasis, connected with the 1st and 2nd personal pronouns, with other demonstratives and with relatives, e.g. so'ham, 'I that very person, I myself' [tasya = mama Nal. xv, 10]

• tāv imau, 'those very two'

• tad etad ākhyānam, 'that very tale' AitBr. vii, 18

• yat tat kāraṇam, 'that very reason which' Mn. i, 11

• yā sā śrī, 'that very fortune which' MBh. vii, 427) RV. &c

• (tad), n. this world (cf. idam) R. vi, 102, 25

• = Brahma, tat-tva

• (tád), ind. there, in that place, thither, to that spot (correlative of yátra or yátas) AV. AitBr. ii, 11 ŚBr. i, x, xiv ChUp

• then, at that time, in that case (correlative of yadā́, yád AV

• of yátra ŚBr. xiv

• of yadi Nal. Bhag. &c

• of cêd Śak. &c.) RV. iv, 28, 1 AV. &c

• thus, in this manner, with regard to that, ix, xiii ŚBr. AitBr

• (tad etau ślokau bhavataḥ, 'with reference to that there are these two verses') PraśnUp

• on that account, for that reason, therefore, consequently (sometimes correlative of yatas, yad, yena, 'because' Daś. Pañcat. Kathās. &c.) Mn. ix, 41 MBh. &c

• now (clause-connecting particle) AV. xv ŚBr. AitBr

• so also, equally, and AV. xi, xv

⋙ tad tad

tad tad this and that, various, different (e.g. taṃ taṃ deśaṃ jagāma, 'he went to this and that place'

• tāsu tāsu yoniṣu, 'in different or various birth-places' Mn. xii, 74)

• respective BṛNārP. xiii, 88

• tenaiva tenaiva pathā, on quite the same path R. iii, 50, 28

⋙ yad tad

yad tad whosoever, whichsoever, any, every (also with vā Mn. xii, 68 [yad vā tad vā, 'this or that, any'] Hariv. 5940 Dhūrtas. Śak. Sch

• often both pronouns repeated or the interrogative pron. with cid added after the relative, e.g. yad-yat para-vaśaṃ karma tat-tad varjayet, 'whatever action depends on another, that he should avoid' Mn. iv, 159

• yat kiṃ-cid-tad, 'whatever-that' Mn.)

⋙ tan na

tan na s.v. cêd

⋙ tad

tad (ind.)

⋙ api

api 'even then', nevertheless, notwithstanding Śak. (vḷ.) Bhartṛ. Prab. Siṃhâs

⋙ tad

tad (ind.)

⋙ yathā

yathā 'in such a manner as follows', namely, viz. Buddh. (cf. Pāli seyyathā

• sá yáthā- ŚBr.) Jain. (in Prākṛit taṃ jahā

• cf. sejjahā) Pat. Śak

• [cf. ? ; Goth. sa, so, that-a ; Lat. [(is-te], [(is)-ta], [(is-)tud], tam, tum, tunc.]

⋙ tadatipāta

○atipāta mfn. transgressing that W

⋙ tadanantara

○anantara mf(ā)n. nearest to any one (gen.) Nal. xxii, 16

• (am), ind. immediately upon that, thereupon, then (corresponding to prāk, 'before' Śak. vii, 30

• to prathamam, 'first' Mn. viii, 129) MBh. &c

⋙ tadanu

○anu ind: after that, afterwards Megh. Ratnâv. Amar. Śrut. Subh

⋙ tadanukṛti

○anukṛti ind. conformably to that, accordingly AitBr. vi, 1, 2

⋙ tadanusaraṇa

○anusaraṇa n. going after that Sāh. i, 2/3, 58

• -krameṇa instr. ind., s.v. kráma

⋙ tadanta

○anta (tád-), mfn. coming to an end by that TBr. i, 5, 9, 3 Hit

⋙ tadanna

○anna (tád-), mfn. accustomed to that food RV. viii, 47, 16

• eating (that i.e.) the same food R. ii, 103, 30 and 140, 13

⋙ tadanya

○anya mfn. other than that L

⋙ tadanvaya

○anvaya mfn. descended from him VP. iv, 2, 2

⋙ tadapatya

○apatya mfn. having offspring from him Mn. iii, 16 (-tā, f. abstr.)

• -maya mfn. thinking of one's off spring only Subh

⋙ tadapas

○apas (tád-), mfn. accustomed to that work or to do that RV. ii, 13, 3 and 38, 1 ; viii, 47, 16

• ind. in the usual way, v, 47, 2

⋙ tadapekṣa

○apêkṣa mfn. having regard to that Gaut

⋙ tadartha

○artha mfn. intended for that Āp.ī, 14, 3 Pāṇ. 2-1, 36 ; i, 3, 72 Kāś

• serving for that Jaim. i, 2, 1 (a- neg.)

• having that or the same meaning Pāṇ. 2-3, 58

• m. (its or) their meaning Vedântas. 200

• (am), ind. on that account, with that object, for that end, therefore Pāṇ. 5-1, 12 R. i, 73, 4 VarBṛS. lxxiv Kāś. VP. iv

• -tā f. = tādarthya ĀśvŚr. iii, 4, 12 Sch

⋙ tadarthaka

○arthaka mf(ikā)n. denoting that Naish. iv, 52

⋙ tadarthīya

○"ṣarthīya mfn. intended for that, undertaken for that end Bhag. xvii, 27. [Page 434, Column 2]

⋙ tadardhika

○"ṣardhika mfn. half as much Mn. iii, 1

⋙ tadarpaṇa

○arpaṇa n. delivery of that W

⋙ tadarha

○arha a-

⋙ tadavadhi

○avadhi ind. from that time Bhām. ii, 56

• up to that period W

⋙ tadavastha

○avastha mfn. so situated, thus circumstanced, in that condition MBh. iii, 69, 31 Ratnâv

• being in the same condition (as before), undamaged, iv, 19

⋙ tadahe

○ahe loc. ind. on that day Hemac

⋙ tadākāra

○ākāra mfn. having that appearance W

• -parijñāna n. N. of an art Gal

⋙ tadātmaka

○ātmaka mfn. constituting its nature Car. vi, 12 Sarvad. xv

⋙ tadādi

○ādi ind. from that time forward Śiś. i, 45 Dharmaśarm

⋙ tadāmukha

○āmukha n. beginning of that L

⋙ tadidartha

○íd-artha mfn. intent on that particular object RV. viii, 2, 16 (cf.ī, 39, 1 ; ix, 1, 5 ; x, 106, 1)

⋙ tadidāsīya

○id-āsīya n. the hymn RV. x, 120 ŚāṅkhŚr. xi

⋙ tadiṣṭi

○iṣṭi (tád-), mfn. accompanied by such offerings AV. xi, 7, 19

⋙ tadekacitta

○eka-citta mfn. having all the thoughts fixed on that (person or thing) Hit

⋙ tadevopaniṣad

○evôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up. (beginning with the words tad eva)

⋙ tadokas

○okas (tád-), mfn. rejoicing in that RV. i, 15, 1 ; iii, 35, 7 ; iv, 49, 6 ; vii, 29, 1

⋙ tadojas

○ojas (tád-), mfn. endowed with such strength, v, 1, 8

⋙ tadgata

○gata mfn. directed towards him or her or them or that R. i f. Kathās. iii, 68

• ifc. intent on Vet. iv, 22

• m. (?) the continued multiplication of 4 or more like quantities W

⋙ tadguṇa

○guṇa mfn. possessing these qualities KātyŚr. xiv f

• m. the quality of that or those, xii f

• xvi

• xxiii f

• the virtue of (that or) those (persons) Ragh. i, 9

• (in rhet.) transferring the qualities of one thing to another (a figure of speech) Sāh. x, 90 Kuval. Kpr. x, 51

• also a- neg. 'a figure of speech in which a quality expected in any object is denied', 52

• -tva n. the having its qualities Jaim. vi, 7, 16 (a- neg.)

• -saṃvijñāna n. (a Bahuvrīhi compound) in which the qualities implied are perceived along with the thing itself (e.g. dīrghakarṇa, 'long-ear'

• opposed to a- e.g. dṛṣṭasāgara, 'one who has seen the ocean') Bādar. i, 1, 2 Sch. Sarvad

⋙ taddina

○dina n. that, day W

• (am), ind. on a certain day W

• during the day W

• every day W

⋙ tadduḥkha

○duḥkha n. grief for that or of that W

⋙ taddevata

○devata mfn. having that deity KātyŚr. xxiv, 6 ĀpŚr. vii PārGṛ. iii, 11, 10

⋙ taddevatāka

○devatāka mfn. id. RV. x, 18 Sāy

⋙ taddevatya

○devatya mfn. id. Lāṭy. iv, 4, 21

⋙ taddeśya

○deśya mfn. coming from the same country, (m.) a fellow-countryman MBh. xii, 168, 41 Kām. xiii, 77

⋙ taddaivata

○daivata mfn. = -dev○ Nir. vii, 1 PārGṛ. iii, 11, 10

⋙ taddaivatya

○daivatya mf(ā)n. id. VarBṛS. ic, 3

⋙ taddvitīya

○dvitīya mfn. doing that for the 2nd time Pāṇ. 6-2, 162 Kāś

⋙ taddhana

○dhana mfn. niggardly L

⋙ taddharman

○dharman mfn. practising that, iii, 2, 134

• accomplishing his business KātyŚr. i, 6, 12 Jaim. vi, 3, 26 (cf. tāddharmya)

• ○ma-tva n. the having his or its peculiarity KapS. i, 52 (a-, neg.)

⋙ taddharmin

○dharmin mfn. obeying his laws BhP. iii, 15, 32

⋙ taddharmya

○"ṣdharmya mfn. of that kind, v, 14, 2

⋙ taddhāraṇa

○dhāraṇa n. N. of an art Gal

⋙ taddhita

○dhita (hita), n. sg. and pl. his welfare Āp. ii BhP. ii, 9, 7

• m. (scil. pratyaya) an affix forming nouns from other nouns (opposed to 1. kṛt), noun formed thus, derivative noun (tad-dhita, mfn. 'good for that or him', is one of the meanings peculiar to derivative, nouns, cf. maudakika &c.) Nir.ī, 2 Prāt. Pāṇ. ŚāṅkhGṛ. PārGṛ. Gobh.ī, 8, 15 (also a- neg. mfn. 'having no Taddhita affix')

• -ḍhuṇḍhī f. N. of a gloss on the Taddhita chapter in Hemachandra's grammar by Ānandagaṇi

⋙ tadbandhu

○bandhu (tád-), mfn. belonging to that family or race RV. x, 61, 18

⋙ tadbala

○bala m. or a kind of arrow L

⋙ tadbala

○bala f. a kind of arrow L

⋙ tadbahu

○bahu mfn. doing that often Pāṇ. 6-2, 162 Kāś

⋙ tadbahulavihārin

○bahula-vihārin mfn. id. Divyâv. xvii, 182 ; 463 ; 482

⋙ tadbhava

○bhava mfn. = tajja Mn. iv, 232, Medhāt

⋙ tadbhāva

○bhāva m. the becoming that KātyŚr. iv, 3, 13 Bādar. iii, 4, 40 (a- neg., 'the becoming not that i.e. something else')

• his intentions Kām. xi, 29 ; xviii, 3

• ifc. 'becoming', a-bhūta-

⋙ tadbhinna

○bhinna mfn. different from that

⋙ tadbhūta

○bhūta mfn. being in that Jaim. i, 1, 25

⋙ tadrasa

○rasa m. the spirit thereof W

⋙ tadraja

○raja m. (scil. pratyaya) an afīx added to the N. of a race for forming the N. of its chief Pāṇ. 2-4, 62 ; iv, 1, 174 ; v, 3, 119

⋙ tadrūpa

○rūpa mf(ā)n. thus shaped, so formed, looking thus KapS. v, 19 and Jaim. vi, 5, 3 (-tva n. abstr.) Pañcat. Pāṇ. 7-3, 86 Sch

• of the same quality Sarvad. xv, 354 Vām. iv, 3, 9 (a- neg. 'of different quality')

• a-, 'reverse' Bādar. iii, 4, 40

⋙ tadvacaḥpratīta

○vacaḥpratī7ta mfn. believing his words

⋙ tadvat

○vat mfn. having or containing that VPrāt. Pāṇ. 4-4, 125 KapS. i, v Tarkas. &c

• ind. like that, thus, so (correlative of yad-vat Mn. x, 13 Bhag. Pañcat

• of yathā, 'as' ŚvetUp. ii, 14 [vḷ. for tad-vā] MBh. i, vii &c.) ŚāṅkhGṛ. v, 9, 3 &c. [Page 434, Column 3]

• in like manner, likewise, also, Śrut. Kathās. vi, xxvi

• -tā f. conformity Vedântas. Bhāshāp

⋙ tadvan

○van m. pl. N. of a class of Ṛishis (cf. yad-van, tarvan, yarv○) Pat, Introd. on Vārtt. 9

⋙ tadvayas

○vayas mfn. of the same age KātyŚr. xxv, 9, 1

⋙ tadvaśa

○vaśá mfn. longing for that RV. ii, 14, 2 and 37, 1

⋙ tadvasati

○vasati mfn. dwelling there

⋙ tadvā

○vā ind. = -vat, q.v

⋙ tadvācaka

○vācaka mfn. signifying that,

⋙ tadvikāra

○vikāra m. a- neg. no variety of that Jaim. vi, 5, 47

⋙ tadvid

○víd mfn. knowing that, familiar with that AV. ix, 1, 9 ŚBr. xiv Gobh. Mn. &c. (also a- neg., xii, 115 MBh. v BhP. iv

• na- neg., v, 4, 13)

• m. = -vidya VarBṛS. ii, 20 Sarvad

• f. the knowledge of that KaushUp. i, 2

⋙ tadvidya

○vidya mfn. a connoisseur, expert Nyāyad. iv, 2, 47 Car. i, 25 ; iii, 8

⋙ tadvidha

○vidha mf(ā)n. of that kind, conformable to that Mn. ii, 112

• his (or their) like Suśr. i, 34 Ragh. ii, 22 Kum. v, 73 Mālav

• -tva n. conformity with that Mn. vii, 17 Sch

⋙ tadviṣaya

○viṣaya mf(ā)n. belonging to that category Pāṇ. 4-2, 66

• having that for its object BṛĀrUp. Sch

⋙ tadviṣayaka

○viṣayaka mfn. attending to that business W

⋙ tadviryavidvas

○vírya-vidvas mfn. a- neg., not knowing his manliness BhP. vi, 17, 10

⋙ tadvṛtti

○vṛtti mfn. living conformably to that Gaut

⋙ tadvrata

○vrata mfn. performing all duties towards (him or) her Mn. iii, 45

• performing the same religious observance Gaut

≫ tadam

tadam ind. ifc. for tad g. śarad-ādi

≫ tadā

tadā́ ind. (Pāṇ. 5-3, 15 and 19 ff.) at that time, then, in that case (often used redundantly, esp. after tatas or purā or before atha MBh. &c

• correlative of yád [AV. xi, 4, 4], yatra [ChUp.vi, 8, 1], yadā [Mn. MBh. &c.], yadi ṅīt. Vet. ḥit., yarhi [BhP. i, 18, 6], yatas, 'since', [MBh. xiii, 2231], cêd [Śak. v (vḷ.) Kathās. xi Śrut.])

⋙ tadātadā

tadā-tadā then and then Sāy. on RV. i, 25, 8

⋙ tadāprabhṛti

tadā-prabhṛti from that time forward, (correlative of yadāpr○ R. iii, 17, 21

• of yadā Śak. vi, 4/5) R. Ragh. ii, 38 Kathās. ii, 62

⋙ tarhi tadā

tarhi tadā (correlative of yadi) then Vet. iv, 24/25

⋙ yadātadā

yadā-tadā (both repeated or the verb being repeated), at any time when - then Hit

⋙ yadātadā

yadā-tadā at any time whatsoever, always MBh. i, 6373 Naish. viii, 39

⋙ tadātva

○tva n. (opposed to ā-yati) 'state of then', the present time Mn. vii MBh. ii f. v, vii R. v, 76, 16 and 90, 1

≫ tadānīṃ

tadānīṃ in comp. for ○nīm

⋙ tadānīṃtana

○tana mfn. then living Uttarar. i, 2/3

⋙ tadānīṃdugdha

○dugdhá mfn. (then i.e.) just milked ŚBr. xi, 1, 4, 3

≫ tadānīm

tadā́nīm ind. (Pāṇ. 5-3, 19) at that time, then (cf. id○) RV. x, 129, 1 AV. MBh. &c., (correlative of yadā VarBṛS. liv

• of yatra or yadi, Śrut.)

≫ tadīya

tadīya mfn. (Pāṇ. 1-1, 74 Kāś.) belonging or relating to or coming from him or her or that or them, his, hers, its, theirs MBh. viii, 675 R. iv, 21, 35 Ragh. &c

• such Daś. BhP. viii, 20, 33 (na "ṣyam aṇv api, 'not even as little as that, not a bit') &c

⋙ tadīyasaṅga

○saṅga m. a meeting with her Pañcat

≫ tadriyañc

tadríyañc m(nom. ○yaṅ)fn. extending thither TS. v, 5, 1

⋙ tadryañc

tadryañc mfn. id. Pāṇ. 6-3, 92, Kāś

≫ tan

tan in comp. for tád

⋙ tannāmika

○nāmika mfn. named thus, iv, 1, 114 Vārtt. 6

⋙ tannāśa

○nāśa m. destruction of that

⋙ tannimitta

○nimitta mf(ā)n. caused by that Gaut. Daś

• relating, to that R. ii, 64, 5

• conformable to that MBh. iii, 135, 48

• -tva n. the being its cause Jaim. i, 1, 25

• a- neg., 24

⋙ tanmadhya

○madhya n. 'the midst thereof', (āt), abl. ind. from among them

• -stha mfn. situated in the midst of that

⋙ tanmanas

○manas mfn. absorbed in mind by that Car. i, 1

⋙ tanmaya

○maya mfn. made up of, that, absorbed in or identical with that MuṇḍUp. ŚvetUp. PārGṛ. MBh. &c

• -tā f. the being absorbed in or identical with that Kād. BhP. Rājat. iii, 498

• -tva n. id. MBh. v, 1622 &c

• ○yī-bhāva, m.id. Sāh

⋙ tanmātra

○mātra mfn. = ○traka MBh. ix, 1806 Pañcat

• = ○trika BhP. iii, 10, 15

• n. merely that, only a trifle Kathās. v, 15

• lxiii, 60 Rājat. vi, 1

• a rudimentary or subtle element (5 in number, viz. śabda-, sparśa-, rūpa-, rasa-, gandha-, from which the 5 Mahā-bhūtas or grosser elements are produced, RTL. p. 31 and 33) Yājñ. iii, 179 MBh. i, xiii Sāṃkhyak. KapS. &c

• -tā f. the state of a Tan-mātra MārkP. vl, 46

• -tva n. id. BhP. iii, 26, 33 ff

• -sarga m. (in Sāṃkhya phil.) creation of the subtle elements, rudimentary creation

⋙ tanmātraka

○mātraka mfn. merely that, only so little Mcar. v, 25

⋙ tanmātrika

○"ṣmātrika mfn. consisting of Tan-mātras Sāṃkhyak. Sch. BhP.xi, 24, 8

⋙ tanmānin

○mānin mfn. implying that (which the base indicates, e.g. Nom. P. aghāya, 'to act wickedly', fr. aghá) APrāt. iv, 29

⋙ tanmukhikayā

○mukhikayā instr. ind. for this reason Divyâv

⋙ tanmūla

○mūla mfn. rooted in (i.e. caused by) that Daś. [Page 435, Column 1] Contents of this page

• -tva n. the being based in that Gaut. vi, 22

• the being its √Kām. xvi, 37

≫ tallakṣaṇa

tal-lakṣaṇa n. his or her or its or their mark W

• a particular high number Lalit. xii, 165

tadurī

tadurī f. = tād○ AV. iv, 15, 15

tan 1

tan cl. 1. 10. ○nati, tānayati, to believe in Dhātup

• 'to assist' or 'to afflict with pain' ib

tan 2

tan (= √stan), cl. 4. ○nyati (aor. 2. sg. tatanas) to resound, roar RV. i, 38, 14 ; vi, 38, 2

• [cf. ? &c.]

⋙ tanayitnu

tanayitnú mfn. (= stan○) roaring, thundering, iv, 3, 1 ; x, 66, 11

≫ tanyatu

tanyatú m. thunder RV. (Ved. instr. ○tā́, i, 80, 12

• perhaps mfn. = tanayitnú, iv, 38, 8 ; vi, 6, 2 ; x, 65, 13 and 66, 10) AV. v, 13, 3

• wind ('a musical instrument' W.) Uṇ. iv, 2 Sch

• night ib

≫ tanyu

tanyú mfn. = ○nayitnú RV. v, 63, 2 and 5

tan 3

tan cl. 8. P. Ā. ○nóti, ○nuté (3. pl. ○nváte [ā́- and vi-tanvaté RV.] AV. xii, 1, 13

• Impv. ○nu [áva and ví-tanuhi RV

• Pāṇ. 6-4, 106 Vārtt. 1 Pat.] RV. i, 120, 11

• ○nuṣva RV

• Subj. 2. sg. ○nuthās, v, 79, 9

• 1. du. ○navāvahai, i, 170, 4

• impf. 3. pl. átanvata, x, 90, 6 AV. vii, 5, 4

• pf. P. tatā́na, once tāt○ RV. i, 105, 12

• 2. sg. tatántha ṛV., class. tenitha [Pāṇ. 7-2, 64 Kāś.]

• Ā. 1. 2. 3. sg. [ā́-] tatane, [abhí-tatniSe], [ví-tatne] RV

• 3. sg. irr. tate, i, 83, 5

• 3. pl. tatniré [164, 5 ví- AV. xiv, 1, 45] or ten○ [iv, 14, 4 (vi-) &c

• Pāṇ. 6-4, 99]

• aor. P. átan RV. vi, 61, 9

• [ā́-atAn], 67, 6 AV. ix, 4, 1

• [pári-, ví-atanat] RV

• [anv-ā́atAMsIt] VS. xv, 53

• atānīt MaitrS

• tatánat, [abhí-ŚtánAma], ○tánan RV

• 2. pl. ataniṣṭa Pāṇ. 2-4, 79 Kāś

• 3. du. atāniṣṭām Bhaṭṭ. xv, 91

• Ā. atata or ataniṣṭa, atathās or ataniṣṭhās Pāṇ. 2-4, 79

• 3. pl. átnata RV

• tatánanta, i, 52, 11

• 1. sg. atasi pl. ataṃsmahi Br

• fut. 2nd taṃsyáte ŚBr

• fut. 1st [vi-tAyitA] BhP. viii, 13, 36

• p. pr. tanvát, ○vāná

• pf. tatanvás

• ind. p. tatvā, ○tvā́ya, -tátya Br

• [vi-] tāya BhP. vii, 10, 2

• inf. tantum Br

• Pass. tāyáte RV. i, 110, 1 & [p. ○yámāna] x, 17, 7 AV. &c

• tanyate Pāṇ. 6-4, 44

• aor. atāyi Br.) to extend, spread, be diffused (as light) over, shine, extend towards, reach to RV. &c

• to be protracted, continue, endure RV

• to stretch (a cord), extend or bend (a bow), spread, spin out, weave RV. &c

• to emboss ŚBr. xiv, 7, 2, 5

• to prepare (a way for) RV. i, 83, 5

• to direct (one's way, gatim) towards Nalôd. i, 20

• to propagate (one's self or one's family, tanūs, tantum) Hariv. 2386 BhP. ii, 3, 8

• to (spread, i.e. to) speak (words) Daś. i, 87

• to protract RV. v, 79, 9 Kathās. li, 226

• to put forth, show, manifest, display, augment Ragh. iii, 25 Śak. Bhartṛ. &c. (Pass. to be put forth or extended, increase Bhaṭṭ.)

• to accomplish, perform (a ceremony) RV. VS. ii, 13 AV. iv, 15, 16 ŚBr. &c

• to sacrifice, xiii, 2, 5, 2 Kaul. 127

• to compose (a literary work) Hemac. Caurap. Sch

• to render (any one thirsty, double acc.) Kuval. 455: Desid. titaniṣati, ○taṃsati, ○tAMs○ Pāṇ. 6-4, 17 ; vii, 2, 49 Kāś.: Intens. tantanyate, tantanīti, vi, 4, 44 & vii, 4, 85 Kāś

• [cf. ?, ? &c.]

⋙ tanādi

○ādi mfn. beginning with √tan (the 8th cl. of roots)

≫ tat 2

tat mfn. ifc. parī-

• cf. purī-tát

≫ tata 2

tatá mfn. (vi, 4, 37) extended, stretched, spread, diffused, expanded RV. &c

• spreading over, extending to W

• covered over by (instr. or in comp.) Laghuj. ii, 16 Kir. v, 11 Śiś. ix, 23

• protracted W

• bent (a bow) MBh. i, 49, 25 ; iv, 5, 1

• spreading, wide L

• composed (a tale), i, 2455

• performed (a ceremony) RV. &c

• m. wind L

• n. any stringed instrument L

• a metre of 4 x 1 2 syllables

⋙ tatacihna

○cihna mfn. having marks drawn along, distinctly marked W

⋙ tatatva

○tva n. 'protractedness', slow time (in music) L. Sch

⋙ tatapattrī

○pattrī f. 'having spreading leaves', Musa sapientum L

⋙ tatavat

○vat mfn. containing a derivative of √tan ŚāṅkhBr. xxvi, 8 and 10

≫ tatanuṣṭi

tatanúṣṭi mfn. 'wishing to show one's self', fond of ornaments (Nir. vi, 19) RV. v, 34, 3

≫ tati 2

tati f. (Pāṇ. 6-4, 37. Kāś. vḷ

• cf. tantí) a mass, crowd Śak. ii, 6 Śiś. iv, 54 &c. (cf. tamas-)

• the whole mass (of observances, dharma-)

• a sacrificial act, ceremony (cf. punas-) ŚāṅkhŚr. vi, 1, 4

• a metre of 4 x 12 syllables, Vṛittaratn

≫ tan 4

tán (only dat, táne and instr. tánā) continuation, uninterrupted succession RV

• propagation, offspring, posterity RV. [tanvā tánā ca or tmánā tānā or tanve táne (ca), 'for one's own person and one's children'] [Page 435, Column 2]

• (tánā, once tanā, x, 93, 12), instr. ind. in uninterrupted succession, one after another, continually RV. i, 3 ; 38 ; 77 ; ii, 2, 1

• viii ff

≫ tana

tána n. offspring, posterity, i, 39, 7 ; viii, 18, 18 and 25, 2 AV. vii, 73, 5 (○nā́yā for ○nāya)

• (ā), f. sg. or Ved. n. pl. id. RV. iii, 25, 1 and 27, 9 ; ix, 62, 2

⋙ tanabāla

○bāla m. pl, N. of a people MBh. vi, 371

≫ tanaya

tánaya mfn. propagating a family, belonging to one's own family (often said of toká) RV. AitBr. ii, 7

• m. a son Mn. iii, 16 ; viii, 275 MBh. (du. 'son and daughter', iii, 2565) Śak. Ragh. ii, 64

• = -bhavana VarBṛS

• N. of a Vāsishṭha Hariv. 477 (vḷ. anagha)

• pl. N. of a people MBh. vi, 371

• n. posterity, family, race, offspring, child ('grandchild', opposed to toká, 'child' Nir. x, 7 ; xii, 6) RV. VarBṛS. (ifc. f. ā, ciii, 1 f.)

• (ā), f. (g. priyâdi) a daughter Mn. xi, 172 (vḷ.) Nal. R. &c

• the plant cakra-tulyā L

⋙ tanayabhavana

○bhavana n. the 5th lunar mansion VarBṛS. civ, 27

⋙ tanayasaras

○saras n. 'offspring-receptacle', a mother Divyâv. xxxviii, 18

≫ tanayīkṛta

tanayī-kṛta mfn. made a son Rājat. iv, 8

≫ tanas

tánas n. offspring RV. v, 70, 4

≫ tanikā

tanikā f. a cord Śiś. v, 61

≫ tanitṛ

tanitṛ m. an accomplisher RV. . x, 39, 14 Sāy

≫ taniman

tániman m. (fr. ○nú g. pṛthv-ādi

• oxyt.) thinness, slenderness Kād. Bhartṛ

• shallowness Vcar. xiii, 6

• weakness Bālar. iv, 60

• n. the liver TS. i, 4, 36, 1 ŚBr. iii, 8, 3, 17 and 25

≫ taniṣṭha

tániṣṭha mfn. superl. of ○nú, smallest, i, vii

≫ tanīyas

tánīyas mfn. compar. of ○nú, very thin or minute, ii, 2, 2, 9 ; viii, 7 TāṇḍyaBr. BhP. Rājat

≫ tanu

tanú mf(us, ū́s, vii)n. thin, slender, attenuated, emaciated, small, little, minute, delicate, fine (texture Ṛitus. i, 7) ŚBr. iii, 5, 4, 21 KātyŚr. viii, 5 MBh. &c. (in comp., g. kaḍārâdi

• also = -dagdha Sarvad. xv, 189)

• (said of a speech or hymn) accomplished (in metre) RV. viii, 1, 18 and (acc. f. ○nvám) 76, 12

• m. (g. 2. lohitâdi, not in Kāś.) N. of a Ṛishi with a very emaciated body MBh. xii, 4665

• (us), f. (once m. Bhām. ii, 79) = ○nū́ ( s.v.), the body, person, self (cf. duṣ-ṭanu, priyá-) AitBr. viii, 24, 4 (ifc.) Mn. (svakā t○, 'one's own person, iv, 184) MBh. Hariv. (acc. pl. irr. ○navas, 3813) &c. (iyaṃ tanur mama, 'this my self. i.e. I myself here' Ratnâv. iv, 4

• ○nuṃ-√tyaj or hā, 'to give up one's life' Mn. vi, 32 BhP. iii Kathās.)

• form or manifestation Śak. i, 1

• the skin L

• = -gṛha VarBṛ. Laghuj

• (vii), f. a slender or delicate woman Śak. Mālav. v Bhartṛ. &c

• Desmodium gangeticum L

• Balanites Roxburghī (vv. ll. tannī, ○nni, 'Hemionitis cordifolia'

• tajvi) L

• a metre of 4 + 24 syllables

• N. of a wife of Kṛishṇa (?) Hariv. 6703

• [cf. ? ; Lat. tenuis &c.]

⋙ tanukūpa

○kūpa m. pore of the skin W

⋙ tanukeśa

○keśa mf(ī)n. delicate-haired Laghuj. ii, 13

• f. pl., kṣemavṛddhi

⋙ tanukṣīra

○kṣīra m. 'thin-sapped', Spondias mangifera L

⋙ tanugṛha

○gṛha n. the 1st lunar mansion, v, 12 VarBṛ. vi, 13

⋙ tanucchad

○cchad Vop. xxvi, 70

⋙ tanucchada

○cchada m. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-4, 96) = -tra (often ifc.) MBh. iii, vii, xii Ragh. ix, xii

• pl. feathers R. iv, 63, 2

⋙ tanucchāya

○cchāya m. 'shading little', a kind of Acacia Npr

⋙ tanuja

○ja m. = -ruh, Jāt. xxx

• a son Pañcat. BhP. v, 9, 6

• (ā), f. a daughter L

• -tva n. sonship W

⋙ tanujanman

○janman m. = -ja HPariś. i f

⋙ tanutara

○tara mfn. = tánīyas Amar

⋙ tanutā

○tā f. thinness, tenuity, littleness Hariv. R. v Megh. Ragh. &c

⋙ tanutyaj

○tyaj mfn. giving up one's body, dying, i, 8

• = ○nU-t○ Āp. MBh. iv, 2354 Ragh. vii Mālav. v, 11/12 BhP

⋙ tanutyāga

○tyāga mfn. spending little Hit

• m. risking one's life R. ii, 40, 6

⋙ tanutra

○tra n. 'body-guard', armour MBh. iv, 1009 Suśr. BhP. Tantr

• -vat mfn. having armour R. vi

⋙ tanutrāṇa

○trāṇa n. = -tra MBh. iii, vi f. R. ii

⋙ tanutrin

○"ṣtrin mfn. = -tra-vat Śiś. xix ; 99

⋙ tanutva

○tva n. = -tā MBh. xiii, 541 VarBṛS. iii, 16 Sarvad

⋙ tanutvakka

○tvak-ka mfn. thin-skinned Suśr

⋙ tanutvac

○tvac m. id., (ifc.) Nal. xii, 78

• the cinnamon tree Bhpr. v, 2, 66

• Cassiā Senna Npr

⋙ tanutvaca

○tvaca m. Premna spinosa L

⋙ tanudagdha

○dagdha mfn. (said of a Kleśa in Yoga phil.) Sarvad. xv, 192

⋙ tanudāna

○dāna n. offering the body (for sexual intercourse)

• a scanty gift

⋙ tanudhī

○dhī mfn. little-minded Bhaktâm. 8

⋙ tanupattra

○pattra m. 'thin-leaved', Terminalia Catappa Npr

• leafy orpiment Npr

⋙ tanupādakṣapāṭana

○pāda-kṣapâṭana n. N. of one of 18 ceremonies performed with particular Kuṇḍas Śārad. v

⋙ tanubala

○bala mf(ā)n. 'of small strength', a- neg., strong Mudr. vii, 19

⋙ tanubīja

○bīja m. 'smallseeded', the jujube L

⋙ tanubhava

○bhava m. = -ja VarBṛS. vii, 18

⋙ tanubhastrā

○bhastrā f. 'body-bellows', the nose L

⋙ tanubhāva

○bhāva m. = -tā Śak. vii, 8

⋙ tanubhūmi

○bhūmi f. 'stage of personality', N. of a period in a Śrāvaka's life Buddh. L. [Page 435, Column 3]

⋙ tanubhṛt

○bhṛt m. any being possessing a body, esp. a human being Pañcat. VarBṛS. Bhartṛ. BhP. Prab

⋙ tanumat

○mat mfn. embodied Kāvyâd. iii, 59

⋙ tanumadhya

○madhya n. 'body-middle', the waist ib

• mf(ā)n. = ○dhyama Nal. iii, 13

• (ā), f. a metre of 4x6 (- u u - -) syllables

⋙ tanumadhyama

○madhyama mf(ā)n. slender-waisted MBh. i, 959 Nal. R. i

⋙ tanumūrti

○mūrti mfn. thin-shaped VarBṛS. iv, 20

⋙ tanurasa

○rasa m. 'body fluid', sweat L

⋙ tanuruh

○ruh n. 'growing on the body', a hair of the body L

⋙ tanuruha

○ruha n. id. L

• a feather Śiś. vi, 45

⋙ tanulatā

○latā f. a slender body Prasannar. ii, 19

⋙ tanuvāta

○vāta m. a highly rarified atmosphere (constituting a kind of hell

• opposed to ghana-v○) Jain

⋙ tanuvraṇa

○vraṇa m. 'body-wound', elephantiasis L

⋙ tanuśarīra

○śarīra mfn. delicate-bodied

⋙ tanuśiras

○śiras f. 'small-headed', a kind of Ushṇih metre (of 2 x 11 and 1 x 6 syllables)

⋙ tanusatya

○satya n. a simple truth (?) Divyâv. xxxv, 183

⋙ tanusaṃcāriṇī

○saṃcāriṇī f. 'moving the body coquettishly (?)', a girl L

⋙ tanusthāna

○sthāna n. = -gṛha Romakas

⋙ tanuhrada

○hrada m. the rectum, anus L

⋙ tanūdara

tanū7dara mf(ī)n. thin-waisted HPariś. ii, 421

⋙ tanūdbhava

tanū7dbhava m. = ○nu-ja, xiii, 39

⋙ tanuna

tanúna m. 'bodiless', the wind W

⋙ tanūrja

tanū7rja m. N. of a son of the 3rd Manu Hariv

≫ tanuka

tanuka mfn. (g. yāvâdi) thin Car. vi, 2 and (said of a liquid) viii, 6

• small Suśr

• m. Grislea tomentosa Npr

• Terminalia bellerica ib

• the cinnamon tree ib

• (ā), f. Diospyros embryopteris ib

≫ tanula

tanula mfn. spread, expanded, Uṇ, vṛ

≫ tanus

tanus n. (Uṇ. ii, 113) the body R. v, 93, 23

≫ tanū 1

tanū in comp. for ○nú

⋙ tanūkaraṇa

○karaṇa n. making thin, attenuation Yogas. ii, 2

• paring Pāṇ. 3-1, 76

⋙ tanūkartṛ

○kartṛ m. making thin or emaciated, a destroyer RV. v, 34, 6 Sāy

⋙ tanūkṛ

○√kṛ to make thin Naish. vii, 82

• (ind. p. -kṛtya) to diminish, discard (lajjām) Ragh. vi, 80

⋙ tanūkṛta

○kṛta mfn. pared L

⋙ tanūbhūta

○bhūta mfn. become small, diminished Kathās

≫ tanū 2

tanū́ f. (of ○nú, q.v

• acc. ○nvám RV. &c. BhP. iii

• ○nuvam [Pāṇ. 6-4, 77 Vārtt.] BhP. vii, 9, 37

• instr, ○nuvā, iii f

• gen. abl. ○nvás RV. &c

• loc. ○nví & ○nvií RV

• ○nvā́m AV. &c

• du. ○nū́ [RV. x, 183, 2 AV. iv, 25, 5], ○nvā́ ṛV., ○núvau [TBr. i, 1, 7, 3], ○nvau [see gharma-]

• pl. nom. & acc. ○nvás RV. &c. BhP. i

• nom. ○núvas TBr. i, 1, 7, 3) the body, person, self (often used like a reflexive noon

• cf. ātmán) RV. &c

• form or manifestation RV. &c. (tṭtanū́ manyos, 'a sign of wrath' PārGṛ. iii, 13, 5)

⋙ tanūkṛt

○kṛ́t mfn. 'forming the person', preserving life RV. i, 31, 9

• forming a manifestation of (gen.) ŚāṅkhŚr. vii, 10, 14

• caused by one's self. RV. viii, 79, 3

⋙ tanūkṛtha

○kṛthá preservation of the person, 86, 1

⋙ tanūja

○já mfn. produced or born on or from the body AV. i, 23, 4

• belonging to the person, vi, 41, 3 (cf. AitBr. ii, 27)

• m. a son MBh. v, viii Hariv. &c

• N. of a Sādhya, 11536

• n. the plumage, wing MBh. v, 113, 4

• (ā), f. a daughter Hariv. 15774 Kum. i, 59

⋙ tanūjani

○jani m. a son W

⋙ tanūjanman

○janman m. id., Anargh. i, 7/8

⋙ tanūtala

○tala m. a measure of length equal to the arms extended, fathom L

⋙ tanūtyaj

○tyáj mfn. risking one's life RV. x, 4, 6 and 154, 3 (Nir. iii, 14)

⋙ tanūdūṣi

○dū́ṣi mfn. destroying the person AV. xiv, xvi PārGṛ. ii, 6, 10

⋙ tanūdevatā

○devatā f. a form (of fire) deified ŚāṅkhŚr. ii, 3, 14

⋙ tanūdeśa

○deśa m. a part of the body BhP. vii, 13, 12

⋙ tanūnapa

○napa n. (derived fr. -nápāt taken as -napâd, 'eating tanūnapa') ghee L

⋙ tanūnapāt

○nápāt (tánū-), m. 'son of himself, self-generated (as in lightning or by the attrition of the Araṇis, Nir. viii, 5)', a sacred N. of Fire (chiefly used in some verses of the Āprī hymns) RV. (acc. ○pātam, x, 92, 2) AV.v, 27, 1 VS. v, 5 (dat. ○ptre

• = TS.i, 2, 10, 2) AitBr. ii, 4 ŚBr. i, 5, 3

• iii (gen. ○ptur, 4, 2, 5, irr. nom. ○ptā [only etymological, 4,. 2, 5] 4, 2, 11) Hit

• fire (in general) Hcar

• N. of Śiva

• Plumbago zeylanica W

• -vat mfn. containing the word tánū-nápāt Nir. viii, 22

⋙ tanūnaptṛ

○náptṛ (tánū-), base for the weak cases of ○pāt, q.v

• cf. tānūnaptrá

⋙ tanūpā

○pā́ m. protecting the person RV. iv, viff. AV. vi VS. iii f. ŚāṅkhŚr. i, 6, 11

⋙ tanūpāna

○pā́na mf(ī)n. id. AV. ii f. xix TS. v

• n. protection of the person AV. v, 8

• viii

⋙ tanūpāvan

○pāvan mfn. = -pā́ AitBr. ii, 27

⋙ tanūpṛṣṭha

○pṛṣṭha m. N. of a Soma sacrifice ŚāṅkhŚr. x, 8, 33

⋙ tanūbala

○balá n. strength of body, one's, own strength AV. ix, 4, 20

⋙ tanūbhava

○bhava m. = ○nu-ja

⋙ tanūruc

○rúc mfn. brilliant in person RV. ii, 1, 9 ; vi, 25, 4 ; vii, 93, 5

⋙ tanūruha

○ruha n. (m. L.) = ○nu-ruh MBh. Hariv. &c. (ifc. f. ā MārkP. xxix, 7)

• a feather, wing VarBṛS. lxiii, 1

• m. a son Śatr

⋙ tanūvaśin

○vaśín mfn. having power over the person, ruling (Agni, Indra) RV

⋙ tanūśubhra

○śubhra (○nū́-), mfn. decorating the person, v, 34, 3 (cf. ○nū́ṣu śubhrá, i, 85, 3 Nir. vi, 19)

⋙ tanūhavis

○havis n. an oblation offered to -devatā KātyŚr. iv, 5, 9 and 10, 7 ; iii, 8, 31 Sch. [Page 436, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ tanūhrada

○hrada m. = ○nu-h○ W

≫ tanti

tantí f. (Pāṇ. 6-4, 39 Kāś. on iii, 3, 174 and vii, 2, 9) a cord, line, string (esp. a long line to which a series of calves are fastened by smaller cords) RV. vi, 24, 4 BhP. Sch. on ŚBr. xiii and KātyŚr. xx (ifc.)

• (○ntī) Gobh. iii, 6, 7 and 9

• extension W

• m. a weaver W

• 2. tati

⋙ tanticara

○cará mfn. going with (i.e. led by) a cord TBr. iii, 3, 2, 5

⋙ tantija

○ja m. N. of a son of Kanavaka Hariv. i, 34, 38

⋙ tantipāla

○pāla m. 'guardian of (the calves kept together by) a tantí', a N. assumed by Saha-deva at Virāṭa's court MBh. iv, 68 and 289

• N. of a son of Kanavaka Hariv. i, 34, 38

⋙ tantipālaka

○"ṣpālaka m. = ○la, Saha-deva L

≫ tantī

tantī f. = ○ti, q.v

• also vatsa-

⋙ tantīyajña

○yajña m. a sacrifice performed for a tantí MānGṛ. ii, 10

≫ tantu

tántu m. a thread, cord, string, line, wire, warp (of a web), filament, fibre RV. &c

• a cobweb W

• a succession of sacrificial performances BhP

• any one propagating his family in regular succession KātyŚr. iii Āp. TUp. MBh. (cf. kula-) &c

• a line of descendants AitBr. vii, 17

• any continuity (as of thirst or hope) MBh. xii, 7877 Mālatīm

• N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

• = -nāga L

• (g. gargâdi) N. of a man Pravar. iv, 1

• cf. kāṣṭha-, vara-, saptá-

⋙ tantukaraṇa

○karaṇa n. spinning, Sud. on ĀpGṛ. viii, 12

⋙ tantukarttṛ

○karttṛ m. 'propagating the succession of a family (kula-)', = kula-tantu (q.v.) MBh. viii, 3393

⋙ tantukārya

○kārya n. 'thread-work', a web SarvUp

⋙ tantukāṣṭha

○kāṣṭha n. 'piece of fibrous wood', a weaver's brush L

⋙ tantukīṭa

○kīṭa m. a silk-worm L

⋙ tantukṛntana

○kṛntana n. cutting off the propagation of a family BhP. vi, 5, 43

⋙ tantukriyā

○kriyā f. spinning work Hār. on ĀpGṛ. x, 10

⋙ tantujāla

○jāla kṛmi-

⋙ tantutva

○tva n. the consisting of threads Sarvad. xi, 118

⋙ tantunāga

○nāga m. a shark L

⋙ tantunābha

○nābha m. 'emitting threads from its navel', a spider Bādar. ii, 1, 25 Sch

⋙ tantuniryāsa

○niryāsa m. 'having stringy exudations', the palmyra tree L

⋙ tantuparvan

○parvan n. 'thread-festival', the day of full moon in month Śrāvaṇa (anniversary of Kṛishṇa's investment with the Brāhmanical cord) Tithyād

⋙ tantubha

○bha m. 'threadlike', Sinapis dichotoma L

• a calf L

⋙ tantubhūta

○bhūta mfn. being the propagator of a family MBh. iii, 258, 11

⋙ tantumat

○mat mfn. forming threads, 'roping' (as a liquid) Car. vi f

• (a- neg.) Suśr. iii

• 'uninterrupted like a thread' (said of an Agni) ĀpŚr. ix, 8, 5 ŚāṅkhGṛ. v, 4, 2 AV. Prāyaśc. ii, 1

• (tī), f. an oblation offered to that Agni ĀpŚr. ix, 8, 5 Sch

• N. of Murâri's mother, Anargh. i, 7/8

⋙ tantumadhya

○madhya mf(ā)n. having a thread-like waist Priy.iv, 2

⋙ tantuvardhana

○vardhana m. 'race-increaser', Vishṇu MBh. xiii, 7033

• Śiva

⋙ tantuvādya

○vādya n. a stringed instrument W

⋙ tantuvāna

○vāna n. weaving Nyāyam. vii, 3, 21 Sch

⋙ tantuvāpa

○vāpa for -vāya L

⋙ tantuvāya

○vāya m. (Kāś. on Pāṇ. 3-2, 2 and vi, 2, 76) a weaver Mn. viii, 397 VarBṛS. VarBṛ. (cf. rajaka-)

• a spider Pāṇ. 6-2, 77 Kāś

• weaving L

• -daṇḍa m. a loom Uṇ. iv, 149 Sch. (vḷ.)

• -śālā f. a weaver's workshop Gal

⋙ tantuvigrahā

○vigrahā f. = tata-pattrī L

⋙ tantuśālā

○śālā f. = -vāya-ś○ L

⋙ tantusaṃtata

○saṃtata mfn. woven L

• sewn L

• n. wove cloth W

⋙ tantusaṃtati

○saṃtati f. sewing Vop. xi, 1

⋙ tantusaṃtāna

○saṃtāna m. weaving of threads Dhātup. xxvi, 2 KaushUp. i, 3 Sch

⋙ tantusāra

○sāra m. 'having a fibrous pith', the betelnut tree L

⋙ tantusāraka

○sāraka m. id. W

≫ tantuka

tantuka ifc. a thread, rope Bhartṛ. i, 95

• m. a kind of serpent Suśr

• the plant ○tu-bha L. Sch

• (ī), f. a vein L

⋙ tantuṇa

tantuṇa m. = ○tu-nāga L

≫ tantura

tantura n. the fibrous √of a lotus L

• m. pl. N. of a family Pravar. vii, 2 (vḷ. ○nnara)

≫ tantula

tantula mfn. roping (as slime) Bhpr. vii) 1, 66

• n. = ○tura, the fibrous √of a lotus L

≫ tantra

tántra n. (Pāṇ. 7-2, 9 Kāś.) a loom, v, 2, 70

• the warp RV. x, 71, 9 AV. x, 7, 42 TBr. ii TāṇḍyaBr. x, 5 ŚBr. xiv Kauś. MBh. i, 806 and 809

• the leading or principal or essential part, main point, characteristic feature, model, type, system, framework ŚBr. xii TāṇḍyaBr. xxiii, 19, 1 Lāṭy. KātyŚr. &c. (e.g. kulasya t○, 'the principal action in keeping up a family, i.e. propagation' MBh. xiii, 48, 6

• ifc. 'depending on', cf. ātma-, sva-, para-, &c.)

• doctrine, rule, theory, scientific work, chapter of such a work (esp. the 1st section of a treatise on astron. VarBṛS. i, 9

• Parāśara's work on astron., ii, 3 ; vii, 8) MBh. &c. (cf. ṣaṣṭi- &c.)

• a class of works teaching magical and mystical formularies (mostly in the form of dialogues between Śiva and Durgā and said to treat of 5 subjects, 1. the creation, 2. the destruction of the world, 3. the worship of the gods, 4. the attainment of all objects, esp. of 6 superhuman faculties, 5. the 4 modes of union with the supreme spirit by meditation [Page 436, Column 2]

• RTL. pp. 63, 85, 184, 189, 205ff.) VarBṛS. xvi, 19 Pañcat. Daś. Kathās. xxiii, 63 Sarvad

• a spell HYog. i, 5 Vcar

• oath or ordeal L

• N. of a Sāman (also called 'that of Virūpa') ĀrshBr

• an army (cf. ○trin) BhP. x, 54, 15

• ifc. a row, number, series, troop Bālar. ii f. vi

• = rājya-t○, government Daś. xiii Śiś. ii, 88

• (para t○, 'the highest authority') Subh

• a means which leads to two or more results, contrivance Hariv. ii, 1, 31

• a drug (esp. one of specific faculties), chief remedy, cf. ○trâvāpa

• = paricchada L

• = anta L

• wealth L

• a house L

• happiness W

• (eṇa), instr. ind. so as to be typical or hold good KātyŚr. xvi, xx

• (ā), f. for ○ndrā Suśr

• (īs, Pāṇ. 5-4, 159 Kāś

• ī L.) f. = ○ntī Gobh. iii, 6, 7 and BhP. iii, 15, 8 (vḷ. for ○ntī

• also vatsatantrī)

• the wire or string of a lute ŚāṅkhŚr. xvii Lāṭy. iv, 1, 2 Kauś. &c. (○tri R. vi, 28, 26)

• (fig.) the strings of the heart Hariv. 3210 (vḷ.)

• any tubular vessel of the body, sinew, vein Pāṇ. 5-4, 159

• the plant ○trikā L

• a girl with peculiar qualities L

• N. of a river L

• cf. ku-tantrī

⋙ tantrakāra

○kāra m. the author of any scientific treatise Mālav. i, 8/9 Daś. xiii, 87

⋙ tantrakāṣṭha

○kāṣṭha n. = ○ntu-k○ L

⋙ tantrakaumudi

○kaumudí f. N. of wk. Tantras. ii

⋙ tantragandharva

○gandharva n. N. of wk. Śāktân

⋙ tantragarbha

○garbha m. N. of wk., vii

⋙ tantracūḍāmaṇi

○cūḍāmaṇi m. N. of wk. Tantras. ii

⋙ tantraṭīkā

○ṭīkā f. N. of -vārttika i-iv W

⋙ tantratā

○tā f. the state of anything that serves as a tantra ĀśvŚr. xi, 1

• comprehending several rites in one, ceremony in lieu of a number W

⋙ tantratva

○tva n. dependance on (in comp.) Sarvad. i, 41

⋙ tantraprakāśa

○prakāśa m. N. of wk., Vratapr

⋙ tantrapradīpa

○pradīpa m. N. of a Comm. on Dhātup

⋙ tantrabheda

○bheda m. N. of a Tantra Ānand. 31 Sch

⋙ tantramantraprakāśa

○mantra-prakāśa m. N. of wk., Sāktân. iv

⋙ tantraratna

○ratna n. N. of wk. by Pārtha-sārathi

⋙ tantrarāja

○rāja m. N. of wk. Tantras. i Ānand. 99 Sch

⋙ tantrarājaka

○rājaka m. N. of a medical work by Jābāla BrahmaP.i, 16, 18

⋙ tantravāpa

○vāpa for -vāya L

⋙ tantravāya

○vāya m. (= ○ntu-v○) a weaver R. (G) ii, 90, 15

• a spider L

• m. n. weaving L

⋙ tantravārttika

○vārttika n. = mīmānsā-t○

⋙ tantraśāstra

○śāstra n. N. of wk., Pratāpar. Sch

⋙ tantrasāra

○sāra m. 'Tantra-essence', N. of a compilation

⋙ tantrahṛdaya

○hṛdaya n. N. of wk. Tantras. ii

⋙ tantrāntarīya

tantrântarīya m. pl. the Sāṃkhya philosophers Bādar. ii, 4, 9 Sch

⋙ tantrāvāpa

tantrâvāpa n. sg. 'attention to the affairs of both one's own and an enemy's country' [Daś. xiii, 92], and 'drugs and their preparation' Śiś. ii, 88

⋙ tantrottara

tantrôttara n. N. of wk. (vḷ. matôtt○) Ānand. 31 Sch

≫ tantraka

tantraka mfn. recently from the loom, new and unbleached Pāṇ. 5-2, 70

• ifc. for ○tra, doctrine, pañca-

• (ikā), f. Cocculus cordifolius Bhpr. v, 3, 7

• noise in the ears ŚārṅgS. vii, 142

• cf. apa-

⋙ tantraṇa

tantraṇa n. the supporting of a family MBh. v, 3751

≫ tantraya

tantraya Nom. (fr. ○tra) ○yati, to follow, as one's rule, xii, 215, 21

• to provide for (acc.) Śak. v, 5 (ind. p. ○yitvā vḷ

• Ā. 'to support a family' Dhātup. xxxiii, 5)

• Ā. to regulate Car.iv, 1 ; vi, 26

≫ tantrāyin

tantrāyín mfn. (said of the sun) drawing out threads or rays (of light) VS. xxxviii, 12

≫ tantri

tantri f. = ○trī, q.v

• vḷ. for ○ndri

⋙ tantrija

○ja vḷ, for ○nti-ja,

⋙ tantritā

○tā vḷ. for ○ndri-tā

⋙ tantripāla

○pāla vḷ. for ○nti-p○

⋙ tantripālaka

○pālaka m. N. of Jayad-ratha L

≫ tantrita

tantrita mfn. spoken (a spell) Kathās.xxiii, 63

• (ifc.) depending on BhP.xi, 18, 33

• a- neg., 'independent' Gobh. i, 5, 26 Sch

• for a-tandrita MBh

≫ tantrin

tantrin mfn. having threads, made of threads, spun, wove W

• chorded (an instrument) W

• m. a musician W

• a soldier Rājat. v, 248-339

• vi

≫ tantrila

tantrila mfn. occupied with the affairs of government Mṛicch. vi, 15/16 Sch

≫ tantrillaka

tantrillaka m. N. of a man Rājat. viii, 2209

≫ tantrī

tantrī f. of ○tra, q.v

⋙ tantrībhāṇḍa

○bhāṇḍa n. 'chorded instrument', the Indian lute Sāh. vi, 214

⋙ tantrīmukha

○mukha m. a peculiar position of the hand PSarv

≫ tantv

tantv in comp. for ○tu

⋙ tantvagra

○agra n. the end of thread, g. gahâdi

⋙ tantvagrīya

○"ṣagrīya mfn. fr. ○gra ib

≫ tandra

tandrá n. a row (ŚBr. viii, 5, 2, 6) VS. xv, 5

⋙ tandravāya

○vāya m. for ○ntra-v○ L. Sch

≫ tanv

tanv in comp. for ○nú

⋙ tanvaṅga

○aṅga m. 'slenderlimbed', N. of a man Rājat. vii, 260 f. ; 635 and 641

• (ī), f. a delicate-limbed woman MBh. Śukas

≫ tanvin

tanvin m. 'possessed of a body', N. of a son of Manu Tāmasa Hariv. 429

tanaka

tanaka (for vet○?), a reward SaddhP

tanayitnu

tanayitnú √2. tan

tanas

tánas ○nikā, ○nitṛ, &c. √3. tan. [Page 436, Column 3]

tanonu

tanonu a kind of ṣaṣṭika rice Npr

tantasya

tantasya Intens. √taṃs, q.v

tanti

tantí ○tī, tántu, &c. col. 1

≫ tantra

tántra

⋙ tantraka

tántraka

⋙ tantraṇa

tántraṇa &c. cols. 1, 2

tanthī

tanthī ind. with √as, kṛ, bhū g. ūry-ādi (Gaṇap

• vḷ. tasthī)

tand

tand cl. 1. Ā. ○date, to become relaxed RV. i, 138, 1

• cf. á-tandra

≫ tandr

tandr cl. 1. P. ○drati, = √sad VS. xv., 5 Mahīdh

• (Subj. ○drat) to make languid RV. ii, 30, 7: Caus. ○dráyate, to grow fatigued AitBr. vii, 15, 5 (ŚāṅkhŚr. xv, 19) TĀr. iii, 14, 1 and 9 (with inf.)

≫ tandrayu

tandrayú mfn. fatigued, lazy RV. viii, 92, 30

≫ tandrā

tandrā f. lassitude, exhaustion, laziness Yājñ. iii, 158 MBh. iii, 3008 ; xiv, 874 R. Suśr. &c

≫ tandrālu

tandrālu mfn. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 158) tired, wearied, sleepy Suśr

⋙ tandrāvin

tandrāvin mfn. id. TĀr. iv, 7, 18

≫ tandri

tandri = ○drā, (ifc.) MBh. xiif. and R. ii, 1, 18

• (instr. ○driṇā) BhP. iii, 20, 40

⋙ tandrija

○ja vḷ. for ○ntija

⋙ tandripāla

○pāla vḷ. for ○nti-p○

≫ tandrika

tandrika m. a kind of fever

• (ā), f. = ○drā W

≫ tandrita

tandrita mfn. = mūḍha L

• a-

≫ tandrin

tandrin mfn. a-

• m. = ○drika Bhpr

⋙ tandritā

tandritā f. lassitude, sleepiness MBh. xii, 4997 and 7958

≫ tandrī

tandrī́ ī́s [AV. MBh. iii, xii], ī [iii, xiii], f. = ○drā AV. viii, 8, 9

• xi, 8, 19 MBh. (ifc. nom. ○drīs, i, 4474

• iii ; v, 1358 C

• xii) R. (ifc. nom. f. ○drī ; v, 28, 18) BhP

• cf. sambādha-tandrī́

tanni

tanni ○nnī vḷ. for ○nvii, q.v

tannimitta

tan-nimitta p. 434, col. 3

≫ tanmadhya

tan-madhya

⋙ tanmadhyamanas

○manas &c. ib

tanyatu

tanyatú ○nyú. Sae √2. tan

tanva

tanva m. N. of the author of a Sāman (cf. 2. tā́nva)

• (n., ?) a part of the body, Śulbas.ī, 37

tanvi

tanvi vḷ. for ○vii

• ○nvin

• col. 2

tap 1

tap (cf. √1. pat), cl. 4. Ā. ○pyate, to rule Dhātup. xxvi, 50

≫ tapatā

tapa-tā f. ifc. governing BhP. iv, 22, 37

tap 2

tap cl. 1. tápati (rarely Ā

• Subj. ○pāti RV. v, 79, 9

• p. tápat RV. &c

• cl. 4. p. tápyat VS. xxxix, 12

• pf. 1. sg. tatápa RV. vii, 104, 15

• 3. sg. ○tā́pa, x, 34, 11 AV. vii, 18, 2 &c

• p. tepāná RV

• fut. tapsyáti Br. &c.: ○te & tapiṣyati MBh.) to give out heat, be hot, shine (as the sun) RV. &c

• to make hot or warm, heat, shine upon ib

• to consume or destroy by heat ib

• to suffer pain MBh. viii, 1794 Gīt. vii, 31

• (with paścāt) to repent of MBh. viii, 39, 15

• to torment one's self, undergo self-mortification, practise austerity (tapas) TUp. ii, 6 Mn. i f. MBh. &c

• to cause pain to, injure, damage, spoil RV. AitBr. vii, 17 ŚBr. xiv &c.: Pass. or cl. 4. Ā. tapyáte (xiv

• or tápy○ TBr. ii

• p. ○pyámāna AV

• tápy○, xix, 56, 5

• cf. á-

• aor. atāpi RV. vii, 70, 2

• atapta Pāṇ. 3-1, 65 Kāś

• pf. tepe MBh. &c

• p. ○pāná ŚBr

• also P. tapyati, ○pyet, atapyat, &c. MBh. R. Kathās. x, 4) to be heated or burnt, become hot RV. &c

• to be purified by austerities (as the soul) Sarvad

• to suffer or feel pain RV. x, 34, 10 and 95, 17 AV. xix, 56, 5 ŚBr. xiv MBh. &c

• to suffer pain voluntarily, undergo austerity (tapas) AV. ŚBr. TBr. ṢaḍvBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. &c.: Caus. tāpayati, ○te (p. ○páyat AV

• Pass. ○pyate MBh. &c

• aor. atītape & ṣubj. tatápate RV.) to make warm or hot, iv, 2, 6 ; viii, 72, 4 Kauś. MBh. &c

• to consume by heat R. &c

• to cause pain, trouble, distress AV. xix, 28, 2 MBh. &c

• to torment one's self, undergo penance, iii, 8199: Intens. (p. tātapyamāna) to feel violent pain, be in great anxiety R. i, 11, 8 BhP. ii, 7, 24 ; [Lat. tepeo &c.]

≫ tap 3

tap mfn. 'warming one's self.' agni-táp

≫ tapa

tapa mfn. ifc. 'consuming by heat', lalāṭam-

• 'causing pain or trouble, distressing', janaṃ- and paraṃ-

• tormented by Hariv. i, 45, 37

• m. heat, warmth (cf. ā-) Pañcat. ii, 3, 5/6

• the hot season Śiś. i, 66

• the sun W

• = ○pas, religious austerity Car. Cāṇ. (cf. mahā- and su-)

• a peculiar form of fire (which generated the seven mothers of Skanda) MBh. iii, 14392

• Indra Gal

• N. of an attendant of Śiva L. Sch

• (ā), f. N. of one of the 8 deities of the Bodhi-vṛiksha Lalit. xxi, 404

• cf. a-

⋙ taparuj

○ruj f. the pain of bodily austerity W

⋙ tapartu

○rtu (ritu), m. the hot season Naish. i, 41

⋙ tapātyaya

tapâtyaya m. 'end of the heat', the rainy season MBh. iii Śak. iii, 9. [Page 437, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ tapānta

tapânta m. id. MBh. vi, viii R. vi, 37, 68

≫ tapaātaṅka

tapa-ātaṅka m. = ○pas-taṅka Gal

≫ tapaḥ

tapaḥ in comp. for ○pas

⋙ tapaḥkara

○kara m. the fish Polynemus risua or paradiseus L

⋙ tapaḥkṛśa

○kṛśa mfn. emaciated by austerities W

⋙ tapaḥkleśasaha

○kleśa-saha mfn. enduring the pain of austerities Hemac

⋙ tapaḥparārdha

○parârdha (táp○), mfn. finishing by t○ MaitrS. iii, 4

⋙ tapaḥpātra

○pātra n. a man whose austerities have made him a fit recipient of honour Siṃhâs. iii, 5/6

⋙ tapaḥprabhāva

○prabhāva m. supernatural power (acquired by) austerities Śak. vii

⋙ tapaḥśīla

○śīla mfn. inclined to religious austerities

⋙ tapaḥsamādhi

○samādhi m. the practice of penance W

⋙ tapaḥsādhya

○sādhya mfn. to be accomplished by austerities

⋙ tapaḥsiddha

○siddha mfn. accomplished by penance

⋙ tapaḥsuta

○suta m. 'austerityson', Yudhi-shṭhira MBh. iii, 313, 19

• (○pasaḥ suta Śiś. ii, 9.)

⋙ tapaḥsthala

○sthala n. a place of austerity Hāsy. i, 19

• (ī), f. Benares L

≫ tapat

tapat mfn. pr. p. √2. tap, q.v

• (tī), f. 'warming', N. of a daughter of the Sun by Chāyā (married to Saṃvaraṇa and mother of Kuru) MBh. i BhP. vi, viii f. VāmP

• = ○pantī Rasik. Kathârṇ

• (ntī), f. N. of a river Divyâv. xxx

• cf. tāpatya

⋙ tapatāmpati

tapatām-pati m. 'chief of burners', the sun W

≫ tapana

tápana mfn. warming, burning, shining (the sun) MBh. i, v R. vi, 79, 57

• causing pain or distress RV. ii, 23, 4 ; x, 34, 6 AV. iv, xix

• m. (g. nandy-ādi) the sun MBh. i, vi, xiii R. i, 16, 11 Ragh. &c

• heat L

• the hot season L

• N. of a hell (cf. mahā-) Mn. iv, 89 Buddh

• N. of an Agni Hariv. 10465

• Agastya (cf. āgneya) L

• Semecarpus Anacardium Npr

• = -cchada (or 'a white kind of it' Npr.) L

• Premna spinosa L

• Cassia Senna Npr

• the civet cat Gal

• = -maṇi L

• N. of a Yaksha MBh. i, 32, 18

• of a Rakshas R. vi

• n. (○ná) the being hot, burning, heat TBr. ii, 2, 9, 1 f

• pining, grieving, mental distress Kāṭh. xxviii, 4 Sāh. iii

• (ī́), f. heat RV. ii, 23, 14

• the √of Bignonia suaveolens Npr

• = ○panti Divyâv. xxx, 317 and 409

• a cooking vessel Baudh. (TS. Sch.)

• cf. gopāla-, tripúra, rāma-

⋙ tapanakara

○kara m. a sunbeam W

⋙ tapanacchada

○cchada m. the sunflower L

⋙ tapanatanaya

○tanaya m. 'Sun-son', Karṇa W

• (ā), f. = -sutā L

• = ○pantī W

• = ○pasvii7ṣṭā L

• ○yêṣṭā f. id. L

⋙ tapanadyuti

○dyuti mfn. brilliant like the sun Śiś. i, 42

• f. sunshine L

⋙ tapanamaṇi

○maṇi m. the sun-stone L

⋙ tapanasutā

○sutā f. 'sun-daughter', the Yamunā river Prasannar. v, 33

⋙ tapanātmajā

tapanâtmajā f. id. L

⋙ tapanāśman

tapanâśman m. the sun-stone (sūrya-kānta) Dharmaśarm. xvi, 37

⋙ tapaneṣṭa

tapanêṣṭa n. 'loved by sunbeams', copper L

⋙ tapanopala

tapanôpala m. = ○na-maṇi Rājat. iii, 296

≫ tapanīya

tapanīya mfn. to be heated W

• to be suffered (as self-mortification) W

• in. a sort of rice Car. i, 27

• n. gold purified with fire MBh. iv, vi R. vi Ragh. &c

⋙ tapanīyamaya

○maya mf(ī)n. golden MBh. vii Hcat

≫ tapanīyaka

tapanīyaka n. gold L

⋙ tapantaka

tapantaka mṆ. of a man Kathās. xxiii

⋙ taparloka

tapar-loka m. = ○po-l○ W

≫ tapaś

tapaś in comp. for ○pas

⋙ tapaścaraṇa

○caraṇa n. the practice of austerities MBh. R. i Sarvad

• (○pasaz c○ Mn. vi, 75)

⋙ tapaścaryā

○caryā f. id. MBh. vii, 1280 Hariv. 14907 f. MārkP

⋙ tapaścit

○cit m. pl. 'accumulating merit by austerities', N. of a class of deities TāṇḍyaBr. xxv, 5

• ○tām ayana n. = ta-paścitá Maś

≫ tapas

tápas n. warmth, heat (pañca tapāṃsi, the 5 fires to which a devotee exposes himself in the hot season, viz. 4 fires lighted in the four quarters and the sun burning from above Mn. vi, 23 R. BhP. iv BrahmaP

• Ragh. xiii, 41) RV. AV. VS. SāṅkhŚr

• pain, suffering RV. vii, 82, 7

• religious austerity, bodily mortification, penance, severe meditation, special observance (e.g. 'sacred learning' with Brāhmans, 'protection of subjects' with Kshatriyas, 'giving alms to Brāhmans' with Vaiśyas, 'service' with Śūdras, and 'feeding upon herbs and roots' with Ṛishis Mn. xi, 236) RV. ix, 113, 2

• x (personified, 83, 2 f. & 101, 1, 'father of Manyu' RAnukr.) AV. &c

• (m. L.) N. of a month intervening between winter and spring VS. TS. i ŚBr.iv Suśr. Pāṇ. 4-4, 128 Vārtt. 2 Pat. Śiś. vi, 63

• the hot season L. Sch

• = ○po-loka Vedântas. 120

• the 9th lunar mansion (dharma) VarBṛ. i, 19 ; ix, 1 and 4

• N. of a Kalpa period, VāvuP. i, 21, 27

⋙ tapastakṣa

○takṣa m. 'destroying the power of religious austerity', Indra (as disturbing the austerities of ascetics lest they should acquire too great power) L

⋙ tapastaṅka

○taṅka m. 'afraid of austerities', id. L

⋙ tapastanu

○tanu mfn. = ○paḥ-kṛśa AitĀr. v, 3, 2, 1

⋙ tapastīrtha

○tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha W

⋙ tapaspati

○pati (táp○), m. the lord of austerities VS. v, 6 and 40 BhP. iv, 24, 14

⋙ tapasvat

○vat (táp○), mfn. burning, hot RV. vi, 5, 4 AV. v, 2, 8 ŚāṅkhŚr. iii, 19, 15 [Page 437, Column 2]

• = ○po-v○ RV. x, 154, 4 f

⋙ tapasvin

○vín mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 102) distressed, wretched, poor, miserable TS. v, 3, 3, 4 (compar. -ví-tara) R. ii f. Śak. Mālav. BhP. Sāh

• practising austerities, (m.) an ascetic AV. xiii, 2, 25 Kāṭh. xx (compar.), xxiii (superl. -vi-tama) ŚBr. (compar. ī) &c

• m. a pauper W

• = ○paḥkara L

• a kind of Karañja tree L

• Nārada L

• N. of a son of Manu Cākshusha Hariv. 71

• of a Ṛishi of the 12th Manv-antara, 482 BhP. viii, 13, 29 VP

• (inī), f. a female devotee, poor wretched woman Nal. R. iii, 2, 7 Śak. Daś

• Nardostachys Jaṭā-māṃsī L

• Helleborus niger L

• = mahāśrāvaṇikā Bhpr

• ○svi-kanyakā or ○nyā f. the daughter of an ascetic Śak. i, 15/16 and 24

• -tā f. devout austerity MBh. xiii, 2896 Śatr

• -pattra m. Artemisia L

• ○svii7ṣṭā f. Prosopis spicigera Gal

≫ tapasa

tapasa m. = ○po-rāja Uṇ. iii Sch

• a bird ib

≫ tapasīvan

tapasīvan mf(varī)n. causing pain (?) Kāṭh

≫ tapasomūrti

tapaso-mūrti m. (= ○po-m○) N. of a Ṛishi of the 12th Manv-antara Hariv. 482

≫ tapasya 1

tapasya Nom. ○syati (Pāṇ. 3-1, 15) to undergo religious austerities ŚBr. xiv, 6, 8, 10 (táp○) MBh. i, iii, xiii (Ā., 2. tapasya) R. &c

≫ tapasya 2

tapasyá mf(ā)n. (fr. tápas) produced by heat KātyŚr. xxv

• belonging to austerity Baudh. ii, 5, 1

• m. (Pāṇ. 4-4, 128) the second month of the season intervening between winter and spring (= phālguna) VS. TS. i ŚBr. iv Car. viii, 6 Suśr. i

• Arjuna (= phālguna) L

• N. of a son of Manu Tāmasa Hariv. 428

• n. the flower of Jasminum multiflorum or pubescens L

• devout austerity (?, ○sye taken as 1. sg. Ā. of 1. tapasya by Nīlak.) MBh. xiii, 10, 13

• (ā), f. (fr. 1. tapasya) id. Hcar

≫ tapasyāmatsya

tapasyā-matsya m. = ○paḥ-kara W

≫ tapāgaccha

tapā-gaccha m. the 6th Gaccha of the Śvetâmbara Jains (founded by Jagac-candra, AḌ. 1229)

≫ tapita

tapita mfn. refined (gold) Hariv. 13035

≫ tapiṣṭha

tápiṣṭha mfn. (superl.) extremely hot, burning RV. AV.xi, 1, 16

⋙ tapiṣṇu

tapiṣṇu mfn. warming, burning (with deva, 'the sun') MBh. xii, 11726

≫ tapīyas

tapīyas mfn. (compar.) most devoted to austerities among (gen.) BhP. ii, 9, 8

≫ tapu

tápu mfn. burning hot RV. ii, 4, 6 ; ix, 83, 2

≫ tapur

tapur in comp. for ○pus

⋙ tapuragra

○agra (táp○), mf(ā)n. burning-pointed (a spear) RV. x, 87, 23

⋙ tapurjambha

○jambha (táp○), mfn. burning-jawed (Agni), i, 36, 16 and 58, 5 ; viii, 23, 4

⋙ tapurmūrdhan

○mūrdhan (táp○), mfn. burning-headed (Agni), vii, 3, 1 ; x, 183, 3

• m. N. of the author of RV. x, 183 (son of Bṛihaspati) RAnukr

⋙ tapurvadha

○vadha (táp○), mfn. having burning weapons RV. vii, 104, 5 AV. vi, 20, 1

≫ tapuṣi

tápuṣi mfn. burning (a weapon) RV. iii, 30, 17 (Nir.vi, 3) ; vi, 52, 3

• (m.or f.) a burning weapon, i, 42, 4

⋙ tapuṣī

tápuṣī f. heat of anger Naigh. ii, 13

≫ tapuṣpā

tapuṣ-pā́ mfn. drinking warm (beverages) RV. iii, 35, 3 ['protecting from pain' Sāy.]

≫ tapus

tápus mfn. burning, hot RV. ii, 30, 4 and 34, 9 ; vi, 52, 2

• m. fire Uṇ. Sch

• the sun ib

• 'paincauser', an enemy ib

• n. heat RV. AV. i, 13, 3

≫ tapo

tapo in comp. for ○pas

⋙ tapogaccha

○gaccha m. = ○pA-g○

⋙ tapojā

○jā́ mfn. born from heat VS. x, 6

• xxxvii, 16

• become (a god or saint) through religious austerity RV. x, 154, 5 AV. vi, 61, 1 MaitrS. iv, 9, 6, 7 AitBr. ii, 27

⋙ tapoda

○da n. 'granting religious merit', N. of a Tīrtha Hariv. 9524

⋙ tapodāna

○dāna n. id. MBh. xiii, 7650

⋙ tapodyuti

○dyuti m. 'brilliant with religious merit', N. of a Ṛishi of the 12th Manv-antara VP. iii, 2, 34

⋙ tapodhana

○dhana mf(ā)n. rich in religious austerities, (m.) a great ascetic Mn. xi, 242 MBh. Hariv. ii, 69, 62 &c

• m. N. of a son of Manu Tāmasa, i, 7, 23

• of a Ṛishi of the 12th Manv-antara VP. iii, 2, 34

• of a Muni Kathās. cxvii, 125

• = ○pasvipattra L

• (ā), f. Sphaeranthus mollis L

⋙ tapodharma

○dharma m. N. of a son of the 13th Manu Hariv. i, 7, 82 (vḷ. ○rma-bhṛtha)

⋙ tapodhāman

○dhāman n. 'place of austerities', N. of a Tīrtha Rasik. xi, 37

⋙ tapodhṛti

○dhṛti m. N. of a Ṛishi of the 12th Manv-antara Hariv. 483 VP. iii, 2, 34

⋙ taponitya

○nitya mfn. devoting one's self incessantly to religious austerities MBh. iii, xiv

• m. N. of a man (with the patr. Pauruśishṭi) TĀr. vii, 9, 1

⋙ taponidhi

○nidhi m. 'austerity-treasury', an eminently pious man Ragh. i, 56 Śak. (vḷ.)

• [○pasAM n○ R. (G) i, 67, 3]

⋙ taponiṣṭha

○niṣṭha mfn. practising austerities Mn. iii, 134 Yājñ. i, 221

⋙ taponubhāva

○'nubhāva m. = ○paH-prabh○ W

⋙ tapobala

○bala m. the power acquired by religious austerities ŚāṅkhGṛ.iv, 5 ; 15 Mn. xi, 241 R. i

⋙ tapobhaṅga

○bhaṅga m. interruption of religious austerities Kāvyâd. ii, 325

⋙ tapobhṛt

○bhṛt mfn. undergoing austerities, (m.) an ascetic Hariv.4849. [Page 437, Column 3]

⋙ tapomaya

○maya mf(ī)n. consisting in or composed of religious austerities, 3990 ; 14430 R. i, 31, 11 BhP. ii

• practising religious austerities Hcat

⋙ tapomūrti

○mūrti f. an incarnation of religious austerity R. i, 31, 11

• m.= ○paso-m○ BhP. viii, 13, 29 VP. iii

⋙ tapomūla

○mūla mfn. founded on religious austerity Mn. xi, 235

• m. N. of a son of Manu Tāmasa Hariv. 428

⋙ tapoyajña

○yajña mfn. sacrificing by austerities Bhag. iv, 28

⋙ tapoyukta

○yukta mfn. engaged in austerities MBh. VarBṛS. lxxxv

⋙ taporata

○rata mfn. rejoicing in religious austerity, pious MBh. i, 36, 3

⋙ taporati

○rati mfn. id., i, 1838

• m. N. of a son of Manu Tāmasa Hariv. 429

• = -ravi VP. iii, 2, 34

⋙ taporavi

○ravi m. 'sun of ascetics', N. of a Ṛishi of the 12th Manv-antara Hariv. 482

⋙ taporāja

○rāja m. the moon (as presiding over austerities) L

⋙ taporāśi

○rāśi m. an accumulation of religious austerities (Purushôttama) R. i, 31, 11

⋙ taporthīya

○'rthīya mfn. destined for austerities MBh. xi, 760

⋙ tapoloka

○loka m. one of the 7 worlds (also called tapar-l○, situated above the jana-l○) ĀruṇUp. BhP. ii, 5, 39 KāśīKh. xxii

• pl. N. of a family Pravar. vi, 2

⋙ tapovaṭa

○vaṭa m. Brahmâvarta (in central India) L

⋙ tapovat

○vat mfn. engaged in austerities MBh. xii, 8548

⋙ tapovana

○vana n. a grove in which religious austerities are performed Nal. xii, 62 R. i Śak. Ragh

• (ifc. f. ā) Kathās. xxii

⋙ tapovāsa

○vāsa m. = ○paḥsthala Hariv. 5168

⋙ tapovidhāna

○vidhāna n

⋙ tapovidhi

○vidhi m. N. of two Jaina texts

⋙ tapovṛddha

○vṛddha mfn. rich in religious austerity MBh. (Nal. xii, 48)

⋙ tapovrāta

○vrāta m. a multitude of austerities W

⋙ tapośana

○'śana m. 'whose food is austerity', N. of a Ṛishi of the 12th Manvantara Hariv. 482

• of a son of Manu Tāmasa, 428

≫ tapta

taptá mfn. heated, inflamed, hot, made redhot, refined (gold &c.), fused, melted, molten RV. AV. &c

• distressed, afflicted, worn R. iii, 55, 15 Megh. Śak

• (in astrol.) opposed by VarYogay. ix, 16

• practised (as austerities) MBh. v, 7147 R. i, 57, 8

• one who has practised austerities ŚBr. ChUp

• 'inflamed with anger, incensed W

• n. hot water ŚBr. xiv, 1, 1, 29

• (ám), ind. in a hot manner, xi, 2, 7, 32

⋙ taptakumbha

○kumbha m. a heated or red-hot jar MārkP. xii, 34 f. ; xiv, 87

• N. of a hell ib. (cf. RTL. p. 232)

⋙ taptakūpa

○kūpa m. 'well of heated liquid', N. of a hell PadmaP. vi

⋙ taptakṛcchra

○kṛcchra m. n. a kind of religious austerity (drinking hot water, milk, and ghee for 3 days each, and inhaling hot air for 3 days) Mn. xi, 157 and 215 Yājñ. iii, 318

⋙ taptajāmbūnadamaya

○jāmbūnada-maya mf(ī)n. made of refined gold R. i, 15, 8

⋙ taptatapas

○tapas mfn. practising austerities, (m.) an ascetic W

⋙ taptatapta

○tapta mfn. made hot repeatedly Bhpr. v, 26, 3 and 45

⋙ taptatāmra

○tāmra n. red-hot or melted copper VarBṛS. vi, 13 BhP. vi, 9, 13

⋙ taptapāṣāṇakuṇḍa

○pāṣāṇa-kuṇḍa n. 'pit filled with red-hot stones', N. of a hell BrahmaP

⋙ taptamudrā

○mudrā f. (Vishṇu's) mark burnt (on the skin with red-hot iron)' W

⋙ taptarahasa

○rahasa n. Pāṇ. 5-4, 81

⋙ taptarūpa

○rūpa n. 'of refined shape', silver Npr

⋙ taptarūpaka

○rūpaka n. id. L

⋙ taptalomaśa

○lomaśa green vitriol Npr

⋙ taptaloha

○loha n. 'glowing iron', N. of a hell VP. ii, 6, 11 (cf. RTL. p. 232)

⋙ taptavāluka

○vāluka mfn. having hot gravel BhP. iii, 30, 23

• m. N. of a hell PadmaP. v, 159, 3

• (ās), f. pl. hot gravel Kathās. lxxii, 105

⋙ taptavrata

○vrata (○ptá-), mfn. using, hot milk for the initiatory rite TS. vi, 2, 2, 7 ĀpŚr. xi, 2, 2

⋙ taptasurākuṇḍa

○surā-kuṇḍa m. 'jar or hole filled with burning spirituous liquor', N. of, a hell BrahmaP

⋙ taptasūrmi

○sūrmi f. 'red-hot iron statue, N. of a hell (in which the wicked are made to embrace red-hot images) BhP.v, 26, 7 (cf. 20 and Mn. xi, 104)

• -kuṇḍa n. id. BrahmaP

⋙ taptahema

○hema n. refined gold MBh. iii, 1722 R. i, iii VarBṛS. cvi, 3

• -maya mfn. consisting of refined gold W

⋙ taptānna

taptânna n. hot food, hot rice W

⋙ taptābharana

taptâbharana n. an ornament made of refined gold R. iii, 58, 19

⋙ taptāyana

taptâyana mf(ī)n. dwelling-place of distressed people (the earth) VS.v, 9 (tiktây○ TS. i)

⋙ taptodakasvāmin

taptôdaka-svāmin m. N. of a Tīrtha SkandaP

≫ taptaka

taptaka n. a frying-pan Bhpr

≫ taptavya

taptavya mfn. to be practised (austerity) MBh

≫ tapti

tapti f. heat Bādar. ii, 2, 10 Sch

≫ taptṛ

taptṛ m. a heater MBh. i, 8414

≫ tapya

tapya mfn. to be refined Sarvad. Bādar. ii, 2, 10 Sch. (-tva n. abstr.)

• performing austerity (= sattva-maya Sch

• said of Śiva) MBh. xii, 10381

≫ tapyati

tapyatí f. heat TS. i, 4, 35, 1 (vḷ. ○tú)

≫ tapyatu

tapyatú mfn. hot RV. ii, 24, 9

• f. ○tí

tabalākṛti

tabalâkṛti f. N. of a creeper

tabha

tabha m.= st○, a he-goat L. Sch. [Page 438, Column 1] Contents of this page

tam

tam cl. 4. tā́myati (Pāṇ. 7-3, 74

• rarely Ā. R. ii, 63, 46 Gīt. v, 16

• pf. tatāma ŚBr. iv

• aor. Pass. atami Pāṇ. 7-3, 34 Kāś

• Ved. inf. támitos, with ā́ preceding, 'till exhaustion' TBr. i, 4, 4, 2 TāṇḍyaBr. xii Lāṭy. Āp

• pf. Pass. p. -tāntá, q.v.) to gasp for breath (as one suffocating), choke, be suffocated, faint away, be exhausted, perish, be distressed or disturbed or perplexed RV. ii, 30, 7 (ná mā tamat aor. subj. 'may I not be exhausted') Kāṭh. TBr. &c

• to stop (as breath), become immovable or stiff Suśr. Mālatīm. Amar. Rājat. v, 344

• to desire (cf. 2. ○ma, ○mata) Dhātup. xxvi, 93: Caus. tamáyati (aor. Pass. atāmi Pāṇ. 6-4, 93 Kāś.) to suffocate, deprive of breath ŚBr. iii, 3, 2, 19 and 8, 1, 15 KātyŚr. vi, 5, 18

• cf. á-tameru

≫ tama 1

tama m. (Pāṇ. 7-3, 34, Kāś.) = tamas ('the ascending node' VarBṛ. [?] Jyot.) L. Sch

• (= ○māla) Xanthochymus pictorius L

• = ○makā L

• n. (= ○mas) darkness L

• the point of the foot L

• (ā), f. night L

• Xanthochymus pictorius L

• (ī), f. (g. gaurâdi Gaṇar. 47) night Śiś. ix, 23 BhP. x, 13, 45 Gol. vii, 10 Naish. vii, 45

⋙ tamaprabha

○prabha m. = ○maH-pr○ ŚivaP.: (ā), f. v. l. for ○maH-pr○ L

⋙ tamarāja

○rāja m. = tava-r○ L

⋙ tamāhvaya

tamâhvaya m. the plant tālīśa-pattra Npr

≫ tamaḥ

tamaḥ in comp. for ○mas

⋙ tamaḥprabha

○prabha m. N. of a hell L. (vḷ.)

• (ā), f. id. L

⋙ tamaḥpraveśa

○praveśa m. groping in the dark W

• mental perplexity W

⋙ tamaḥsthita

○sthita n. 'situated in darkness', N. of a hell W

⋙ tamaḥspṛś

○spṛś mfn. connected with darkness Kād

≫ tamaka

tamaka m. (Pāṇ. 7-3, 34 Kāś.) oppression (of the chest), a kind of asthma Suśr. i, 43 and 45 ; vi, 40 and 51

• cf. pra-

• (ā), f. Phyllanthus emblica Npr

≫ tamata

tamata mfn. desirous of. Uṇ. iii, 109 Sch

≫ tamana

tamana n. the becoming breathless ŚāṅkhŚr. ii, 7, 7

• iv KātyŚr. iv, 1, 13

• cf. nāga-tamanī

≫ tamam

tamam ind. so as to faint away Pāṇ. 6-4, 93

≫ tamas

támas n. darkness, gloom (also pl.) RV. (○maḥ, práṇīta, 'led into darkness, 'deprived of the eye's light or sight, i, 117, 17) &c

• the darkness of hell, hell or a particular division of hell Mn. iv, viii f. VP. ii, 6, 4 MārkP. xii, 10

• the obscuration of the sun or moon in eclipses, attributed to Rāhu (also m. L.) R. VarBṛS. v, 44 VarBṛ. ii VarYogay. Sūryas

• mental darkness, ignorance, illusion, error (in Sāṃkhya phil. one of the 5 forms of a-vidjā MBh. xiv, 1019 Sāṃkhyak. &c

• one of the 3 qualities or constituents of everything in creation [the cause of heaviness, ignorance, illusion, lust, anger, pride, sorrow, dulness, and stolidity

• sin L

• sorrow Kir. iii

• guṇa and RTL.

• p. 45] Mn. xii, 24 f. and 38 Sāṃkhyak. &c.) RV. v. 31, 9 R. ii Śak. Rājat. v, 144

• N. of a son (of Śravas MBh. xiii, 2002

• of Daksha, i Sch

• of Pṛithu-śravas VP. iv, 12, 2)

• [cf. timira ; Lat. temere &c.]

⋙ tamaskalpa

○kalpa mfn. like darkness, gloomy W

⋙ tamaskāṇḍa

○kāṇḍa m. (g. kaskâdi, not in Kāś.) great or spreading darkness Śiś

⋙ tamastati

○tati f. id. L

⋙ tamasvat

○vat (tam○), mf(atī)n. gloomy AV. xix, 47, 2 Naigh. i, 7

• (tī), f. night L. Sch

• turmeric T

⋙ tamasvan

○van (tám○), mf(arī)n. = -vat TS. ii, 4, 7, 2

• cf. ám○

⋙ tamasvinī

○vinī f. = -vatī MBh. iv, 732 Kād

≫ tamasa

tamasá mfn. dark-coloured AV. xi, 9, 22

• m. darkness Uṇ. Sch. a well Uṇ. vṛ

• n. ifc. for ○mas, 'darkness', andha-, ○dhā-, ava-, vi-, saṃ-

• a city Uṇ. vṛ

• (ā), f. N. of a river (falling into the Ganges below Pratishṭhāna) MBh. iii, 14231 ; vi, 338 Hariv.12828 R. if. ; iv, 40, 24 Ragh.ix, 16

≫ tamasākṛta

tamasā-kṛta mfn. Pāṇ. 6-3, 3 Kāś

≫ tamasāvana

tamasā-vana n. N. of a grove Divyâv. xxvii

≫ tamaska

tamaska ifc. = ○mas, darkness ChUp. vii, 11, 2 SaṃhUp

• mental darkness BhP. vii, 1, 11

• the quality tamas (q.v.), NṛiSUP. (a-)

• cf. nis-, vi-, sa-

≫ tamāla

tamāla m. 'dark-barked (but white-blossomed)' Xanthochymus Pictorius MBh. Hariv. 12837 R. Suśr. Mṛicch. &c

• a sort of black Khadira tree L

• Crataeva Roxburghī L

• tobacco, Sikshāp

• sectarial mark on the forehead (made with the juice of the Tamāla fruit) L

• a sword L

• m. n. (g. ardharcâdi) the bark of the bamboo L

• n. = -patra L

• (ī), f. = tamakā Npr

• Crataeva Roxburghī L

• = tāmra-vallī L

⋙ tamālapattra

○pattra n. the leaf of Xanthochymus pictorius Mṛicch. Ragh. vi, 64

• the leaf of Laurus Cassia L

• Xanthochymus pictorius L

• 'a sectarial mark on the forehead', śrīkhaṇḍa-

• -candana-gandha m. 'smelling like Tamāla leaves and sandal wood', N. of a Buddha

≫ tamālaka

tamālaka (m., n. L.) Xanthochymus pictorius R. ii, 91, 48 (ifc.)

• the bark of a bamboo L

• n. the leaf of Laurus Cassia L. [Page 438, Column 2]

• Marsilea quadrifolia L

• (ā, ī), f. = tamakā Npr

• (ikā), f. id. L

• = tāmra-vallī L

• = tāmra-lipta L

• N. of a woman Kād. v, 427 and 432 (vḷ. taral○) Vāsav. 573

≫ tamālinī

tamālinī f. a place overgrown with Tamāla trees, g. puṣkarâdi

• = tāmra-lipta L

• = tamakā L

⋙ tami

tami f. = ○mī (s.v. ○ma) L

• turmeric W

≫ tamin

tamin mfn. Pāṇ. 3-2, 141

⋙ tamiṣīcī

támiṣīcī īs irr. ayas, Ved. f. pl. (fr. tamiṣy-ac) oppressing, stunning, confusing RV. viii, 48, 11 AV. ii, 2, 5

≫ tamisra

támisra m. = -pakṣa W

• n. darkness, dark night (also pl.) MBh. iv, 710 BhP. v, 13, 9 Gīt. xi, 12

• a dark hell, hell (in general) BhP. iv, 6, 45

• anger L

• (ā), f. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 114) a dark night RV. ii, 27, 14 TBr. ii, 2, 9, 6 MBh. iii Rāgh. &c

• cf. su-

• tāmisra

⋙ tamisrapakṣa

○pakṣa m. the dark half of the month, vi, 34 VarBṛS. ix, 36

• xxiv

≫ tamīśvara

tamī7śvara m. the moon Dharmaśarm. x, 15

≫ tamo

tamo in comp. for ○mas

⋙ tamogā

○gā́ mfn. roaming in the darkness (Śushṇa) RV. v, 32, 4

⋙ tamoguṇa

○guṇa m. the quality of darkness or ignorance ( támas) W

⋙ tamoguṇin

○"ṣguṇin mfn. having the quality of tamas predominant, ignorant, proud W

⋙ tamoghna

○ghna m. 'destroying darkness', the sun MBh. iii, 193 ; vii, 6296

• the moon L

• fire L

• Vishṇu L

• Śiva

• a Buddha ('bodha, knowledge' T.) L

⋙ tamojyotis

○jyotis m. 'light in darkness', a fire-fly L

⋙ tamonud

○nud mfn. dispersing darkness, xiii, 7298

• m. light R. v, 32, 23

• the sun (for acc. ○dam, ○da) L

• the moon (for acc. ○dam, ○da) L

• fire L

• a lamp L

⋙ tamonuda

○nuda mf(ā)n. dispersing darkness Mn. i, 6 & 77 MBh. (sarva-, iii, 17114) &c

• m. the sun, 11892

• (acc. ○dam) 17099 and vi, 5765

• the moon Ragh. iii, 33 (acc. ○dam)

⋙ tamontakṛt

○'nta-kṛt m. 'darkness-finisher', N. of an attendant of Skanda MBh. ix, 2560

⋙ tamontya

○'ntya m. one of the 10 ways in which an eclipse may happen VarBṛS. v, 43 and 52

⋙ tamondhakāra

○'ndhakāra N. of a mythical place Kāraṇḍ. xii

• -bhūmi, or ○rA bh○ f. id. ib

⋙ tamopaha

○'paha mfn. removing darkness Pāṇ. 3-2, 50

• removing ignorance Daś. Kir. v, 22

• m. the sun L

• the moon Ragh. iii, 33 (vḷ.)

• fire L

• a Buddha ('bodha, knowledge' T.) L

⋙ tamobhāga

○bhāga mfn. one whose portion is darkness Nir. xii, 1

⋙ tamobhid

○bhid m. 'dispersing darkness', a fire-fly L

⋙ tamobhūta

○bhūta mfn. 'become darkness', covered with darkness Mn. i, 5 Bhartṛ. i, 14

• ignorant Mn. xii, 115

⋙ tamomaṇi

○maṇi m. 'darkness-jewel', a kind of gem L

• a fire-fly, Vāsav. 442

⋙ tamomaya

○maya mf(ī)n. consisting or composed of or covered with darkness VarBṛS. v, 3 BhP. iii MārkP. &c

• m. the mind enveloped with darkness (one of the 5 forms of avidyā in Sāṃkhya phil.), vlī, 15

• ○yī-√kṛ, to cover with darkness Naish. viii, 65

⋙ tamori

○'ri m. 'darkness-enemy', the sun Rājat. ii, iv

• -vivara, 'sunhole', a window, vii, 775

⋙ tamorūpa

○rūpa mf(ā)n. consisting of mental darkness or ignorance NṛisUp

⋙ tamorūpin

○"ṣrūpin mfn. id. ib. Sch

⋙ tamoliptī

○liptī f. = tāma-l○ L

⋙ tamovat

○vat mfn. = ○mas-v○ R. iv, 44, 115

⋙ tamovāsas

○vāsas n. darkness as a cover Kād. viii, 162

⋙ tamovikāra

○vikāra m. 'modification of the Guṇa tamas', sickness L

⋙ tamovṛta

○vṛta mfn. obscured W

• overcome with any effect of the Guṇa tamas, as rage, fear, &c. W

⋙ tamovṛdh

○vṛ́dh mfn. rejoicing in darkness RV. vii, 104, 1

⋙ tamovairin

○vairin m. 'darkness-enemy', fire Gal

⋙ tamohan

○hán mfn. striking down or dispersing darkness, i, 140, 1 ; iii, 39, 3

• m. fire Gal

• Vishṇu ib

• Śiva ib

⋙ tamohara

○hara m. 'removing darkness', the moon L

≫ tamra

tamrá mf(ā́)n. oppressing, darkening, x, 73, 5

tama 2

tama an affix forming the superl. degree of adjectives and rarely of substantives (káṇva-, &c.) Suśr. i, 20, 11

• mfn. most desired Kir., ii, 14

• (ām), added (in older language) to adverbs and (in later language) to verbs, intensifying their meaning

• ind. in a high degree, much Naish. viii

tamaṅga

tamaṅga ○gaka m. a platform L

tamara

tamara n. tin L

tamas

támas ○sá, &c. col. 1

≫ tamāla

tamāla &c.,

⋙ tami

tami

⋙ tamin

tamin &c. ib. & col. 2

tamuṣṭuhīya

tamuṣṭuhīya the, hymn RV. vi, 18 (beginning with tám u ṣṭuhi) ŚāṅkhŚr.x, 11, 29

tampā

tampā f. a cow (cf. ○mbā) L

tamb

tamb cl. l. ○bati, to go Vop

tambā

tambā (fr. tāmrā), f. = ○mpā L

tambīra

tambīra = ?, (in astrol.) the 14th Yoga. [Page 438, Column 3]

tamra

tamrá col. 2

tay

tay cl. 1. ○yate (pf. teye), to go towards (acc.) or out of (abl.) Bhaṭṭ. xiv, 75 and 108

• (= tāy) to protect Dhātup. xiv, 6

≫ taya

taya m. g. vṛṣâdi

• cf. tāya

tara 1

tara an affix forming the compar. degree of adjectives and rarely (cf. vṛtra-tára) of substantives Suśr. i, 20, 11

• (ām), added (in older language) to adverbs ( ati-tarā́m &c.) and (in later language) to verbs (Pañcat. i, 14, 7 Ratnâv. iii, 9 Kathās.), intensifying their meaning

• ind. with na, not at all BhP. x, 46, 43

⋙ taratamatas

○tama-tas ind. more or less, 87, 19

• cf. tāratamya

tara 2

tára mfn. (√tṝ

• g. pacâdi) carrying across or beyond, saving (?, said of Śiva) MBh. xii, 10380

• ifc. passing over or beyond W

• 'surpassing, conquering', śoka-tará, cf. rathaṃtará

• excelling, w

• m. crossing, passage RV. ii, 13, 12 ; viii, 96, 1 Mn. viii, 404 and 407 Yājñ. (ifc.) MBh. xii

• (a- mfn. 'impassable') Bhaṭṭ. vii, 55 (cf. dus-)

• 'excelling, conquering', duṣ-ṭára, su-tára, dus-

• = -paṇya Mn. viii, 406

• a raft W

• a road L

• N. of a magical spell (against evil spirits supposed to possess certain weapons) R. i, 30, 4

• fire W

• N. of a man Rājat. vii, 809

• (ī

• also īs L.) f. (g. gaurâdi Gaṇar. 48), a boat, ship (cf. ○ri) MBh. i, 4228 f. BhP. iv Śiś. iii, 76 (cf. nis-tarīka)

• a clothes-basket (also ○ri) L

• the hem of a garment (also ○ri) L

• = ○raṇi-peṭaka L

• a club L

• for starī (smoke) W

⋙ tarapaṇya

○paṇya n. ferry-money, freight Divyâv

⋙ tarapaṇyika

○"ṣpaṇyika m. one who receives ferry-money or freight Buddh. L

⋙ taravaṭa

○vaṭa Cassia auriculata L

⋙ taravāri

○vāri (m. L

• for tala-v○?) a one-edged sword Hcar. vi Kalyāṇam. Pañcad. ii, 77

• cf. tala-vāraṇa

⋙ taravālikā

○vālikā f. (for tala-v○?) = kar○ id. L. Sch

⋙ tarasārika

○sārika tala-s○

⋙ tarasthāna

○sthāna n. a landing-place L

⋙ tarāndhu

tarândhu m. a large flat-bottomed boat L

⋙ tarālu

tarâlu m. id. L

≫ taraṃga 1

taraṃ-ga m. (fr. taram, ind, √tṝ) 'acrossgoer', a wave, billow R. iv, 41, 29ff. Jain. Suśr. Śak. &c. (ifc. f. ā Pañcat. Kathās. lxxii)

• a section of a literary work that contains in its N. a word like 'sea' or 'river' (e.g. of Kathās. and Rājat.)

• a jumping motion, gallop, waving about, moving to and fro Hariv. 4298 Gīt. xii, 2o

• cloth, clothes Uṇ. Sch

• cf. ut-, carma-

⋙ taraṃgabhīru

○bhīru m. '= ○gâpatrasta', N. of a son of the 14th Manu Hariv. 495

⋙ taraṃgamāliṇ

○māliṇ m. 'wave-garlanded', the sea Prasannar. vii, 9/10

⋙ taraṃgavatī

○vatī f. 'having waves', a river Vcar. vi, 72

• N. of a female servant, Vāsav. 374

⋙ taraṃgāpatrasta

taraṃgâpatrasta mfn. afraid of waves Pāṇ. 2-1, 38 Kāś

≫ taraṃga 2

taraṃga Nom. ○gati, to move like a billow, wave about, move restlessly to and fro Kād. vi, 1644 (Pass. p. ○gyamāṇa) Gīt. ii, 8

• cf. ut-

≫ taraṃgaka

taraṃgaka m. a wave, Bālabodh

• (ikā), f. N. of a female servant Viddh. ii, 0/1

• cf. nārī-

≫ taraṃgaya

taraṃgaya Nom. ○yati, to cause to move to and fro Bālar. iii, 25 (= Viddh. iii, 27) Sāh. vi

≫ taraṃgiṇī

taraṃgiṇī f. of ○gin

⋙ taraṃgiṇīnātha

○nātha m. 'river-lord', the sea Bālar. Vcar. xiii

⋙ taraṃgiṇībhartṛ

○bhartṛ m. id., 53

≫ taraṃgita

taraṃgita mfn. (g. tārakâdi) having (folds, vali-) as waves Kathās. lxxxiv, 7

• wavy, waving, overflown (by tears), moving restlessly to and fro MBh. vi, 3851 Mālatīm

• Śāntiś. Kathās. Prasannar. &c

• n. waving, moving to and fro Gīt.iii, 13

≫ taraṃgin

taraṃgin mfn. wavy, waving, moving restlessly to and fro MBh. vi R. ii, iv Kathās. Gīt. v, 19

• (iṇī), f. (g. puṣkarâdi) a river Bhartṛ. iii, 65

• N. of a river Kathās. lxxii, 336

• N. of several works Śaktir. Nirṇayas. ii, 7

• ifc. kṣīra- &c

≫ taraṇa

taraṇa m. a raft, boat L

• 'final landing-place', heaven L

• n. crossing over, passing (ifc.) KātyŚr. i, 7, 13 R. Vikr. Rājat. Hit

• overcoming (as of misfortune, gen.) MBh. i, 6054

• carrying over W

• an oar (?) Kauś. 5 2

• (ī), f. = ○ṇi, a boat Hariv. 14078 (vḷ. ○riṇī)

• Hibiscus mutabilis L

• = ṇī-vallī L

• cf. ūrdhva-, dus-

• pra-tár○, su-

≫ taraṇi

taráṇi mfn. moving forwards (as the sun &c.), quick, untired, energetic RV. AV. xiii, 2, 4 and 36

• carrying over, saving, helping, benevolent RV. TBr. ii, 7, 13, 2

• m. the sun KapS. iii, 13 BhP. v, viii, x Rājat. ŚārṅgP

• Calotropis gigantea L

• a ray of light L

• f. = ○ṇī, a boat Prab. Vop. Śatr

• Aloe perfoliata L. (also ○ṇī Sch.)

• cf. go-, saṃsāra-

⋙ taraṇitanayā

○tanayā f. 'sun-daughter', the river Yamunā Bhām. iv, 7 and 35

⋙ taraṇitva

○tvá n. zeal RV. i, 110, 4 and 6 (Nir.xi, 16)

⋙ taraṇidhanya

○dhanya m. Śiva

⋙ taraṇipeṭaka

○peṭaka m. a baling-vessel L

⋙ taraṇiratna

○ratna n. 'sun-jewel', a ruby L. [Page 439, Column 1] Contents of this page

≫ taraṇīya

taraṇīya mfn. to be crossed (a river) R. ii

≫ taraṇīvallī

taraṇī-vallī f. Rosa glandulifera L

≫ taraṇḍa

taraṇḍa m. N. of a place L

• (m. n. L.) the float of a fishing line, float made of bamboos and floated upon jars or hollow gourds inverted L

• an oar W

• a raft, boat HPariś. ii, 220

• (ā, ī), f. id. L

⋙ taraṇḍapādā

○pādā f. 'oar-footed', a boat L

≫ taraṇḍaka

taraṇḍaka vḷ. for ○rantuka, q.v

≫ taraṇya

taraṇya Nom. (fr. ○ṇa) ○ṇyati, to go, g. kaṇḍv-ādi (not in Kāś.)

≫ tarat

tárat pr. p. and Subj. √tṝ, q.v

⋙ taratsama

○sama m. conflagration of chaff (cf. taratsala) Gal

• m. or f. pl. = ○mandī Vas. xxviii, 11

⋙ taratsamandī

○samandī f. pl. the hymn RV. ix, 58 (beginning with tárat sá mandī́) Gaut

⋙ taratsamandīya

○samandīya n. (scil. sū7kta) id. Mn. xi, 254

≫ taratha

taratha deva-

⋙ tarad

tarad f. (Siddh.puṃl. 74) a raft L

• a kind of a duck L

⋙ taraddveṣas

tarád-dveṣas mfn. conquering enemies (Indra) RV. i, 100, 3

≫ taranta

tarantá m. the ocean L

• a hard shower Uṇ. k

• a frog ib

• N. of a man (with the patr. Vaidadaśvi) RV. v, 61, 10 TāṇḍyaBr. xiii, 7 (author of a Sāman)

• (ī), f. a boat, ship Uṇ. iii, 128 Sch

≫ tarantuka

tarantuka n. N. of a Tīrtha MBh. iii, 5085 ; 6022 (vvḷl. arant"ṣ and taraṇḍaka) and 7078 ; ix, 3032

≫ taras

táras n. rapid progress, velocity, strength, energy, efficacy RV. MBh. xii, 5172 R. v, 77, 18 Ragh. xi, 77

• a ferry RV.i, 190, 7

• (fig.) v, 54, 15 AV. x, 10, 24

• a symbolical N. of the stoma of the gods TāṇḍyaBr. viii, xi, xv

• a bank L

• = plava-ga L

• (sā), instr. ind. (g. svar-ādi, not in Kāś.) speedily, directly MBh. R. Ragh. BhP. Śiś. ix Kathās. Prab. iv, 24

• (○rás), mfn. quick, energetic SV. i, 4, 2, 4, 1

⋙ tarasmat

○mat for -vat, q.v

⋙ tarasvat

○vat (tár○), mfn. = -vín (Indra) TBr. ii, 8, 4, 1

• m. N. of a son of the 14th Manu Hariv. i, 7, 87 (vḷ. ○s-mat)

• f. pl. 'the swift ones', the rivers Naigh. i, 13

⋙ tarasvin

○vín mfn. quick, violent, energetic, bold RV. viii, 97, 10 and 12 (Indra) VS. xix, 88 MBh. R. Śak. &c

• m. a courier, runner, hero W

• Śiva

• the wind L

• a falcon Gal

• Garuḍa L

• N. of a man Pravar. ii, 2, 2

≫ tarasāna

tarasāna m. a boat Uṇ. ii, 86 Sch

≫ tarāyaṇa

tarāyaṇa tār○

≫ tari

tari f. = ○rī, a boat MBh. i, 4014 ; xii, 1682 Prab. vi, 7

• also ○rī s.v. ○ra

⋙ tariratha

○ratha m. 'boat-wheel', an oar L

≫ tarika

tarika m.= ○kin Yājñ. ii, 263

• a raft, boat L

• (ā), f. id. L

• the skin on the milk VS.xxxix, 5/6 KātyŚr. xxvi, 7, 50/51

⋙ tarikin

tarikin m. a ferry-man W

≫ taritavya

taritavya n. impers. it is to be crossed or passed over AśvGṛ. i, 12, 6 MānGṛ. i, 13

≫ taritā

taritā f. 'leader', the fore-finger L

• garlic (or 'hemp' ?) Kulârṇ

• a form of Durgā (cf. tvar○), Tantr

⋙ taritādhāraṇayantra

○dhāraṇa-yantra n. N. of a mystical diagram ib

⋙ taritāpūjāyantra

○pūjā-yantra n. another diagram ib

≫ taritṛ

taritṛ mfn. one who crosses (a river) or who carries over Pāṇ. 7-2, 34 Kāś

≫ taritra

taritra m. 'a helmsman' (Sch.) or n. 'an oar' MBh. v, 2436 (a- mfn. without a t○)

≫ tarin

tarín mfn. AV. v, 27, 6 (for sá īm VS. xxvii, 15)

• (iṇī), f. vḷ. for ○raṇī, q.v

≫ tarī

tarī f. ○ra

⋙ tarīpa

○pa dus-, nis-

≫ tarītṛ

tarītṛ mfn. = ○ritṛ Pāṇ. 7-2, 34 Kāś

≫ tarītu

tarītu^ duṣ-ṭár○

⋙ tarīyas

tárīyas mfn. (compar.) easily passing through (acc.) RV. v, 41, 12

≫ tarīṣa

tarīṣa m. a raft, boat L

• the ocean L

• a fit or competent person Uṇ. vṛ

• a fine shape or form ('decorating' W.) L

• resolution L

• also taviiṣa

⋙ tarīṣaṇi

tarīṣáṇi Ved. inf. √tṝ, q.v

≫ taru 1

táru mfn. 'quick' or subst. 'speediness', (pl.) RV. v, 44, 5 (cf. ii, 39, 3)

≫ tarutṛ 1

tárutṛ mfn. winning, i, 27, 9 ; 129, 2

≫ tarutṛ 2

tarutṛ́ m. (Pāṇ. 7-2, 34) a conqueror RV. i ; vi, 66, 8

• viii

• an impeller (of carts), x, 178, 1 (Nir. x, 28)

• (trī), f. adj. a help MānGṛ. i, 22

≫ tarutra

tárutra mfn. carrying across (as a horse) RV. i, 117, 9

• conquering, triumphant, 174, 1 ; ii, 11, 15f. ; iii, vi f

• granting victory, superior, iv, vi, viii, x

≫ taruṣ

taruṣ one base of √tṝ (taruṣante &c.), q.v

≫ taruṣa

táruṣa m. a conqueror, overcomer, vi, 15, 3 ; x, 115, 5

• (ī), f. victory SV. i, 4, 1, 4, 5

≫ taruṣyat

taruṣyát mfn. (pr. p.) attacking RV. viii, 99, 5 (Naigh. iv, 2 Nir. v, 2)

⋙ tarus

tárus n. battle RV. vi, 25, 4

• superiority, i, 122, 13 ; iii, 2, 3

≫ tarūtṛ

tarūtṛ mfn. = ○ritṛ Pāṇ. 7-2, 34

≫ tarūṣas

tárūṣas mfn. superior RV. i, 129, 10

≫ tarṇi

tarṇi m.= ○raṇi, a boat L

• the sun L

≫ tartarīka

tartarīka mfn. (fr. Intens.) being in the habit of crossing (a river) L

• n. a boat L

≫ tartavya

tartavya mfn. = ○raṇīya MBh. vii, 4706. [Page 439, Column 2]

≫ tarman

tarman n. 'passage', su-tárman ; m. n. the top of the sacrificial post (cf. Lat. terminus) L

≫ tarya

tárya m. N. of a man RV. v, 44, 12

≫ tarṣa 1

tarṣa m. = ○rīṣa, a raft Uṇ. iii, 62 Sch

• the ocean ib

• the sun Uṇ. vṛ

tarakṣa

tarakṣa m. = ○kṣu VarBṛS. xii, 6

• a wolf Npr

≫ tarakṣu

tarákṣu m. a hyena VS. xxiv, 40 MaitrS. iii, 14, 21 GopBr. i, 2, 8 MBh. Hariv. 9373 R. Suśr

≫ tarakṣuka

tarakṣuka m. id. L

taraṃga

taraṃ-ga &c. p. 438, col. 3

taraṭa

taraṭa N. of a medicinal plant Npr

• (ī), f. N. of a thorny plant (cf. tār○) L

taraṇa

taraṇa ○ráṇi, &c. p. 438, col. 3

taratsala

taratsala m. = ○rat-sama W

taradī

taradī vḷ. for ○raṭī

taranta

tarantá ○ntuka, col. 1

tarambuja

tarambuja n. (borrowed fr. ?) a water-melon (cf. kharbūja), Tantr

tarala

tarala mf(ā)n. (√tṝ?, cf. taraṃga) moving to and fro, trembling, tremulous MBh. &c

• glittering R. vi, 4, 33 Ragh. xiii, 76 Śak

• unsteady, vain Bhartṛ. Amar. Rājat. iii, 515

• libidinous L

• liquid W

• hollow L

• m. a wave BhP. xf

• the central gem of a necklace MBh. viii, 4913 Hariv

• a necklace L

• a ruby L

• iron L

• a level surface (tala) L

• the thorn-apple Npr

• N. of a poet Bālar. i, 13 ŚārṅgP

• pl. N. of a people MBh. viii, 237

• (ā), f. spirituous liquor L

• a bee L

• N. of a Yoginī Hcat. ii, 1, 709

• rice-gruel VarBṛS. lxxvi, 11 (○la n. ?)

⋙ taralatā

○tā f. = -tva Pañcat

• unsteady activity Kād

⋙ taralatva

○tva n. tremulousness, unsteadiness Kpr. x, 33/34

⋙ taralanayanī

○nayanī f. 'tremulouseyed', a metre of 4 X 12 short syllables

⋙ taralalekhā

○lekhā f. N. of a woman Rājat. viii, 1445

⋙ taralalocanā

○locanā f. a tremulous-eyed woman W. (cf. R. vi, 4, 34.)

≫ taralaya

taralaya Nom. ○yati, to cause to tremble Hcar. v, 205 Amar. 87

≫ taralāya

taralāya Nom. ○yate, to tremble Hcat. ii, 1, 709

≫ taralāyita

taralāyita mfn. made tremulous, agitated W

• m. a large wave W

• n. fickleness W

≫ taralikā

taralikā f. N. of a female servant Kād. ( tamāl○) Vāsav. 565

≫ taralita

taralita mfn. shaking, dangling, undulating, tremulous Gīt. vii, xi ŚārṅgP

• n. impers. it has been trembled Gīt. xii, 15

⋙ taralitahāra

○hāra mf(ā)n. having a tremulous garland, vii, 14

taravī

taravī (in astrol.) ?, quadrature

taras

táras ○rás, col. 1

tarasa

tarasa m. n. sg. and pl. meat Nyāyam. Sch. on KātyŚr. ii, v

⋙ tarasapuroḍāśa

○puroḍāśa mfn. offering a cake of meat TāṇḍyaBr. xxy, 7

⋙ tarasamaya

○maya mfn. consisting of meat (a cake) KātyŚr. xxiv, 5, 20

tarasat

tarásat for trás○, √tras, q.v

tarasāna

tarasāna &c. col. 1

tarām

tarām 1. tara

tari

tari ○rika, ○rikin, &c. col. 1

taru 2

taru m. (g. vyāghrâdi not in Kāś., cf. nabhas-) a tree Nal. xii, 75 R. vi, 82, 115 Suśr. Ragh. &c

• N. of a son of Manu Cākshusha MatsyaP

⋙ tarukūṇi

○kūṇi m. a kind of bird L

⋙ tarukoṭara

○koṭara n. the hollow of a tree Hit

⋙ tarukhaṇḍa

○khaṇḍa m. n. (Pāṇ. 4-2, 38 Kāś. vḷ.) = -ṣaṇḍa Kād

⋙ tarugahana

○gahana n. the thicket of woods, SārṅgP

⋙ tarucchāyā

○cchāyā f. the shade of a tree Kathās. lxiii, 9 (ifc. f. ā)

• īc, 36

⋙ taruja

○ja mfn. produced by a tree (a flower, fruit &c.) W

⋙ tarujīvana

○jīvana n. (vital organ, i.e.) the √of a tree L

⋙ tarutala

○tala n. the level ground round the foot of a tree Kathās. Hit

⋙ tarutā

○tā f. the state of a tree MārkP. xxxi, 9 Kathās. lxxii, 235

⋙ tarutūlikā

○tūlikā f. the flying fox (suspending itself from branches like a tūlikā, q.v.) L

⋙ tarudulikā

○dulikā vḷ. for -tūl○ W

⋙ tarunakha

○nakha m. 'tree-nail', a thorn L

⋙ tarupaṅkti

○paṅkti f. a row of trees, avenue W

⋙ tarubhuj

○bhuj m. 'tree-eater', the parasitical plant Vanda Roxburghī L

⋙ tarumaṇḍapa

○maṇḍapa a bower Kathās. xx, 55

⋙ tarumahiman

○mahiman m. 'glory of tree-planting', N. of a section of the Vṛikshâyurveda (on the future rewards of those who plant trees) W

⋙ tarumūla

○mūla n. the √of a tree Kathās. ic, 2

⋙ tarumṛga

○mṛga m. 'tree-animal', an ape L

⋙ tarurāga

○rāga m. n. 'tree-charm', a bud L. [Page 439, Column 3]

⋙ tarurāja

○rāja m. 'tree-king', the palmyra-tree Hcat. ii, 1, 317

⋙ tarurājan

○rājan m. 'tree-king', the Pārijāta Hariv. 7153 f

⋙ taruruhā

○ruhā f. 'growing on trees', = -bhuj L

⋙ tarurohiṇī

○rohiṇī f. id. L

⋙ taruvara

○vara m. 'best of trees', = -rājan W

⋙ taruvallī

○vallī f. a creeper Kathās. liii, 59

• a kind of Oldenlandia (dyeing red) L

⋙ taruviṭapa

○viṭapa m. a branch W

⋙ taruśāyin

○śāyin m. 'sleeping on trees', a bird L

⋙ taruśreṣṭha

○śreṣṭha m. the best of trees W

⋙ taruṣaṇḍa

○ṣaṇḍa n. (cf. -khaṇḍa) a group of trees R. iv, 13, 13 Pañcat

⋙ tarusāra

○sāra m. 'tree-essence', camphor L

• -maya mfn. consisting of heart-wood Suśr. iv, 35

⋙ tarusthā

○sthā f. = -ruhā L

≫ taruśa

taruśa mfn. abounding in trees, g. lomâdi

tarukṣa

tárukṣa m. (g. 2. lohitâdi, not in Kāś.) N. of a man RV. viii, 46, 32

• cf. talukṣa

taruṇa

táruṇa mf(ī [Pāṇ. 4-1, 15 Vārtt. 6 Pat.] RV.)n. (√tṝ

• g. kapilakâdi Gaṇar. 447) 'progressive', young, tender, juvenile RV. AV. &c

• new, fresh, just risen (the sun, cf. bālâditya), just begun (heat or a disease) MBh. R. Kum. iii, 54 Suśr

• tender (a feeling) Bhartṛ

• m. a youth MBh. &c. (cf. tarṇa)

• Ricinus communis L

• large cumin seed L

• N. of a particular section in a Tantra work treating of various stages in a Tāntrika's life Kulârṇ. viii

• of a mythical being MBh. ii, 7, 22

• of a Ṛishi in the 11th Manv-antara Hariv.477

• m. n. the blossom of Trapa bispinosa L.'

• n. = ○ṇâsthi Suśr

• a sprout (ifc., kuśa-) KātyŚr. PārGṛ. ii, 1, 10

• (ī), f. (g. gaurâdi) a young woman, girl R. Suśr. &c

• a kind of pot-herb, i, 46, 4, 39

• Aloe perfoliata L

• Rosa glandulifera or alba Npr

• Croton polyandrum or Tiglium L

• [vip,. ?.]

⋙ taruṇajvara

○jvara m. 'slight fever', a fever that lasts a week W

• ○râri m. 'enemy of ○ra', N. of a drug

⋙ taruṇatā

○tā f. freshness, vigour Kād

⋙ taruṇadadhi

○dadhi n. coagulated milk five days old W

⋙ taruṇapītikā

○pītikā f. red arsenic Npr

⋙ taruṇābhāsa

taruṇâbhāsa m. a kind of cucumber ib

⋙ taruṇāsthi

taruṇâsthi n. 'soft-bone', cartilage Suśr

⋙ taruṇendu

taruṇêndu m. the increasing moon Bhartṛ. iii, 84

≫ taruṇaka

taruṇaka m. N. of a Nāga MBh. i, 2160

• n. a sprout, (○rū́ṇ○) AV. x, 4, 2

• darbha-

• cf. tarṇ○

≫ taruṇaya

taruṇaya Nom. ○yati, to make young or fresh Mālatīm. v, 6

≫ taruṇāya

taruṇāya Nom. ○yati, to bring forth W

• ○yate, to become or remain young or fresh Hariv. 4745 Suśr. iv, 26, 27 Pañcat. v, i, 14 Bhartṛ. iii, 9

≫ taruṇiman

taruṇimán m. youth, juvenility MaitrS. i, 10, 10 Kāṭh. xxxvi, 5 Śāntiś. Prasannar. ii, 11

≫ taruṇī

taruṇī f. and ind. of ○ṇa

⋙ taruṇīkaṭākṣakāma

○kaṭâkṣa-kāma or m. Clerodeesdrum phlomoides L

⋙ taruṇīkaṭākṣakṣamāla

○kaṭâkṣa-kṣa-māla m. Clerodeesdrum phlomoides L

⋙ taruṇīgaṇa

○gaṇa m. a number of young women W

⋙ taruṇījana

○jana m. a young woman W

⋙ taruṇībhū

○√bhū to become a youth Hcar. iv

⋙ taruṇībhūta

○bhūta mfn. become a maiden Daś. vii, 156

⋙ taruṇīratna

○ratna n. = ○raNi-r○ Gal

tarutṛ

tárutṛ ○tṛ́, &c. col. 1

tarūṭa

tarūṭa m. the √of a lotus L

tarūṇaka

tarū́ṇaka ○ruN○

tarūtṛ

tarūtṛ tárūṣas, col. 1

tark

tark cl. 10. ○kayati (ep. also ○te), to N. conjecture, guess, suspect, infer, try to discover or ascertain, reason or speculate about MBh. &c

• to consider as (with double acc.), = ib

• to reflect, think of, recollect, have in one's mind, intend (with inf. MBh. iii Mṛicch. Megh.) MBh. Hariv. BhP. iii, 13, 20

• to ascertain R. iii, 25, 12, to speak' or 'to shine' Dhātup. ; [cf. torqueo, &c.]

≫ tarka

tarka m. conjecture MBh. &c

• reasoning, speculation, inquiry KaṭhUp. ii, 9 PārGṛ. ii, 6, 5 Gaut. Mn. xii, 106 MBh. &c

• doubt W

• system or doctrine founded on speculation or reasoning, philosophical system (esp. the Nyāya system, but applicable also to any of the six Darśana, q.v.) BhP. ii, vii f. Prab. Vop. Caraṇ. Madhus

• the number 6 Sūryas. xii, 87

• logic, confutation (esp. that kind of argument which consists in reduction to absurdity) Tarkas. Sarvad. Madhus

• wish, desire L

• supplying an ellipsis L

• cause, motive L

• n. a philosophical system Hcat. i, 7

• (ā), f. reasoning, inquiry ('= kāṅkṣā' Sch.) MBh. iv, 892

• cf. a-, ku-, dus-, rūpa-

⋙ tarkakarkaśa

○karkaśa m. N. of a family Dhūrtan. i

⋙ tarkakarman

○karman for ○rku-k○ BhP. x, 45, 36/37 (cf. -sādhya)

⋙ tarkakārikā

○kārikā f. N. of a Vaiśeshika work by Jīva-rāja Dīkshita

⋙ tarkakaumudī

○kaumudī f. N. of a Vaiśeshika work

⋙ tarkagrantha

○grantha m. a treatise on reasoning, manual of logic Suśr. vi, 19, 15

⋙ tarkacandrikā

○candrikā f. N. of an elementary exposition of the Nyāya phil. [Page 440, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ tarkajñāna

○jñāna n. knowledge obtained by reasoning or philosophical inquiry Bādar. ii, 1, 11/12

⋙ tarkajvālā

○jvālā f. 'flame of speculation', N. of a Buddh. work

⋙ tarkataraṃgiṇī

○taraṃgiṇī f. N. of wk. by Guṇa-ratna

⋙ tarkadīpikā

○dīpikā f. N. of a Comm. on Tarkas

⋙ tarkapañcānana

○pañcânana m. N. of several writers on Nyāya phil

⋙ tarkaparibhāṣā

○paribhāṣā f. = -bhāṣā

• -vṛtti f. N. of a Comm. by Vimmi-bhaṭṭa

⋙ tarkaprakāśa

○prakāśa m. N. of a Comm. by Śrī-kaṇṭha

• = -bhāṣā-sāra-mañjarī

⋙ tarkapradīpa

○pradīpa m. N. of a Vaiśeshika manual by Koṇḍabhaṭṭa

⋙ tarkabhāṣā

○bhāṣā f. N. of a Nyāya manual by Keśava-bhaṭṭa

• -prakāśa m. N. of a Comm. by Go-vardhana

• -prakāśikā f. another Comm

• -bhāva-prahāśikā f. another Comm

• -sāra-mañjarī f. another Comm. by Mādhava (of Kāśī)

⋙ tarkamañjarī

○mañjarī f. N. of a Comm. on -kārikā by its author

⋙ tarkamudrā

○mudrā f. a particular position of the hand BhP. iv, 6, 38

⋙ tarkayukta

○yukta mfn. conjectured, suspected R. (G) ii, 109, 16

• together with the philosophical systems MBh. ii, 11, 35

⋙ tarkaratna

○ratna n. N. of a Vaiśeshika disquisition by Koṇḍa-bhaṭṭa

⋙ tarkarahasya

○rahasya n. N. of wk

• -dīpikā f. another N. of Guṇâkara's Ṣaḍ-darśana-samuccaya-ṭīkā

⋙ tarkavāgīśa

○vāg-īśa m. N. of several writers on Nyāya phil

⋙ tarkavid

○vid m. 'knowing logic', a philosopher Bādar. ii, 1, 11/12

⋙ tarkavidyā

○vidyā f. 'science of reasoning', a manual of logic, philosophical treatise MBh. xiii, 2195 Prab

⋙ tarkaśāstra

○śāstra n. id. MBh. xii, 9678 f. Hariv. 1506 Prab

⋙ tarkasaṃgraha

○saṃgraha m. N. of a manual of the Vaiśeshika branch of the Nyāya phil. by Annam-bhaṭṭa

• -dīpikā f. N. of a Comm. on that work by its author

⋙ tarkasamaya

○samaya m. N. of wk. Bādar. i, 1, 4/5

⋙ tarkasādhya

○sādhya n. N. of a Kalā (cf. ○rku-karman) Gal

⋙ tarkāṭa

tarkâṭa m. 'inquiry-walker', a beggar L

⋙ tarkānubhāṣā

tarkânubhāṣā f. = ○rka-bhāṣā-prakāśa

⋙ tarkābhāsa

tarkâbhāsa m. apparent reasoning, or confutation W

⋙ tarkāmṛta

tarkâmṛta n. 'logic-nectar', N. of an elementary Vaiśeshika manual by Jagad-īśa Tarkâlaṃkāra Bhaṭṭâcārya

• -caṣaka, N. of a Comm. on that manual by Gaṅgārāma Jaṭī

• -taraṃgiṇī f. another Comm. on the same by Mukunda Bhaṭṭa Gāḍegila

⋙ tarkālaṃkāra

tarkâlaṃkāra m. N. of several philosophers

≫ tarkaka

tarkaka m.= ○rkâṭa MBh. xii, 1537

≫ tarkaṇa

tarkaṇa n. conjecturing Sāh

• reasoning W

≫ tarkaṇīya

tarkaṇīya mfn. to be suspected MBh. v, 1093

≫ tarkita

tarkita mfn. considered as R. iv, 11, 9

• investigated W

• a-

• n. conjecture Hariv. 9467

≫ tarkin

tarkin mfn. skilled in speculation Mn. xii, 111

≫ tarku

tarku (m. n. L. ; √3. kṛt Nir. ii, 1, but cf. niṣ-ṭarkyá, ?& torqueo &c. s.v. √tark) a spindle PārGṛ. i, 15/16

⋙ tarkukarman

○karman n. 'spindlework', N. of a Kalā (q.v.)

⋙ tarkupāṭhī

○pāṭhī vḷ. for -pīṭhī

⋙ tarkupiṇḍa

○piṇḍa m. a ball (of clay &c.) at the lower end of a spindle to assist in giving it a rotatory motion L

⋙ tarkupīṭha

○pīṭha m. id. L

• (ī), f. id. L

⋙ tarkulāsaka

○lāsaka m. a concave shell or saucer serving to hold the lower end of a spindle when whirled round L

⋙ tarkuśāna

○śāna m. a small whetstone for sharpening spindles L

≫ tarkuka

tarkuka m. = ○rkaka Rājat. iii, 254

• cf. para-, piṇḍa-

⋙ tarkuṭa

tarkuṭa n. spinning L

• (ī), f. = ○rku L

≫ tarkya

tarkya mfn. a-

• niṣ-ṭarkyá

tarkāri

tarkāri f. = ○rī Suśr. vi, 17, 49

≫ tarkārī

tarkārī f. (g. gaurâdi) Sesbania aegyptiaca, i, vi

• Premna spinosa VarBṛS. xliv, 9/10

• a kind of gourd Npr

⋙ tarkiṇa

tarkiṇa m. Cassia Tora L. (vḷ. ○kila)

tarkṣu

tarkṣu m. = tarákṣu L

tarkṣya

tarkṣya m. saltpetre L

tarj

tarj cl. 1. ○jati (ep. also Ā

• pf. tatarja Bhaṭṭ.) to threaten MBh. R

• to scold MBh. viii, 1543 Bhaṭṭ. xiv, 80: Caus. tarjayati (ep., also Ā.) to threaten R. iii (Pass. p. ○rjyamāna) Śak. Ragh

• to scold Hariv. 11166 Daś. BhP. &c

• to frighten MBh. R. Suśr. Rājat

• to deride MBh. v, 2485 Bhaṭṭ. vii, 36

• for √tark, Caus. MBh. iv, 567 ; [Germ. drohen &c.]

≫ tarjaka

tarjaka mfn. one who threatens Pañcar. iv, 3

≫ tarjana

tarjana n. threatening, scolding R. iii, v Ragh. xix, 17 Kum. vi, 45 &c

• (ifc.) frightening MBh. iii, 12569

• derision W

• putting to shame, surpassing W

• anger W

• (ā), f. scolding Sāh

• (ī), f. 'threatening finger', the fore-finger Kathās. xvii, 88 KātyŚr. Sch

• = ○nikā Hcat. ii, 1

≫ tarjanikā

tarjanikā f. a kind of weapon (?), ii, 1, 953

≫ tarjanīya

tarjanīya mfn. to be threatened or scolded

≫ tarjita

tarjita mfn. threatened R. vi Ragh. xi, 78

• scolded, reviled Bhaṭṭ. Rājat. iii, 34: Sāh

• frightened Hariv. 3911 Suśr. Rājat.v, 398

• n. threat R. [Page 440, Column 2]

tarjika

tarjika m. pl. = tāj○ L

tarṇa

tarṇa m. (for ○ruṇa?) a calf L

≫ tarṇaka

tarṇaka m. id. Kād. Hcar. ii, 11 (ifc.) Hcat. Rājat. v, 431

• any young animal Dhūrtan. i, 19

tarṇi

tarṇi ○rtarīka, p. 439, col. 1

tard

tard (= √tṛd), cl. 1. P. ○rdati, to injure, kill Dhātup. iii, 21

⋙ tarda

tardá m. a kind of bird (cf. Lat. turdus) AV. vi, 50, 1 f

⋙ tardāpati

tardā-pati m. lord of the female Tarda bird, 3 (voc.)

≫ tardana

tardana n. opening, hole ŚBr. iii, 2, 1, 2 Sāy

• sewing with stitches AitĀr. iii, 2, 5, 4 Sch

≫ tardū

tardū f. (√tṝ Uṇ.) a wooden ladle L

≫ tardma

tardma ifc. (nava-, śata-) for ○dman KātyŚr. xv, 5, 27

⋙ tardmavat

○vat mfn. 'furnished with (openings, i.e.) stitches', bound tight AitĀr. iii, 2, 5, 4

⋙ tardmasamuta

○samutá mfn. sewed with stitches ŚBr. iii, 2, 1, 2

≫ tardman

tárdman n. (√tṛd) a hole, cleft AV. xiv, 1, 40 Kauś. 50 and 76 KātyŚr. vi, 1, 30 ; vii, 3, 20

tarpaka

tarpaka mfn. ifc. satiating, satisfying BhP. vii, 15, 10 Sch

≫ tarpaṇa

tárpaṇa mf(ī)n. id. Suśr. (cf. ghrāṇa-)

• (m. or n.) N. of a plant, iv, 5, 13 and 18 ; 16, 3

• n. satiety MBh. xiv, 673

• satiating, refreshing (esp. of gods and deceased persons [cf. ṛṣi-, pitṛ-] by presenting to them libations of water

• a particular ceremony performed with a magical Mantra Sarvad

• RTL. p. 394 and 409) PārGṛ. iii, 3, 11 Mn. iii, 70 Yājñ. i, 46 MBh. xiii &c

• gladdening (ifc.) BhP. iii, 1, 27

• refreshment, food AV. ix, 6, 6 MBh. xviii, 269 and 275 Car. Pāṇ. 2-3, 14 Kāś. Hcat. (ifc. f. ā)

• fuel L

• (satiating, i.e.) filling the eyes (with oil &c.) Suśr

• (ī), f. N. of a plant L

⋙ tarpaṇavidhi

○vidhi m. a ch. of Smṛity-artha-sāra

⋙ tarpaṇecchu

tarpaṇêcchu m. 'desirous of a Tarpaṇa libation', Bhīshma L

≫ tarpaṇīya

tarpaṇīya mfn. to be satisfied, Kaṭhup. i, 27

≫ tarpayitavya

tarpayitavya mfn. id. Kāṭh. xxxii, 1

≫ tarpita

tarpita mfn. satisfied MBh. v R. i, 53 (su-)

≫ tarpin

tarpin mfn. satisfying W

• offering oblations (to the manes) W

• (iṇī), f. Hibiscus mutabilis L

tarpara

tarpara m. a bell hanging down from the throat of cattle, g. kapilakâdi (Gaṇar. 446)

tarphitṛ

tarphitṛ mfn. (√tṛph) One who kills W

• cf. turphári &c

tarb

tarb cl. i. P. ○bati, to go Vop

tarbaṭa

tarbaṭa m. a year L

• for ○ra-vaṭa L

tarman

tarman tárya, p. 439, col. 2

tarvan

tarvan wrong pronunciation for tad-van Pat. on Pāṇ. Introd. Vārtt. 9

tarṣa 2

tarṣa m. (√triṣ) thirst', wish, desire for (in comp.) MBh. xii R. ii, 100, 3 BhP. v, 8, 12 (ati-, 'excessive desire')

• Desire (son of Arka the sun and Vāsanā), vi, 6, 13

• (ā), f. thirst, desire, xi, 9, 27

⋙ tarṣacetas

○cetas mfn. eagerly desirous of (arthe ifc.), viii, 8, 38

≫ tarṣaṇa

tarṣaṇa n. thirst L

• desire, iii, 25, 7

≫ tarṣam

tarṣam ind. (Pāṇ. 3-4, 57). dvy-aha-

≫ tarṣita

tarṣita mfn. thirsty BhP. ix, 6, 27

• ifc. desirous of R. ii, 104, 1

• cf. ṭriṣ○

≫ tarṣuka

tarṣuka mfn. thirsty Gal

≫ tarṣula

tarṣula mfn. 'desiring', a-tarṣulam ind. without desire MBh. xii, 7762

≫ tarṣyāvat

tarṣyā́-vat mfn. = tṛṣ○ RV. x, 28, 10

tarsa

tarsa n. Pāṇ. 8-3, 59 Vārtt. 1 Pat

tarha

tarha śata-tarhá and -tárham

≫ tarhaṇa

tárhaṇa mf(ī)n. (√tṛh) crushing RV. vii, 104, 4 AV. ii, 31, i

• cf. dasyu-tárh○

tarhi

tárhi ind. (fr. tád-hí

• tarvan Pāṇ. 5-3, 20 f.) at that time, then, at that moment, in that case (correlative of yád [TBr. ii, 1, 10, 1], yadā́ [AV. iii, 13, 6 BhP.], yárhi [TS. i AitBr. i, 27], yátra "ṣBr. ii BhP. v, yadi [Śak. vḷ. Pañcat. Kathās. &c.], ced Prab. ṣāh.

• often connected with an Impv. [Śak. Pañcat. &c.] or interrogative pron. Pat. Kāś. ṣiddh. ṣāh.) RV. x, 129, 2 AV. &c. (not in MBh. &R.)

• cf. etár○, kár○

tal

tal cl. 1. 10. talati, tālayati (fr. tarati, tāray○, √tṝ) to accomplish (a vow) L

• to establish, fix (derived fr. 1. talita) Dhātup. xxxii, 58

tala

tala (m. L.) n. (√stṛ) surface, level, flat roof(of a house) MBh. &c. (chiefly ifc. [f. ā R. v, 13], cf. nabhas-, mahī- &c.)

• the part underneath, lower part, base, bottom Mn. ii, 59 VarBṛS. Pañcat. &c. (cf. adhas-, taru- &c.) [Page 440, Column 3]

• (m. n.) the palm (of the hand, kara-, pāṇi-) R. ii, 104, 17 Śak. Ragh. vi, 18

• the sole (of the foot, aṅghri-, pāda-) MBh. i VarBṛS

• (without kara- &c.) the palm of the hand (anyo'nyasya, or parasparaṃ talaṃ or ○lān-√dā, to slap each other with the palms of the hands) MBh. Hariv. R. Suśr

• (n. L

• m.) the sole of the foot R. v, 13, 47

• (m.) the fore-arm L

• = tāla (a span L

• the handle of a sword L

• the palmyra tree Viddh. ii, 13)

• pressing the strings of a lute with the left hand MBh. viii

• m. N. of a hell ĀruṇUp. ŚivaP. (cf. talâtala)

• Śiva MBh. xiii, 17, 130

• N. of a teacher, g. śaunakâdi

• n. = -hṛdaya L

• = talka L

• = talaka (q.v.) L

• = talla (q.v.) L

• the √or seed of events L

• = -tra ĀśvGṛ. iii, 12, 11 (tala) MBh. R

• (ā), f. id. L

• N. of a daughter of Raudrâśva VāyuP. ii, 37, 122

• cf. a-, jihvā-, ni-, nis-, pra-, mahā-, rasā-, vi-, su-

⋙ talakoṭa

○koṭa N. of a plant Suśr. vi, 51, 43 (vḷ.)

⋙ talagata

○gata mfn. 'being in one's palm', ○taṃ-√kṛ, to call together Vcar.xiv, 11

⋙ talaghāta

○ghāta m. a slap with the palm or paw Hariv. 16027

⋙ talatas

○tas ind. from the bottom

⋙ talatāla

○tāla m. clapping the hands MBh. iii f. Jain

⋙ talatra

○tra 'arm-guard', a leathern fence worn by archers on the left arm, iii, vi Hariv. 13373

• -vat mfn. furnished with that fence, 14465

⋙ talatrāṇa

○trāṇa = -tra MBh. iii, vii

⋙ talaniṣpeṣa

○niṣpeṣa m. striking (of the bow-string) against the tala (-tra), v, 48, 52

⋙ talapuṣpapuṭa

○puṣpa-puṭa n. a particular position in dancing

⋙ talaprahāra

○prahāra m. = -ghāta R. vi, 76, 37ff. Pañcat. iv

• N. of a hero (also ○raka, ○ri) Vīrac. ix, xvif., xx. -baddha, mfn. = baddha-tala, having fastened round one's arm the tala (-tra) MBh. vi, 621 Hariv.12529 and 13246

⋙ talamīna

○mīna m. vḷ. for nal○ L. Sch

⋙ talamukha

○mukha m. a particular position of the hands in dancing

⋙ talayukta

○yukta mfn. furnished with a handled W

⋙ talayuddha

○yuddha n. 'palm-fight', -śabda

⋙ talaloka

○loka m. 'the lower world', -pāla m. a guardian of that world BhP. ii, 6, 42

⋙ talavara

○vara m. = ○lârakṣa Jain

⋙ talavāraṇa

○vāraṇa n. = -tra Kir. xiv, 29

• = tara-vāri W

⋙ talaśabda

○śabda m. = -tāla Hariv. 15742 VarBṛS. xliii, 28 (vḷ. ○la-yuddha)

⋙ talasampāta

○sampāta m. = -tāla R. vi, 70, 44

⋙ talasāraka

○sāraka n. a horse's food-receptacle L

⋙ talasāraṇa

○sāraṇa n. id. Gal

⋙ talasārika

○sārika m. id. or = uraḥ-paṭṭikā (Sch.) Hcar. vii

⋙ talastha

○stha mfn. remaining beneath W

⋙ talasthita

○sthita mfn. id. W

⋙ talahṛdaya

○hṛdaya n. the centre of the sole of the foot L

⋙ talāṅgulitravat

talâṅguli-tra-vat mfn. furnished with and tala (-tra) and aṅguli-tra R. ii, 87, 23

⋙ talācī

talâcī f. 'spread on the ground', a mat L

⋙ talātala

talâtala n. N. of a hell ĀruṇUp. BhP. ii, 1 and 5

• v BrahmôttKh. xviii Vedântas. 121

⋙ talātali

talā-tali ind. (to fight) with the palms of the hands Bālar. x, 19

⋙ talārakṣa

talârakṣa m. a body-guard (= aṅga-r○?) Campak. 286

⋙ talāsi

talâsi m. pl. strokes with the palms and with swords MBh. ii, 70, 17

⋙ talāhvaya

talâhvaya m. Flacourtia cataphracta L

⋙ talekṣaṇa

talêkṣaṇa m. 'looking downwards', a hog L

⋙ talodara

talôdara vḷ. for til○

⋙ talodā

talôdā f. 'whose water flows downwards', a river L

≫ talaka

talaka m. a small cart with burning coals Hcar. vii

• a pot of clay HPariś. ii, 473

• N. of a prince BhP.xii, 1

• n. = taḍaga, a pond (also tala and talla) L

• a kind of salt Gal

• (ikā), f. = ○la-sāraka L

≫ talita 1

talita mfn. 'bottomed', fixed, placed W

≫ talin

talin mfn. = ○la-tra-vat MBh. v, 5367

• xiv

talabha

talabha n. Siddh.puṃl. 47

talava

talavá m. a musician VS. xxx, 20

⋙ talavakāra

○kāra m. pl. N. of a school of the SV

• -kalpa m. the ritual of the Talava-kāras ĀpŚr. i, 20, 13

• -brāhmaṇa n. another N. of JaimBr

• ○rôpaniṣad f. another N. of JaimUp. or KenUp

talāśā

talā́śā f. a kind of tree AV. vi, 15, 3 Kauś. 8

talita 2

talita mfn. fried Bhpr

talina

talina mf(ā)n. thin, fine (cf. ○luna) Vcar. xi, 80

• 'slender, meagre', in comp

• small, little L

• separate, having spaces L

• clear L

• ifc. (fr. ○la) covered with, xiv, 61

• m. N. of a man Pravar. i, (vḷ. nal○)

• n. a couch Dharmaśarm. v, vii

⋙ talinodarī

talinôdarī f. a slender-waisted woman Vcar. x, 88

talima

talima n. (fr. ○la?) ground prepared for the site of a dwelling (kuṭṭima) Viddh

• a couch L

• an awning L

• a sword (cf. ○la-vāraṇa) L

talīdya

talīdyá n. a particular part of the body AV. vii, 76, 3. [Page 441, Column 1] Contents of this page

talukṣa

talukṣa m. N. of a man (cf. tárukṣa), g. 2. lohitâḍi (not in Kāś.)

taluna

taluna mfn. (= taruṇa Pāṇ. 4-1, 15 Vārtt. 6 Pat

• g. kapilakâdi Gaṇar. 447) young. L

• m. (g. utsâdi) a youth L

• ind L

• (ī), f. (g. gaurâdi

• proparox. Pāṇ. 4-1, 15 Vārtt. 6 Pat.) a maiden L

talka

talka n. a forest (cf. tala) L

talpa

tálpa (n. L.) m. (√tṛp) a couch, bed, sofa AV. TS. vi TBr. &c. (ifc. f. ā Rājat. ii, 166

• ○lpam ā-√vas, 'to defile any one's marriage-bed' ChUp. v, 10, 9

• ○lpam-adhi-√gam, 'to have sexual intercourse with' in comp. Mn. iii, 250)

• the seat of a carriage MBh. iii, 14917 ; vii, 1626

• an upper story, room on the top of a house, turret, i, 7577

• = guru- Gaut. xxiii, 12

• a raft, boat L

• a wife L

• (ā), f. a couch AV. xiii, 1, 17

⋙ talpakīṭa

○kīṭa m. 'bed insect', a bug BrahmaP

⋙ talpaga

○ga mfn. having sexual intercourse with Gaut. MBh. xiii, 4281, guru-

⋙ talpagiri

○giri m. N. of a mountain W

⋙ talpaja

○ja mfn. born (on a marriage-bed, i.e.) of a wife (by an appointed substitute) Mn. ix, 167 and 170

⋙ talpaśīvan

○śī́van mf(varī)n. resting or lying on a couch RV. vii, 55, 8

⋙ talpaśadya

○śádya n. resting on a couch TBr. i, 2, 6, 5 f

≫ talpaka

talpaka m. (for kalp○, a barber?) Kām. xii

≫ talpana

talpana n. the exterior muscles of an elephant's back L

⋙ talpala

talpala m. (g. kapilakâdi Gaṇar.446 Hemac.) id. Śiś. xviii, 6

≫ talpīkṛta

talpī-kṛta mfn. made into a couch Rājat. iii

≫ talpe

talpe loc. of ○pa

⋙ talpeja

○ja mf(ā)n. produced on a bed or couch TĀr. iv, 39, 1

⋙ talpeśaya

○śayá mf(ā́)n. = ○paśī́van AV. iv, 5, 3

≫ talpya

tálpya mfn. belonging to a bed VS. xvi, 44

• worthy of a couch TāṇḍyaBr. xxiii, 4, 5 ; xxv, 1, 10

• = tālpa ŚBr. xiii, 1, 6, 2

talla

talla (Vām. ii, 1, 7) m. = talaka (q.v.) L

• n. '= ālavāla' or 'a pit' L. (also tala)

• (ī), f. a young woman L

• Varuṇa's wife L

• a boat W

tallakṣaṇa

tal-lakṣaṇa p. 435, col. 1

tallaja

tallaja m. ifc. an excellent specimen of. e.g. kumārī-, 'an excellent maiden' L. Sch

• cf. go-

• matallikā

tallikā

tallikā f. = tālī, a key W

talva

talva n. scent arising from the rubbing of fragrant substances W

tavaka

tavaka a grammatical base formed for tāvaka and ○kīna Pāṇ. 4-3, 3 Vop. vii, 22

tavakṣīra

tava-kṣīra m. (for tvak-kṣ○) manna of bamboo (commonly Tabāshīr) L

• (ī), f. a kind of Curcuma (○rī eka-pattrikā, 'one-leaved Tavakshīrī', Curcuma Zedoaria) Npr

tavapriya

tava-priya n. the bark cf Laurus Cassia Gal

tavara

tavara a particular high number L

tavarāja

tava-rāja = -kṣīra L

tavaśravīya

tavaśravīya n. N. of a Sāman (made of RV. x, 140, 1, beginning with ágne táva śrávo) SāmavBr. ii, i, 8

tavas

tavás mfn. (√tu) strong, energetic, courageous RV. (compar. ○vás-tara [cf. táviiyas], i, 30, 7 superl. ○vás-tama, 190, 5 ; ii, 33, 3)

• m. power, strength, courage RV. iii, 1, 1 and 30, 8 AV. xi, 1, 14

• cf. prá-, svá-

⋙ tavasvat

○vat (táv○), mfn. strong RV. ix, 97, 46

⋙ tavastavāgā

○tavā-gā́ mfn. or (acc. -gā́m) 'strong (a bull)' or 'a strong bull', iv, 18

⋙ tavasgo

○gó m. (acc. -gā́m) 'strong (a bull)' or 'a strong bull', iv, 18

≫ tavasya

tavasyá n. strength, ii, 20, 8

≫ taviṣa

taviṣá mfn. strong, energetic, courageous RV

• m. the ocean Uṇ. Sch

• heaven ib

• n. power, strength (also pl.) RV. i, 166, 1 and 9 ; iii, 12

• viii

≫ taviṣī

táviṣī f. power, strength, violence, courage (also pl

• instr. ind. ○ṣībhis, 'powerfully, violently') RV

• the earth Uṇ. Sch

• a river ib

• a heavenly virgin ('N. of a daughter of Indra' L.) ib

⋙ taviṣīmat

○mat (táv○), mfn. strong, violent RV. v, 58, 1

⋙ taviṣīvat

○vat (táv○), mfn. id., iv, 20, 7 ; vii, 25, 4 ; x, 105, 3

≫ taviṣīya

taviṣīya Nom. P. Ā. (2. sg. ○yáse, p. ○yát, ○yámāṇa) to be strong or violent or courageous, ii, 30, 8 ; v, 85, 4 ; viii, 6, 26

≫ taviṣīyu

taviṣīyú mfn. spirited (a horse), 23, 11

• violent (the Maruts), 7, 2

≫ taviṣya

taviṣya Nom. ○yáte (p. ○yámāna) = ○ṣīya, ix, 76, 3 and 86, 45 ; x, 11, 6 AV.xx, 34, 16 (MS. stav○). [Page 441, Column 2]

⋙ taviṣyā

taviṣyā́ f. violence RV. ix, 70, 7

≫ tavīyas

távīyas mfn. compar. of ○vás, stronger RV. (tavásas táviiyān, 'stronger than the strong')

≫ tavīṣa

tavīṣa m. (= tāv○) the ocean (cf. tarīṣa) L

• heaven (vḷ. tarīṣa) L

• gold L

• (ī), f. = ○viṣī, N. of a daughter of Indra (vḷ. tarīṣī) L

≫ tavya

távya mfn. strong RV. i, 54, 11

• (○vyá) TS. ii, 3, 13, 1

⋙ tavyas

távyas mfn. = ○viiyas RV

• cf. á-

taślī

taślī f. in astron. = ? trigon

taṣṭa

taṣṭá mfn. (√takṣ) pared, hewn, made thin L

• fashioned, formed in mind, produced RV. AV.xi, 1, 23

• cf. sú-, stóma-

• vibhva-taṣṭá

≫ taṣṭi

taṣṭi f. vḷ. for tvaṣṭi, q.v

≫ taṣṭṛ

táṣṭṛ m. a carpenter, builder of chariots RV. i, 61, 4 ; 105, 18 ; 130, 4

• iii f. vii, x

• Viśva-karman (cf. tváṣṭṛ) L

• N. of one of the 12 Ādityas L

tas 1

tas cl. 4. ○syati, to fade away, perish Dhātup. xxvi, 103

• (cf. √taṃs) to cast upwards (or 'to throw down') ib. (Vop.)

• to throw Pāṇ. 3-4, 61 Kāś. 2

⋙ tas

tas mfn. 'throwing'

• sukha-

≫ tasara

tásara (m. L.) n. (√taṃs?) a shuttle RV. x, 130, 2 VS. xix, 83 ('the cloth in the loom' TBr. Sch.)

≫ tasarikā

tasarikā f. weaving Divyâv. vii, 64

tasīra

tasīra in astron. = tāś○, ?

taskara

táskara m. (for tat-k○ Nir. iii, 14 VPrāt. iii, 51) a thief, robber RV. AV. VS. &c. (ifc. f. ā Hariv. 5180 Kām. iv, 53

• cf. a-taskará

• ifc. used as a term of contempt [Kathās. ci, 140] Gaṇar. 114)

• Trigonella corniculata Suśr. iv, 37, 15

• Vanguiera spinosa L

• Ardisia humilis (?) L

• the ear (derived fr. Ragh. i, 27) W

• pl. N. of particular Ketus VarBṛS. xi, 20

• (ī), f. a passionate woman L

• a kind of Mimosa Npr

⋙ taskaratā

○tā f. thievishness, thieving Ragh. i, 27

⋙ taskaratva

○tva n. id. Daś

⋙ taskaravat

○vat ind. like a thief W

⋙ taskaravṛtti

○vṛtti m. a purse-cutter Bhpr. vii, 59, 15

⋙ taskarasnāyu

○snāyu m. Leea hirta L

≫ taskarāya

taskarāya Nom. ○yate, to behave like a thief Kathās. lvi, 13

tastuva

tastúva n. N. of an antidote against poison (?) AV. v, 13, 11

tasthāna

tasthāná mfn. (pf. p. Ā. √sthā) pliable, suiting ŚBr. iii, 9, 4, 14f. ; xii, 5, 1, 1 f. and 2, 2

• (AitBr. vi, 5, 2 tat-sth○

• vii,. 18, 8)

• cf. á-

≫ tasthivas

tasthivás mf(○thúṣī)n. pf. p. P. √sthā, q.v

⋙ tasthu

tasthu mfn. stationary BhP. vii, 7, 23

tasthī

tasthī tanthī

tasdī

tasdī in astron.= ?, hexagon

tasmāt

tásmāt ind. (abl. of 2. tá) from that, on that account, therefore (correlative of yád, yasmāt) AV. ŚBr. AitBr. Mn. Nal. &c

≫ tasyāśitīya

tasyâśitīya mfn. beginning with tasyâśita (an Adhyāya) Car. i, 6

tākṣaka

tākṣaka mfn. relating or belonging to Takshakīyā, g. bilvakâdi

≫ tākṣaṇya

tākṣaṇya m. (fr. tákṣan) a carpenter's son Pāṇ. 4-1, 153 Vārtt. 2

⋙ tākṣaśila

tākṣaśila mf(ī)n. coming from Taksha-śilā, g. takṣaśilâdi

≫ tākṣṇa

tākṣṇa mf(ī)n. fit for a carpenter (tákṣan) SāṅkhŚr. ii, 3, 14

• m. = ○kṣaṇya g. śivâdi Pāṇ. ; iv, 1, 153 Vārtt. 1

tācchabdya

tācchabdya n. the having that form of a word (tad śabda), 2, 60 Pat. Anup

≫ tācchīlika

tācchīlika mfn. (an affix) denoting a particular disposition or custom (śīla) Pāṇ. 3-1, 94 Paribh. 1

≫ tācchīlya

tācchīlya n. the being accustomed to that, 2, 11 ; i, 3, 21 Vārtt. 5

• a- neg., iii, 2, 79 Kāś

tājak

tāják ind. (g. câdi) suddenly TS. Kāṭh. MaitrS. i f. ; iv, 8, 9 TāṇḍyaBr. xvii, 12

≫ tājat

tāját ind. (Naigh. ii, 15) id. AV. viii, 8, 3 (○jádbháṅga m. = eraṇḍa Kauś. Sch.)

tājaka

tājaka n. N. of certain astronomical books translated or derived from translations from the Arabic and Persian (e.g. -kalpa-latā, -keśavii, -kaustubha, -cintāmaṇi, -tantra, -tilaka, -dīpaka, -paddhati, -bhāva, -bhūṣaṇa, -muktâvali, -yoga-sudhâkara, -ratna-mālā, -śāśtra, -sarvasva-sāra, -sāra, -sudhā-nidhi, ○kâlaṃkāra)

≫ tājika

tājika m. a Persian, pl. the Persians (cf. tarj○ and tāyika) Kathās. xxxvii, 36 Romakas. (also ○jīka)

• n. = ○jaka (e.g. -jyotir-maṇi, -praśnâdhyāya, -śāstra, ○kâlarṃkāra). [Page 441, Column 3]

tāṭaṅka

tāṭaṅka (m. L.) n. a kind of ear ornament Prasannar. ii, 0/1

≫ tāṭaṅkin

tāṭaṅkin mfn. decorated with ○ka, iii, 1

tāṭasthya

tāṭasthya n. (fr. taṭa-stha) standing aloof, indifference Sch. on KapS.i, 135 and Yogas. i, 33

• proximity W

tāḍa

tā́ḍa mfn. (√taḍ) 'beating', ghaṇṭā-

• m. a blow AV.xix, 32, 2

• whipping W

• sound, noise L

• a handful of grass &c. L

• a mountain L

• Lipeocercis serrata W

• (ī), f. a kind of ornament L

• = ○ḍi Rājat. iii, 326

• (am), ind. udara-, so as to beat the stomach or breast Prab. v, 28

⋙ tāḍagha

○gha m. a kind of artificer (blacksmith?) Pāṇ. 3-2, 55

⋙ tāḍaghāta

○ghāta mfn. beating or hammering ib. Kāś

⋙ tāḍapattra

○pattra n. = taṭaṅka L

⋙ tāḍavakra

○vakra N. of a district Inscr. (380 AḌ.)

⋙ tāḍāvacara

tāḍâvacara n. a kind of musical instrument Lalit.vii, 73 and 298 ; viii, 12

• xiii

≫ tāḍaka

tāḍaka m. a murderer Vcar. xviii, 57

• a kind of key Divyâv. xxxvii

• (ā), f. N. of a Yakshiṇī (changed into a Rākshasī by Agastya for having disturbed his devotions, afterwards killed by Rāma) R. i, 26, 26ff. (G 27, 25 ff.) Hariv. 218 Ragh. xi, 14ff. VāyuP. ii, 6, 72 f. (wife of Mārīca)

• the large dark-green pumpkin Npr

• (ikā), f. the middle part of the handle of a sword Gal

≫ tāḍakāphala

tāḍakā-phala n. large cardamoms L

≫ tāḍakāyana

tāḍakāyana m. N. of a Ṛishi MBh. xiii, 255

≫ tāḍakeya

tāḍakeya m. metron. fr. ○kā Bālar. iii, 7/8 ; 17/18

≫ tāḍaṅka

tāḍaṅka m. = tāṭaṅka Rājat. vii, 750

⋙ tāḍaṅkīkṛ

tāḍaṅkī-√kṛ to make an ear-ornament out of Kād.v, 815

≫ tāḍana

tāḍana mfn. beating, striking, hitting, hurting R. (G) i, 30, 17 BhP. viii, 11, 9

• n. striking, beating, thumping, whipping, chastising, hammering (of gold &c.) Yājñ. i, 155 MBh. &c. (often ifc. with the instrument, once Pañcat. with the object)

• (in astron.) touching, partial eclipse VarBṛS. xxiv, 34

• a kind of solemn act (performed with Kuṇḍas, Sārad, v, 3

• or with Mantras Sarvad.)

• (ī), f. a whip L

≫ tāḍanīya

tāḍanīya mfn. to be beaten or whipped Pañcat. VarBṛS. xliv, 7

⋙ tāḍayitṛ

tāḍayitṛ mfn. one who strikes any one (gen.) Yājñ. ii, 303

⋙ tāḍi

tāḍi f. Corypha Taliera L

≫ tāḍita

tāḍita mfn. struck, beaten, chastised R. v, 26, 12 VarBṛS. Kum. v, 24 Śak. ii, 6 Ragh. &c

≫ tāḍī

tāḍī f. of ○da, q.v

⋙ tāḍīdala

○dala n. a kind of ear-ornament Vcar. xii, 12

⋙ tāḍīpuṭa

○puṭa a palm-leaf Kād

• = tālī-p○, q.v

⋙ tāḍula

tāḍula mfn. beating, Uṇ

• vṛ

≫ tāḍya

tāḍya mfn. to be beaten or chastised Mn. viii, 299 Yājñ. ii, 161

• n. = tāmya Gal

tāḍāga

tāḍāga mfn. (water) being in or coming from ponds (tad○) Suśr. i, 45, 1, 1 and 22

tāṇḍa

tāṇḍa m. (cf. taṇḍa) N. of an old sage (supposed author of ○ṇḍi) L

• n. = ○ṇḍaka Lāṭy. vii, 10, 17/18

⋙ tāṇḍaka

tāṇḍaka n. part of a Brāhmaṇa ib

≫ tāṇḍava

tāṇḍava (m. n. g. ardharcâdi

• fr. taṇḍu?) dancing (esp. with violent gesticulation), frantic dance (of Śiva and his votaries) Mālatīm. Kathās. BhP. x MatsyaP. Rājat. &c. (cf. RTL. p. 84)

• (in prosody) a tribrach

• Saccharum procerum L

⋙ tāṇḍavatālika

○"ṣtālika m. 'dancing and clapping the hands (fr. tāla)', Śiva's door-keeper Nandin L

⋙ tāṇḍavapriya

○priya m. 'fond of the Tāṇḍava dance', Śiva L

≫ tāṇḍavayitṛ

tāṇḍavayitṛ mf(trī)n. ifc. one who causes to dance with violent movements Viddh. ii, 3/4

≫ tāṇḍavikā

tāṇḍavikā f. a dancing, mistress Naish. xxii

≫ tāṇḍavita

tāṇḍavita mfn. 'moving round in a wild dance', fluttering Prab. ii, 5/6 ; v, 5/6 Prasannar. i, 3/4

≫ tāṇḍi

tāṇḍi n. N. of a manual of the art of dancing (said to be composed by ○ṇḍa) L. Sch

⋙ tāṇḍin

tāṇḍin m. N. of a writer on prosody Chandaþs

• pl. (Pravar. ii, 2, 2) N. of a school of the SV. (founded by a pupil of Vaiśampāyana Pāṇ. 4-3, 104 Kāś

• 2,. 66 Kāś.) Sch. on Bādar. iii, 3, 24-28 and (○nāmūp. = ChUp.)36

⋙ taṇḍibrāhmaṇa

taṇḍi-brāhmaṇa n. = ○NDya-br○

≫ tāṇḍya

tā́ṇḍya m. (fr. taṇḍa g. gargâdi) patr. of a teacher ŚBr. vi, 1, 2, 25 VBr. MBh. ii, xii

• n. = -brāhmaṇa

⋙ tāṇḍyabrāhmaṇa

○brāhmaṇa n. N. of a Brāhmaṇa of the SV

⋙ taṇḍyāyana

taṇḍyāyana m. patr. fr. ○ṇḍya Prasannar. iv, 6/7 ff

• (ī), f. of ○ṇḍya g. 2. lohitâdi

tāt

tā́t ind. (obs. abl. of 2. tá) thus, in this way RV. vi, 21, 6 ; x, 95, 16

• obs. acc. pl. [!] of 2. tá Pāṇ. ; vii, 1, 39 Kāś

• cf. adhás-tāt &c

tāta

tāta m. (cf. 1. tatá) a father MBh. i R. Vikr. Śak. iv, 4/5 (in comp.) &c

• (tā́ta), voc. a term of affection addressed to a junior [ŚBr. xiv AitBr. vii ChUp. MBh. &c.] or senior [i, 6796 Ragh. &c.], addressed to several persons MBh. i, 6825 ; v, 5435 (C) [Page 442, Column 1] Contents of this page

• in the latter use also (ās), voc. pl. ib. (B) ; i, 6820 f. ; iv, 133

• [cf. ? ; Lat. tata &c.]

⋙ tātagu

○gu mfn. agreeable to a father L

• m. a paternal uncle L

⋙ tātajanayitrī

○janayitrī f. du. father and mother W

⋙ tātatulya

○tulya mfn. like a father, fatherly L

• m. a paternal uncle W

⋙ tātārya

tātârya m. N. of a prince

≫ tātala 1

tātala m. a fatherly relative L

⋙ tāti

tāti a son L

≫ tātya

tātyá mf(ā́)n. fatherly RV. i, 161, 12 ; vii, 37, 6

tātana

tātana m. a wagtail L

tātala 2

tātala mfn. hot L

• an iron club L

• disease L

• cooking, maturing L

• heat W

tātṛpi

tā́tṛpi mfn. (√tṛp, Intens.) satisfying or delighting much, iii, 40, 2

tātṛṣāna

tātṛṣāná pf. p. √tṛṣ, q.v

tātkarmya

tātkarmya n. (fr. tat-karman) sameness of occupation Sāh. ii, 9 a/b

≫ tātkālika

tātkālika mf(ā, ī g. kāśy-ādi)n. lasting (that time tat-kāla i.e.) equally long Yājñ.i, 151 MBh. xii, 12785

• happening at that time Sūryas. vii, 12 Gol. vii, 27 (-tva n. abstr.) R. vii, 36, 45/46

• happening at the same time or immediately, simultaneous, instantly appearing Daśar. ii, 38 Pratāpar. Mn. vii, 163/164

• relating to or fit for a particular moment of time MBh. iii, 22, 20

≫ tātkālya

tātkālya n. simultaneousness Anup. iii, 2

≫ tāttvika

tāttvika mfn. conformable to or in accordance with reality (tat-tva), real, true Sch. on KapS. and Prab

• knowing the Tattvas or principles (esp. those taught in Jainism) Subh

⋙ tāttvikatva

○tva n. reality MBh. xii, 308, 1 Sch. Sāh. x, 38 a/b

• (a- neg.) Naish. Sch

≫ tātparya

tātparya mf(ā)n. (fr. tat-para) aimed at Sāh

• n. devoting one's self to Pāṇ. 2-3, 40 Kāś

• reference to any object (loc.), aim, object, purpose, meaning, purport (esp. of speech or of a work) Bhāshāp. Vedântas. &c

• (eṇa), instr. ind. = -tas W

⋙ tātparyatas

○tas ind. with this intention Rājat. i, 369

⋙ tātparyanirṇaya

○nirṇaya m. ascertainment of meaning or purport Vedântas. 254

⋙ tātparyapariśuddhi

○pariśuddhi f. N. of wk. by Udayana

⋙ tātparyabodhinī

○bodhinī f. N. of a Comm. on the philosophical work Citra-dīpa

⋙ tātparyavid

○vid mfn. knowing the meaning Kathās. lxii, 212 (a-, neg.)

⋙ tātparyārtha

tātparyârtha m. the meaning of a sentence W

≫ tātparyaka

tātparyaka mfn. aiming at Jaim. i, 14 Sch

tātya

tātyá tāta

tātstomya

tātstomya n. the being formed in that (tad) Stoma Anup. iv, 9 ; vii, 3

≫ tātsthya

tātsthya n. (fr. tat-stha) the residing or being contained in that Pāṇ. 3-1, 144 Kāś. Kām. ii, 15

≫ tāthābhāvya

tāthābhāvya mfn. (fr. tathā-bhāva) a N. for the Svarita accent put after an Ava-graha between two Udātta syllables VPrāt. i, 120 MāṇḍŚ. vii, 10

≫ tādarthika

tādarthika mfn. intended for that Kauś. 60

≫ tādarthya

tādarthya n. (g. caturvarṇâdi) the being intended for that Jaim. vi, 1 f. Anup. iii, 8 Pāṇ. 2-3, 13 Vārtt. 1 Kāś

• the having that meaning, sameness of meaning, iv, 2, 60 Pat

• 'reference to that', (ena), instr. ind. with this intention L

≫ tādavasthya

tādavasthya n. the remaining in the same (avasthā) condition Sāh. vii, a/b

≫ tādātmaka

tādātmaka mf(ikā)n. (fr. tad-ātman) denoting the unity of nature RāmatUp. i, 19

≫ tādātmya

tādātmya n. sameness or identity of nature or character with (instr., loc., or in comp.) BhP. Sāh

≫ tādāyani

tādāyani m. patr. fr. tád Pāṇ. 4-1, 93 Vārtt. 13 Pat

⋙ tādītnā

tādī́tnā ind, (fr. tadi-tna fr. tadi, correlative of yádi) at that time RV. i, 32, 4

tādurī

tādurī f. (for tāturi fr. √tṝ, Intens. 'swimmer' Nir. ix, 7 Sch

• but cf. dardura) N. of a female frog AV. iv, 15, 14

tādṛkṣa

tādṛkṣa mfn. (for tad-d○ Siddh. Vop. xxvi, 83 f.) such a one, like that Kāraṇḍ. xi, 70 Vcar. xvi, 53 Rājat. iv, 242

≫ tādṛg

tādṛg in comp. for ○dṛ́s

⋙ tādṛgguṇa

○guṇa mf(ā)n. of such qualities Mn. ix, 22

⋙ tādṛgbhāva

○bhāva m. such a condition MBh. v, 44, 22

⋙ tādṛgrūpa

○rūpa mf(ā)n. of such a shape, such like Pañcat

• -vat mf(tī)n. of such beauty Nal. i, 13

⋙ tādṛgvidha

○vidha mfn. such like Kathās

≫ tādṛś

tādṛ́ś mfn. (for tad-d○ Pāṇ. 3-2, 60 ; vi, 3, 91

• nom. m. and f. ○dṛ́ṅ [ŚBr

• Pāṇ. 7-1, 83] or ○dṛ́k) such like, such a one RV. v, 44, 6 (nom. n. ○dṛ́k) &c

• (○dṛk), ind. in such a manner Amar

≫ tādṛśa

tādṛ́śa mf(ī)n. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 60 ; vi, 3, 91) = ○dṛ́ś ŚBr. xi, 7, 3 Mn. &c

• yādṛśa t○ [Pañcat.) or śa-t○ [MBh. xiii, 5847], anybody whosoever

≫ tāddharmya

tāddharmya n. (fr. tad-dharman) sameness of law, analogy L. [Page 442, Column 2]

⋙ tāddhita

tāddhita mfn. formed with a Tad-dhita affix Nir. ii, 5

≫ tādrūpya

tādrūpya n. sameness of (rūpa) form, identity Pāṇ. 6-1, 85 Vārtt. 26 (a- neg.) Vām. ii, 2, 17

• truth Kaṇ. Sch

⋙ tādvidhya

tādvidhya n. the being such like (tad-vidha) Bādar. iii, 3, 52/53

tāna

tāna m. (√3. tan) a fibre Suśr. i, 25

• a tone MBh. ii, 133 and 391 ; xiii, 3888 Kum. i, 8

• 'a monotonous tone (in reciting, eka-śruti) KātyŚr. i, 8, 18 Vait. Bhāshik. Nyāyam. VPrāt. Sch

• an object of sense (or = tātparya) L. (cf. eka-)

• [?.]

⋙ tānakarman

○karman n. tuning the voice previously to singing W

• running over the notes to catch the key W

⋙ tānabhaṭṭa

○bhaṭṭa m. N. of a man Uttarar. Sch

⋙ tānasvara

○svara mfn. uttered monotonously, Pratijñās

≫ tānava

tānava n. (fr. tanú g. pṛthv-ādi) thinness, meagreness, smallness Amar. Rājat. iv, 25

⋙ tānavakṛt

○kṛt mfn. ifc. diminishing, Bharṭr

• excelling Bālar. i

≫ tānavya

tānavya m. patr. fr. tanú g. 2. lohitâdi (not in Kāś.)

⋙ tānavyāyanī

tānavyāyanī f. of ○vya ib

≫ tānuka

tānuka stri-tānuka-roga

≫ tānūnapāta

tānūnapāta mf(ī)n. relating or addressed to Tanū-napāt Lāṭy. vi, 4, 13 Anup. iv, 6 Nidānas

≫ tānūnaptra

tānūnaptrá n. a ceremony in which Tanū-napāt (-náptṛ) is invoked and the oblation touched by the sacrificer and the priests as a form of adjuration TS. iii, 1, 2, 2 Kapishṭh. xxxviii, 2 (-tva, n. abstr.) AitBr. i, 24 (also -tva) ŚBr. iii

• used in that ceremony KātyŚr. viii ŚāṅkhŚr. v Lāṭy. v ĀpŚr

⋙ tānūnaptrapātra

○pātra n. a vessel used in that ceremony Vait

≫ tānūnaptrin

tānūnaptrin m. a coadjutor in the Tānūnaptra ceremony ĀpŚr. xi

• sá- id. MaitrS. iii, 7, 10 AitBr. i, 24 ŚBr. iii, 4, 2, 9 KātyŚr. viii, 1, 26

tānūra

tānūra m. = tālūra L

tānta 1

tânta m. 'end of ta', a mystical N. of the letter th RāmatUp. i, 78

⋙ tāntānta

tântânta m. 'end of tânta', a mystical N. of the letter d ib

tānta 2

tāntá mfn. (√tam) breathing with difficulty, fainted away, languishing, drooping TBr. ii, 3, 8, 1 ŚBr. iv, 2, 2, 11

• languid (the eye) Amar

• wearied, fatigued, distressed W

• faded W

≫ tānti

tānti f. suffocation ĀpŚr. xii, 11, 8/9

tāntava

tāntava mf(ī)n. made of threads (tántu) BhP. x, 64, 4

• (a- neg.) Lāṭy. ii, 8, 24

• (ifc.) Mn. ii, 42

• m. a son Kum. xvii, 13

• n. a woven cloth Gaut. Mn. Gṛihyās. Pāṇ. 7-3, 45 Vārtt. 7 Suśr

• weaving W

• a web W

≫ tāntavya

tāntavya m. patr. fr. tántu g. 2. lohitâdi

≫ tāntavyāyanī

tāntavyāyanī f. of ○vya ib

≫ tāntuvāyya

tāntuvāyya m. the son of a weaver (tantuvāya) Pāṇ. 4-1, 152 Kāś

≫ tāntra

tāntra mf(ī)n. having wires (tántra), stringed (a musical instrument) W

• regulated by a general rule ĀpŚr. xiv, 12, 5 f

• relating to the Tantras W

• n. the music of a stringed instrument R. i, 3

≫ tāntrika

tāntrika mf(ā Suśr. i, 3

• ī)n. taught in a scientific manual Tattvas. (○kī saṃjñā, 'a technical N.)

• taught in the Tantras. mystical Hār. (Mn. ii, 1/2) Suśr. &c

• m. one completely versed in any science or system Bhāshāp

• a follower of the Tantra doctrine BhP. xii, 11, 2 SŚaṃkar

≫ tānva 1

tā́nva mf(ā)n. woven, spun RV. ix, 14, 4 and 78, 1

• (fr. tanu) one's own son, iii, 31, 2

≫ tānvaṅga

tānvaṅga m. patr. fr. tanv- Rājat. vii, 898

tānva 2

tā́nva m. patr. fr. tanva (author of RV. x, 93), 93, 15

• n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

tāpa

tāpa m. (√2. tap

• g. uñchâdi) heat, glow Mn. xii, 76 Śak. &c. (ifc. f. ā Kum. vii, 84)

• heating Nyāyam. x, 1, 22

• testing (gold) by heat MBh. xii, 12357 Subh. (○pana, GarP.)

• pain (mental or physical), sorrow, affliction MBh. &c

• fever W

• (ī), f. the Taptī river ('also the Yamunā river' L.) Hariv. ii, 109, 30 BhP. v, 19, 18 ; x, 79, 20

• cf. paścāt-

⋙ tāpakṣetra

○kṣetra n. the range of heat (caused by the sun) Sūryapr

⋙ tāpada

○da mfn. ifc. causing pain VarBṛS. v, 69

⋙ tāpabhṛt

○bhṛt mfn. a- neg., not containing heat Naish. iv, 78

⋙ tāpasveda

○sveda m. sweat caused by heat Suśr. iv, 32

⋙ tāpaharī

○harī f. 'removing heat', a sort of soup of pulse and grain (first fried with ghee and turmeric and afterwards boiled with salt and sugar) Bhpr. v, 11, 13 f

⋙ tāpeśvaratīrtha

tāpêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha RevāKh. ccxxi

≫ tāpaka

tāpaka mfn. heating, inflaming, refining Sarvad. xv, 14 and 16

• causing pain RV. iii, 35, 3 Sāy

• m. fever L

• a cooking stove Hcar. vii

• (ikā), f. a frying-pan ib

⋙ tāpatya

tāpatya mfn. relating to Tapatī MBh. i, 387 [Page 442, Column 3]

• m. metron. fr. Tapatī (N. of Kuru, 6505

• of Arjuna, 6509 ; 6514ff. ; 6632ff.)

≫ tāpana

tāpana mf(ī)n. ifc. illuminating BhP. ii, 9, 8

• burning, causing pain, distressing MBh. Hariv. 9427 R. (cf. indra-, candra-)

• m. the sun MBh. v, 1739

• the hot season Npr

• the sun-stone L

• one of Kāma's arrows L

• n. burning Suśr. i, 41, 3

• pain, torment MBh. xiii, 1098

• (in dram.) helplessness, perplexity Sāh. v, 91

• N. of a hell Yājñ. iii, 224

• gold Npr

• (ā), f. austerity HPariś. i, 68

• (ī), f. N. of several Upanishads

• of a river L

≫ tāpanīya

tāpanīya mf(ā)n. golden MBh. i, vii Hariv. R

• m. pl. N. of a school of the VS. (to which several Upanishads belong) Caraṇ. (vḷ. ○pāyana)

⋙ tāpanīyopaniṣad

tāpanīyôpaniṣad f. N. of several Upanishads

≫ tāpayitṛ

tāpayitṛ mfn. causing pain Vcar. ix, 22

≫ tāpayiṣṇu

tāpayiṣṇú mfn. id. RV. x, 34, 7

≫ tāpaścita

tāpaścitá n. (fr. tapaś-cit), N. of a Sattra ĀśvŚr. xii, 5 ŚāṅkhŚr. xiii KātyŚr. Lāṭy

• mfn. used in that Sattra (an Agni) ŚBr.x, 2, 5, 3 KātyŚr

≫ tāpasa

tāpasá mfn. (g. chattrâdi Pāṇ. 5-2, 103) a practiser of religious, austerities (tápas) ŚBr. xiv Mn.vi, 27 &c

• relating to religious austerity or to an ascetic R. (G) ii, 52, 5

• m. an ascetic Mn. Nal. &c

• the moon Gal

• Ardea nivea L

• = ○sêkṣu Suśr. i, 45, 9, 2 and 6

• = -pattra L

• patr. of Agni, Gharma, and Manyu RAnukr

• of a Hotṛi TāṇḍyaBr. xxv, 15

• n. = -ja L

• (ī), f. (g. gaurâdi Gaṇar. 49) a female ascetic MBh. i, 3006 Śak. iv, 4/5 Vikr. Dhūrtas

• Curcuma Zedoaria Npr

• Nardostachys Jaṭā-māṃsī ib

⋙ tāpasaja

○ja n. the leaf of Laurus Cassia ib

⋙ tāpasataru

○taru m. 'tree of ascetics', Terminalia Catappa or Putramjīva Roxburghī L

⋙ tāpasadruma

○druma m.id. L

• -saṃnibhā, f. N. of a shrub L

⋙ tāpasapattra

○pattra m. Artemisia indica Npr

• (ī), f. id. L

⋙ tāpasapriya

○priya m. 'dear to ascetics', Buchanania latifolia L

• (ā), f. a kind of sugar-cane Npr

• a grape L

⋙ tāpasavṛkṣa

○vṛkṣa m. = -taru Suśr. i, 38 ; iv, 18

⋙ tāpasādhyuṣita

tāpasâdhyuṣita mfn. inhabited by ascetics

⋙ tāpasāraṇya

tāpasâraṇya n. a wood of ascetics

⋙ tāpasekṣu

tāpasêkṣu m. a kind of sugar-cane Bhpr. v, 22, 8

⋙ tāpasehṭa

tāpasêhṭa m. = ○sa-priya, 6, 82

≫ tāpasāyani

tāpasāyani m. patr. fr. ○sa Pāṇ. 4-1, 158 Vārtt. 4 Pat

⋙ tāpasya

tāpasya n. ascetism Mn. i, 114 MBh. R

⋙ tāpāyana

tāpāyana m. pl., vḷ. for ○panīya, q.v

≫ tāpika

tāpika jala-

⋙ tāpiccha

tāpiccha m. the Tamāla plant Mālatīm. v Gīt. xi, 11

⋙ tāpiñcha

tāpiñcha m. id. Kathās. civ, 90

⋙ tāpiñja

tāpiñja m. id. L

• = ○pyaka L

≫ tāpita

tāpita mfn. heated, inflamed VarBṛS. liv, 115

• pained, tormented, distressed BhP. viii, 5, 13 Gīt. Rājat. iii f. Bhaṭṭ

• roused, converted Divyâv. xxvii

≫ tāpin

tāpin mfn. ifc. causing pain

• exciting Kir. ii, 42

• oppressed by heat, suffering from disease (moral or physical) W

• glowing W

• (inī), f. = ○panī

• a mystical N. of the letter v RāmatUp. i, 79

≫ tāpī

tāpī f. of ○pa, q.v

⋙ tāpīja

○ja mfn. found near the Taptī river Suśr. iv, 13, 15

• (m.?) a kind of gem Npr

• (n.?) = -samudbhava ib

⋙ tāpītaṭa

○taṭa m. 'bank of the Taptī', N. of a place Romakas

• -deśa m. id., Ratnak

⋙ tāpīmāhātmya

○māhātmya n. 'glory of the Tapti', N. of part of SkandaP

⋙ tāpīsamudbhava

○samudbhava (n.?) pyrites or another mineral substance Npr

⋙ tāpyutthasaṃjñaka

tāpy-utthasaṃjñaka n. id. ib

≫ tāpya

tāpya (fr. √tap) regret Divyâv. xviii

• m. n. (fr. ○pī) = ○pī-samudbhava Car.vi, 18 and 24 Bhpr. v, 26, 160

⋙ tāpyaka

tāpyaka n. = ○pī-samudbhava L

tābuva

tābúva n. an antidote against poison (?) AV. v, 13, 10

tāma

tāma m. (√tam) = bhīṣaṇa L

• = doṣa L

• anxiety, distress W

• (ī), f. = tamī, night L. Sch

• also ○mi

⋙ tāmarasa

○rasa n. a day-lotus MBh. iii, 11580 Hariv. 5771 R. iii Ragh. (ifc. f. ā, ix, 36) &c

• gold L

• copper (cf. tāmra) L

• a metre of 4 x 12 syllables

• m. Ardea nivea L

• (ī), f. a lotus pond MBh. iv, 220

• ○sêkṣaṇā f. a lotus eyed woman Bhām. ii, 153

⋙ tāmalipta

○lipta m. pl. (= ○mral○) N. of a people and its country AV. Pariś. lvi, 4

• n. N. of a city of that people L

• (ī), f. id. VarBṛS. x, 14 HPariś. ii, 315 Pañcad. iii, 1 and 37

⋙ tāmaliptaka

○"ṣliptaka n. = ○ptī VarBṛS. xiv, 7 (vḷ. ○ptika)

≫ tāmam

tāmam ind.= tam○ Pāṇ. 6-4, 93

≫ tāmara

tāmara n. water L

• ghee L

≫ tāmala

tāmala mf(ī)n. made of the bark of the Tamāla plant Āp. i, 2, 37

⋙ tāmalakī

tāmalakī f. Flacourtia cataphracta Suśr. vi, 39, 197 and 203 ; 51, 25

≫ tāmasa

tāmasa mf(ī)n. (fr. támas) dark L

• appertaining to or affected by the quality tamas (q.v.), ignorant, various Mn. xii Bhag. &c. (○sī tanū, the form assumed by the deity for the destruction of the world' [Page 443, Column 1] Contents of this page

• ○sī śakti, 'the faculty of tamas')

• relating to Manu Tāmasa BhP. viii, 1, 28

• m. a malignant person L

• a snake L

• an owl L

• N. of a demon causing diseases Hariv. 9562

• of the 4th Manu Mn. i, 62 Hariv. BhP. v, viii

• of an attendant of Śiva L. Sch

• of a man Pravar. i, 1 (J)

• n. 'darkness', andha-

• (ī), f. night L

• sleep L

• Durgā L

• N. of a river MBh. vi, 339

⋙ tāmasakīlaka

○kīlaka m. pl. (in astron.) N. of particular Ketus VarBṛS. iii, 7

• xi, 22

⋙ tāmasaguṇa

○guṇa m. the quality of tamas (q.v.) W

⋙ tāmasatapaḥśīla

○tapaḥ-śīla m. N. of a Daitya Gal

⋙ tāmasalīnā

○līnā f. (in Sāṃkhya phil.) one of the forms of dissatisfaction Tattvas

⋙ tāmasika

tāmasika mfn. relating to the quality tamas (q.v.) VarBṛ. ii, 7/8

≫ tāmāleya

tāmāleya mfn. fr. tamāla g. sakhy-ādi

≫ tāmi

tāmi or f. restraining the breath until exhaustion is produced Kauś. 88

⋙ tāmī

tāmī f. restraining the breath until exhaustion is produced Kauś. 88

≫ tāmisra

tāmisra (fr. tam○ and támisrā g. jyotsnâdi) mfn. (with pakṣa) or m. the dark half of the month Lāṭy.ix Gobh. iii f. MBh. iii, 11813

• m. 'nightwalker', a Rākshasa Ragh. xv, 2

• (in Sāṃkhya phil.) indignation, anger (one of the 5 forms of A-vidyā) MBh. xiv, 1019 Sāṃkhyak. Tattvas. BhP. iii (also n.) MārkP. iii l

• N. of a hell Mn. iv, xii Yājñ. iii, 222 BhP.iii, v MārkP

• cf. andha-

tāmu

tāmu m. a praiser Naigh.iii (vḷ. st○)

tāmbala

tāmbala mf(ī)n. made of hemp Gobh. ii, 10, 10

• m. a kind of hemp ib. Sch

tāmbūla

tāmbūla (= Prākṛit ○bôla fr. tāmragula) m. = ○bala W

• n. betel, (esp.) its pungent and aromatic leaf (chewed with the areca-nut and catechu and sometimes caustic lime and spices as a carminative and antacid tonic) Hariv. 8454 and 8457 Suśr. VarBṛS. &c

• the areca-nut L

• (ī), f. Piper Betel Ragh. iv, 42 Kād. &c

⋙ tāmbūlakaraṅka

○karaṅka m. a betel-box (Pān-dān) Vcar. ix, 82

• -vāha m. a servant carrying his master's betel-box Hcar. Vcar. ix

• -vāhinī f. a female servant carrying her master's betel-box Kād

⋙ tāmbūlaja

○ja mfn. 'coming from Piper Betel', with pattra, betel-leaf. Suśr. iv, 24, 19

⋙ tāmbūlada

○da m. = -karaṅka-vāha L

⋙ tāmbūladāyaka

○dāyaka m. id. Kām. xii, 46

⋙ tāmbūladāyinī

○dāyinī f. = -karaṅka-vāhinī Kād. v, 432

⋙ tāmbūladhara

○dhara m. = -da Rājat. viii, 1738

⋙ tāmbūlapattra

○pattra m. Dioscorea globosa L

• n. betel-leaf Suśr. i, 46

⋙ tāmbūlapeṭikā

○peṭikā f. = -karaṅka W

⋙ tāmbūlabhakṣaṇa

○bhakṣaṇa n. the eating of betel-leaf W

⋙ tāmbūlarāga

○rāga m. Ervum lens L

⋙ tāmbūlavallikā

○vallikā f. the betel-plant L

⋙ tāmbūlavallī

○vallī f. id. Bhartṛ

⋙ tāmbūlavāhaka

○vāhaka m. = -da Pañcat. iii, 67/68

⋙ tāmbūlavāhinī

○vāhinī f. = -karaṅka-v○ Hcar. viii

⋙ tāmbūlavīṭikā

○vīṭikā f. an areca-nut wrapped in a betel-leaf. Kād. v

⋙ tāmbūlākta

tāmbūlâkta mfn. smeared with the juice of chewed betel Sāh.iii, 60/61

⋙ tāmbūlādhikāra

tāmbūlâdhikāra m. the office of carrying the betel-box for persons of rank Pañcat. i, 10, 2/3

≫ tāmbūlika

tāmbūlika m. a seller of betel R. (G) ii, 90, 23 Kād. iii, 825 Sāh. iii, 40/41

⋙ tāmbūlikasarpa

○sarpa m. a kind of snake Uttamac. 188

⋙ tāmbūlin

tāmbūlin mfn. having betel W

• m. = ○lika, DharmaP

• = ○la-da W

tāmya

tāmya n. = kloman L

tāmra

tāmrá mf(ā)n. (√tam Uṇ.) of a coppery red colour VS. xvi (Naigh. iii, 7) MBh. &c. (tāmrā tvac, the 4th of the 7 membranes with which an embryo is covered Suśr. iii, 4, 2)

• mf(ī)n. made of copper R. iii, 21, 17 Suśr. Mn.vi, 53/54 BhavP

• m. a kind of leprosy with large red spots, Karmavip

• N. of a son of Naraka Bhauma BhP. x, 59, 12

• = -dviipa MBh. ii, 1172 Romakas

• n. = -tā L

• copper Kauś. Mn. &c

• a coppery receptacle MBh. ii, 61, 29

• = -dru W. (cf. R. ii, 83, 17)

• (ā), f. Rubia Munjista Npr

• a red kind of Abrus ib

• a kind of pepper L

• N. of a daughter of Daksha (one of the wives of Kaśyapa and mother of various birds) MBh. i, 2620 Hariv. R. iii BhP. vi, 6, 25 ff. VP

• N. of a river MBh. iii, 12909 ; vi, 335

• (ī), f. a kind of clepsydra (cf. ○mra-pātra) L

⋙ tāmrakaṇṭaka

○kaṇṭaka m. 'red-thorned', a kind of Acacia Npr

⋙ tāmrakarṇī

○karṇī f. 'red-eared', N. of the female of the quarter-elephant Añjana or Śesha L

⋙ tāmrakāra

○kāra m. a copper-smith L

⋙ tāmrakili

○kili m. a small worm of a red colour L

⋙ tāmrakuṭṭa

○kuṭṭa m. = -kāra R. (G) ii, 90, 25

• (ī), f. a female copper-smith Parāś., Paddh

⋙ tāmrakuṭṭaka

○kuṭṭaka m. = ○ṭṭa L

• = -kūṭa W

⋙ tāmrakuṇḍa

○kuṇḍa n. a copper bason Uṇ. i, 114/115. =

⋙ tāmrakūṭa

○kūṭa m. or n. N. of a shrub (tobacco W.) Kulârṇ

⋙ tāmrakṛmi

○kṛmi m. cochineal L

⋙ tāmrakrami

○krami m. id. L

⋙ tāmragarbha

○garbha n. sulphate of copper L

⋙ tāmraguhā

○guhā f. N. of a mythical cave Kāraṇḍ. xi

⋙ tāmracakṣus

○cakṣus m. 'red-eyed', a kind of pigeon Npr

⋙ tāmracūḍa

○cūḍa mfn. red-crested (a cock) MBh. iii, ix [Page 443, Column 2]

• m. a cock Suśr. iv, vi VarBṛS. lxxxviii, 44 Daś

• Blumea lacera L

• = ○daka PSarv. Mantram. xix

• N. of a Pari-vrājaka Pañcat. ii, 1, 0/1

• (ā), f. N. of one of the mothers attending on Skanda MBh. ix, 2636

• -bhairava m. a form of Bhairava

⋙ tāmracūḍaka

○"ṣcūḍaka m. a particular position of the hand

⋙ tāmraja

○ja mf(ā)n. made of copper VarYogay. vi, 4

• ○jâkṣa m. 'copper-eyed', N. of a son of Kṛishṇa by Satya-bhāmā Hariv. 9184

⋙ tāmratanu

○tanu mfn. having a ruddy body W

⋙ tāmratapta

○tapta m. N. of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP. x, 61, 18

⋙ tāmratā

○tā f. a coppery red Kād. vi, 1175

⋙ tāmratuṇḍa

○tuṇḍa m. 'copper mouthed', a kind of monkey Npr

⋙ tāmratrapuja

○trapu-ja = ○mrârdha ib

⋙ tāmratva

○tva n. 'copper-colour', redness R. v, 85, 2

⋙ tāmradugdhā

○dugdhā

⋙ tāmradugdhī

○dugdhī f. N. of a small shrub L

⋙ tāmradru

○dru red sandal-wood Npr

⋙ tāmradvīpa

○dvīpa m. 'copper-island', Ceylon Divyâv. xxxvi

⋙ tāmradvīpaka

○"ṣdvīpaka mfn. ceylonic ib

⋙ tāmradhātu

○dhātu m. red chalk Npr

• (dhātu tāmra, 'red metal', copper R. iii, 21, 17)

⋙ tāmradhūmra

○dhūmrá mf(ā)n. dark-red AV. x, 2, 11

⋙ tāmradhvaja

○dhvaja m. 'red-bannered', N. of a man JaimBh

⋙ tāmranetra

○netra mfn. red-eyed

⋙ tāmrapakṣa

○pakṣa m. N. of a son of Kṛishṇa VP. v, 32, 2 (vv. ll. -varṇa and pra-pakska)

• (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Kṛishṇa Hariv. 9184 (vḷ. -parṇī)

⋙ tāmrapaṭṭa

○paṭṭa m. a copper plate Yājñ. i, 318 (used for inscribing land-grants &c.) Divyâv. xxxv

⋙ tāmrapattra

○pattra n. a copper plate W

• m. 'red-leaved', N. of a pot-herb L

⋙ tāmrapattraka

○"ṣpattraka m. 'red-leaved', Bauhinia tomentosa Npr

• Capparis aphylla ib

⋙ tāmraparṇa

○parṇa n. N. of part of Bhārata Varsha (= -dviipa) Gol. iii, 41

• (○mra-varṇa) VP. ii, 3, 6

• (ī), f. Rubia Munjista Npr

• a kind of pond L

• N. of a river (rising in Malaya

• celebrated for its pearls

• RTL. p. 324) MBh. iii, 8340 ; vi, 252 Hariv. VarBṛS. (once metrically ○rṇi, lxxxi, 2) Ragh. iv, 50 BhP. iv f. &c

• (g. varaṇâdī) N. of a town in Ceylon W

• ○rṇī-taṭāka, N. of a locality Śaṃkar. lxiii

⋙ tāmraparṇi

○parṇi for ○rṇī, q.v

⋙ tāmraparṇīya

○parṇīya m. an inhabitant of Ceylon, esp. a Buddhist

⋙ tāmrapallava

○pallava m. 'red-budded', Jonesia Aśoka L

⋙ tāmrapākin

○pākin m. Thespesia populneoides L

⋙ tāmrapātra

○pātra n. = -kuṇḍa MBh. xiii, 6026 f. Suśr. vi, 12, 38

• (used as a kind of clepsydra) Sūryas. xiii, 23

• -maya mfn. formed with copper vessels Hcat. i, 7, 133

⋙ tāmrapādī

○pādī f. 'red-footed', Cissus pedata L

⋙ tāmrapuṣpa

○puṣpa mfn. decorated with red flowers Hariv. 12003

• m. Kaempferia rotunda L

• = ○ṣpaka L

• (ī), f. Bignonia suaveolens L

• Grislea tomentosa L

• Ipomcea Turpethum L

⋙ tāmrapuṣpaka

○"ṣpuṣpaka m. Bauhinia variegata Npr

• (ikā), f. Bignonia suaveolens ib

• Grislea tomentosa L

• Ipomcea Turpethum Npr

⋙ tāmraphala

○phala m. 'red-fruited', Alangium hexapetalum L

⋙ tāmraphalaka

○phalaka n. = -paṭṭa W

⋙ tāmrabīja

○bīja m. 'red-seeded', Dolichos uniflorus L

⋙ tāmramaya

○maya mf(ī)n. coppery. Suśr. iv, 29 VarBṛSḷx, 5 Pañcat. BhP. MārkP

⋙ tāmramāraṇa

○māraṇa n. the decomposition of copper and its application as a remedy W

⋙ tāmramukha

○mukha mfn. copper-faced W

• fair-complexioned W

• m. a European W

⋙ tāmramūlā

○mūlā f. 'red-rooted', Rubia Munjista Npr

• Alhagi Maurorum ib

• Mimosa pudica ib

⋙ tāmramṛga

○mṛga m. the red deer W

⋙ tāmramṛṣṭānulepin

○mṛṣṭânulepin mfn. smeared with coppery red unguents R. ii, 83, 17

⋙ tāmrarajas

○rajas n. copper filings Car. vi, 25

⋙ tāmraratha

○ratha mfn. having a dark red carriage TĀr. i, 12, 4

⋙ tāmrarasā

○rasā f. N. of a daughter of Raudrâśva VāyuP. ii, 37, 122

⋙ tāmrarasāyanī

○rasâyanī f. = -dugdha L

⋙ tāmralipta

○lipta m. pl. N. of a people (living near the western mouth of the Ganges) and its country (vv. ll. tāma-l○ &c.) MBh. ii, 1874 Romakas

• a prince of the Tāmra-liptas MBh. i, 6993 ; ii, 1098

• (ā), f. their capital Kathās. xiii, 54

• (ī), f. id. (= tāma-l○) Kathās

• ○pta-rṣi m. N. of a prince Siṃhâs

⋙ tāmraliptaka

○"ṣliptaka m. pl. the Tāmra-lipta people MBh. vi f. Hariv. 12838

• (ikā), f. = ○ptī Kathās. xviii

⋙ tāmravarṇa

○varṇa mfn. copper-coloured, darkred TĀr.i, 12, 4 MBh. i

• = ○rṇaka L

• = -parṇa, q.v

• -pakṣa

• (ā), f. the China rose L

• (ī), f. the blossom of sesamum W

⋙ tāmravarṇaka

○"ṣvarṇaka m. a kind of grass L

⋙ tāmravallī

○vallī f. Rubia Munjista Bhpr. vii, 83, 92/93

• = sūkṣma-v○ L

⋙ tāmravṛkṣa

○vṛkṣa m.= -bīja L

• = -dru L

⋙ tāmravṛnta

○vṛnta m. = -bīja L

• (ā), f. another kind of Dolichos L

⋙ tāmraśāṭīya

○śāṭīya m. pl. 'red-clothed', N. of a Buddh. school

⋙ tāmraśāsana

○śāsana n. an edict (or grant &c.) inscribed on copper Daś. ii, 48

⋙ tāmraśikhin

○śikhin m. 'red-crested', a cock L

⋙ tāmrasāgara

○sāgara m. N. of an ocean Romakas

⋙ tāmrasāra

○sāra n. = -dru L

⋙ tāmrasāraka

○"ṣsāraka n. id. L

• m. a redblossoming Khadira L

⋙ tāmrasena

○sena m. N. of a king Siṃhâs

⋙ tāmrākṣa

tāmrâkṣa mf(ī)n. = ○mra-netra MBh. viii Nal. xxvi, 17 (ifc.) R. BhP

• a crow MBh. viii, 1908 [Page 443, Column 3]

• the Indian cuckoo L

• N. of a serpent Divyâv. viii

⋙ tāmrākhya

tāmrâkhya mfn. called red (a kind of pearl) VarBṛS. lxxxi, 3

⋙ tāmrāṭavī

tāmrâṭavī f. 'copperwood', N. of a mountain Divyâv. viii

⋙ tāmrābha

tāmrâbha n. = ○mra-dru L

⋙ tāmrāyasa

tāmrâyasa n. 'copper-iron', a kind of weight, ŚulbPariś. vii, 27

⋙ tāmrāruṇa

tāmrâruṇa m. a coppery red dawn Buddh. L

• n. N. of a Tīrtha MBh. iii, 8132

• (ā), f. N. of a river, xiii, 7647

⋙ tāmrārdha

tāmrârdha n. 'half-copper, bellmetal L

⋙ tāmrāvatī

tāmrā-vatī f. 'containing copper', N. of a river, iii, 14231

⋙ tāmrāśman

tāmrâśman m. a red stone, ruby W

⋙ tāmrāśva

tāmrâśva mfn. having red horses TĀr. i, 12, 4

⋙ tāmropajīvin

tāmrôpajīvin m. = ○mra-kāra R. (G) ii, 90, 27

⋙ tāmroṣṭha

tāmroṣṭha (oṣ○), m. du. red lips Kum. i, 45 MārkP. xxiii, 41

• mfn. having red lips MBh. i, 6073 (su-)

• m. N. of a Yaksha, iii, 298

≫ tāmraka

tāmraka m. N. of a Gandharva Gal

• n. copper Yājñ. i, 296 VarBṛS. civ, 15

• (ikā), f. (= ○mrī) a kind of clepsydra L

• Abrus precatorius L

⋙ tāmrāku

tāmrāku m. N. of an Upa-dviipa (cf. ○mra-dviipa) L

≫ tāmrāyaṇa

tāmrāyaṇa m. patr. fr. ○mra, N. of a pupil of Yājñavalkya VāyuP. i, 61, 25

• pl. N. of a family Pravar.i, 3

⋙ tāmrika

tāmrika mfn. coppery Mn.viii, 136 Yājñ. i, 364

• = ○mra-kāra L

• (ā), ○mraka

≫ tāmriman

tāmriman m. = ○ra-tā g. dṛḍhâdi

≫ tāmrīkṛ

tāmrī-√kṛ to dye dark-red MBh. vii, 8458

≫ tāmrya

tāmrya n. = ○ra-tā g. dṛḍhâdi

tāy

tāy (derived fr. ○yate Pass. √tan, q.v.), cl. 1. ○yate (aor. atāyi, or ○yiṣṭa Pāṇ. 3-1, 61), to spread, proceed in a continuous stream or line Dhātup. xiv, 18

• (= √trai) to protect ib

• cf. vi-, saṃ-

⋙ tāya

tāya m. g. vṛṣâdi (not in Kāś.)

≫ tāyana

tāyana n. proceeding well, successful progress Pāṇ. 1-3, 38

⋙ tāyādara

tāyādará mfn. ? AV. vi, 72, 2

≫ tāyin

tāyin m. (for trāy○) a protector (said of Mahāviira Jain

• of Buddha Buddh.)

tāyika

tāyika m. pl. = tājika L

tāyu

tāyú m. = st○, a thief RV. i, iv-vii

tāra

tārá mfn. (√tṝ) carrying across, a saviour, protector (Rudra) VS. xvi, 40 ŚiraUp

• (Vishṇu) MBh. xiii, 6986

• high (a note), loud, shrill, (m. n.) a high tone, loud or shrill note TāṇḍyaBr. vii, 1, 7 (compar. -tara and superl. -tama) TPrāt

• Śikshā MBh. vii Mṛicch. &c

• mfn. (ft. stṛ́?) shining, radiant Megh. Amar. Kathās. lxxiii Sāh

• clean, clear L

• good, excellent, well flavoured L. Sch

• m. 'crossing', dus-, su-

• 'saving', a mystical monosyllable (as om) RāmatUp. ŚikhUp. Sarvad. Tantr

• Andropogon bicolor L

• N. of Maṇi-rāma (author of a Comm. on Bhām.)

• of a Daitya (slain by Vishṇu) Hariv

• of one of Rāma's monkey generals (son of Bṛihas-pati, husband of Tārā) MBh. iii, 16372 R. i, iv, vi

• pl. a class of gods in the 12th Manv-antara VP. iii, 2, 33

• m. [n. and (ā), f. L.] the clearness or transparency of a pearl, clear pearl Suśr. v, 3, 19 Gīt. xi, 25

• (m. n. L.) = ○râbhra L

• m. n. a star L

• the pupil of the eye L

• n. descent to a river, bank (cf. tīra, tīrthá) AV. iv, 37, 3 Pāṇ. 6-3, 109 Vārtt. 1

• silver BhP. iv, 6, 27 Bhpr. v, 26, 43

• (ā), f. (g. bhidâdi) a fixed star, asterism (cf. stṛ́) Yājñ. iii, 172 MBh. &c. (ifc. f. ā Mṛicch. iii, 10)

• the pupil of the eye (chiefly ifc.) VarBṛS. lviii, 11 &c

• a kind of meteor, vli, 86 and 94

• (in Sāṃkhya phil.) one of the 8 Siddhis Tattvas

• (in music) N. of a Rāga of six notes

• a kind of perfume L

• a form of Dākshāyaṇi (worshipped on the mountain Kishkindha MatsyaP. xiii, 46

• protectress of the Gṛitsa-madas BrahmaP. ii, 18, 8

• cf RTL. p. 187)

• N. of a Buddh. goddess, Vāsav, 433

• of Bṛihaspati's wife (carried off by Soma) MBh. v, 3972 Hariv. 1340 ff. BhP. &c

• of the wife of Buddha Amoghasiddha Buddh

• of a Śakti Jain

• of a Yoginī Hcat. ii, 1, 710

• of a female monkey (daughter of Susheṇa, wife of Bālin and mother of Aṅgada) MBh. iii, 16110 ff. R. i, iv, vi

⋙ tārakṣiti

○kṣiti f. N. of a country VarBṛS. xiv, 21

⋙ tāraja

○ja mfn. made of silver Hcat. i, 5

• n. = -mākṣika Npr

⋙ tārataṇḍula

○taṇḍula m. 'silvergrain', a kind of Sorghum L

⋙ tāratama

○tama mfn. very loud TāṇḍyaBr. VPrāt. i

⋙ tāratāra

○tāra n. (in Sāṃkhya phil.) N. of one of the 8 Siddhis Sāṃkhyak. 51/52

⋙ tāradīrgha

○dīrgha mfn. loud and lasting long (a tone) Kathās. ci, 57

⋙ tāranātha

○nātha m. N. of a Tibetan (living in the beginning of the 17th century

• author of a history of Buddhism)

⋙ tāranāda

○nāda m. a loud or shrill sound

⋙ tārapaṭṭaka

○paṭṭaka m. a kind of sword Gal

⋙ tārapatana

○patana n. the falling of a meteor W

⋙ tārapāla

○pāla m. N. of a lexicographer

⋙ tārapuṣpa

○puṣpa m. jasmine L. [Page 444, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ tāramākṣika

○mākṣika n. a kind of mineral substance Bhpr. i f

⋙ tāramūla

○mūla n. N. of a locality Rājat. vii f

⋙ tāravimalā

○vimalā f. 'silver-clean', a kind of mineral substance L

⋙ tāraśuddhikara

○śuddhi-kara ḻ.,

⋙ tārakṛt

○kṛt ṅal., n. 'silver-refiner', lead

⋙ tārasāra

○sāra m. 'essence of (saving i.e.) mystical syllables', N. of an Up

⋙ tārasthāna

○sthāna n. the place in the gamut for the treble notes W

⋙ tārasvara

○svara mfn. sounding loud Pañcat. i Kathās. vi, 58

⋙ tārahemābha

○hemâbha n. 'shining like silver and gold', N. of a metal Gal

⋙ tārābha

tārâbha m. 'resembling silver', quicksilver Npr

⋙ tārābhra

tārâbhra m. camphor L

⋙ tārāri

tārâri m. 'silver-enemy', a pyritic ore of iron L. 1

⋙ tārāvalī

tārâvalī f. 'row of tones', N. of a composition

≫ tāraka

tāraka mf(ikā [Pāṇ. 7-3, 45 Vārtt. 6] R. ī)n. causing or enabling to pass or go over, carrying over, rescuing, liberating, saving MBh. xii (Śiva) JābālUp. ŚivaP. &c. (a particular prayer, brahman)

• belonging to the stars VS. xxiv, 10 (○ká)

• m. a helmsman L

• N. of a Daitya (conquered by Indra with the assistance of Skanda) MBh. vi ff. (pl. the children of that Daitya, viii, 1553), xiii Hariv. Kum. &c

• of an enemy of Vishṇu L

• of a friend of Sīmanta BrahmôttKh. xxx

• m. n. a float, raft L

• n. a star MBh. v, 5390 Gīt.vii, 24

• the pupil of the eye L

• the eye L

• a metre of 4 X 13 syllables

• (tā́rakā), f. (Pāṇ. 7-3, 45 Vārtt. 6) a star AV. TBr. i, 5, 2, 5 Yājñ. i MBh. &c. (ifc. f. ā)

• a meteor, falling star AV. v, 17, 4

• the pupil of the eye MBh. i, 2932 R. iii Mṛicch. &c

• the eye L

• coloquintida L

• = laghu-vṛndāvana Npr

• (= ○rā) N. of Bṛihas-pati's wife VP. iv, 6, 9

• (ikā), f. the juice of palms Kulârṇ

⋙ tārakajaya

○jaya m. 'conquest of Tāraka', N. of PadmaP. i, 41

⋙ tārakajit

○jit m. 'Tārakaconqueror', Skanda L

⋙ tārakatīrtha

○tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha KāśīKh. xxxiii f

⋙ tārakatva

○tvá n. the condition of a star TBr. i, 5, 2, 5

• the being saving RāmatUp. ii, 2, 6

⋙ tārakadvādaśī

○dvādaśī f. a particular 12th day BhavP. ii

⋙ tārakamantra

○mantra m. 'saving text', N. of a Mantra RTL. p. 297

⋙ tārakaripu

○ripu m. = -jit Mcar. ii, 35

⋙ tārakavadha

○vadha m. 'Tāraka-slaughter', N. of ŚivaP. ii, 18

⋙ tārakavairin

○vairin m. = -jit Gal

⋙ tārakasūdana

○sūdana m. id. Prasannar. iv, 16

⋙ tārakāntaka

tārakântaka m. id. Kathās.i

⋙ tārakāri

tārakâri m.id. L

⋙ tārakopaniṣad

tārakôpaniṣad f. 'saving Up.', N. of an Up

≫ tārakā

tārakā f. of ○ka, q.v

⋙ tārakākṣa

○"ṣkṣa (○kâk○), mfn. 'star-eyed' MBh. ix, 2586

• m. N. of a Daitya (son of Tāraka) MBh. vii f. MatsyaP. cxxviii

• cxxxvii

• ○râkṣa

⋙ tārakādi

○"ṣdi (○kâd○), a Gaṇa of Pāṇ. 5-2, 36 Gaṇar. 388-391)

⋙ tārakāmaya

○maya mfn. on account of (Bṛihas-pati's wife) Tārakā (or Tārā

• said of the war waged by gods and demons for her rescue) MBh. i f

• vi f. Hariv. R. vf. BhP. ix, 14, 7

• m. 'full of stars', Śiva MBh. xii, 10424

⋙ tārakāmāna

○māna n. sidereal measure, sidereal time VarBṛS. īc, 2

⋙ tārakārāja

○rāja m. 'star-king', the moon Kād. v, 106 Hcar. v, 381

• viii

⋙ tārakeśvara

tārakêśvara m. id., iv

≫ tārakāyana

tārakāyana m. pl. the descendants of Tāraka Hariv. 1466

• N. of a family Pravar. iv, 1

≫ tārakiṇī

tārakiṇī f. 'starry', night L

≫ tārakita

tārakita mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 36) star-spangled (i.e. filled) with (in comp.) Daś. Kād. Naish. iv, 49

≫ tāraṇa

tāraṇa mf(ī)n. causing or enabling to cross, helping over a difficulty, liberating, saving MBh. xiii, 1232 (Siva) and 6986 (Vishṇn) Hariv.7022 and 7941 Kathās. lxvii, 1

• m. a float, raft L

• n. crossing, safe passage

• conquering (difficulties) MBh. iv, xiv R. &c

• carrying across, liberating, saving MBh. i, iii, ix

• N. of a Sāman

• the 3rd year of the 4th Jupiter cycle VarBṛS. viii, 3 Sūryas. Jyot

• pl. N. of a family Pravar. ii, 3, 6

⋙ tāraṇi

tāraṇi f. = tar○, a boat L

≫ tāraṇeya

tāraṇeya m. patr. of Yāja and Upa-yāja ('born of a virgin' Sch.) MBh. i, 6363

⋙ tārayantī

tārayantī f. (p. Caus. √tṝ) one of the 8 Siddhis (in Sāṃkhya phil.) Tattvas

⋙ tārayitṛ

tārayitṛ mfn. a promoter Nir. x, 28

≫ tārā

tārā f. of ○ra, q.v

⋙ tārākavaca

○kavaca n. N. of a ch. of Tantras. iii

⋙ tārākāruṇya

○kāruṇya n. 'the compassion of Tārā', N. of R. iv, 20

⋙ tārākṣa

○"ṣkṣa (○râk○), m. 'star-eyed', N. of a Daitya (= ○rakâkṣa) MBh. viii, 1395

• of a king of the Nishadhas (uncle of Dhūmrâksha), SambhMāh. ii

• of a mountain (also ○rakâkṣa) Divyâv. viii

⋙ tārāgaṇa

○gaṇa m. a multitude of stars Hariv. 2661

• a caparison (of a horse or elephant) ornamented with stars Hcat. i, 8, 215 and 9, 2

⋙ tārāguru

○guru m. pl. N. of particular authors of Mantras (with Śāktas) Śaktir. v

⋙ tārāgraha

○graha in. 'star-planet', one of the 5 lesser planets exclusive of the sun and moon VarBṛS. lxix, 1

⋙ tārācakra

○cakra n. N. of a mystical circle Rudray. ii, 3, 3

⋙ tārācandra

○candra m. N. of a commentator

• of a king Inscr

⋙ tārācchāya

○cchāya mfn. reflecting the stars W

⋙ tārātīrtha

○tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha W

⋙ tārādharma

○dharma m. N. of a prince of -pura Kathās

⋙ tārādhipa

○"ṣdhipa (○râdh○), m. = ○rakā-rāja MBh. i, iii, xiii R. Kum. Bhartṛ. [Page 444, Column 2]

⋙ tārādhipati

○"ṣdhipati (○râdh○), m. id. W

⋙ tārādhīśa

○"ṣdhī7śa (○râdh○), ○râpīḍa

⋙ tārāpajjhaṭikā

○pajjhaṭikā f. N. of a hymn by Śaṃkara Tantras. iii

⋙ tārāpati

○pati m. = ○râdhipa MBh. Hariv. 10052 R. Ragh. AmṛitUp

• 'husband of Tārā', Bṛihas-pati

• Śiva

• the monkey Bālin MBh. iii, 16130

• N. of a prince Kshitîś. ii, 18

⋙ tārāpatha

○patha m. 'star-path', the sky Bālar. viii, 82

⋙ tārāpaharaṇa

○"ṣpaharaṇa (○râp○), n. N. of BrahmaP. iv, 81

⋙ tārāpīḍa

○"ṣpīḍa (○râp○), m. 'star-crowned', the moon L

• N. of several princes Kād. LiṅgaP. (i, 66, 4i) &c. [○râdhêśa, KūrmaP. i, 21, 59] Rājat. iv

⋙ tārāpura

○pura n. N. of a town Kathās. lvi, 41

⋙ tārāpramāṇa

○pramāṇa n. = ○rakā-māna VarBṛS. īc, 2

⋙ tārābhūṣā

○bhūṣā f. 'star-decorated', night L

⋙ tārāmaṇḍala

○maṇḍala n. 'star-circle', the zodiac W

• 'eye-circle', the pupil of the eye W

• m. a particular kind of Śiva-temple L

⋙ tārāmantra

○mantra m. N. of R. iv, 12

• of Mantram. iv

⋙ tārāmaya

○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of or representing stars, Śāntiś. iv, 14 Sāh. x, 58/59

⋙ tārāmṛga

○mṛga m. 'star-antelope', the Nakshatra Mṛiga-śīrsha MBh. iii, 16020 R. iii

⋙ tārāramaṇa

○ramaṇa m. = tārâdhipa Kād. viii 3

⋙ tārārūpa

○rūpa mfn. star-shaped W

⋙ tārāvatī

○vatī f. a form of Durgā Śaktir. v

• N. of a daughter of Kakutstha (wife of king Candra-śekhara) KālP

• of the wife of Dharmadhvaja Vet. -2

⋙ tārāvalī

○"ṣvalī (○râv○), f. a multitude of stars Kathās. lxxiii, 340

• N. of a figure (in rhetoric), Pratāpar

• of a daughter of the Yaksha prince Maṇibhadra Daś. ix, 43

• of other mythical women Kathās. lxix, lxxxv

• cxxiii, 82

⋙ tārāvarṣa

○varṣa n. 'star-rain', falling stars ṢaḍvBr. vi, 9

⋙ tārāvaloka

○"ṣvaloka (○râv○), m. N. of a prince Kathās. cxiii

⋙ tārāvākya

○vākya n. 'speech of Tārā', N. of R. iv, 13

⋙ tārāvilāpa

○vilāpa m. 'lamentation of Tārā', N. of R. iv, 17f

⋙ tārāvilāsa

○vilāsa m. N. of wk

⋙ tārendra

tārêndra m. 'star-prince', N. of an author

≫ tārāyaṇa

tārāyaṇa m. Ficus religiosa Lalit.xxiv, 165 and 226 ; xxv, 1 and 71

• pl. N. of a family Pravar. vi, 2 (vḷ. tar○)

⋙ tārika

tārika m. a ferry-man Vishṇ.v, 131

• (n.?) freight Mn. viii, 407

• (ā), f. ○raka

≫ tāriṇī

tāriṇī in comp

⋙ tāriṇīkalpa

○kalpa m. N. of a text Tantras. ii

⋙ tāriṇītantra

○tantra n. N. of a Tantra Śaktir. ii

• iv

≫ tārita

tārita mfn. conveyed across MBh. v, 3921

≫ tāritṛ

tāritṛ mfn. (fut. p. Caus. √tṝ) being about to save Hcat. i, 7, 779

≫ tārin

tārin mfn. enabling to cross over, saving (said of Durgā) MBh. vi, 797

• (iṇī), f. a form of Durgā Tantras. ii

• (= ○rā) N. of a Buddh. goddess L

≫ tāreya

tāreya m. 'son of Tārā', the monkey Aṅgada R. v, 1, 9 and 2, 4 ; vi, 6, 21 ; 26, 75 and 87

≫ tārya

tārya mfn. = taraṇīya MBh. xii R. iii, 30, 40

• to be conquered or defeated BhP. i, 15, 14 (a- neg.)

• n. impers. it is to be crossed Pāṇ. 4-4, 91

• n. freight Mn. viii, 405

tāraṭī

tāraṭī f. = tar○ L

tāratamya

tāratamya n. (fr. 1. tara and 2. tama) gradation, proportion, difference Mṛicch. x, 5/6 Sāh. i, 2/3, 31 Udbh. Kulad

• (ena), instr. ind. in different degrees BhP. v, vii

• cf. tara-tama-tas

tāradī

tāradī vḷ. for ○raṭī

tārala

tārala mfn. = tar○, unsteady, libidinous L

⋙ tāralya

tāralya n. unsteadiness Kād. vi, 470

tārava

tārava mf(ī)n. belonging to a tree (taru) Bālar. vi, 40

tārāj

tā-rāj f. a kind of Vi-rāj RPrāt. xvii, 4f Sch

tārika

tārika ○rita, &c. above

tārukṣāyaṇi

tārukṣāyaṇi m. patr. fr. tárukṣa Pravar. iv, 8 (Kāty

• ○rkSyAy○, VRJ.)

≫ tārukṣya

tārukṣya m. (g. 2. lohitâdi) id. AitĀr. iii, 1, 6, 1

⋙ tārukṣyāyaṇī

tārukṣyāyaṇī f. of ○kṣya g. 2. lohitâdi

tāruṇa

tāruṇa mfn. fr. tar○ g. utsâdi

≫ tāruṇya

tāruṇya n. youth, youthfulness MBh. xii &c

tārka

tārka m. pl. N. of a family Pravar. i

tārkava

tārkava mfn. fr. tarku Pāṇ. 4 Kāś

tārkika

tārkika mfn. (fr. tarka) related or belonging to logic W

• m. a dialectician, logician, philosopher Gāthāsaṃgr. Vedântas. &c

⋙ tārkikakārikā

○kārikā f. N. of wk

⋙ tārkikacūḍāmaṇi

○cūḍāmaṇi m. 'crest-jewel of philosophers', a honorific N. given to Raghu-nātha and others

⋙ tārkikatva

○tva n. scepticism, philosophy Prasannar. i, 17/18

⋙ tārkikarakṣā

○rakṣā 'philosopher's guard', N. of a work Sarvad. v, 130

⋙ tārkikaśiromaṇi

○śiromaṇi m. = -cūḍām○

tārkṣa

tārkṣa m. (for ○kṣya?) a kind of bird Suśr. iii, 4, 74 [Page 444, Column 3]

• for ○kṣya (N. of a Garuḍa, of Kaśyapa, and of a tree)

• (ī), f. a kind of creeper L

⋙ tārkṣaja

○ja

⋙ tārkṣaputra

○putra

⋙ tārkṣasuta

○suta ○kṣya-

⋙ tārkṣaka

tārkṣaka (ifc.) the fruit of ○kṣya-prasava Car. i, 27, 128

≫ tārkṣāka

tārkṣāka m. patr. fr. tṛkṣ○ g. śivâdi

≫ tārkṣya

tā́rkṣya m. N. of a mythical being (originally described as a horse with the epithet áriṣṭa-nemi [RV. i, 89, 6 ; x, 178, 1 Naigh. i, 14 Kauś. 73], later on taken to be a bird [RV. v, 51, interpol. ĀśvŚr. x, 7] and identified with Garuḍa [MBh. Hariv. &c.] or called his elder brother ḻ. or father [BhP. vi, 6, 2 and 21

• also -putra]

• mentioned with Arishṭa-nemi, V8. xv, 18

• with Arishṭa-nemi, Garuḍa, Aruṇa and Āruṇi as offspring of Kaśyapa by Vinatā MBh. i, 2548 and 4830 Hariv. 12468 and 14175

• called a Yaksha VP. ii, 10, 13

• a Muni with the N. Arishṭa-nemi MBh. iii, 12660 and 12665 ; xii, 10615

• pl. a class of demi-gods grouped with the Gandharvas, Yakshas, and Cāraṇas R. i, 16, 9)

• N. of the hymn RV. x, 178 (ascribed to Tārkshya Arishṭanemi) ĀśvŚr. ix SāṅkhŚr. xi f. Lāṭy. i

• a horse Naigh. i, 14

• a cart L

• a bird MBh. vi, 71 Suśr. iv, 28, 5

• a snake L

• = -prasava, vi, 51, 19 (○kṣa ed.)

• a sort of antidote, v, 5, 66

• gold L

• = netrâñca keśa Npr

• Śiva

• N. of a man Pravar. ii, 3, 6 (Āp. and Āśv.)

• pl. N. of a people MBh. ii, 1871

• n. = -ja Suśr. iv, 9, 45

⋙ tārkṣyaja

○ja n. a sort of collyrium, vi, 12, 16 (○kṣa-ja) Bhpr. v, 1, 204

⋙ tārkṣyadhvaja

○dhvaja m. 'Garuḍa-symboled', Vishṇu L

⋙ tārkṣyanāyaka

○nāyaka m. 'bird-leader', Garuḍa L

⋙ tārkṣyanāśaka

○nāśaka m. 'bird-destroyer', a kind of falcon Npr

⋙ tārkṣyaputra

○putra m. = -suta Suparṇ. xxx, 4 BhP. iii, 2, 24

• N. of Suparṇa (author of certain hymns) RAnukr

⋙ tārkṣyaprasava

○prasava m. Vatica robusta L

⋙ tārkṣyaratna

○ratna n. a kind of dark jewel Kathās

• -maya mfn. consisting of that jewel, cxxiii, 131

⋙ tārkṣyalakṣaṇa

○lakṣaṇa m. 'Garuḍa-marked', Kṛishṇa (= Vishṇu) MBh. xii, 43, 8

⋙ tārkṣyaśaila

○śaila n. = -ja Suśr. iv, 9

⋙ tārkṣyasāman

○sāman n. N. of a Sāman Lāṭy. i, 6, 19

⋙ tārkṣyasuta

○suta m. 'son of Kaśyapa', Garuḍa BhP

≫ tārkṣyāyaṇa

tārkṣyāyaṇa m. = ○ṇi pl. N. of a family Pravar. i, 6

• (ī), f. of ○kṣya g. 2. lohitâdi

⋙ tārkṣyāyaṇabhakta

○bhakta mfn. inhabited by the Tārkshyāyaṇas, g. aiṣukāry-ādi

⋙ tārkṣyāyaṇi

tārkṣyāyaṇi patr., ○rukSAy○

tārcha

tārcha N. of an amulet Kauś. 48

tārṇa

tārṇa mfn. made of grass (tṛ́ṇa) MBh. i, v Suśr. i, 26, 8

• levied from grass (a tax), g. śuṇḍikâdi

• m. and (ī), f. patr. fr. tṛṇa g. śivâdi

≫ tārṇaka

tārṇaka mfn. fr. tṛṇakīyā g. bilvakâdi

≫ tārṇakarṇa

tārṇakarṇa m. patr. fr. tṛṇa-k○ g. śivâdi

≫ tārṇakarṇīputra

tārṇakarṇī-putra m. the son of a female descendant of Tṛiṇa-karṇa Pāṇ. 6-1, 13 Vārtt. 3 Pat

≫ tārṇabindavīya

tārṇabindavīya mfn. fr. tṛṇa-bindu, iv, 2, 28 Vārtt. 1 Pat

⋙ tārṇāyana

tārṇāyana m. patr. fr. tṛṇa g. 1. naḍâdi

⋙ tārṇi

tārṇi pl. id. Pravar. vi, 3 (vḷ. ○ṇeya)

tārtīya

tārtīya mfn. belonging to the 3rd (tṛt○) ĀśvŚr. x, 2 BhP. iii, 6, 29

• the 3rd, viii, 19, 34

• n. a 3rd part KātyŚr. iv, 7, Paddh

≫ tārtīyaka

tārtīyaka mfn. belonging to the 3rd, mentioned in the 3rd kāṇḍa Siddh.puṃl. 17 Sch. (vḷ. jātīy○)

≫ tārtīyasavana

tārtīyasavana mfn. belonging to the 3rd Savana, Śikshā

⋙ tārtīyasavanika

tārtīyasavanika mf(ī)n. id. ĀpŚr. xiv, 19 ŚāṅkhŚr. v, 3, 7

⋙ tārtīyāhnika

tārtīyâhnika mfn. belonging to the 3rd day (ahan), xv, 8, 3

≫ tārtīyīka

tārtīyīka mfn. (Pāṇ. 4-2, 7 Pat.) the 3rd Mālatīm. i, 2

⋙ tārtīyīkatā

○tā f. the being the 3rd Naish.iii, 136

tārpya

tārpyá n. a garment made of a particular vegetable substance (tṛpā Sāy. on ŚBr.) AV. xviii, 4, 31 (○pyá) TS. ii TBr. i, iii ŚBr.v, 3, 5, 20 TāṇḍyaBr. xxi KātyŚr. xv ŚāṅkhŚr

tārya

tārya col. 2

tārṣṭāgha

tārṣṭâgha m. (fr. tṛṣt○?) N. of a tree Kauś. 25 (= sarṣapa Sch.)

• mf(ī́)n. coming from that tree AV. v, 29, 15 Śāntik. 21

tāla

tāla m. (Siddhnapuṃs. 25 Sch.) the palmyra tree or fan-palm (Borassus flabelliformis, producing a sort of spirituous liquor

• considered as a measure of height R. iv ; vi, 2, 6 Lalit. iii, xxii

• forming a banner MBh. iv, vi, xvi Hariv

• to pierce seven fan-palms with one shot is held to be a great feat R. i, 1, 64 AgP. viii, 2) Mn. viii, 246 MBh. &c

• (fr. tāḍa) slapping the hands together or against one's arm, xiii, 1397 R. &c

• the flapping of an elephant's ears Ragh. ix, 71 Kathās. xii ; xxi, 1 Prab. i, v

• musical time or measure MBh. &c. (cf. -jña & -śīla)

• a dance Sāh. vi, 277

• a cymbal Pañcat. BhP. viii, 15, 21

• (in prosody) a trochee

• a span measured by the thumb and middle finger Hcat. i, 3, 855 and 6, 171 [Page 445, Column 1] Contents of this page

• (= tala) the palm (of the hand) L

• a lock, bolt W

• (= tala) the hilt of a sword L

• a goldsmith Gal

• Śiva MBh. xiii, 1243

• pl. N. of a people (cf. -vana and apara-) VarBṛS. xiv, 22

• m. n. orpiment L

• N. of a hell VP. ii, 6, 2 and 10 ŚivaP

• n. the nut of the fan-palm MBh. iii, 8718 Hariv. 3711 (cf. kākatālīya)

• the throne of Durgā (cf. manas-) L. (vḷ.)

• mf(ī Pāṇ. 4-3, 152) n. made of palmyra wood Mn.xi, 96/97

• (ā), f. (g. kuṇḍâdi), māsa-

• (ī), f. (g. kuṇḍâdī) N. of a tree (Corypha Taliera, Corypha umbraculifera, Flacourtia cataphracta, Curculigo orchioides L.) Hariv. 6407 R. Suśr. &c

• toddy W

• a fragrant earth L

• = tallikā L

• a metre of 4 x 3 long syllables

• cf. ucca-, ut-, eka-, kara-, kāṃsya-, kāma-, krośa-

⋙ tālaketu

○ketu m. 'palm-bannered', Bhīshma MBh. v f

• Bala-Rāma VP. iv, 1, 37

• N. of an adversary of Kṛishṇa MBh. iii, 492 Hariv. 9141

• 'having the tāla hell as a banner', N. of a Dānava (younger brother of Patāla-ketu) MārkP. xxii, 6

⋙ tālakṣīra

○kṣīra n. = tava-kṣ○ Npr

⋙ tālakṣīraka

○kṣīraka n. id. L

⋙ tālagarbha

○garbha palm-juice, toddy VarBṛS. l, 24

⋙ tālacara

○cara m. pl. N. of a people MBh. v, 4751

⋙ tālaja

○ja mfn. coming from the fan-palm Suśr. i, 46, 3, 41

• n. = -garbha L

⋙ tālajaṅgha

○jaṅgha mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-2, 114 Kāś.) having legs as long as a palm-tree R. v, 12, 35 Hariv. 9553 Tantr

• belonging to the Tāla-jaṅgha tribe MBh. xiii, 7223

• m. a prince of that tribe, iii, 17014

• a Rakshas VarYogay. iii, 21

• N. of a Rakshas R. vi, 84, 12

• of a Daitya Hariv. 12940

• of a chief of the Bhūtas Kathās. cviii, 90

• of the ancestor of the Tāla-jaṅgha tribe (descendant of Śaryāti MBh. xiii, 1946

• son of Jaya-dhvaja VP. iv, 11, 5 BhP. ix, 23, 27)

• pl. N. of a warrior-tribe MBh. Hariv. R. BhP

⋙ tālajaṭā

○jaṭā f. the fibres of the palm-tree under the outer bark W

⋙ tālajña

○jña mfn. knowing the measure (in music) Yājñ. iii, 115

⋙ tāladruma

○druma m. the palmyra-tree

⋙ tāladhāraka

○dhāraka m. 'keeping the measure', a dancer L

⋙ tāladhvaja

○dhvaja m. '= -ketu', Bala-Rāma MBh. ix

• N. of a mountain Śatr. i

• (ā), f. of a town PadmaP. vi

• (ī), f. of a river Śatr. i, 54

⋙ tālanavamī

○navamī f. the 9th day of the light half of month Bhādra (sacred to Durgā), GarP

⋙ tālapattra

○pattra n. 'a palm-leaf', and 'a kind of ear-ornament' Kād. ii, 28

• Trigonella foenum graecum Npr

• (ī), f. another plant (Salvinia cucullata L

• Anethum graveolens Npr

• = ○la-mūlī ib.) Suśr. i, 11, 3 and 36, 29

⋙ tālaparṇa

○parṇa n. = ○lâkhyā L

• (ī), f. id. L

• Anethum graveolens L

⋙ tālapuṣpaka

○puṣpaka n. N. of a plant L

⋙ tālapralamba

○pralamba m. = -jaṭā L

⋙ tālaphala

○phala n. the fruit of the fan-palm Suśr. i

• iv Gīt. ix, 3

⋙ tālabaddha

○baddha mfn. measured, rhythmical W

⋙ tālabhaṅga

○bhaṅga m. loss of the measure (in music) Pañcar. i, 12, 9 f

⋙ tālabhaṭa

○bhaṭa m. N. of a warrior Kathās. xiii, 24

⋙ tālabhṛt

○bhṛt m. (= -dhvaja) Bala-Rāma L

⋙ tālamaya

○maya mfn. made of the palm W

⋙ tālamardaka

○mardaka

⋙ tālamardala

○mardala m. a cymbal L

⋙ tālamātra

○mātra mfn. as big as a palm MBh. i, iv f

• (am), ind. as high as a palm R. iii, 50, 19

⋙ tālamūlikā

○mūlikā f. Curculigo orchioides Suśr. iv, 7, 16

⋙ tālamūlī

○mūlī f. id. Npr

⋙ tālayantra

○yantra n. a particular surgical instrument, small pair of pincers, Susr. i, 7, 1 f. and 7

• a lock, lock and key W

⋙ tālarecanaka

○recanaka m. 'distinguishing the measure (in dancing)', a dancer L. (vḷ. -vec○)

⋙ tālalakṣman

○lakṣman m. = -bhṛ́t L

⋙ tālavana

○vana n. a grove of palmyra-trees MBh. vi, 5441 Hariv. 3704 BhP. v (in a hell)

• m. pl. N. of a people MBh. ii ; 1175

⋙ tālavalī

○valī f. a kind of musical composition

⋙ tālavādya

○vādya n. clapping the hands together Kathās. xxv, 136

⋙ tālavṛnta

○vṛnta n. a palm-leaf used as a fan, fan (in general) MBh. R. Suśr. &c

• m. a kind of Soma plant, iv, 29, 4

• -nivāsin m. N. of a scholiast

• ○ntī-√bhū, to become a fan Bālar. iii, 13

⋙ tālavṛntaka

○vṛntaka n

• a fan L

⋙ tālavecanaka

○vecanaka -rec○

⋙ tālaśabda

○śabda m. the noise caused by the falling of a palm-fruit Hariv. 3715

• = -vādya, 4111 f

⋙ tālaśīla

○śīla mfn. accustomed to beat time in music Gaut. xv, 18

⋙ tālaśuddha

○śuddha mfn. = -baddha W

⋙ tālasvana

○svana m.= -vādya Hariv. 3715

⋙ tālākhyā

tālâkhyā f. a kind of perfume L

⋙ tālaṅka

tālaṅka m. = ○la-lakṣman L

• Śiva L

• a man marked with auspicious marks L

• a palm-leaf (used for writing) W

• a book L

• a saw L

• a kind of vegetable L

⋙ tālāṅga

tālâṅga m. Cyprinus Rohita L

⋙ tālādi

tālâdi a Gaṇa of Pāṇ. 4-3, 152 Gaṇar. 261264 including rajakâdi, palāśâdi and bilvâdi)

⋙ tālādhyāya

tālâdhyāya m. 'time-chapter', N. of Saṃgita-darpaṇa vi (treating of musical instruments)

⋙ tālāpacara

tālâpacara m. = ○la-dhāraka R. ii, 3, 17

⋙ tālāvacara

tālâvacara m. (cf. tādâv○) id., vii, 91, 15

⋙ tālāvacaraṇa

tālâvacaraṇa m. id. Rājat. iii, 335

⋙ tālodghāṭinī

tālôdghāṭinī f. a spell used for opening locks HPariś. ii, 173 and 182. [Page 445, Column 2]

⋙ tālopaniṣad

tālôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up

≫ tālaka

tālaka (Siddh.puṃl. 29) m. N. of a venomous insect Suśr. v, 8, 13

• N. of a teacher VāyuP. i, 61, 45 (vḷ. ○lika)

• n. orpiment Bhpr.v, 26, 48 and 221

• a fragrant earth L

• a lock, bolt L

• a kind of ornament Buddh. L

• (ī), f. = ○la-garbha L

• (ikā), f. the palm of the hand Hariv. 9920

• = ○la-vādya Pañcat. ii, 5, 6

• a sign with the hand (?) Bālar. iii, 75

• Curculigo orchioides L

• = tāmra-vallī L

⋙ tālakābha

tālakâbha mfn. 'orpiment-like', green L

⋙ tālakeśvara

tālakêśvara m. N. of a medicinal unguent Bhpr

≫ tālaṅkīkṛ

tālaṅkī-√kṛ tāḍaṅk○

≫ tāli

tāli f. = tāḍi L

• Flacourtia cataphracta L. Sch

≫ tālika

tālika m. the palm of the hand L. (vḷ. for ○kā s.v. ○laka)

• a cover for binding a parcel of papers or a manuscript L

• vḷ. for ○laka, q.v

≫ tālita

tālita n. = tulita-paṭa (dyed or coloured cloth W.) L

• a string L

• a musical instrument L

⋙ tālitanagara

○nagara n. N. of a town. 1

⋙ tālin

tālin mfn. furnished with cymbals (Śiva), Bh. xiii, 1172

≫ tālī 1

tālī f. of ○la, q.v

⋙ tālīpaṭṭa

○paṭṭa a kind of ear-ornament Kād. v, 294

⋙ tālīpattra

○pattra n. a leaf of the Tālī plant VarBṛS. xxvii, 3

• = ○lī7śa-p○ L

⋙ tālīpuṭa

○puṭa (= tāḍī-p○) = -paṭṭa Kād. iii, 973

⋙ tālīrasaja

○rasa-ja m. sugar made of palm-juice Gal

⋙ tālīśa

tālī7śa m. Flacourtia cataphracta (the leaves of which are used in med.) R. iv, 44, 55 Suśr. i, iv ff

• n. = -pattra L

⋙ tālīśapattra

tālī7śa-pattra n. the leaf of Flacourtia cataphracta W. = ○lI-p○ and ○lī7śa L

• Pinus Webbiana L

⋙ tālīśaka

tālī7śaka m. Flacourtia cataphracta L

≫ tālīyaka

tālīyaka a cymbal R. v, 13, 54

tālavya

tālavya ○lu below

tālākaṭa

tālākaṭa = ○lik○ MBh. ii, 1169

≫ tālikaṭa

tālikaṭa m. pl. N. of a people and its country VarBṛS. xiv, 11

tālāna

tālāna m. pl. N. of a family Pravar. ii, 4, 1

tālin 2

tālin mfn. (√tal) placing upon Śiś. vi, 66

tālin 3

tālin m. pl. the pupils of Tala, g. śaunakâdi

tāliśa

tāliśa m. a mountain Uṇ. k

tālī 2

tālī ind. (= dhūlī or colour [varṇa, Śākaṭ.] or uttamârtha or vistāra Bhoj. Gaṇar. 96 Sch.) with √as, kṛ, bhū g. ūry-ādi

tālīśa

tālī7śa 1. ○lī

tālu

tā́lu n. rarely m. [MBh. xiv, 568 Hariv. 14273 BhP. ī] the palate VS. xxv, 1 Kauś. RPrāt. Suśr. &c

⋙ tālukaṇṭaka

○kaṇṭaka 'palate-thorn', N. of a disease of the palate with children Npr

⋙ tālugalapraśoṣa

○galapraśoṣa m. morbid dryness of palate and throat Suśr. ii, 11, 22

⋙ tāluja

○ja mfn. palatal, iv, 22, 57

⋙ tālujihva

○jihva m. a crocodile L

• the uvula W

⋙ tālujihvikā

○jihvikā f. 'uvula', N. of a Yoginī Hcat. ii, 1, 716

⋙ tālunāśa

○nāśa m. 'destroying the palate (by thorny food)', a camel Gal

⋙ tālupāka

○pāka m. an abscess in the palate Suśr. ii, 16, 38 ; iv, 22, 56

⋙ tālupāta

○pāta m. 'falling in of the palate', N. of a disease with children Npr

⋙ tālupīḍaka

○pīḍaka another disease of the palate with children ib

⋙ tālupuppuṭa

○puppuṭa m. an indolent swelling of the palate Suśr. ii, 16, 38 ; iv, 22, 55

⋙ tālumūla

○mūla n. the √of the palate, ii, 16, 39

⋙ tāluvidradhī

○vidradhī f. = -puppuṭa Car. vi, 17

⋙ tāluviśoṣaṇa

○viśoṣaṇa n. the drying of the palate (through much talking) MBh. viii, 4760

⋙ tāluśoṣa

○śoṣa m. morbid dryness of the palate Suśr. ii, 16

⋙ tālusthāna

○sthāna mfn. palatal (a letter) RPrāt. SāṅkhŚr

≫ tālavya

tālavya mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-1, 6) relating to the palate Suśr. iii, 8, 15

• palatal (the letters i, e and ai [called kaṇṭha-t○, 'belonging to throat and palate' Śiksh.], c, ch, j, jh, ñ, y, ś) Śiksh. RPrāt. VPrāt

≫ tāluka

tāluka n. (g. yāvâdi) = ○lu Hcat. i, 9, 414 (ifc. f. ā)

• a disease of the palate Npr

• (ā), f. = ○lu W

• (e), f. du. the two arteries of the palate TUp. i, 6, 1

⋙ tālūṣaka

tālūṣaka = ○lu Yājñ. iii, 87

tālukṣya

tālukṣya m. patr. fr. talukṣa

≫ tālukṣyāyaṇī

tālukṣyāyaṇī f. of ○kṣya g. 2. lohitâdi

tāluna

tāluna mfn. fr. tal○ g. utsâdi

tālura

tālura m. = ○lūra W

≫ tālūra

tālūra m. a whirlpool Hāl. 37

tāluvi

tāluvi nāluhi. [Page 445, Column 3]

tālūṣaka

tālūṣaka ○lu

tālpa

tālpa mfn. (= tálpya) born in a marriage-bed (tálpa) Kauś. 17

tāvaka

tāvaká mf(ī)n. (fr. táva [gen. of 1. tvá] Pāṇ. 4-3, 3) thy, thine RV. i, 94, 11 MBh. iii, 14621 R. iii, 13, 15 Kum.v, 4 BhP. Kathās. &c

≫ tāvakīna

tāvakīna mfn. (Pāṇ. 4-3, 3) id. Bhām.i, 4

tāvac

tāvac in comp. for ○vat

⋙ tāvacchata

○chata (śata), mf(ī)n. containing so many hundreds Mn. i, 69 MBh. iii, 188, 23 Hariv. 511 ; 11309

⋙ tāvacchas

○chás (śas), ind. (Vop.) so manifoldly TS. i, 5, 9, 2

≫ tāvajjyok

tā́vaj-jyok ind. so long ŚBr. xi, 5, 1, 2

≫ tāvat

tā́vat mf(atī)n. (fr. 2. ta Pāṇ. 5-2, 39 ; vi, 3, 91) so great, so large, so much, so far, so long, so many (correlative of yā́vat

• rarely of ya or yathôkta Nal.&c.) RV. &c. (yāvatā kṣaṇena tāvatā, 'after so long time, in that time', as soon as Rājat. v, 110)

• just a little Kir. ii, 48

• (in alg.) an unknown quantity (also with yāvat)

• ind. (correlative of yā́vat) so much, so greatly, to such an extent, in such a number, so far RV. AV. &c. (tā́vat-tāvat ŚBr. i, 8, 1, 6)

• so long, in that time RV. x, 88, 19 ŚBr. i Mn. &c

• meanwhile, in the mean time (the correlative yāvat being often connected with a neg., e.g. tāvac chobhate mūrkho yāvat kiṃ-cin na bhāṣate, 'so long a fool shines as long as he says nothing' Hit

• śocayiṣyāmy ātmānaṃ tāvad yāvan me prâptam brāhmaṇyam, 'so long I will emaciate myself, as long as i.e. until I have obtained the state of a Brāhman' R. i, 64, 19) ŚBr. xiv, 4, 2, 30 ChUp. vi, 14, 2 Mn. MBh. &c. (also correlative of purā [R. i, 28, 21], of yāvatā na, of yāvat preceded by purā [MBh. xiii, 4556], or without any correlative 2727 Kathās. ḥit.)

• at once, now, just, first (followed by anantaram ḥit., aparam Pañcat., api ib., idānīm ḥit., uta "ṣak., ca ḍaś. Prab., tatas [Mn. iv, 174 Ragh. vii, 4f.], tad-anu ṃegh., tu ḍaś.vii Vedântas., paścāt ṛ. ī, punar Pañcat., vā

• very often connected with an Impv., rarely [MBh. iv, 888 R. ii, 56, 13] with a Pot., often with the 1st person of pr. or fut. MBh. &c

• the Impv. is sometimes to be supplied [itas tāvat, 'just come hither'

• mā tāvat, 'by no means, God forbid!'] Śak. Mālav. Vikr. Prab

• sometimes arhasi with the inf. is used instead R. i f.)

• (with na or a-) not yet MBh. &c. (followed by yāvat, 'while' Kathās. xxvi, 23

• tāvan na-ap4i na, 'not only not-but also not' Kād.)

• very well, all right Hcar

• indeed, truly (e.g. dṛḍhas tāvad bandhaḥ, 'the knot is tight I must admit' Hit

• gatā tāvat, 'she is indeed gone' Kathās. xviii, 241) R. &c

• already (opposed to 'how much more' or 'how much less') R. iv f. Śak

• really (= eva, sometimes connected with this particle, e.g. vikrayas tāvad eva saḥ, 'it is really a sale') Mn. iii, 53 Hariv. 7110 R. &c

• (tā), instr. ind. to that extent RPrāt. xiii, 13 BhP. v, viii

• in that time, in the mean time, meanwhile Daś. Kathās. x, 24 Bharaṭ

• (ti), loc, ind. so far ŚBr. viii, 6, 2, 8

• so long, in that time TS. ii, 4 ; [Lat. tantus.]

⋙ tāvatkālam

○kālam ind. for so long Kauś. 141 MBh. iii Hit

⋙ tāvatkṛtvas

○kṛtvas ind. (Pāṇ. 1-1, 23 Kāś.) so many times ŚBr. ix, 1, 1, 41 (tā́vat-kṛ́t○) Mn. v, 38

• with √kṛ, (in math.) to square

⋙ tāvattāt

○tāt (tā́v○), just so much MaitrS. iii

⋙ tāvatpriya

○priya (tā́v○), mfn. dear to that extent, i

⋙ tāvatphala

○phala mfn. having such results Śak. vi, 10

⋙ tāvatsūtra

○sūtra n. sg. so many threads Yājñ

≫ tāvatika

tāvatika mfn. bought for or worth so much Pāṇ. 5-1, 23

⋙ tāvatitha

tāvatitha mfn. (2, 53 and 77) the so manieth KātyŚr. iii, 1, 9

⋙ tāvatka

tāvatka mfn. = ○tika Pāṇ

≫ tāvad

tāvad in comp. for ○vat

⋙ tāvadguṇa

○guṇa mfn. having so many qualities Mn. i, 20

⋙ tāvadguṇita

○guṇita mfn. (in math.) squared

⋙ tāvaddvayasa

○dvayasa mfn. so large, so long Pāṇ. 5-2, 37 Vārtt. 1

⋙ tāvaddhā

○dhā ind. in that number, in such a number Bālar. ix, 49

⋙ tāvadvarṣa

○varṣa mfn. so many years old Lāṭy. ix, 12, 12

⋙ tāvadvīryavat

○vīrya-vat (tā́v○), mfn. having so great force or efficacy ŚBr. i, 2, 3, 7

⋙ tāvadvyakta

○vyakta (in alg.) a known number annexed to an unknown quantity

≫ tāvan

tāvan in comp. for ○vat

⋙ tāvanmātra

○mātrá mf(ī́)n. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 37 Vārtt. 1) so much, so many ŚBr. v Hariv. 1204 BhP. iv

• (e), loc. ind. in that distance, v, 24, 4

⋙ tāvanmāna

○māna (tā́v○), mfn. of that measure TS. ii, 3, 11, 5

⋙ tāvanta

tāvanta n. so much Divyâv. i, 5 ; xxii, 50

tāvara

tāvara n. a bow-string L

tāviṣa

tāviṣa m. (= tav○) the ocean L

• heaven L

• gold L

• (ī), f. = tav○ L. [Page 446, Column 1] Contents of this page 

≫ tāvīṣa

tāvīṣa m. (= tav○) the ocean L

• heaven L

• gold L

• (ī), f. N. of a daughter of Indra (or 'of the moon', candra- for cêndra-?) L

tāvura

tāvura m. the sign Taurus

⋙ tāvuri

tāvuri m. id. (borrowed fr. ?) VarBṛ.i

⋙ tāvuru

tāvuru m.id

tāsīra

tāsīra = tas○ Hāyan

tāsūna

tāsūna mf(ī)n. made of hemp Gobh. ii, 10, 10 (vḷ.)

• m. a kind of hemp ib. Sch

tāskarya

tāskarya n. = taskara-tā Mn. ix

tāspandra

tāspandra m. N. of a Ṛishi ĀrshBr

• n. N. of two Sāmans ib

≫ tāspindra

tāspindra n. N. of two Sāmans ib

ti

ti for íti (after kā́) ŚBr. xi, 6, 1, 3 ff

tik

tik cl. 1. tekate, to go Dhātup. iv, 31: cl. 5. tiknoti (also tignoti fr. √tig), id. (cf. √stigh), xxvii, 19

• to assail ib

• to wound ib

• to challenge L

tika

tika m. N. of a man, g. 1. naḍâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 154

⋙ tikakitava

○kitava m. pl. the descendants of Tika and Kitava, ii, 4, 68

• ○vâdi, N. of a Gaṇa of Pāṇ. (ib. Gaṇar. 32-34)

⋙ tikādi

tikâdi another Gaṇa of Pāṇ. 4-1, 154 Gaṇar. 229-231)

≫ tikīya

tikīya mfn. fr. ○ka g. utkarâdi

tikta

tikta ○ktaka, below

tig

tig cl. 5. ○gnoti, √tik

tigita

tigitá ○gmá, col. 2

tigh

tigh cl. 5. ○ghnoti, to hurt, kill (= √tik) Vop. (Dhātup. xxvii, 26)

tiṅ

tiṅ a collective. N. for the personal terminations Pāṇ

⋙ tiṅanta

○anta n. 'ending with tiṅ', an inflected verbal base

⋙ tiṅsubantacaya

○sub-anta-caya m. 'collection of verbs and nouns (sub-anta)', a phrase Gal

tij

tij cl. 1. téjate (○ti Dhātup. xxiii, 2

• p. téjamāna

• Ved. inf. téjase) to be or become sharp RV. i, 55, 1 ; iii, 2, 10 and 8, 11 (tétijāna, 'sharp' VS. v, 43)

• to sharpen, x, 138, 5: Caus. tejayati id. Dhātup. xxxii, 109

• to stir up, excite R. iii, 31, 36 Ragh. ix, 38: Desid. títikṣate (Pāṇ. 3-1, 5

• 1. pl. ○kṣmahe MBh. v, 3427

• fut. ○kṣiṣyate ŚBr. iii

• ep. also P., e.g. p. ○kṣat BhP. iii) 'to desire to become sharp or firm', to bear with firmness, suffer with courage or patience, endure RV. ii, 13, 3 ; iii, 30, 1 AV. viii &c.: Intens. tétikte (Pāṇ. 7-4, 65

• p. ○tijāna, above) to sharpen RV. iv, 2 3, 7

• [cf. ? ; Lat. dis-tinguo, &c.]

≫ tikta

tikta mfn. bitter (one of the 6 modifications of taste, rasa), pungent MBh. xii, xiv Suśr. &c

• fragrant Megh. Śiś. v, 33

• m. a bitter taste, pungency W

• fragrance W

• Wrightia antidysenterica L

• Capparis trifoliata L

• Agathotes Chirayta Npr

• = pari- ib

• Terminalia Catappa ib

• a sort of cucumber ib. (cf. anārya-, kirāta-, cira-, mahā-)

• n. N. of a medicinal plant L

• a kind of salt Npr

• (ā), f. N. of a plant (= -rohiṇī L

• Clypea hernandifolia L

• a water-melon L

• Artemisia sternutatoria Bhpr

• = yava- L

• cf. kāka-) Suśr. iv, 5, 12

⋙ tiktakandakā

○kandakā

⋙ tiktakandikā

○kandikā f. Curcuma Zedoaria L

⋙ tiktagandhā

○gandhā f. 'having a pungent smell', mustard Npr

⋙ tiktaguñjā

○guñjā f. Pongamia glabra L

⋙ tiktaghṛta

○ghṛta n. ghee prepared with bitter herbs, vi, 11, 2 (cf. ○ktaha)

⋙ tiktataṇḍulā

○taṇḍulā f. long pepper L

⋙ tiktatuṇḍī

○tuṇḍī f. = katu-t○ L

⋙ tiktatumbī

○tumbī f. a bitter gourd (kaṭu-t○) L

⋙ tiktadugdhā

○dugdhā f. 'having a bitter milky sap', Odina pinnata L

• = kṣīriṇi L

• = svarṇakṣīrī L

⋙ tiktadhātu

○dhātu m. 'bitter elementary substance (of the body)', bile L

⋙ tiktapattra

○pattra m. 'bitter-leaved', Momordica mixta L

⋙ tiktaparvan

○parvan f. Cocculus cordifolius L

• Hingcha repens L

• Panicum Dactylon L

• liquorice W

⋙ tiktapuṣpā

○puṣpā f. 'bitter-flowered', Clypea hernandifolia L

• 'fragrant-flowered', Bignonia suaveolens Npr

⋙ tiktaphala

○phala m. 'bitter-fruited', = -marica L

• (ā), f. a water-melon L

• = yavatiktā L

• = vārtākī L

⋙ tiktabījā

○bījā f. 'bitter-seeded', = -tumbī L

⋙ tiktabhadraka

○bhadraka m. Trichosanthes dioeca L

⋙ tiktamarica

○marica m. Strychnos potatorum L

⋙ tiktayavā

○yavā f. Andrographis paniculata L

⋙ tiktarohiṇikā

○rohiṇikā f. = ○ṇī L

⋙ tiktarohiṇī

○rohiṇī f. Helleborus niger, iv, 5, 10 and 16, 15

⋙ tiktavallī

○vallī f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana L

⋙ tiktaśāka

○śāka n. a bitter (or a fragrant) pot-herb Rājat. v, 49

• m. Capparis trifoliata L

• Acacia Catechu L

• = pattra-sundara L

⋙ tiktasāra

○sāra m. Acacia Catechu L

• n. a kind of fragrant grass L

⋙ tiktākhyā

tiktâkhyā f. = ○kta-tuṇḍī L

⋙ tiktāṅgā

tiktâṅgā f. a kind of creeper L. [Page 446, Column 2]

⋙ tiktāmṛtā

tiktâmṛtā f. Menispermum glabrum Npr

⋙ tiktāyana

tiktấyana mf(ī)n. 'possessing the radiance of fire', taptấy○

⋙ tiktāsya

tiktâsya mfn. having a bitter (taste in the) mouth, ŚārṅgS. vii, 116 (tā f. abstr.)

≫ tiktaka

tiktaka mfn. bitter, (n.) anything having a bitter flavour R. ii Suśr. (with sarpis = ○kta-ghṛta, iv, 9, 9)

• m. Terminalia Catappa Bhpr

• Trichosanthes dioeca L

• Agathotes Chirayta L

• a sort of Khadira L

• (ā), f. Cardiospermum halicacabum Npr

• = karañja-vallī ib

• = ○kta-tumbī L

• (ikā), f. id. L

⋙ tiktāya

tiktāya Nom. ○yate, to have a bitter flavour Naish. iii, 94

≫ tigita

tigitá mfn. sharp RV. i, 143, 5 ; ii, 30, 9

≫ tigma

tigmá mfn. sharp, pointed (a weapon, flame, ray of light) RV. AV. iv, 27, 7, xiii ŚāṅkhGṛ. &c

• pungent, acrid, hot, scorching RV. &c

• violent, intense, fiery, passionate, hasty ib

• m. Indra's thunderbolt W

• = ○gmâtman VP. iv, 21, 3

• pl. N. of the Śūdras in Krauñca-dviipa, ii, 4, 53 (vḷ. tiṣya)

• n. pungency L

⋙ tigmakara

○kara m. = -dīdhiti L

• the number '12' Līl

⋙ tigmaketu

○ketu m. N. of a son of Vatsara by Svarviithi BhP. iv, 13, 12

⋙ tigmaga

○ga mfn. going or flying swiftly R. iii, 34, 16

⋙ tigmagati

○gati mfn. of (violent i.e.) cruel practices BhP. iv, 10, 28

⋙ tigmagu

○gu mfn. hot-rayed, x, 56, 7

⋙ tigmajambha

○jambha (○má-), mfn. having sharp teeth (Agni) RV. i, iv, viii

⋙ tigmatā

○tā (○má-), f. sharpness ŚBr. ix, 2, 2, 5

⋙ tigmatejana

○tejana mfn. sharp-edged (an arrow) MBh. vi, 3187

⋙ tigmatejas

○tejas (○má-), mfn. id. Hariv. 10703 R. iv, 7, 21

• of a violent character VS. i, xii AV.xix, 9, 10 MBh

• m. the sun Kathās. xxix, 121

⋙ tigmadīdhiti

○dīdhiti m. 'hot-rayed', the sun VarBṛ. xi, 17 Kād

⋙ tigmadyuti

○dyuti m. id. Śiś.xx, 28

⋙ tigmadhāra

○dhāra mfn. = -tejana MBh. vii, 47, 15 (vḷ. tiryag-dh○)

⋙ tigmanemi

○nemi mfn. having a sharp-edged felly BhP. x, 57, 21

⋙ tigmabhās

○bhās m. = -dyuti Śiś. xx, 45

⋙ tigmabhṛṣṭi

○bhṛṣṭi (○má-), mfn. sharp-pointed (Agni) RV. iv, 5, 3

⋙ tigmamanyu

○manyu mfn. of a violent wrath (Śiva) MBh. xiii, 1161

⋙ tigmamayūkhamālin

○mayūkha-mālin m. 'garlanded with hot rays', the sun VarYogay. iv, 7

⋙ tigmamūrdhan

○mūrdhan (○má-), mfn. = -tejana RV. vi, 46, 11

⋙ tigmayātana

○yātana mfn. causing acute pain or agony (a hell) BhP. vi, 1, 7

⋙ tigmaraśmi

○raśmi m. = -dīdhiti VarBṛ. VarYogay. iv, 11 Śiś. ix, 11

⋙ tigmaruc

○ruc mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-3, 116 Siddh.) shining brightly, hot W

• m. = ○ci W

⋙ tigmaruci

○ruci m. = -dīdhiti Gaṇit. i, 5, 15 Sarasv

⋙ tigmarocis

○rocis m. id. Prasannar.iv, 46

⋙ tigmavat

○vat (○má-), mfn. containing the word tigmá ŚBr. ix, 2, 2, 5

⋙ tigmavīrya

○vīrya mf(ā)n. violent MBh. i, iii

⋙ tigmavega

○vega mf(ā)n. id. MBh

⋙ tigmaśṛṅga

○śṛṅga (○má-), mfn. sharp-horned RV. vi f. ix f. AV. xiii TBr. iii

⋙ tigmaśocis

○śocis (○má-), mfn. sharp-rayed (Agni) RV. i, 79, 10

⋙ tigmaheti

○heti (○má-), mfn. having sharp weapons (Agni), iv, 4, 4 ; vi, 74, 4

• forming a sharp weapon (Agni's horn) AV. viii, 3, 25

⋙ tigmāṃśu

tigmâṃśu m. = ○ma-dīdhiti MBh. Sūryas. Kathās. Gīt

• fire MBh. i, 8421

• Śiva

⋙ tigmātman

tigmâtman m. N. of a prince MatsyaP. l, 85

⋙ tigmānīka

tigmấnīka mfn. = ○má-bhṛṣṭi RV. i, 95, 2

⋙ tigmāyudha

tigmấyudha mfn. having or casting sharp weapons, ii, v-vii, ix

⋙ tigmeṣu

tigmếṣu mfn. having sharp arrows, x, 84, 1

≫ tijila

tijila m. the moon Uṇ. Sch

• a Rakshas Uṇ.vṛ

≫ titikṣa

titikṣa m. (fr. Desid.) N. of a man, g. kaṇvâdi

• (ā), f. endurance, forbearance, patience MBh. Pāṇ. 1-2, 20 Suśr. &c

• Patience (daughter of Daksha

• wife of Dharma

• mother of Kshema) BhP. iv, 1, 19ff

⋙ titikṣita

titikṣita mfn. endured W

• patient L

≫ titikṣu

titikṣú mfn. bearing, enduring patiently, forbearing, patient AV. xii, 1, 48 ŚBr. xiv MBh. BhP

• m. N. of a son of Mahā-manas, ix, 23 Hariv

tiṭibha

tiṭibha a particular high number Buddh. L

⋙ tiṭilambha

tiṭilambha n. id. Lalit. xii, 158f

tiṇisa

tiṇisa m. = tiniśa KātyŚr. Sch

tiṇṭī

tiṇṭī f. Ipomoea Turpethum L

titau

tita (m. L

• n. Nir. iv, 9) a sieve, cribble RV. x, 71, 2 Kauś. 26

• n. a parasol Uṇ. Sch

titaniṣu

titaniṣu mfn. (√tan Desid.) desirous of developing (one's property) Nir. vi, 19

titikṣa

titikṣa &c. above

titibha

titibha m. cochineal L

titiri

titiri for titt○, a partridge L

titila

titila n. sesamum cake L

• one of the 7 Karaṇas (in astron.) L

• a bowl or bucket L

titīrṣā

titīrṣā f. (√tṛ Desid.) desire of crossing (ifc.) BhP. ix, 13, 19

• desire of final emancipation W

⋙ titīrṣu

titīrṣu mfn. desirous of crossing (with acc. or ifc.) MBh. i, 4647 Hariv. 5182 R. Ragh. i, 2 &c. [Page 446, Column 3]

• desirous of final emancipation W

titīla

titīla m. a bat Buddh. L

tittiḍa

tittiḍa and ○ḍīka, tint○

tittira

tittirá m. (onomat. fr. the cry titti) a partridge MaitrS. iii, 14, 17 MBh. v, 267 ff. VP. iii, 5, 12 (cf. BhP. vi, 9, 1 ff.)

• pl. N. of a people MBh. vi, 2084

⋙ tittiraja

○ja mfn. coming from the Tittiras (horses), 3975

⋙ tittiravallara

○vallara m. a kind of sword Gal

⋙ tittirāṅga

tittirâṅga n. a kind of steel W

≫ tittiri

tittíri m. a partridge VS. xxiv TS. ii (○ttirí) Kāṭh. xii, 10 ŚBr. Nir. Mn. &c

• a kind of step (in dancing)

• the school of the Taittirīyas Uṇ. k

• N. of a pupil of Yāska (first teacher of the Taittiriya school of the black YV.) ĀtrAnukr. Pāṇ. 4-3, 102 MBh. ii, 107

• of a Nāga, i, 1560 ; v, 3629

• f. a female partridge Pāṇ. 4-1, 65 Kāś

• [cf. ku-

• ?.]

⋙ tittiritva

○tva n. the condition of a partridge MārkP. xv

≫ tittirika

tittirika m. a partridge MBh. ix, 2587

≫ tittirīphala

tittirī-phala n. Croton Tiglium L

titha

titha m. fire Uṇ. ii, 12 Sch

• love ib

• time L

• autumn Uṇ. vṛ

tithi

tithi mf. (Siddhṣtry. 25) a lunar day (30th part of a whole lunation of rather more than 27 solar days

• 15 Tithis, during the moon's increase, constitute the light half of the month and the other 15 the dark half

• the auspicious Tithis are Nandā, Bhadrā, Vijayā, Pūrṇā VarBṛS. ic, 2) Gobh. i f. ŚāṅkhGṛ. Mn. &c

• the number 15 VarBṛS. VarBṛ. Laghuj. Sūryas

• cf. janma-, dus-, mahā-

⋙ tithikṣaya

○kṣaya m. = try-aha-sparśa W

• the day of new moon W

• pl. = -pralaya W

⋙ tithitattva

○tattva n. N. of Smṛitit. vii (commented on by Kāśi-rāma)

⋙ tithidāna

○dāna n. N. of BhavP. ii, 154

⋙ tithidevatā

○devatā f. the deity of a lunar day MānGṛ. i, 10 ; ii, 2

⋙ tithidvaita

○dvaita n. N. of a ch. of PSarv

⋙ tithidvaidhaprakaraṇa

○dvaidha-prakaraṇa n. N. of wk. by Śūla-pāṇi

⋙ tithiniyama

○niyama m. N. of a ch. of Tantras. i

⋙ tithinirṇaya

○nirṇaya m. 'disquisition on Tithis', N. of a work by Ananta-bhaṭṭa

• -saṃkṣepa, -saṃgraha, -sāra m. other works on astron

⋙ tithipati

○pati m. the regent of a lunar day VarBṛS. ic, 1 f

⋙ tithipattrī

○pattrī f. an almanack W

⋙ tithipālana

○pālana n. observance of the rites appointed for the several lunar days W

⋙ tithiprakaraṇa

○prakaraṇa n. N. of a ch. of -sāraṇikā

• of Śrī-pati's Jyotisha-ratna-mālā

⋙ tithipraṇī

○praṇī f. 'Tithi-leader', the moon L

⋙ tithipralaya

○pralaya m. pl. difference between solar and lunar days in any particular period Āryabh. iii, 6

⋙ tithivārayoga

○vāra-yoga m. pl. N. of a ch. of PSarv

⋙ tithiviveka

○viveka m. N. of wk. Smṛitit

⋙ tithisāraṇikā

○sāraṇikā f. N. of wk. by Daśa-bala

⋙ tithīśa

tithī7śa m. = ○thi-pati

≫ tithī

tithī f. a lunar day MBh. xiii, 4238

≫ tithy

tithy in comp for ○thi

⋙ tithyantanirṇaya

○anta-nirṇaya m. N. of a ch. of the Smṛity-artha-sāra

⋙ tithyardha

○ardha m. n. half of a Tithi, i.e. a Karaṇa (in astron.)

tināśaka

tināśaka = ○niśa L

tinikā

tinikā f. Holcus Sorghum Npr

tiniśa

tiniśa m. Dalbergia Ujjeinensis R. iii, 17, 7 ; 21, 15 ; 79, 37 Suśr.i, iv, vi

• cf. timiśa

tintiḍa

tintiḍa m. (also titt○ L.) = ○dikā L

• N. of a Daitya L

• = kāla-dāsa L

• m. and (ī), f. sour sauce (esp. made of the tamarind fruit) L

• (ī), f. = ○ḍikā VarBṛS. lv, 21

• = ḍimba L

≫ tintiḍikā

tintiḍikā f. the tamarind tree Car. i, 27

≫ tintiḍī

tintiḍī f. of ○da, q.v

⋙ tintiḍīdyūta

○dyūta n. a kind of game (odd and even played with tamarind seeds) L

⋙ tintiḍīphala

○phala n. the sour skin of a Garcinia fruit L

≫ tintiḍīka

tintiḍīka m. (titl○ Pāṇ. 4-3, 156 Vārtt. 2 Pat

• tittirīka Suśr. vi, 39, 272) the tamarind tree (also ā f. L. Sch.), (n.) its fruit Suśr. i, iv

• n. sour sauce (esp. made of the tamarind fruit) L

≫ tintilikā

tintilikā

⋙ tintilī

tintilī f. = ○tiḍikā L. Sch

≫ tintilīka

tintilīka n. the tamarind fruit Car. i, 26 (○tinīka vḷ.)

• (ā), f. = ○likā ĀpGṛ. vi, 5 Sch

tindinī

tindinī f. = ○du, q.v

tindiśa

tindiśa m. N. of a plant L

tindu

tindu m. Diospyros embryopteris L. (also ○dinī Gal.)

• Strychnos nux vomica (also ○duka) Npr

⋙ tindubilva

○bilva n. N. of a place Gīt. iii, 10 Sch

≫ tinduka

tinduka m. Diospyros embryopteris, (n.) its fruit (yielding a kind of resin used as pitch for caulking vessels &c.) MBh. R. Suśr. VarBṛS. &c

• m. = ○du, q.v

• n. a kind of weight (= karṣa

• = suvarṇa Car. vii, 12) ŚārṅgS. i, 21 Ashṭâṅg

• (ī), f. = ○ki Suśr. iv, 2, 42 and 21, 8 VarBṛSḷxxix Kāś. [Page 447, Column 1] Contents of this page

≫ tinduki

tinduki f. Diospyros embryopteris L

⋙ tindukinī

tindukinī f. the senna plant L

⋙ tindula

tindula m. = ○duki L

tip

tip cl. 1. P. tepati (Pāṇ. 7-2, 10 Kār.) to sprinkle Dhātup. x, 1

tipya

tipya N. of a man Rājat. viii, 15, 5

tim

tim (= √stim), cl. 4. P. ○myati, to become quiet Hit

• to become wet (also tīmy○ fr. √tīm) Dhātup.: Intens. tetimyate Pāṇ. 7-4 Kāś

≫ timita

timita mfn. (= stim○) quiet, steady, fixed R. ii f. v

• wet L

⋙ tema

tema m. = st○, the becoming wet L

≫ temana

temana n. moisture L

• moistening L

• a sauce L

• (ī), f. a sort of fire-place L

tima

tima m. = ○mi, a kind of whale L. Sch

• (ī), f. a fish L

≫ timi

timi m. a kind of whale or fabulous fish of an enormous size MBh. Hariv. 4915 R. VarBṛS. &c

• a fish Kathās. v, lx

• the sign Pisces VarBṛ. Sch

• the figure of a fish produced by drawing two lines (one intersecting the other at right angles) Sūryas. iii, 3 f

• the ocean L

• N. of a son of Dūrva (father of Bṛihad-ratha) BhP. ix, 22, 41

• f. N. of a daughter of Daksha (wife of Kaśyapa and mother of the seamonsters), vi, 6, 25 f

⋙ timikośa

○kośa m. 'ṭTimi-receptacle', the ocean L

⋙ timighātin

○ghātin m. 'fish-killer', a fisherman Kathās. lx, 186

⋙ timiṃgira

○ṃ-gira m. 'Timi-swallower', N. of a Nāga Kāraṇḍ. i

⋙ timiṃgīla

○ṃ-gīla m. (Pāṇ. 6-3, 70 Vārtt. 7) 'id.', a large fabulous fish MBh. BhP. viii Vcar. vi

• N. of a prince MBh. ii, 1172

• -gila m. (Pāṇ. 6-3, 70 Vārtt.7 Pat.) 'Timiṃgila-swallower', a large fabulous fish Bālar. vii, 53

• ○lâśana m. pl. 'eating Timiṃgilas', N. of a people VarBṛS. xiv, 16

⋙ timija

○ja mfn. coming from the Timi (sort of pearl), lxxxi, 23

⋙ timitimiṃgila

○timiṃ-gila m. a large fabulous fish MBh. iii, 12081 Divyâv. xxxv, 346

⋙ timidhvaja

○dhvaja m. 'Timi bannered', N. of the Asura Sambara (R. ṅ ii, 8, 12) or of one of his sons (R. ii, 44, 11)

⋙ timimālin

○mālin m. 'Timiṃgilas-garlanded', the ocean W

timira

timira mf(ā)n. (fr. tamar [Old Germ. demar] = támas) dark, gloomy MBh. vi, 2379 R. vi, 16, 104

• = -nayana VarBṛ. xx, 1 Sch

• m. a sort of aquatic plant (cf. -vana) VarBṛS. lv, 11

• n. darkness (also pl.) Yājñ. iii, 172 MBh. &c. (ifc. f. ā R. v, 10, 2 Kathās. xviii)

• darkness of the eyes, partial blindness (a class of morbid affections of the coats [paṭala] of the eye) Suśr. i, iii, v f. Ashṭâṅg.vi, 13 Rājat. iv, 314

• iron-rust Npr

• N. of a town R. iv, 40, 26

• (ā), f. another town Kathās. xvii, 33

• cf. vi-, sa-

⋙ timiracchid

○cchid m. 'darkness-splitter', the sun Kir.vi, 36

⋙ timiratā

○tā f. darkness of the eyes, partial blindness Hāsy. (vḷ. ○râkula-tā)

⋙ timiranayana

○nayana mfn. suffering from partial blindness VarBṛ. xx, 1

⋙ timiranāśana

○nāśana m. 'darkness-destroyer', the sun Hcat. i, 11

⋙ timiranud

○nud m. 'darkness-dispeller', sun, moon VarBṛS. iv, 45

⋙ timirapaṭala

○paṭala n. the veil of darkness Prab. vi

⋙ timirapratiṣedha

○pratiṣedha m. N. of Ashṭâṅg. vi, 13

⋙ timiramaya

○maya mfn. consisting of darkness Kād

• m. Rāhu VarBṛS. v, 48

⋙ timiraripu

○ripu m. 'darkness-enemy', the sun L

⋙ timiravana

○vana n. a multitude of timira plants, g. kṣubhnâdi Pāṇ. 8-4, 6 Pat

⋙ timirākula

timirâkula mfn. affected with partial blindness Hāsy. ii, 21

• -tā f. ○ra-tā

⋙ timirāpagata

timirâpagata m. N. of a Samādhi Buddh. L

⋙ timirāpaha

timirâpaha mfn. dispelling darkness (fire) MBh. iii, 14113 ff

⋙ timirāri

timirâri m. = ○ra-ripu L. Sch

• -ripu m. 'enemy of the sun', an owl Subh

⋙ timirodghāṭa

timirôdghāṭa m. 'removal of darkness', N. of a Śaiva treatise in verse

≫ timiraya

timiraya Nom. P. ○yati, to obscure BhP. iii, 15, 10 Hit

⋙ timirāya

timirāya Nom.Ā. ○yate, to appear dark Mahān. iv, 27

⋙ timirin

timirin m. the cochineal Npr

timiri

timiri m. a kind of fish L

timirgha

timirgha m. N. of a Nāga priest TāṇḍyaBr. xxv, 15, 3

timilā

timilā f. N. of a musical instrument Hcat. i, 6, 322

timiśa

timiśa m. N. of a tree R. ii, 94, 8

• B iii, 15, 16

• cf. tiniśa

⋙ timiṣa

timiṣa m. N. of a plant (Beninkasa cerifera L

• water-melon L.) Hcat. i, 9, 134 (MatsyaP.)

• cf. rāja-

• dīrgha-timiṣā

timīra

timīra m. N. of a tree (cf. ○mira) R. iii, 21, 19 ; v, 74, 3

timmaya

timmaya m. N. of a man

tiraḥ

tiraḥ in comp. for ○rás

⋙ tiraḥkṛ

○√kṛ ○rás-√kṛ. [Page 447, Column 2]

⋙ tiraḥprātiveśya

○prātiveśya m. a near neighbour Divyâv. xviii, 117

• (also tiraskṛta-pr○, 134)

≫ tiraya

tiraya Nom. P. (fr. ○rás) ○yati, to conceal, hide, prevent from appearing Mālatīm. ix, 30 Śiś. vi, 64 Ratnâv. &c

• to hinder, stop, restrain Mālatīm. i, 35 Ratnâv. &c

• to pervade Bālar. ii, 57

≫ tiraśc

tiraśc weak base of ○ryáñc, q.v

≫ tiraśca

tiraścá n. the cross-board of a bedstead AV. xv, 3, 5 (vḷ. ○ścyá)

⋙ tiraścatā

○tā (○ścá-), ind. transversely RV. iv, 18, 2 ; ix, 14, 6 Suparṇ. xxiii, 1

⋙ tiraścathā

○thā (○scá-), ind. aside, secretly ŚBr. iii, 7, 3, 7

≫ tiraści

tiraści loc. of ○ryáñc, q.v

⋙ tiraścirāji

○rāji (tír○), mfn. striped across (a serpent) AV. iii, 27, 2

• vi f. x, xii

≫ tiraścikā

tiraścikā f. = ○ryag-diś (?) ĀśvŚr. i, 2, 1

≫ tiraścī

tiraścī́ m. N. of a Ṛishi (descendant of Aṅgiras, author of a Sāman) RV. viii, 95, 4 (gen. ○ścyā́s) TāṇḍyaBr. xii, 6, 12 and ĀrshBr. (nom. ○scī)

≫ tiraścīna

tiraścī́na mf(ā)n. transverse, horizontal, across RV. x, 129, 5 AV. xix, 16, 2 (?) TS. &c. (cf. ā.)

⋙ tiraścīnanidhana

○nidhana n. N. of a Sāman TāṇḍyaBr. xiv, 3, 21 Lāṭy. vi

⋙ tiraścīnapṛsni

○pṛsni (○ścī́na-), mfn. spotted across VS. xxiv, 4

⋙ tiraścīnavaṃśa

○vaṃśa m. a bee-hive ChUp. iii, 1, 1

⋙ tiraścīnavāya

○vāya m. the cross-strap (of a couch) AitBr. viii, 12 ; 17

⋙ tiraścya

tiraścya n. vḷ. for ○ścá, q.v

≫ tiras

tirás ind. (g. svar-ādi

• √tṝ) through (acc.) RV. AV. xiii, 1, 36

• across, beyond, over (acc.) RV. AV. vii, 38, 5

• so as to pass by, apart from, without, against (acc.) RV. (○rás cittáni, 'without the knowledge', vii, 59, 8

• ○ró váśam, 'against the will', x, 171, 4)

• apart or secretly from (abl.) AV. xii, 3, 39 ŚBr. i, iii

• obliquely, transversely MārkP. xvii, 3

• apart, secretly TS. ii, 5, 10, 6 AitBr. ii ŚBr. ; [Zd. taro1 ; Lat. trans ; Goth. thairh ; Germ. durch ; Hib. tar, tair.]

⋙ tiraskara

○kara mf(ī)n. excelling (with gen.) BhP. i, 10, 27

⋙ tiraskaraṇi

○karaṇi f. (for ○riṇi = ○riṇī?) a curtain R. ii, 15, 20 (vḷ. ○rin)

⋙ tiraskarin

○karin m. ○raṇi

• (iṇī), f. id. Mālav. ii, 1 and 11 Kum. i, 4 Hcar. and c

• a magical veil rendering the wearer invisible Śak. vi Vikr

⋙ tiraskāra

○kāra m. placing aside, concealment W

• abuse, censure Hit. i, 2, 25/26

• iv

• disdain Pāṇ. 2-3, 17 Kāś. Kathās.xxxii, 55 SārṅgP

• a cuirass Kir. xvii, 49

⋙ tiraskārin

○kārin mfn. ifc. excelling Ratnâv. i, 25

• (iṇī), f. = -kar○ L. Sch

⋙ tiraskuḍya

○kuḍya mfn. reaching through a wall Buddh. L

⋙ tiraskṛ

○√kṛ -karoti (also ○rah k○ Pāṇ. 1-4, 72 ; viii, 3, 42

• ind. p. -kṛtya [also ○raḥ kṛtvā ib.] KātyŚr. vi Mn. iv, 49) to set aside, remove, cover, conceal ŚBr. &c

• to excel Ragh. iii, 8 Pañcat. Bhaṭṭ. &c

• to blame, abuse, treat disrespectfully, despise BhP. Hit

⋙ tiraskṛta

○kṛta mfn. concealed R. ii Amar. Bhaṭṭ

• eclipsed W

• excelled Pañcat

• censured, reviled, despised ib. (a- neg.)

• -prātiveśya m. = tiraḥ-pr○, q.v

• -sambhāṣa mfn. a- neg. speaking together without abusing each other MBh. iii, 233, 27

⋙ tiraskṛti

○kṛti f. reproach, disrespect (ifc.) Daśar. i, 41

⋙ tiraskriyā

○kriyā f. id. Pañcat

• concealment, shelter R. vi, 116, 27

⋙ tiraspaṭa

○paṭa m. = -kariṇī Caurap. 49

⋙ tirasprākāra

○prākāra mfn. = -kuḍya Buddh. L

≫ tirasya

tirasya Nom. P. ○syati, to disappear, g. kaṇḍv-ādi

⋙ tirīcīna

tirīcīna mfn. = ○razc○ ĀpŚr.ī, 18, 9

≫ tiro

tiro in comp. for ○rás

⋙ tiroahniya

○ahniya (○ró-), mfn. = ○hnya TS. vii, 3, 13, 1

⋙ tiroahnya

○ahnya (○ró-), mfn. (= ○ró4-h○) 'more than one day old', prepared the day before yesterday RV. i, iii, viii,

⋙ tirogata

○gata mfn. disappeared W

⋙ tirojanam

○janám ind. apart from men AV. vii, 38, 5. -1

⋙ tirodhā

○√dhā -dadhāti (pf. -dadhe), to set aside, remove, conquer RV. vii, ix AV. viii, xii MBh. i, 728 BhP. Sāh. iii, 175 (also Pass, -dhīyate Sch.): Ā. -dhatte (pf. -dadhe) to hide one's self from (abl.), disappear KenUp. Ragh. x f. BhP. &c. -2

⋙ tirodhā

○dhā́ f. concealment, secrecy AV. viii, 10, 28

⋙ tirodhātavya

○dhātavya mfn. to be covered or closed (the ear) Mn. ii, 100 Sch

⋙ tirodhāna

○dhāna n. concealing L

• a covering (sheath, veil, cloak, &c.) W

• disappearance Pāṇ. 1-2, 33 Kāś. BhP. iii, 20, 44

⋙ tirobhavitṛ

○bhavitṛ mf(trī)n. disappearing, 27, 23

⋙ tirobhāva

○bhāva m. disappearance ChUp.vii, 26, 1 Sāṃkhyak. and KapS. Sch. Sāh

⋙ tirobhū

○√bhū -bhavati, to be set aside, disappear, vanish, hide one's self AV. viii, 1, 7 ŚBr. Ragh. &c.: Pass. -bhūyate id. KapS. i, 121 Sch.: Caus. -bhāvayati, to cause to disappear, dispel R. i, 44, 9 Intens. (Subj. -bobhavat) to try to disappear with (instr.) or conceal anything (instr.) ŚBr. ii, 2, 3, 16

⋙ tirovarṣa

○varṣa mfn. protected from rain MBh. iv, 171

⋙ tirohita

○hita (○ró-), mfn. removed or with drawn from sight, concealed, hidden (a meaning) RV. iii, 9, 5 ŚBr. i AitBr. viii, 27 Mn. &c

• run away L

• -tā f. disappearance, becoming invisible Kathās. xxi, 145

• -tva n. id. RV. i, 113, 4 Sāy. [Page 447, Column 3]

⋙ tirohnya

○'hnya (○ró4-), mfn. = -ahnya ŚBr.xi TāṇḍyaBr. i, 6 KātyŚr. xii, 6, 10

• xxiv Lāṭy. ii

• cf. tair○

≫ tirya 1

tirya for ○yag in comp

⋙ tiryaga

○ga mfn. = ○ryag- VarBṛS

• m. 'air-goer', a Siddha MBh. xiii, 5755

≫ tiryak

tiryák ind., ○yáñc

• in comp. also for ○yáñc

⋙ tiryakkāram

○kāram ind. having laid aside (after the completion of any work), the work being done Pāṇ. 3-4, 60

• cf. tīraya

⋙ tiryakkṛtya

○kṛtya ind. id. ib

⋙ tiryakkṣipta

○kṣipta mfn. placed obliquely L

• said of a form of dislocation (when a part of the joint is forced outwards) Suśr. ii, 15, 2 f

⋙ tiryaktā

○tā f. animal nature Rājat. iii, 448

⋙ tiryaktva

○tva n. id. Mn. xii, 40 and 68 Yājñ. iii MārkP. Rājat

• = -pramāṇa KātyŚr. viii, 6, 7 Sch

⋙ tiryakpātana

○pātana n. a kind of process applied esp. to mercury

⋙ tiryakpātin

○pātin mfn. falling obliquely on (loc.) Śiś. x, 40

⋙ tiryakpratimukhāgata

○pratimukhâgata mfn. come from the side or in front of. Mn. viii, 291

⋙ tiryakpramāṇa

○pramāṇa n. measurement across, breadth KātyŚr. i f. Sch. (purastat-, 'breadth in front'

• paścāt-, 'breadth behind.')

⋙ tiryakprekṣaṇa

○prêkṣaṇa mfn. = ○kṣin BhP. v, 26, 36

• n. an oblique, glance W

⋙ tiryakprekṣin

○prêkṣin mfn. looking obliquely MBh. ii, v

⋙ tiryakphalā

○phalā f. Oldenlandia herbacea L

⋙ tiryaksūtra

○sūtra n. a cross-line W

⋙ tiryaksrotas

○srotas mfn. (an animal) in which the current of nutriment tends transversely R. ii, 35, 19 Sch

• m. n. animals collectively VP. i, 5, 8 MārkP. vlī NarasP. iii, 25

≫ tiryag

tiryag in comp. for ○yák and ○yáñc

⋙ tiryaganūka

○anūka n. the breadth of the back part of the altar KātyŚr. xvii, 11, 1 Sch

⋙ tiryagantara

○antara n. = ○yak-pramāṇa L

⋙ tiryagapaccheda

○apaccheda m. separation made transversely, ii, 4, 37 Sch

⋙ tiryagapāṅga

○apâṅga mfn. having the outer corners of the eyes turned aside, Vṛishabh. i, 11/12

⋙ tiryagayana

○ayana n. 'horizontal course', the sun's annual revolution (opposed to its diurnal revolution in which it rises and sets vertically), tairyagayanika

⋙ tiryagāgata

○āgata mfn. lying across (at birth

• said of a particular position of the child) Suśr. iv, 15, 6

⋙ tiryagāyata

○āyata mfn. stretched out obliquely (a snake). MBh. i

⋙ tiryagīkṣa

○īkṣa mfn. = ○yak-prêkṣin, xii, 6575

⋙ tiryagīśa

○īśa m. 'lord of the animals', Kṛishṇa, vii, 6471

⋙ tiryagga

○ga mf(ā)n. going obliquely or horizontally Suśr. i, 14, 1 ; ii, 1 ; iii, 9

• going towards the north or south R. (G) ii, 12, 6

⋙ tiryaggata

○gata mfn. going horizontally (an animal), ii, 35, 17

• n. an animal, vii, 110, 19

⋙ tiryaggati

○gati f. the state of an animal in transmigration MBh. iii, 1166

• -matin n. an animal, xiv, 1138

⋙ tiryaggama

○gama mfn. going obliquely, vii, 1162

⋙ tiryaggamana

○gamana n. motion sideways VPrāt. i Sch

⋙ tiryaggāmin

○gāmin m. '= -gama', a crawfish L

⋙ tiryagguṇana

○guṇana n. oblique multiplication

⋙ tiryaggrīvam

○grīvam ind. so as to have the neck turned aside Bhām.ī, 130

⋙ tiryagghātin

○ghātin mfn. striking obliquely (an elephant) L

⋙ tiryagja

○ja mfn. born or begotten by an animal Mn. x, 72

⋙ tiryagjana

○jana m. an animal BhP. ii, 7, 46

⋙ tiryagjāti

○jāti mfn. belonging to the race of animals W

• m. an animal Kād

• f. the brute kind W

⋙ tiryagjyā

○jyā f. an oblique chord W

⋙ tiryagḍīna

○ḍīna n. flying horizontally MBh. viii, 41, 26

⋙ tiryagdiś

○diś f. any horizontal region (opposed to nadir and zenith) Hemac

⋙ tiryagdhāra

○dhāra mfn. 'having oblique edges', tigma-dh○

⋙ tiryagnāsa

○nāsa mf(ā)n. wry-nosed R. v, 17, 32

⋙ tiryagbila

○bila (○ryág-), mfn. having its opening on the side AV. x, 8, 9

⋙ tiryagbhedā

○bhedā f. 'broken sideways', an oblong brick, Śulbas

⋙ tiryagyavodara

○yavôdara n. a barleycorn W

⋙ tiryagyāta

○yāta mfn. = -gama MBh. vii, 26, 36

⋙ tiryagyāna

○yāna m. = -gāmin L

⋙ tiryagyona

○yona m. (= tairy○) an animal ('bird' Sch.) Mn.vii, 149

⋙ tiryagyoni

○yoni f. the womb of an animal, animal creation, organic nature (including plants) Mn. iv, 200 MBh. xiii R. vii, &c

• mfn. born of or as an animal W

⋙ tiryaggamana

○gamana n. sexual intercourse with an animal, Prāyaśc

• ○nyanvaya m. the animal race W

• mfn. of the animal race W

⋙ tiryagvātasevā

○vāta-sevā f. 'attending the side-wind', urining or evacuation by stool Gaut. ii, 27

⋙ tiryagviddha

○viddha mfn. pierced obliquely (a vein in bleeding by an unskilful operator) Suśr. iii, 8, 17

⋙ tiryagvisaṃsarpin

○visaṃsarpin mfn. expanding sideways Ragh.vi, 15

≫ tiryaṅ

tiryaṅ in comp. for ○yák and ○yáñc

⋙ tiryaṅnāsa

○nāsa ○yag-n○

⋙ tiryaṅniraya

○niraya m. animal nature as a (hell or) punishment for evil deeds MBh. iii, 12626

⋙ tiryaṅmānī

○mānī f. = ○yak-pramāṇa, Śulbas. i, 38 ; iii, 174

≫ tiryañc

tiryáñc mfn. (fr. tirás + añ Pāṇ. 6-3, 94

• nom. m. ○ryáṅ n. ○ryák f. ○ráiścī, also ○ryañcī Vop. iv, 12) going or lying crosswise or transversely or obliquely, oblique, transverse (opposed to anv-áñc), horizontal (opposed to ūrdhvá) AV. VS. TS. &c

• going across ŚBr. xiv, 9, 3, 2 f

• moving tortuously W

• curved, crooked W

• meandering W

• lying in the middle or between (a tone), xi, 4, 2, 5 ff. VPrāt. i, 149

• m. n. 'going horizontally', an animal (amphibious animal, bird, &c.) Mn.v, 40

• xii, 57 Yājñ. MBh. &c. [Page 448, Column 1] Contents of this page

• the organic world (including plants) Jain

• n. = ○ryak-pramāṇa, Śulbas

• f. the female of any animal W

• (ryák), ind. across, obliquely', transversely, horizontally, sideways ŚBr. KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhŚr. VPrāt. Mn. &c

• (○raścā́), instr. ind., id. RV. i, 61, 12 ; ii, 10, 4 ; x, 70, 4

• (○raścí), loc. ind., id. ŚBr. ii, 3, 2, 12 KātyŚr. xvii, 8, 14 and 12, 1

⋙ tiryadryañc

tiryadryañc mfn. = tiryáñc Gal

tirigicchi

tirigicchi m. N. of a plant L

≫ tirijihvika

tiri-jihvika N. of a plant Npr

≫ tiriṇīkaṇṭa

tiriṇī-kaṇṭa id. ib

tiriṭa

tiriṭa m.= ○ṭi W

≫ tiriṭi

tiriṭi m. the joint of the sugar-cane L

tirindira

tiríndira m. N. of a man RV. viii, 6, 46 ŚāṅkhŚr. xvi, 11, 20

tirima

tirima m. a kind of rice L

≫ tiriya

tiriya m. id. L

• 2. tiryá

tirīṭa

tirīṭa m. Symplocos racemosa Bhpr. iv

• n. a kind of head-dress, tiara, diadem (cf. kir○) L

• gold Uṇ. Sch

⋙ tirīṭaka

tirīṭaka m. Symplocos racemosa Car. vii, 9, 1

• a kind of bird R. iii, 78, 23

⋙ tirīṭin

tirīṭín mfn. furnished with a head-dress AV. viii, 6, 7

tiroahniya

tiró-ahniya &c. p. 447, col. 2

tirpirika

tirpirika for tilvirīka, q.v

tirya 2

tiryá mfn. for tilyá? prepared from sesamum seeds (? tíla) AV. iv, 7, 3

• cf. tiriya

tiryak

tiryák ○ryáñc, p. 447, col. 3

til 1

til cl. 1. telati, to go Dhātup

til 2

til (derived fr. tíla), cl. 6. 10. ○lati, telayati, to be unctuous ib

• to anoint ib

≫ tila

tíla m. Sesamum indicum (its blossom is compared to the nose Gīt. x, 14 Siṃhâs

• cf. -puṣpa), sesamum seed (much used in cookery

• supposed to have originated from Vishṇu's sweat-drops Hcat. i, 6, 137 & 142) AV. (○lá, xviii, 4, 32) VS. ŚBr. &c

• a mole Kālid

• a small particle MBh. &c

• the right lung ŚārṅgS. v, 42

• pl. N. of a ch. of PSarv. (cf. kṛṣṇa-, carma-, ṣaṇḍha-)

⋙ tilakaṭa

○kaṭa m. the farina of sesamum Pāṇ. 5-2, 29 Vārtt. 1

⋙ tilakaṇa

○kaṇa m. a sesamum seed Bhartṛ. (vḷ. -khali)

⋙ tilakalka

○kalka m. dough made of ground sesamum Suśr. i MārkP. xxxv, 10

• -ja, sesamum oilcake Npr

• cf. tail○

⋙ tilakārṣika

○kārṣika mfn. cultivating sesamum Kathās. lxi, 7 and 9

⋙ tilakālaka

○kālaka m. a mole Suśr. i f. iv Pāṇ. 3-2, 52 Pat. ; 53 Kāś

• N. of a disease of the penis Suśr. ii, 14, 16 ; iv, 21, 16

• mfn. having a mole L. Sch

⋙ tilakiṭṭa

○kiṭṭa n. = -kalka-ja Bhpr. v, 11, 180

• cf. tail○

⋙ tilakhali

○khali m. id. ib

⋙ tilakhalī

○khalī f. id. Npr

⋙ tilagañji

○gañji or n. N. of a Tīrtha Rasik. xi, 32

⋙ tilagañjin

○gañjin n. N. of a Tīrtha Rasik. xi, 32

⋙ tilagrāma

○grāma m. N. of a village Rājat. viii, 2933

⋙ tilacaturthī

○caturthī f. the 4th day of the dark half of Māgha Vratapr. iv

⋙ tilacitrapattraka

○citra-pattraka m. N. of a bulbous plant L

⋙ tilacūrṇa

○cūrṇa n. ground sesamum Pañcat. ii, 3, 5/6

⋙ tilataṇḍulaka

○taṇḍulaka n. 'agreeable as rice mixed with sesamum', an embrace L

⋙ tilatejāhvā

○tejâhvā f. N. of a plant Suśr. iv, 2, 92

⋙ tilataila

○taila n. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 29 Vārtt. 4 Pat.) sesamum-oil Suśr. i ; iv, 31, 2

⋙ tiladeśvaratīrtha

○dêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha RevāKh.cccxxx

• cf. tilakêś○

⋙ tiladroṇamaya

○droṇa-maya mfn. consisting of a Droṇa of sesamum, Hjat. i, 8, 378

⋙ tiladvādaśī

○dvādaśī f. the 12th day of a particular month (kept as a festival) Rājat. v, 394 BhavP. ii, 78

⋙ tiladhenu

○dhenu f. a sesamum cow (presented to Brāhmans) MBh. xiii, 64, 35 and 71, 40

• -dāna n. 'presenting a tila-dhenu', N. of LiṅgaP. ii, 33 and VarP. ic

⋙ tiladhenukā

○dhenukā f. = ○nu MBh. iii, 84, 87

⋙ tilaṃtuda

○ṃ-tuda m. a sesamum-grinder Pāṇ. 3-2, 28 Vārtt

⋙ tilaparṇa

○parṇa m. the resin of Pinus longifolia L

• n. a sesamum leaf W

• sandal-wood Bhpr.v, 2, 16

• (ī), f. the resin of Pinus longifolia L

• Pterocarpus santalinus Suśr. i, 39, 8 and 46, 4, 29

• olibanum L

⋙ tilaparṇaka

○"ṣparṇaka n. sandalwood L. Sch

• (ikā), f. a kind of pot-herb Car. i, 27, 86

• Pterocarpus santalinus Suśr. i, 46, 4, 11

⋙ tilaparṇika

○"ṣparṇika n. sandal-wood, v, 7, 12

• the resin of Pinus longifolia Gal

• (ā), f. ○rṇaka

• cf. tail○

⋙ tilapiccaṭa

○piccaṭa n. = -kalka-ja W

⋙ tilapiñja

○piñja m. = -peja Pāṇ. 4-2, 36 Vārtt. 6

• white sesamum Npr

• (ī́), f. N. of a plant AV.ī, 8, 3

⋙ tilapīḍa

○pīḍa m. = -ṃ-tuda MBh. xii

• cf. tail○,

⋙ tilapuṣpa

○puṣpa n. 'sesamum-flower', the nose Kuval. 224

⋙ tilapuṣpaka

○puṣpaka m. Terminalia Bellerica Npr

⋙ tilapeja

○peja m. barren sesamum Pāṇ. 4-2, 36 Vārtt. 6

⋙ tilabhāra

○bhāra m. pl. N. of a people MBh. vi, 360

⋙ tilabhāvinī

○bhāvinī f. jasmine Npr

⋙ tilabhṛṣṭa

○bhṛṣṭa -sṛṣṭa

⋙ tilamaya

○maya mf(ī)n. (Pāṇ. 4-3, 149) consisting or made of sesamum-seeds Hcat. i, 6, 182 and 7, 37

⋙ tilamayūra

○mayūra m. a kind of peacock L

⋙ tilamāṣa

○mā́ṣa (○lá-), m. pl. sesamum and beans ŚBr. xiv, 9, 3, 22. [Page 448, Column 2]

⋙ tilamiśra

○miśra (○lá-), mf(ā)n. mixed with sesamum AV. xviii, 3, 69 (and 4, 26) Kauś

⋙ tilamiśla

○miśla mfn. id. MānGṛ. i, 21

⋙ tilarasa

○rasa m. = -taila L

⋙ tilavatsa

○vatsa (○lá-), mf(ā)n. having sesamum-seeds for children AV. xviii, 4, 33 f

⋙ tilavratin

○vratin mfn. fasting by eating only sesamum-seeds Pāṇ. 5-1, 94 Vārtt. 3 Pat

• cf. ○lôdara

⋙ tilaśas

○śas ind. in pieces as small as sesamum-seeds, Mbh. &c

⋙ tilaśikhin

○śikhin m. = -mayūra Gal

⋙ tilasambaddha

○sambaddha mfn. = -miśra Mn. iv, 75

⋙ tilasṛṣṭa

○sṛṣṭa food prepared with sesamum MBh. xiii, 104, 70 (○labhṛṣṭa, 'fried sesamum-seeds', C.)

⋙ tilasnāyin

○snāyin mfn. washing one's self with sesamum Hcat. i, 8, 297

⋙ tilasneha

○snehá m. = -taila L

⋙ tilahoma

○homa m. sesamum-oblation

⋙ tilahomin

○"ṣhomin mfn. offering sesamum-oblations Hcat. i, 8, 297

⋙ tilāṃśa

tilâṃśa m. a piece (of land) as small as a sesamum-seed Rājat. i, 38

⋙ tilāṅkitadala

tilâṅkita-dala m. a kind of bulb L

⋙ tilānna

tilânna n. rice with sesamum-seeds L

⋙ tilāpatyā

tilâpatyā f. Nigella indica L

⋙ tilāmbu

tilâmbu n. water with sesamum BhP.vii, 8, 44

⋙ tilottamā

tilôttamā f. N. of an Apsaras MBh. &c

• of a woman Rājat. vii, 120

• a form of Dākshāyaṇī MatsyaP. xiii, 53

• ○mīya Nom. P. to represent the Apsaras Tilôttamā Bhām. ii, 96

⋙ tilodaka

tilôdaka n. (Pāṇ. 6-2, 96 Kāś.) = ○lâmbu Gobh. iv Mn. MBh. MārkP

⋙ tilodakin

tilôdakin mfn. drinking ○ka Hcat. i, 8, 297

⋙ tilodana

tilôdana = ○lâud○ R. ii, 69, 10

⋙ tilodara

tilôdara mf(ā, ī)n. having the stomach filled with sesamum (cf. ○la-vratin) Pāṇ. 4-1, 55 Kāś

⋙ tilaudana

tilâudana n. a sesamum-dish ŚBr. xiv, 9, 4, 16 Kauś. 138

≫ tilaka

tilaka m. (g. sthūlâdi) Clerodendrum phlomoides (Symplocos racemosa L.) MBh. &c

• a freckle (compared to a sesamum-seed) VarBṛS. l, 9

• lī, 10 Kathās

• a kind of skin-eruption L

• (in music) N. of a Dhruvaka

• a kind of horse L

• N. of a prince of Kampanā Rājat. viii, 577 ff

• m. (n. Pañcad. ii, 57) a mark on the forehead (made with coloured earths, sandal-wood, or unguents, either as an ornament or a sectarial distinction) Yājñ. i, 293 MBh. iii, 11591 R. (ifc. f. ā, iii) &c

• the ornament of anything (in comp.) Pañcat. i, 1, 92 Kathās. &c. (ifc. f. ā Rājat. iii, 375)

• n. id. L

• the right lung L

• black sochal salt L

• alliteration Rājat

• a metre of 4 x 6 syllables

• = tri-ślokī L

• a kind of observance Kālanirṇ. Introd. 12

• (ā), f. a kind of necklace L

• cf. eṇa-, kha-, vasanta-

• ūrdhva-tilakin

⋙ tilakamañjarī

○mañjarī f. N. of wk

⋙ tilakarāja

○rāja n. N. of a man Rājat. vii, 1319

⋙ tilakalatā

○latā f. N. of a woman Vāsant

⋙ tilakavatī

○vatī f. N. of a river Vām. v, 2, 75

⋙ tilakavrata

○vrata n. the Tilaka observance BhavP. ii, 8 Vratapr. i

⋙ tilakasiṃha

○siṃha n. N. of a man Rājat. viii

⋙ tilakācārya

tilakâcārya m. N. of a pupil of Śivaprabha (author of Pratyekabuddha-catushṭaya and of comments on Āvaśyaka, Śrāvaka- and Sādhu-pratikramaṇa)

⋙ tilakāvala

tilakāvala mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-3, 118) furnished with marks ŚāṅkhŚr. xvi, 18, 18

⋙ tilakāśraya

tilakâśraya m. 'Tilaka-receptacle', the forehead L

⋙ tilakeśvaratīrtha

tilakêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha RevāKh. cxiii

⋙ tilakottara

tilakôttara m. N. of a Vidyādhara Bālar. iv, 7

≫ tilakaka

tilakaka n. N. of a man Rājat. viii, 469

≫ tilakaya

tilakaya Nom. P. to mark with spots HPariś. viii, 210

• to mark Bālar. i, 1 ; vi, 37

• to adorn, i, 1 Viddh. ii, 13

⋙ tilakāyita

tilakāyita n. impers. it has been acted as an ornament to (gen.) Nalac. i, 20

≫ tilakita

tilakita mfn. (g. tārakâdi) marked Bālar. vi, 55 and 58

• adorned Kathās. xciii, 17 Rājat. ii, 40

≫ tilakin

tilakin mfn. marked with the Tilaka

≫ tilpiñja

tilpíñja m. (Pāṇ. 4-2, 36 Vārtt. 7) = ○lapeja AV. xii, 2, 54

• Kauś. 80

≫ tilya

tilya mfn. suited for sesamum cultivation, grown with sesamum Pāṇ. 5-1, 7 and 2, 4

• n. a sesamum field ib

tiliṅga

tiliṅga N. of a country Romakas. Ratnak

tilitsa

tilitsa m. a kind of snake L

tilpiñja

tilpíñja tilya, above

tilpilika

tilpilika for tilvilīka, q.v

till

till cl. 1. P. to go Dhātup. xv, 27

tilva

tilva m. = tilvaka L

≫ tilvaka

tílvaka m. Symplocos racemosa ŚBr. xiii KātyŚr. xxi, 3, 20 Gobh. &c

• Terminalia Catappa Npr

tilvarīka

tilvarīka tilvilīka

tilvila

tílvila mf(ā)n. fertile RV. v, 62, 7 ĀśvGṛ. ii, 8, 16 ŚāṅkhGṛ. iii, 3, 1

• cf. ibhya-

≫ tilvilāya

tilvilāya Nom. ○yáte, to be fertile RV. vii, 78, 5

⋙ tilvilīka

tilvilīka or m.g. kapilakâdi

⋙ tilvilvīrīka

tilvilvīrīka m.g. kapilakâdi

tivya

tivya m. N. of a Brāhman Rājat

tiṣṭhad

tiṣṭhad = ○ṣṭhat, pr. p. √sthā, q.v. [Page 448, Column 3]

⋙ tiṣṭhadgu

○gu ind. (Pāṇ. 2-1, 17), when the cows (go) stand to be milked', after sunset Bhaṭṭ. iv, 14

⋙ tiṣṭhaddhoma

○dhoma mfn. (a sacrifice) at which the oblation (homa) is offered standing KātyŚr. i, 2, 6

tiṣya

tiṣyá m. N. of a heavenly archer (like Kṛiśānu) and of the 6th Nakshatra of the old or 8th of the new order RV. v, 54, 13 ; x, 64, 8 TS. (○ṣyá) &c

• the month Pausha L

• Terminalia tomentosa L

• = ○ṣyā L

• (Pāṇ. 4-3, 34

• i, 2, 63 Kāś.) 'born under the asterism Terminalia', a common N. of men Buddh. (cf. upa-)

• n. (m. L.) the 4th or present age MBh. vi Hariv. 3019

• mfn. auspicious, fortunate W

• (ā), f. Emblic Myrobalan L

⋙ tiṣyaketu

○ketu m. Śiva

⋙ tiṣyagupta

○gupta m. N. of the founder of schism 2. of the Jain community

⋙ tiṣyapunarvasavīya

○"ṣpunarvasavīya mfn. relating to the asterisms Terminalia and Punar-vasu Pāṇ. 4-2, 6 Kāś

⋙ tiṣyapunarvasu

○punarvasu m. du. the asterisms Terminalia and Pusha, i, 2, 63 and (n. sg.) Kāś

⋙ tiṣyapuṣpā

○puṣpā f. = tiṣyā L

⋙ tiṣyaphalā

○phalā f. id. L

⋙ tiṣyarakṣitā

○rakṣitā f. N. of Aśoka's 2nd wife Buddh. (Divyâv. xxvii)

⋙ tiṣyāpūrṇamāsa

tiṣyā-pūrṇamāsá m. the day of conjunction of the asterism Terminalia with full moon TS

≫ tiṣyaka

tiṣyaka m. the month Pausha L

tisṛ

tisṛ f. pl. of trí, q.v

• ifc. priya-

⋙ tisṛdhanva

○dhanvá n. a bow with 3 arrows TS. TBr. ŚBr

≫ tisṛkā

tisṛkā f. N. of a village Pāṇ. 7-2, 99 Vārtt. 1

⋙ tisraskāram

tisras-kāram ind. so as to change into 3 (Ṛic verses) ĀśvŚr. v, 15, 5

⋙ tisrā

tisrā f. Andropogon Npr

tihan

tihan m. sickness Uṇ. Vr

• = sadbhāva ib

• rice ib

• a bow ib

tīk

tīk cl. 1. Ā. to go Dhātup. iv, 32

tīkṣṇa

tīkṣṇá mf(ā́)n. (√tij) sharp, hot, pungent, fiery, acid RV. x, 87, 9 AV. &c

• harsh, rough, rude Mn. vii, 140 MBh. R. VarBṛS

• sharp, keen Śiś. ii, 109 Pāṇ. 5-2, 76 Kāś

• zealous, vehement L

• self-abandoning L

• (with gati, 'a planet's course', or nakṣatra 'asterism') inauspicious VarBṛS. vii, 8 and 10

• īc, 7 (asterisms Mūla, Ārdrā, Jyeshṭhā, Ā-śleshā)

• m. nitre L

• = -taṇḍulā Npr

• black pepper ib

• black mustard ib

• = -gandhaka ib

• = -sārā ib

• majoram ib

• white Kuśa or Darbha grass ib

• the resin of Boswellia thurifera ib

• an ascetic L

• (g. aśvâdi) N. of a man Rājat. viii, 1742 f

• of a Nāga Buddh. L

• n. pl. sharp language R. ii, 35, 33 MārkP. xxxiv, 46

• sg. steel (cf. -varman) Npr

• iron L

• any weapon L. Sch

• sea-salt L

• nitre L

• Galmei Npr

• poison L

• Bignonia suaveolens L

• Piper Chaba L

• Asa foetida Npr

• battle L

• pestilence L

• death L. Sch

• heat, pungency W

• haste W

• (ā), f. N. of several plants (Mucuna pruritus, Cardiospermum Halicacabum, black mustard, atyamla-parṇī, mahā-jyotiṣmatī, vacā, sarpakaṅkālikā) Npr

• a mystical N. of the letter p, Rāmat. i, 77

• cf. a-, su-

⋙ tīkṣṇakaṇṭa

○kaṇṭa m. Alhagi Maurorum L

⋙ tīkṣṇakaṇṭaka

○kaṇṭaka m. 'sharp-thorn', Capparis aphylla Suśr. i, 8, 2

• thorn-apple L

• Terminalia Catappa L

• Acacia arabica Npr

• Euphorbia tortilis ib

• = varvūra L

• (ā), f. a kind of Opuntia L

⋙ tīkṣṇakanda

○kanda m. 'pungent √', the onion L

⋙ tīkṣṇakara

○kara m. 'hot-rayed', the sun Kathās. civ, 203

⋙ tīkṣṇakarman

○karman n. a clever work L

• m. 'sharp in action', a sword L

• ○rma-kṛt mfn. acting in a clever manner L

⋙ tīkṣṇakalka

○kalka m. coriander L

⋙ tīkṣṇakāntā

○kāntā f. 'fond of cruelty', a form of Caṇḍikā KālP

⋙ tīkṣṇagandha

○gandha m. 'having a pungent smell', = ○dhaka L

• majoram L

• the resin of Boswellia thurifera L

• (ā), f. N. of several plants (= ○dhaka, = -kaṇṭakā, Sinapis ramosa, jīvantī, vacā, śveta-vacā L.) Suśr. vi, 23, 2

• small cardamoms L

⋙ tīkṣṇagandhaka

○gandhaka m. Moringa pterygosperma L

⋙ tīkṣṇataṇḍulā

○taṇḍulā f. long pepper L

⋙ tīkṣṇatara

○tara (○ṇá-), mfn. Compar. sharper AV. iii, 19, 4

• (speech) Mālav. iii, 2

• more hot (rays) Ṛitus. i, 18

⋙ tīkṣṇatā

○tā f. sharpness R. iii, 19, 7 BhP.vi, 5

⋙ tīkṣṇatuṇḍa

○tuṇḍa mf(ā)n. sharp-beaked Suśr. vi, 30, 8

⋙ tīkṣṇataila

○taila n. 'pungent oil', the resin of Ṣorea robusta L

• the milky juice of Euphorbia lactea L

• spirituous liquor L

⋙ tīkṣṇatva

○tva n. heat Sūryas. vi, 13

⋙ tīkṣṇadaṃṣṭra

○daṃṣṭrá mfn. having sharp teeth or tusks TĀr. x, 1, 6 MBh

• (sa-) VarBṛS

• m. a tiger L

• N. of a man Kathās.cix, 55

⋙ tīkṣṇadaṃṣṭraka

○daṃṣṭraka m. a leopard Npr

⋙ tīkṣṇadaṇḍa

○daṇḍa mfn. directing sharp punishment Mudr. i, 22/23

⋙ tīkṣṇadhāra

○dhāra mfn. sharp-edged MBh. R

• m. a sword MBh. xii, 6203

⋙ tīkṣṇadhāraka

○dhāraka m. a kind of weapon Gal

⋙ tīkṣṇanāsika

○nāsika mfn. pointed-nosed ib

⋙ tīkṣṇapattra

○pattra m. 'pungent-leaved', coriander L

• Terminalia Catappa Npr

• a kind of sugar-cane ib

⋙ tīkṣṇapuṣpa

○puṣpa n. 'pungent flower', cloves L

• (ā), f. Pandanus odoratissimus L. [Page 449, Column 1] Contents of this page

• the clove tree Npr

⋙ tīkṣṇapriya

○priya m. = -śūka Npr

⋙ tīkṣṇaphala

○phala m. 'pungentfruited', coriander L

• black mustard Npr

• = tejah-phala L

⋙ tīkṣṇabuddhi

○buddhi mfn. sharp-witted

⋙ tīkṣṇamañjarī

○mañjarī f. the betel plant Npr

⋙ tīkṣṇamārga

○mārga m. a sword Śiś. xviii, 20

⋙ tīkṣṇamūla

○mūla m. 'pungent-rooted', = -gandhaka L

• Alpinia Galanga L

⋙ tīkṣṇaraśmi

○raśmi mfn. hotrayed (the sun) Hariv. 3839

⋙ tīkṣṇarasa

○rasa m. 'pungent liquid', poison

• saltpetre L

• -dāyin m. a poisoner Mudr. ii, 7/8

⋙ tīkṣṇarūpin

○rūpin mfn. looking cross Gaut. xxvi, 12

⋙ tīkṣṇalavaṇa

○lavaṇa mfn. pungent Suśr. i

⋙ tīkṣṇaloha

○loha n. 'sharp iron', steel Bhpr. v, 175

⋙ tīkṣṇavaktra

○vaktra mfn. sharp-pointed (arrow) MBh. vii, 123, 30

⋙ tīkṣṇavarman

○varman mfn. steel-cuirassed (?), xii, 4428

⋙ tīkṣṇavipāka

○vipāka mfn. pungent during digestion, i, 716

⋙ tīkṣṇaviṣa

○viṣa m. virulent poison, xiii, 268

• mfn. having virulent poison W

⋙ tīkṣṇavṛṣaṇa

○vṛṣaṇa m. 'strong-testicled', N. of a bull Pañcat. ii, 6, 0/1

⋙ tīkṣṇavega

○vega m. 'possessing great velocity', N. of a Rakshas R. vi, 69, 11

⋙ tīkṣṇaśastra

○śastra n. iron or steel L

⋙ tīkṣṇaśigru

○śigru m. = -gandhaka Gal

⋙ tīkṣṇaśūka

○śūka m. 'sharp-awned', barley L

⋙ tīkṣṇaśṛṅga

○śṛṅga (○ṇá-), mfn. sharp-horned AV. xix, 50, 2

• (f. ○gī́) iv, 37, 6 and viii, 7, 9

⋙ tīkṣṇasāra

○sāra m. Bassia latifolia Npr

• = ○rā L

• n. iron Npr

• (ā), f. Dalbergia Sissoo L

⋙ tīkṣṇasrotas

○srotas mfn. having a violent current R. iv

⋙ tīkṣṇahṛdayatva

○hṛdaya-tva n. hard-heartedness MBh. i, 787

⋙ tīkṣṇāṃśu

tīkṣṇâṃśu mfn. = ○ṇa-raśmi R. Suśr

• m. the sun VarBṛ. Laghuj. Sūryas

• fire MBh. i

• -tanaya m. 'sun-son', Saturn VarBṛ. xi, 6

• -deha-prabhava m. id., ii, 12 Sch

⋙ tīkṣṇāgni

tīkṣṇâgni m. 'acrid gastric juice', dyspepsia W

⋙ tīkṣṇāgra

tīkṣṇâgra mfn. = ○ṇa-vaktra R. iii

• (á-) ŚBr. v

• (su-) MBh. i

• m. Zingiber Zerumbet

⋙ tīkṣṇāyasa

tīkṣṇâyasa n. = ○ṇa-loha L

⋙ tīkṣṇārcis

tīkṣṇârcis mfn. = ○ṇa-raśmi

⋙ tīkṣṇeṣu

tīkṣṇếṣu mfn. having sharp arrows AV. iii, 19, 7 ; v, 18, 9 VS. xvi, 36

⋙ tīkṣṇopāya

tīkṣṇôpāya m. forcible means L

≫ tīkṣṇaka

tīkṣṇaka m. Bignonia suaveolens Npr

• black mustard ib

• = ○ṇa-taṇḍulā ib

⋙ tīkṣṇīyas

tī́kṣṇīyas mfn. Compar. sharper AV. iii, 19, 4

• cf. téhṣṇiṣṭham

tīm

tīm cl. 4. ○myati, √tim: Caus. tīmayati, to wet Divyâv. xix

⋙ tīmana

tīmana n. basil L

tīra 1

tīra m. tin (cf. tīvra) L

• n. a kind of arrow (cf. Pers. ?) Pañcad. ii, 76

• (ī), f. id. L

⋙ tīrikā

tīrikā f. id., ii, 76

tīra 2

tīra n. (√tṝ Siddh.puṃl. 56) a shore, bank AitBr. &c. (ifc. f. ā MBh. R. Ragh

• ifc., for derivatives Pāṇ. 4-2, 106 and 104 Vārtt. 2

• ifc. ind., for accent vi,. 2, 121)

• the brim of a vessel ŚBr. vi, xiv

⋙ tīragraha

○graha m. pl. N. of a people MBh. vi, 360

⋙ tīraja

○ja mfn. = -bhāj, v BhP

• m. a tree near a shore R. ii

⋙ tīrabhāj

○bhāj mfn. growing near a shore Kād. vi, 681

⋙ tīrabhukti

○bhukti m. Tirhut (province in the east of central Hindūstan) L

⋙ tīrabhuktīya

○"ṣbhuktīya mfn. coming from Tirhut Śak. i, 19/20 Sch

⋙ tīraruha

○ruha mfn. = -bhāj R. ii, 95, 4

• m. a tree near a shore, 104, 4 and 19 (G)

⋙ tīrastha

○stha mfn. = -bhāj W

⋙ tīrāṭa

tīrâṭa m. Symplocos racemosa W

⋙ tīrāntara

tīrântara n. the opposite bank W

≫ tīraṇa

tīraṇa m. Pongamia glabra Npr

≫ tīraya

tīraya Nom. P. ○yati, to finish Dhātup. xxxv, 58

⋙ tīrita

tīrita mfn. finished, settled Mn. ix, 233

≫ tīrṇa

tīrṇa mfn. one who has crossed MBh. R. (with acc., v, 15, 23)

• one who has gone over (acc.) Ragh. xiv, 6 Megh. 19

• one who has got through (grammar, vyākaraṇaṃ) Bādar. iii, 2, 32 Sch

• one who has escaped (with abl.) Hariv. 4066

• crossed R. vi Śak. vii, 33 Prab. v &c. (á neg., 'endless' RV. viii, 79, 6)

• spread W

• surpassed W

• fulfilled (a promise) R

• (ā), f. a metre of 4 x 4 long syllables

⋙ tīrṇapadī

○padī f. Curculigo orchioides L

⋙ tīrṇapratijña

○pratijña mfn. one who has fulfilled his promise Hariv. 7256 R. ii, 21, 46

• vi

⋙ tīrtvā

tīrtvā́ ind. p., √tṝ

≫ tīrtha

tīrthá n. (rarely m. MBh.) a passage, way, road, ford, stairs for landing or for descent into a river, bathing-place, place of pilgrimage on the banks of sacred streams, piece of water RV. &c

• the path to the altar between the, Cātvāla and Utkara ṢaḍvBr. iii, 1 ĀśvŚr. iv, ix ŚāṅkhŚr. Lāṭy. KātyŚr

• a channel, iv, 8, Paddh

• the usual or right way or manner TS. ŚBr. xiv, (á-, xi) KātyŚr. MBh. iv, 1411

• the right place or moment ChUp. viii Anup. &c

• advice, instruction, counsel, adviser, preceptor MBh. v Mālav. i, 12/13 Kir. ii, 3

• certain lines or parts of the hand sacred to the deities Mn. ii Yājñ. &c

• an object of veneration, sacred object BhP

• a worthy person Āp. Mn. iii, 130 MBh. &c

• a person worthy of receiving anything (gen.) MānGṛ. i, 7

• N. of certain counsellors of a king (enumerated in Pañcat. iii, 67/68) MBh. ii, 171 Ragh. xvii Śiś. xiv [Page 449, Column 2]

• one of the ten orders of ascetics founded by Śaṃkarâcārya (its members add the word tīrtha to their names)

• a brāhman Uṇ. vṛ

• = darśana L

• = yoga L

• the vulva L

• a woman's courses L

• fire Uṇ. vṛ

• = nidāna ib

⋙ tīrthakamaṇḍalu

○kamaṇḍalu m. a pot with TṭTīrthá-water BhP. ix, 10, 43

⋙ tīrthakara

○kara mfn. creating a passage (through life) MBh. xiii, 7023 (Vishṇu)

• m. Śiva

• a head of a sect Sarvad. iv, vi, ix

• = -kṛt Jain

⋙ tīrthakāka

○kāka m. 'crow at a Tīrthá', an unsteady pupil Pāṇ. 2-1, 42 Vārtt. Pat

⋙ tīrthakāśikā

○kāśikā f. N. of wk. by Gaṅgā-dhara

⋙ tīrthakīrti

○kīrti mfn. one whose fame is a TṭTīrthá (i.e. carries through life) BhP. iii, 1, 45 and 5, 15

⋙ tīrthakṛt

○kṛt m. 'Tīrthá-maker', a Jain Arhat Jain. VarBṛ. xv, 4

⋙ tīrthagopāla

○gopāla n. N. of a Tīrthá, ŚambhMāh. xvi

⋙ tīrthaṃkara

○ṃkara m. = -kṛt Jain

⋙ tīrthacaryā

○caryā f. a visit to any TṭTīrthá, pilgrimage BhP. ix, 16, 1

⋙ tīrthacintāmaṇi

○cintāmaṇi m. N. of wk. by Vācaspati-miśra Smṛitit. i, xxv

⋙ tīrthatama

○tama n. Superl. a Tīrthá more sacred than (abl.) MBh. iii, 7018

• an object of the highest sanctity BhP. v

⋙ tīrthadeva

○deva m. Śiva

• -maya mf(ī)n. containing Tīrthas and gods Hcat. i, 7, 580

⋙ tīrthadhvāṅkṣa

○dhvāṅkṣa m. = -kāka Pāṇ. 2-1, 42 Vārtt

⋙ tīrthanirṇaya

○nirṇaya m. N. of wk

⋙ tīrthapati

○pati m. N. of the head of an ocean-worshipping sect Śaṃkar. xxxv

⋙ tīrthapad

○pad nom. pād mfn. having sanctifying feet (Kṛishṇa) BhP. iii, ix

⋙ tīrthapada

○pada mfn. id., iii, vi

⋙ tīrthapāda

○pāda mfn. id., i, iv, viii, xii

⋙ tīrthapādīya

○"ṣpādīya m. an adherent of Kṛishṇa, iv

⋙ tīrthapūjā

○pūjā f. washing Kṛishṇa's statue in holy water W

⋙ tīrthabhūta

○bhūta mfn. sanctified MBh. xiii BhP. i, 13

⋙ tīrthamahāhrada

○mahā-hrada m. N. of a TṭTīrthá MBh. xiii, 7654

⋙ tīrthamahiman

○mahiman m. N. of a ch. of Śūdradh

⋙ tīrthamāhātmya

○māhātmya n. N. of a ch. of PSarv

⋙ tīrthayātrā

○yātrā f. = -caryā MBh. BhP. Pañcat. &c

• N. of ŚivaP. ii, 20

• -tattva n. N. of Smṛitit. xxx

• -parvan n. N. of MBh. iii, chs. 80-156

• -vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙ tīrthayātrin

○"ṣyātrin mfn. engaged in ○trā W

⋙ tīrtharājī

○rājī f. 'line of Tīrthas', Benares L

⋙ tīrthavat

○vat mfn. having water-descents, abounding in Tīrthas MBh. xiii R

• (tī), f. N. of a river BhP. v

⋙ tīrthavāka

○vāka m. the hair of the head L

⋙ tīrthavāyasa

○vāyasa m. = -kāka Pāṇ. 2-1, 42 Kāś

⋙ tīrthavāsin

○vāsin mfn. dwelling at a TṭTīrthá

⋙ tīrthavidhi

○vidhi m. the rites observed at a Tīrthá

⋙ tīrthaśilā

○śilā f. the stone steps leading to a bathing-place, Śṛiṅgār. 1

⋙ tīrthaśravas

○śravas mfn. = -kīrti BhP. ii, viii

⋙ tīrthaśrāddhaprayoga

○śrāddhaprayoga m. N. of a ch. of Śiva-rāma's Śrāddhacintāmaṇi

⋙ tīrthasad

○sad mfn. dwelling at Tīrthas (Rudra) MānGṛ. i, 13

⋙ tīrthaseni

○seni f. N. of one of the mothers in Skanda's retinue MBh. ix, 2625

⋙ tīrthasevā

○sevā f. = -caryā Cāṇ. Subh

• worship of the 24 saints HYog. ii, 16

⋙ tīrthasevin

○sevin m. 'visiting Tīrthas', Ardea nivea L

⋙ tīrthasaukhya

○saukhya n. N. of wk. or of part of a work

⋙ tīrthāsevana

tīrthâsevana n. = ○tha-caryā Rājat. vi, 309

⋙ tīrtheśvara

tīrthêśvara m. = ○tha-kṛt Kalyāṇam. 2

⋙ tīrthodāka

tīrthôdâka n. Tīrthá-water R. i, 48, 24

≫ tīrthaka

tīrthaka mfn. = ○tha-bhūta BhP. i, 19, 32

• m. = ○thika Buddh

• N. of a Nāga ib

• n. (ifc.) a Tīrtha Hariv

⋙ tīrthika

tīrthika m. an adherent or head of any other than one's own creed Buddh. Jain

≫ tīrthī

tīrthī in comp. for ○tha

⋙ tīrthīkaraṇa

○karaṇa mfn. sanctifying BhP. v

⋙ tīrthīkṛ

○√kṛ to sanctify, i, x

⋙ tīrthīkṛta

○kṛta mfn. sanctified, iii

⋙ tīrthībhūta

○bhūta mfn. id. Mn. xi, 197 Kull

≫ tīrthya

tī́rthya mfn. relating to a sacred Tīrtha VS. xvi, 42

• m. = ○thika Buddh

• cf. sa-

• tairthya

tīv

tīv cl. 1. ○vati, to be fat Dhātup. xv

tīvara

tīvara m. a hunter (offspring of a Rājaputrī by a Kshatriya) BrahmaP. i

• a fisher (for dhīv○) L

• the ocean L

• (ī), f. a hunter's wife, i

tīvra

tīvrá mf(ā)n. (fr. tiv-ra, √tu) strong, severe, violent, intense, hot, pervading, excessive, ardent, sharp, acute, pungent, horrible RV. &c

• m. sharpness, pungency Pāṇ. 2-2, 8 Vārtt. 3. Pat

• for ○vara (?), g. rājanyâdi

• Śiva

• n. pungency W

• a shore (for 2. tīra ?) Uṇ. k

• tin (cf. 1. tīra) ib

• steel L

• iron L

• (am), ind. violently, impetuously, sharply, excessively W

• (ā), f. Helleborus niger L

• black mustard L

• basil L

• gaṇḍa-dūrvā L

• taradī L

• mahā-jyotiṣmatī L

• (in music) N. of a Śruti

• of a Mūrchanā

• of the river Padmavatī (in the east of Bengal) L

⋙ tīvrakaṇṭha

○kaṇṭha or m. a pungent kind of Arum L

⋙ tīvrakanda

○kanda m. a pungent kind of Arum L

⋙ tīvragati

○gati mfn. moving rapidly W

• being in a bad condition Daś. i, 130

• f. rapid gait, 67

⋙ tīvragandhā

○gandhā f. cumin-seed or Ptychotis Ajowan L

⋙ tīvrajvālā

○jvālā f. Grislea tomentosa L

⋙ tīvratā

○tā f. violence, heat Rājat. i, 41 (a- neg.)

⋙ tīvradāru

○dāru m. N. of a tree, g. rajatâdi

⋙ tīvradyuti

○dyuti m. 'hotrayed', the sun Prasannar. vii, 82

⋙ tīvrapauruṣa

○pauruṣa n. daring heroism. [Page 449, Column 3]

⋙ tīvramada

○mada mfn. excessively intoxicating Car. i, 27

⋙ tīvramārga

○mārga m. = īkṣṇa-m○ Gal

⋙ tīvraruja

○ruja mfn. causing excessive pain Suśr. ii, 15, 3 (-tva, abstr.)

⋙ tīvraroṣasamāviṣṭa

○roṣa-samāviṣṭa mfn. filled with fierce anger MBh. iii, 2397

⋙ tīvravipāka

○vipāka v. l. for tīkṣṇa-v○

⋙ tīvravedanā

○vedanā f. excessive pain L

⋙ tīvraśokasamāviṣṭa

○śoka-samāviṣṭa mfn. filled with excessive sorrow, 2958

⋙ tīvraśokārta

○śokârta mfn. afflicted with poignant grief

⋙ tīvrasava

○sava m. N. of an Ekâha sacrifice ŚāṅkhŚr. xiv

⋙ tīvrasut

○sút mfn. being a pungent juice (Soma) RV. vi, 43, 2 ŚāṅkhŚr

• m. = -sava KātyŚr. Lāṭy. Maś. Vait

⋙ tīvrasoma

○somá m. a variety of the Ukthya libation TS. vii

• = -sava TāṇḍyaBr. xviii

⋙ tīvrātitīvra

tīvrâtitīvra mfn. excessively severe (penance) Bhartṛ. iii, 88

⋙ tīvrānanda

tīvrânanda m. Śiva

⋙ tīvrānta

tīvrânta mfn. having a strong effect (Soma) AitBr. ii, 20

≫ tīvraya

tīvraya ○yati, to strengthen TāṇḍyaBr. xviii

≫ tīvrī

tīvrī́ in comp. for ○vrá

⋙ tīvrīkṛ

○√kṛ to make sharp, strengthen ŚBr. i, 7, 1, 18 and 6, 4, 6 ; iii, 8, 3, 30

⋙ tīvrībhū

○√bhū to become stronger, increase Rājat. vi, 99

tīsaṭa

tīsaṭa m. N. of a med. author

tu 1

tu cl. 2. (tauti Dhātup

• fut. 2nd totā or tavitā Vop.) to have authority, be strong RV. i, 94, 2 (pf. tūtāva, Naigh. iv, 1 Pāṇ. 6-1, 7 Kāś.)

• to go Dhātup

• to injure ib.: Caus. (aor. tūtot, 2. sg. ○tos) to make strong or efficient RV. ii, 20, 5 ; vi, 26, 4

• cf. ut-, saṃ-

• tavás, &c., tīvrá ; [Zd. tav, 'to be able' ; Lat. tumor, tueri, totus.]

tu 2

tú (never found at the beginning of a sentence or verse

• metrically also tū́ RV. ; Pāṇ. 6-3, 133) pray! I beg, do, now, then, Lat. dum used (esp. with the Imper.) RV

• but (also with evá or vaí following) AV. iv, 18, 6 TS. ŚBr. &c

• and Mn. ii, 22

• or, i, 68

• xi, 202

• often incorrectly written for nu MBh. (i, 6151 B and C)

• sometimes used as a mere expletive

⋙ cana tu

ca-na tu though-still not

⋙ na

na or not-but

⋙ na caapi tu

na ca-api tu not-but

⋙ kāmaṃ

kāmaṃ or though - still

⋙ kāmaṃ catu

kāmaṃ ca-tu or though - still

⋙ kiṃ tu

kiṃ tu or though - still

⋙ paraṃ tu

paraṃ tu though - still

⋙ kāmaṃ

kāmaṃ or it is true - but not, ere - than

⋙ bhūyas

bhūyas or it is true - but not, ere - than

⋙ varamna tu

varam-na tu it is true - but not, ere - than

⋙ kiṃ tu

kiṃ tu still, nevertheless

⋙ naparaṃ tu

na-paraṃ tu not-however

⋙ tutu

tu-tu certainly-but Hit. i, 2, 33

tuḥkhāra

tuḥkhāra = tukh○ Rājat. iv, 211

tuk

tuk m. (fr. túc) a boy L

tuka

tuka m. N. of an astronomer

tukākṣīrī

tukā-kṣīrī = tugā- Car. vi, 16

tukka

tukka m. N. of a man Rājat. vii f

tukkhāra

tukkhāra m. a Tukhāra horse Vcar. ix, 116 ; xviii, 93

tukṣa

tukṣa g. pakṣâdi

tukhāra

tukhāra (often spelt tuṣāra, also tuḥkh○ and tukkh○), m. pl. N. of a people (northwest of Madhya-deśa) AV. Pariś. li MBh. R. &c

tugā

tugā f. (derived fr. -kṣīrī) Tabāshīr (bamboo manna) Suśr. vi, 52, 20 and 57, 8

• (○gâkhyā) 45, 30

⋙ tugākṣīrī

○kṣīrī f. (fr. tvak-kṣ○) id., i, 12, 13 ; 38, 32

• vi (once metrically ○ri)

• cf. tukā-kṣ○

tugra

túgra m. N. of Bhujyu's father (saved by the Aśvins) RV. i ; vi, 62

• of an enemy of Indra, 20 and 26

• x

⋙ tugriya

tugriya Ved. = ○rya Pāṇ. 4-4, 115

≫ tugrya

túgrya m. (fr. ○ra, 115) patr. of Bhujyu RV. viii

• (ās), f. pl. (scil. víśas) Tugra's race ['the waters' Naigh. i, 12] RV. i, 33, 15

⋙ tugryāvṛdh

tugryāvṛ́dh mfn. favouring the Tugrya (Indra, Soma), viii

tugvan

túgvan n. a ford, viii, 19, 37

tuṅga

tuṅga mf(ā)n. prominent, erect, lofty, high MBh. &c

• chief. W

• strong W

• m. an elevation, height, mountain R. iv, 44, 20 (cf. bhṛgu-) Hit. ii (v. l.)

• top, peak W

• (fig.) a throne BhP. iii, 3, 1

• a planet's apsis VarBṛ. i, vii, x f. ; xxi, 1 Laghuj. ix, 20

• Rottleria tinctoria MBh. R. Suśr

• the cocoa-nut L

• = -mukha L

• Mercury L

• N. of a man Rājat. vi f

• n. the lotus stamina L

• (ā), f. Mimosa Suma L

• Tabāshīr L

• a metre of 4 x 8 syllables

• N. of a river in Mysore

• (ī), f. a kind of Ocimum L

• turmeric L

• night L

• Gaurī Gal

⋙ tuṅgakūṭa

○kūṭa N. of a Tīrtha VarP. cxl

⋙ tuṅgatva

○tva n. 'height' and 'passionateness' Śiś. ii, 48

⋙ tuṅgadhanvan

○dhanvan m. N. of a king of Suhma Daś. xi, 5

⋙ tuṅganātha

○nātha m. = bhṛgu-tuṅga MBh. i, 215, 2, Nīl

⋙ tuṅganābha

○nābha m. N. of a venomous insect Suśr. v, 8, 14

⋙ tuṅganāsa

○nāsa m. long-nosed Pāṇ. 1-3, 2 Pat. [Page 450, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ tuṅganāsikā

○nāsikā or f. a long-nosed woman, iv, 1, 55 Kāś

⋙ tuṅganāsikī

○nāsikī f. a long-nosed woman, iv, 1, 55 Kāś

⋙ tuṅgaprastha

○prastha m. N. of a mountain MārkP. lvii, 13

⋙ tuṅgabala

○bala m. N. of a warrior Hit. i, 8, 0/1

⋙ tuṅgabīja

○bīja n. quicksilver Sūryas. xiii, 17

⋙ tuṅgabha

○bha n. a planet's apsis VarBṛ. vii, 1 and 6

⋙ tuṅgabhadra

○bhadra m. a restive elephant L

• (ā), f. the Tumbudra river in Mysore (formed by the junction of the Tuṅgā and Bhadrā) BhP. v BṛNārP. vi, 32 Rasik. xi, 14 and 34

• ○drā-māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙ tuṅgamukha

○mukha m. 'long-snouted', 'a rhinoceros L

⋙ tuṅgaveṇā

○veṇā f. N. of a river in the Deccan MBh. iii, vi

⋙ tuṅgaśekhara

○śekhara m. 'high-peaked', a mountain L

⋙ tuṅgaśaila

○śaila m. N. of a mountain with a temple of Śiva

• -māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙ tuṅgeśvara

tuṅgêśvara m. N. of a temple of Śiva Rājat. ii, 14

• ○râpaṇa m. N. of a market-place, vi, 190

≫ tuṅgaka

tuṅgaka m. Rottleria tinctoria L

• n. N. of a sacred forest (also ○kâraṇya) MBh

⋙ tuṅgin

tuṅgin mfn. being in the apsis (a planet) Jyot

• (inī), f. N. of a plant

≫ tuṅgiman

tuṅgiman m. height Pañcat. ii, 6, 6 Vcar. xviii

≫ tuṅgī

tuṅgī f. of ○ga

⋙ tuṅgīnāsa

○nāsa m. N. of a venomous insect Suśr

⋙ tuṅgīpati

○pati m. 'night-lord', the moon L

⋙ tuṅgīśa

tuṅgī7śa m. id. L

• the sun L

• Śiva, Kṛishṇa L

tuc

túc (only dat. ○cé), offspring, children RV. vi, 48, 9 ; viii, 18, 18 and 27, 14

• cf. túj, toká

tuccha

tuccha mfn. empty, vain, small, little, trifling BhP. NṛisUp. Prab

• n. anything trifling ŚārṅgP. xxxi, 15

• chaff Uṇ. k

• (ā), f. the 14th lunar day Sūryapr

⋙ tucchatva

○tva n. emptiness, vanity Kap. i, 134

⋙ tucchadaya

○daya mfn. unmerciful Naish. viii, 24

⋙ tucchadru

○dru m. Ricinus communis L

⋙ tucchadhānya

○dhānya

⋙ tucchadhānyaka

○dhānyaka n. chaff L

⋙ tucchaprāya

○prāya mfn. unimportant Prasannar

≫ tucchaka

tucchaka mfn. empty, vain L

≫ tucchaya

tucchaya Nom. P. to make empty Mṛicch. x

≫ tucchīkṛta

tucchī-kṛta mfn. despised BhP

⋙ tucchya

tucchyá mfn. empty, vain RV. v, 42

• n. emptiness, x, 129

tuj 1

túj f. (only acc. ○jam dat. ○jé) = túc, iii-v. 1

⋙ tuji

tují (only dat. ○jáye), propagation, v, 46, 7

tuj 2

tuj cl. 6. (3. du. Ā. ○jete

• p. P. ○ját

• inf. jáse and túje

• Pass. p. ○jyámāna), and tuñj (3. pl. P. ○jánti Ā. ○játe

• p. ○jāná, túñjāna, and túñjamāna), to strike, hit, push RV

• to press out ('túñjati, to give' Naigh. Nir.) RV. i, ix

• Ā. to flow forth, iii, 1, 16

• to instigate, incite, i, iii

• Pass. to be vexed, i, 11, 5: cl. 1. tojati, to hurt Dhātup. vii, 70: Caus. (p. tujáyat

• aor. Pot. tutujyā́t, p. tū́tujāna, q.v.) to promote RV. i, 143, 6

• to move quickly. vii, 104, 7

• tuñjayati, 'to speak' or 'to shine' Dhātup. xxxiii, 82

• tuñj○ or tojayati, to hurt, xxxii, 30

• to be strong ib

• to give or take ib

• to abide ib

• cf. ā-tují. 3

⋙ tuj

túj mfn. urging RV

• f. (only instr. ○jā) shock, impulse, assault RV

≫ tuja

tuja a thunderbolt Naigh. ii, 20 (v. l. tuñja)

≫ tuji 2

túji N. of a man protected by Indra RV. vi, x

≫ tujya

tújya mfn. to be pushed or impelled, iii, 62, 1

• x

≫ tuñja

tuñjá m. shock, assault, i, 7, 7 Nir

• cf. tuja

tuñjīna

tuñjīna m. N. of several kings of Kaśmīr Rājat. ii, 11 ; iii, 97 and 386 ; v, 277

tuṭ

tuṭ cl. 6. ○ṭati, to quarrel Dhātup

tuṭi

tuṭi (m. f. Siddhṣtrīpuṃs. 2, v. l. truṭi) small cardamoms VarBṛS. lxxviii, 1 Sch

tuṭituṭa

tuṭituṭa m. Śiva Hariv. 14882

tuṭuma

tuṭuma m. a mouse or rat L

tuḍ

tuḍ cl. 1. 6. tuḍati, toḍ○, to strike Dhātup

• to split ib

• to bring near (v. l.) ib.: Caus. ib

tuḍiga

tuḍiga m. N. of a prince Chandaþs. vii, 16 and 31, Halāy

tuḍī

tuḍī f. N. of a Rāgiṇī

tuḍḍ

tuḍḍ cl. 1. P. to disregard Dhātup

tuṇ

tuṇ cl. 6. P. to curve, xxviii, 42

tuṇi

tuṇi ○ṇika m. Cedrela Toona L

tuṇḍ

tuṇḍ cl. 1. Ā. to hurt, viii, 23

tuṇḍa

tuṇḍa n. a beak, snout (of a hog &c.), trunk (of an elephant) TĀr. x MBh. &c

• the mouth (used contemptuously) Bādar. ii, 2, 28 Śaṃk

• the point (of an arrow &c.), ayas-, dhūs-

• the chief, leader Dhūrtan. i, 4

• m. Cucumis utilissimus L

• Beninkasa cerifera L

• Śiva Hariv. 14882

• N. of a Rakshas MBh. iii, 16372

• (ī), f. a kind of gourd Cāṇ

• cf. asthi-, kaṅka-, kāka-, kṛṣṇa-, vāyasa-, sūkṣma-

• kaṭu- and tikta-tuṇḍī

⋙ tuṇḍadeva

○deva m. N. of a race or of a class of men, g. aiṣukāryādi [Page 450, Column 2]

• -bhakta mfn. inhabited by ○va ib

≫ tuṇḍakerikā

tuṇḍakerikā ḻ.,

⋙ tuṇḍakerī

tuṇḍakerī Bhpr. v, f. = ○Dik○

≫ tuṇḍi

tuṇḍi m. a beak, snout Uṇ. k

• f. (also tundi W.) emphysema of the navel (in infants) Suśr. iii, 10, 37

• a prominent navel L

⋙ tuṇḍicela

○cela n. a kind of costly garment Divyâv. xvii, 400

≫ tuṇḍika

túṇḍika mfn. furnished with a snout AV. viii, 6, 5

• (ā), f. the navel (cf. tund○) L

• = ○kerī L

≫ tuṇḍikera

tuṇḍikera pl. N. of a people MBh. vii, 691 ; viii, 138

• (tauṇḍ○ Hariv.)

• (ī), f. = ○keśī Suśr. ii, 2, 4 ; vi, 48, 25

• a large boil on the palate, i f. ; iv, 22, 55 and (metrically ○ri) 62

• the cotton plant L

≫ tuṇḍikerin

tuṇḍikerin m. N. of a venomous insect, v, 8, 3

≫ tuṇḍikeśī

tuṇḍikeśī f. Momordica monadelpha L

≫ tuṇḍibha

tuṇḍibha mfn. (Uṇ. iv, 117 Sch.) having a prominent navel L

• tund○

⋙ tuṇḍila

tuṇḍila mfn. id. L

• talkative Uṇ. i, 55 Sch

• tund○

≫ tuṇḍela

tuṇḍéla m. N. of a goblin AV. viii, 6, 17

tutāta

tutāta m. N. of Kumārila Prab. ii, 3 Sch

• cf. tautātika

tuturvaṇi

tuturváṇi mfn. (√1. tur) striving to bring near or obtain RV. i, 168, 1

tuttha

tuttha n. (m. L.) blue vitriol (used as an eye-ointment) Suśr

• fire L

• n. a collyrium L

• a rock Uṇ. k

• (ā), f. the indigo plant L

• small cardamoms L

⋙ tutthāñjana

tutthâñjana n. blue vitriol as an ointment L

≫ tutthaka

tutthaka n. blue vitriol Suśr. i, 38, 34

• vi

≫ tutthaya

tutthaya Nom. P. to cover Śiś. v, 11

tutha

tuthá m. VS. Kāṭh. TS. MaitrS. Kapishṭh. ŚBr. (= bráhman) TāṇḍyaBr. ŚāṅkhŚr

tud 1

tud cl. 6. P. ○dáti (p. f. ○datī or ○dantī Pāṇ. 6-1, 173 Kāś

• pf. tutóda

• fut. 2nd totsyati or tottā, vii, 2, 10 Kār

• aor. atautsīt) to push, strike, goad, bruise, sting, vex RV. &c

• Pass. to pain (said of a wound) Car. vi, 13: Caus., todita

• [cf. tóttra &c

• ? &c. ; Lat. tundo.]

⋙ tudādi

○ādi the roots of cl. 6 (beginning with tud) Pāṇ. 3-1, 77. 2

⋙ tud

tud mfn. ifc. 'pricking', vraṇa-

≫ tuda

tuda mfn. ifc. 'striking', aruṃ-, tilaṃ-, vidhuṃ-

• m. N. of a man, g. śubhrâdi

• cf. ut-

≫ tunna

tunná mfn. struck, goaded, hurt, cut RV. ix, 67, 19f. AV. &c

• m. = ○nnaka L

⋙ tunnavāya

○vāya m. a tailor Mn. iv, 214 Yājñ. i, 163 R

⋙ tunnasevanī

○sevanī f. the suture of a wound Suśr

• a suture of the skull Bhpr. ii, 279

⋙ tunnaka

tunnaka m. Cedrela Toona, v, 5, 44

tuna

túna v. l. for tána SV. i, 5, 1, 1, 5

tund

tund cl. 1. ○dati, to be active Dhātup. ii, 32 (v. l.)

• cf. ni-√tud

tunda

tunda n. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 117) a protuberant belly Siṃhâs. xxiii, 1

• the belly L

• mfn. having a protuberant belly, g. arśa-ādi

• m. the navel L

• (ī), f. id. W

⋙ tundakūpikā

○kūpikā

⋙ tundakūpī

○kūpī f. 'belly-cavity', the navel L

⋙ tundaparimārja

○parimārja mfn. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 5 Vārtt. 1 Pat.) stroking one's belly HPariś. viii, 281

⋙ tundaparimārjaka

○parimārjaka mfn. = mṛja Gal. =

⋙ tundaparimṛja

○parimṛja mfn. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 5) 'stomach-stroker', lazy, Anargh. vii, 110

⋙ tundavat

○vat mfn. corpulent Pāṇ. 5-2, 117 Kāś

⋙ tundādi

tundâdi a g. of Pāṇ. 5-2, 117

≫ tundi

tundi (v, 2, 139) m. N. of a Gandharva L

• f. tuṇḍi

⋙ tundikara

○kara m. the navel L

≫ tundika

tundika mfn. = ○da-vat, 117

• (ā), f. the navel L

⋙ tundita

tundita mfn. = ○dika L

⋙ tundin

tundin mfn. id., 117

⋙ tundibha

tundibha mfn. id., 139

• v. l. for tuṇḍ○

≫ tundila

tundila mfn. (117) id. ŚāṅkhGṛ. iv, 19, 3 (v. l. tuṇḍ○) MānGṛ. ii, 10 Hcar. (also a- neg.)

• = tuṇḍibha L

• m. Gaṇêśa Gal

• -phalā f. Cucumis utilissimus L

⋙ tundilita

tundilita mfn. become corpulent Naish. iv, 56

⋙ tundilīkaraṇa

tundilī-karaṇa n. the act of causing to swell, increasing Bhām. iv, 9

tunna

tunná ○nnaka, √tud

tunyu

tunyu m. N. of a tree Kauś

tup

tup tuph, cl. 1. 6. topati, tup○, toph○, tuph○, to hurt Dhātup

• [cf. tubh, tump

• ?, ? ; Lat. stupeo ; Germ. stumpf.]

tubara

tubara mfn. astringent (also tūb○ L.) Suśr. i, 45

• m. n. an astringent taste W

• m. = -yāvanāla L

• tūb○

• (ī), f. Cajanus indicus L

• alum or alum earth (also tumb○ L

• tūb○ L. Sch.) Npr

• a bitch (also tumb○ and tumburī) L

• tumburu

⋙ tubarayāvanāla

○yāvanāla m. a sort of grain L

⋙ tubaraka

tubaraka m. id. Suśr. i, 46, 1, 18

• N. of a tree, 45, 7, 11 ; iv, 9, 4 ; 13, 18 ; 31, 5

• (ikā), f. Cajanus indicus L. Sch. [Page 450, Column 3]

• alum or alum earth (also tūb○ Sch.) L

⋙ tubarīśimba

tubarī-śimba m. Cassia Tora L

tubh

tubh cl. 1. 4. tobhate, tubhyati, to hurt, kill Dhātup.: cl. 9. (impf. atubhnāt) id. Bhaṭṭ. xvii, 79 and 90

• [cf. stubh ; Goth. thiubs.]

tumala

tumala for ○mula MBh. Ragh

tumiñja

túmiñja m. N. of a man TS. i, 7, 2

tumura

tumura = ○mula L. Sch

≫ tumula

tumula mf(ā)n. tumultuous, noisy Lāṭy. ii, 3, 3 MBh. &c

• n. (Lat.) tumultus, tumult, clatter, confusion MBh. (once m. vii, 154, 21) &c

• m. Terminalia Bellerica L

tump

tump tumph, cl. 1. 6. ○pati, ○phati, to hurt Dhātup. xi ; xxviii, 26 f

• cf. pra-stump

tumb

tumb cl. 1. ○bati, to distress, xi, 38: cl. 10. ○bayati, 'id., or 'to be invisible', xxxii, 114

tumba

tumba m. the gourd Lagenaria vulgaris Hariv. 3479 R. i Suśr. iii

• (ī), f. id. Hariv. 802 Suśr. i, iv Śāntiś. Rājat

• Asteracantha longifolia L

• (ā), f. a milk-pail L

⋙ tumbavana

○vana N. of a place VarBṛS. xiv, 15

⋙ tumbavīṇa

○vīṇa m. 'having the Tumba for a lute', Śiva MBh. xiii, 1213

⋙ tumbaka

tumbaka m

⋙ tumbi

tumbi

⋙ tumbikā

tumbikā

⋙ tumbinī

tumbinī f. the Tumba gourd L

≫ tumbī

tumbī f. of ○ba

⋙ tumbīpuṣpa

○puṣpa n. the flower of the TṭTumbī gourd L

⋙ tumbīvīṇā

○vīṇā f. a kind of lute Hariv. 3618

• -priya m. 'fond of that lute', Śiva MBh. xii, 10371

≫ tumbuka

tumbuka m. = ○baka (n., its fruit)

⋙ tumbukin

tumbukin mfn. (in music) puffing the cheeks in singing

• m. a kind of drum

tumbara

tumbara = ○raka Kauś. 76

• n. its fruit Madanav

• m. pl. N. of a people Hariv. 311 (v. l. ○bura)

• sg. for ○buru (Gandharva) Pañcad. i, 63

• (ī), f. a sort of grain Madanav. cvii, 46

• = tub○ (q.v.)

⋙ tumbaraka

tumbaraka m. N. of a tree, lxix, 72

tumbaru

tumbaru for ○buru MBh. i BhP

tumbuma

tumbuma m. pl. N. of a race MBh

tumbura

tumbura ○bara

• (ī), ○ru, tubarī

≫ tumburu

tumburu m. N. of a pupil of Kalāpin Pāṇ. 4-3, 104 Kāś. (Kār.)

• of a Gandharva MBh. &c. ('attendant of the 5th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī' Jain.)

• n. coriander or the fruit of Diospyros embryopteris (also ○rī and tubarī L.) Suśr. iv ; vi, 42, 67 and (metrically ○rū) 118 Pāṇ. 6-1, 143 Kāś

tumra

túmra mfn. big, strong RV. iii f. ; vi, 22, 5 ; x, 27 and 89

• [cf. tūtumá ; Lat. tumidus.]

tur 1

tur (cf. tṝ, tvar), cl. 6. to hurry, press forwards, vi, 18, 4 (p. ○rát) TS. ii (Ā. ○ráte): cl. 4 (Imper. tūrya) to overpower RV. viii, 99, 5

• Ā. to run Dhātup

• to hurt ib.: cl. 3. tutorti, to run ib.: Caus. turayate (p. ○ráyat) to run, press forwards RV. SV.: Desid. tū́tūrṣati, to strive to press forwards RV. x, 100, 12

• Intens. p. tárturāṇa, rushing, pressing each other (waves), ix, 95, 3

≫ tur 2

túr mfn. running a race, conquering, i, 112, 4 ; iv, 38, 7

• (túram acc. or ind. 'quickly') promoting, a promoter, v, 82, 1

• cf. ap-, āji-, pṛtsu-, pra-, mithas-, rajas-, ratha-, &c

⋙ turaspeya

turas-péya n. the racer's or conqueror's drinking, x, 96, 8

≫ tura 1

turá mfn. quick, willing, prompt RV. AV. vi, 102, 3

• strong, powerful, excelling, rich, abundant RV. AV. vii, 50, 2 TS. ii Kauś. 91

• m. N. of a preceptor and priest with the patr. Kāvasheya ŚBr. ix f. xiv AitBr. TāṇḍyaBr. BhP

• (túram), ind., 2. túr

⋙ turaga

○ga m. 'going quickly', a horse MBh. i Pañcat. Śak. &c

• (hence) the number 7 Chandaþs. vii, 1 Sch

• the mind, thought L

• (ī), f. a mare Śatr. xiv

• = ○ga-gandhā L

• -kāntā f. 'horse-loved', a mare, ○tā-mukha m. 'mare's mouth', submarine fire (vaḍabā-mukha) Śiś. iii, 33

• -kriyā-vat mfn. occupied with horses Dhūrtas. i, 12

• -gandhā f. Physalis flexuosa L

• -dānava or -daitya, 'horsetitan', Keśin Hariv. 4281 ff

• -nīla-tāla m. N. of a gesture PSarv

• -paricāraka m. = -rahṣa Kād. v, 804

• -priya m. 'liked by horses', barley L

• -brahmacaryaka n. 'sexual restraint of horses, compulsory celibacy L

• -mukha m. 'horse-faced', a Kiṃnara, iii, 1474

• -medha m. a horse-sacrifice R. vi BhP. ix

• -rakṣa m. 'horse-guardian', a groom VarBṛS. xv

• -ratha m. a cart drawn by horses Hcat. i, 5, 836

• -līlaka m. N. of a time (in music)

• -vāhyālī f. a riding-school Kād. iii, 499 (v. l. ○raMg○)

• ○gânana m. pl. 'horse-faced', N. of a people VarBṛS. xiv, 25

• ○gâroha m. a horseman, xv, 26

• _ ○gôpacāraka m. = ○ga-rakṣa, x, 3. [Page 451, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ turagātu

○gātu (○rá-), mfn. going quickly RV. i, 164, 30

⋙ turagin

○"ṣgin m. a horseman L

⋙ turaṃga

○ṃ-ga m. 'going quickly', a horse Suśr. Pañcat. Śak. &c

• (hence) the number 7 Sūryas. Śrut

• the mind, thought L

• (ī), f. a mare W

• N. of a shrub L

• = ○raga-gandhā L

• -gandhā f. id. Suśr. vi, 41 and 48

• -dveṣaṇī f. a she-buffalo L

• -nātha m. N. of the head of a sect Śaṃkar. xliii

• -priya m. = ○rag○ L

• -mukha m. = ○rag○ Kād. iii, 1635

• -medha m. = ○rag○ Ragh. xiii, 61

• -yāyin mfn. going on horseback

• -līla m. = ○ag○

• -vaktra, -vadana m. = -mukha L

• -sādin m. a horseman Ragh. vii, 34

• -skandha m. a troop of horses Pāṇ. 4-2, 51 Kāś

• -sthāna n. a horsestable Suśr. iv, 1, 5

• ○gâri m. 'horse-enemy', a buffalo W

• Nerium odorum L

• ○gâhvā f. the jujube Gal

• ○gī-bhūya ind. p. having become a horse Kād. vi, 1539

⋙ turaṃgama

○ṃ-gama m. a horse MBh. R. Ragh. &c

• (ī), f. a mare MBh. iv, 254

• -ratha m. = ○raga-r○ Hcat. i, 5, 838

• -śālā f. a horsestable VarBṛS. vl, 5

⋙ turaṃgin

○ṃ-gin m. a horseman W

• a groom W

• (iṇī), f. a kind of gait (in dancing)

⋙ turayā

○yā́ mfn. going quickly RV. iv, 23, 10

⋙ turaśravas

○śravas m. N. of a man TāṇḍyaBr. ix. 1

⋙ turāyaṇa

turâyaṇa n. 'Tura's way', N. of a sacrifice or vow (modification of the full-moon sacrifice) ŚāṅkhBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. KātyŚr. ĀśvŚr. Pāṇ. MBh. xiii

• cursory reading Gal

⋙ turāṣāh

turā-ṣā́h nom. ṣāṭ, (Pāṇ. 3-2, 63) overpowering the mighty or overpowering quickly RV. and VS. xx (Indra) Hariv. 14114 (Vishṇu

• voc. -ṣāṭ)

• m. (acc. -sāham

• Pāṇ. 8-3, 56) Indra Ragh. xv, 40 Kum. ii, 1 BhP. viii, 11, 26

≫ turaṇa

turáṇa mf(ā)n. swift RV. i, 121, 5

≫ turaṇya 1

turaṇya (g. kaṇḍv-ādi) Nom. ○yáti (p. ○yát) to be quick or swift, 1 ; iv, 40, 3

• to accelerate, 4 ; x, 61, 11. 2

⋙ turaṇya 2

turaṇya m. 'swift', one of the moon's horses VāyuP. i, 52, 53

⋙ turaṇyasad

○sád mfn. dwelling among, i.e. belonging to the quick RV. iv, 40, 2

⋙ turaṇyu

turaṇyú mfn. swift, zealous, i, 134, 5

• vii f

≫ turāyaṇa 2

turāyaṇa m. (fr. ○rá) N. of a man Pravar. ii, 2, 3 (Kāty.)

⋙ turi

turí f. (only dat. ○ryaí) = ○ryā́ RV. x, 106, 4

• 'swift', a weaver's brush (also tuli and ○lī) L

⋙ turī

turī f. id. Bādar. ii, 1, 19 and 3, 7 Śaṃk. Tarkas. 55

• a shuttle Naish. i, 12

• (for tūlī) a painter's brush (also tuli L. Sch.) W

• N. of a wife of Vasudeva Hariv. 9203 [= caturthī = śūdrā Sch.]

⋙ turīpa

turī́pa n. (fr. ○rí and áp) seminal fluid RV. i, iii ; vii, 2, 9 VS. xxvii

• mfn. spermatic (Tvashṭṛi), xxi, 20 ; xxii, 20. 1

⋙ turīya

turīya Nom. ○yáti, to go Naigh. ii, 14

⋙ turyā

turyā́ f. superior power TS.ī, 2, 12

tura 2

turá mfn. hurt RV. viii, 79, 2

• cf. ā-

turaka

turaka m. pl. the Turks Romakas

⋙ turakin

turakin mfn. Turkish Kshitîś. vii, 161

⋙ turakva

turakva = ○ka

⋙ turaṣka

turaṣka (= ○ruṣka) id. Romakas. Ratnak

turaspeya

turas-péya 2. túr

≫ turāyaṇa

turāyaṇa

⋙ turāṣāh

turā-ṣā́h

⋙ turi

turí

⋙ turī

turī

⋙ turīpa

turī́pa ib

turīya 2

turī́ya (for ktur○ [Zd. khtuiria] fr. catúr), mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 51 Vārtt. 1) Ved. 4th RV. &c

• consisting of 4 parts ŚBr. ix

• n. the 4th state of spirit (pure impersonal Spirit or Brahma) Up. (MaitrUp. NṛisUp. ii, 2, 1 &c. RTL. 35) Vedântas

• mfn. being in that state of soul NṛisUp

• túr○, a 4th, constituting the 4th part, (n.) a 4th part AV. Kāṭh. &c. (with yantra, 'a quadrant' Śaṃkar. xxvii)

⋙ turīyakavaca

○kavaca n. N. of a spell

⋙ turīyabhāga

○bhāga m. a 4th part BhP. v, 16, 30 (v. l.)

⋙ turīyabhāj

○bhāj mfn. a sharer of a 4th AitBr. ii, 25 Mn. iv, 202

⋙ turīyamāna

○māna n. -bhāga

⋙ turīyavarṇa

○varṇa m. '4th caste man', a Śūdra L

⋙ turīyātīta

turīyâtīta N. of an Up

⋙ turīyādiṭya

túrīyâdiṭya for ○yam āditya RV. viii, 52, 7 VS. viii, 3

⋙ turīyārdha

turīyârdha m. n. 'half the 4th', an 8th part MBh. i, 3862

≫ turīyaka

turīyaka mfn. a 4th (part) Yājñ. ii, 124

≫ turya

turya mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 51 Vārtt. 1) 4th BhP. Vet. Srut

• forming a 4th part BhP

• n. the 4th state of soul ( ○rīya), vii, 9, 32 Haṭhapr. iv, 45 RāmatUp. ii, 4, 15 Sch

• mfn. being in that state of soul BhP. vi f

⋙ turyabhikṣā

○bhikṣā f. the 4th part of alms Pāṇ. 2-2, 3

⋙ turyayantra

○yantra n. a quadrant W

⋙ turyavah

○váh m. (in strong cases) vāh nom. vāṭ f. ○ryauhī́, an ox or cow 4 years old VS. TS. iv, 3, 3, 2 MaitrS. iii, 11, 11 and 13, 17

⋙ turyāśra

turyâśra mfn. fourcornered Hcat. i, 3, 909/910

⋙ turyauhī

turyauhī́ ○rya-váh

turuṣka

turuṣka m. pl. (= ○raṣka) the Turks Kathās. Rājat. Prab. &c

• sg. a Turk Kathās. xxxvii

• a Turkish prince W

• Turkestan W

• (m. n. L.) olibanum Jain. Suśr. VarBṛS

⋙ turuṣkakarpūra

○karpūra mfn. consisting of olibanum and camphor Hcat. i, 7, 165. [Page 451, Column 2]

⋙ turuṣkagaṇḍa

○gaṇḍa m. (in music) N. of a Rāga

⋙ turuṣkadatta

○datta m. N. of a man Inscr. (A. D. 1105)

turphari

turphári and ○phárītu mfn. = (kṣipra-) hantṛ (Nir. xiii, 5) RV. x, 106, 6 and 8

turya

turya ○yā́, col. 1

turv

turv (cf. √1. tur), cl. 1. P. (2. sg. tūrvasi du. Impv. ○vatam

• p. tū́rvat) to overpower, excel RV. (inf. turváṇe, vi, viii, x)

• to cause to overpower, help to victory, save, vi, viii

• cf. pra-

≫ turva

turvá m. = ○váśa, x, 62, 10

⋙ turvaṇi

turváṇi mfn. overpowering, victorious, i, iv f. x

⋙ turvaṇe

turváṇe Ved. inf

• √turv

⋙ turvaśa

turváśa m. N. of a hero and ancestor of the Āryan race (named with Yadu

• du. turváśā yádū, 'Turva and Yadu', iv, 30, 17

• pl. Turvá's race) RV

⋙ turvasu

turvasu m. (later form of ○śa) N. of a son of Yayāti by Devayānī and brother of Yadu MBh. i Hariv. 1604 and 16l7 BhP. &c

⋙ turvīti

turvī́ti m. N. of a man RV. i ; ii, 13, 12 ; iv, 19, 6

tul

tul cl. 10. tolayati, or tul○ (only tul○ also fig

• Ā. MBh.) to lift up, raise Hariv. R. Bhaṭṭ. (fut. Pass. tolayiṣyate)

• to determine the weight of anything by lifting it up, weigh, compare by weighing and examining, ponder, examine with distrust MBh. &c

• to make equal in weight, equal, compare (with instr., e.g. na brāhmaṇais tulaye bhūtam anyat, 'I do not compare any other being with Brāhmans' BhP. v

• or with an adv. terminating in -vat) R. VarBṛS. &c

• to counterbalance, outweigh, match, possess in the same degree, resemble, reach Megh. ŚārṅgP

• (pf. p. tulita) Bhartṛ. iii & Ragh. xiii, 75 ; [Lat. te-tul-i &c

• ? &c. ; Goth. thulan.]

⋙ tula

tula m. (for ○lā) the sign Libra, Utp. (on VarBṛ. xi, xvi, xxiii and VarYogay. iv, 55)

≫ tulaka

tulaka m. 'ponderer', a king's counsellor Divyâv. xvii

⋙ tulana

tulana n. lifting Mṛicch. ix, 20

• weighing, rating, iii, 20

• N. of a high number Buddh. L

• (ā), f. rating ib

• equalness with (instr. or in comp.) Prasannar. ii, 16

≫ tulā

tulā́ f. a balance, weight VS. xxx ŚBr. xi Mn. &c. (○layā dhṛ or ○lāṃ with Caus. of adhiruh, 'to hold in or put on a balance, weigh, compare'

• ○lāṃ with Caus. of adhi-ruh, 'to risk' Pañcat. i, 16, 9

• ○lām adhi- or ā- or sam-ā-ruh, 'to be in a balance', be equal with instr.

• the balance as an ordeal Yājñ. ii Mṛicch. ix, 43)

• equal measure, equality, resemblance Ragh. &c. (○lām i or gam or ā-yā or ā-lamb or dhā, 'to resemble any one or anything' instr. or in comp.

• ○lāṃ na bhṛ, 'to have no equal' Prasannar. i, 37

• ○lāṃ with Pass. of nī, 'to become equal to' gen.)

• = ○la Pañcat. i, 14, 14 VarBṛ. &c

• N. of a measure (= 100 Palas) MBh. iii, xiv VarBṛS. Suśr. Ashṭâṅg. ŚārṅgS. i, 31

• a kind of beam in the roof of a house VarBṛS. liii, 30

⋙ tulākoṭi

○koṭi m. (f. L.) the end of the beam ŚārṅgP. (-yaṣṭi Pañcat. i, 3, 20)

• a foot-ornament of women (also ○ṭī f. L. Sch.) Kād. Vcar. Prab. iii, 9

• N. of a weight L

• ten millions L

⋙ tulākoṣa

○koṣa m. weighing on a balance VarBṛS. xxvi, 10

⋙ tulāguḍa

○guḍa m. a kind of ball (used as a missile) MBh. iii, 1718

⋙ tulādāna

○dāna n. = -puruṣa-d○ W

⋙ tulādhaṭa

○dhaṭa m. a balance cup W

• an oar L

⋙ tulādhara

○dhara m. 'scale-holder', = ○la VarBṛ. Laghuj. i

⋙ tulādhāna

○"ṣdhāná (○lâdh○), n. 'putting on a balance', weighing ŚBr. xi

⋙ tulādhāra

○dhāra mfn. bearing a balance Yājñ. ii, 102/103

• m. = -pragraha L

• the beam W

• a merchant L

• the bearer of an ordeal balance Vishṇ. x, 8 f

• = ○la L

• N. of a merchant MBh. xii, 9277 ff

⋙ tulādhāraṇa

○dhāraṇa n. = ○lâdhāná Yājñ. ii, 100

⋙ tulādhiroha

○"ṣdhiroha (○lâdh○), m. risk Prasannar. vii, 33/34

⋙ tulādhirohaṇa

○"ṣdhirohaṇa (○lâdh○), mfn. resembling Ragh. xix, 8

⋙ tulāpaddhati

○paddhati f. N. of wk. by Kamalâkara

⋙ tulāparīkṣā

○parī7kṣā f. a balance ordeal W

⋙ tulāpuruṣa

○puruṣa m. & -dāna n. gift of gold &c. equal to a man's weight AV. Pariś. x Yājñ. iii (named as a penance) BhavP. ii MatsyaP. cclxxiii LiṅgaP. ii, 28 Hcat. i, 4 f

• Vishṇu or Kṛishṇa, i, 5, 108

⋙ tulāpragraha

○pragraha

⋙ tulāpragrāha

○pragrāha m. the string of a balance Pāṇ. 3-3, 52 Kāś

⋙ tulābīja

○bīja n. the Guñjā berry (used as a weight) L

⋙ tulābhavānī

○bhavānī f. N. of a town Śaṃkar. xix

⋙ tulābhāra

○bhāra m. = -puruṣadāna Hcat. i, 5, 619

⋙ tulābhṛt

○bhṛt m. = -dhara

• a balance bearer Bādar

⋙ tulāyaṣṭi

○yaṣṭi f. 'the beam', -koṭi

⋙ tulāvat

○vat mfn. furnished with a balance VarBṛ

⋙ tulāvarārdha

○"ṣvarârdha

⋙ tulāvarārdhya

○"ṣvarârdhya mfn. at least as much in weight SāmavBr. ii, 7, 9

⋙ tulāsūtra

○sūtra n. = -pragraha Pāṇ. 3-3, 52 Kāś

⋙ tulita

tulita mfn. lifted up Ragh. weighed VarBṛS

• equalled, compared, lxxx, 12

≫ tulima

tulima mfn. what may be weighed Nār. xi, 3. [Page 451, Column 3]

≫ tulya

tulya mf(ā)n. (in comp. accent Pāṇ. 6-2, 2) equal to, of the same kind or class or number or value, similar, comparable, like (with instr. or gen. [ī., 3, 72] or ifc

• e.g. tena [Mn. iv, 86] or etasya [KaṭhUp. i, 22] or etat- 24, 'equal to him') KātyŚr. Lāṭy. Pāṇ. &c

• fit for (instr.) Sūryas. xiv, 6

• even VarBṛ. iv, 21

• n. N. of a dance

• (am), ind. equally, in like manner Pāṇ. MBh. R. Hariv

• contemporaneously Dharmaśarm. xvii, 14

⋙ tulyakakṣa

○kakṣa mfn. equal to (in comp.) Veṇis. iii, 25

⋙ tulyakarmaka

○karmaka mfn. having the same object (in Gramm.) Pāṇ. 3-4, 48 Kāś

⋙ tulyakāla

○kāla mfn. contemporary with (instr.) ĀśvGṛ. i, 3, 9 MBh. iii, 134, 24

• -tva n. contemporariness Pāṇ. 4-3, 105 Vārtt. 1

⋙ tulyakālīya

○"ṣkālīya mfn. = ○la BhP. x

⋙ tulyakulya

○"ṣkulya m. 'of the same family', a relative Bhartṛ. iii, 24

⋙ tulyaguṇa

○guṇa mfn. possessing the same qualities, equally good Āp. Suśr

⋙ tulyajātīya

○"ṣjātīya mfn. similar Pāṇ. 1 and 6, 1, 68 Vārtt. 1 Pat. ; iii, 3, 35 Kāś

⋙ tulyatarka

○tarka m. (in dram.) a guess coming near the truth Sāh. vi, 172 and 180

⋙ tulyatā

○tā f. = -tva MBh. R

• equality of place', conjunction (in astr.) Sūryas

⋙ tulyatejas

○tejas mfn. equal in splendour

⋙ tulyatva

○tva n. equality, resemblance with (instr. or in comp.) Sūryas. Prab. ii, 18

• (a- neg.) Jaim. ii f

⋙ tulyadarśana

○darśana mfn. regarding with equal or indifferent eyes BhP. i, 5, 24

⋙ tulyanaktaṃdina

○naktaṃ-dina mfn. having equal days and nights Hemac

• not distinguishing between day and night Kathās. ci, 289

⋙ tulyanāman

○nāman mfn. of the same name MBh. i, 101, 7

⋙ tulyanindāstuti

○nindā-stuti mfn. indifferent with regard to blame or praise Bhag. xii, 19

⋙ tulyapāna

○pāna n. compotation L

⋙ tulyabala

○bala mfn. of equal strength

⋙ tulyabhāvanā

○bhāvanā f. (in math.) combination of like sets

⋙ tulyamūlya

○mūlya mfn. of equal value

⋙ tulyayogitā

○yogi-tā f. 'combination of equal qualities (of unequal objects)', N. of a simile Sāh. x, 48 f. Kuval

⋙ tulyayogopamā

○yogôpamā f. id. Kāvyâd. ii, 48

⋙ tulyarūpa

○rūpa mfn. of equal form, analogous W

⋙ tulyalakṣman

○lakṣman mfn. having the same characteristic Sāh. x, 89

⋙ tulyavaṃśa

○vaṃśa mfn. of equal race with (gen.) Cāṇ. (Hit.)

⋙ tulyavayas

○vayas mfn. of the same age PārGṛ. iii, 8, 17

⋙ tulyavikrama

○vikrama mfn. of equal prowess

⋙ tulyavīrya

○vīrya mfn. of equal strength

⋙ tulyavṛtti

○vṛtti mfn. following the same occupation

⋙ tulyaśas

○śas ind. in equal parts Suśr. vi, 12

⋙ tulyaśikha

○śikha m. pl. 'equal-braided', N. of certain mythical beings L

⋙ tulyaśuddhi

○śuddhi f. equal substraction, Bīj

⋙ tulyaśodhana

○śodhana n. removal of like magnitudes (on both sides of an equation)

⋙ tulyaśruti

○śruti f. standing in the same nominal case Jaim. ii, 1, 10 (-tva, abstr.)

⋙ tulyākṛti

tulyâkṛti mfn. = ○ya-rūpa

⋙ tulyātulya

tulyâtulya mfn. like and unlike

⋙ tulyānumāna

tulyânumāna n. like inference, analogy

⋙ tulyāntaram

tulyântaram ind. in equal intervals Mṛicch. iii, 18

⋙ tulyārtha

tulyârtha mfn. equally rich Pañcat. i, 8, 33

• of the same meaning Pāṇ. 1-3, 42 Kāś

⋙ tulyāvastha

tulyâvastha mfn. being in the same condition with (gen.) Ragh. xii, 80

⋙ tulyodyoga

tulyôdyoga mfn. equal in labours

tulakuci

tulakuci m. N. of a prince (son of Sahalin) Divyâv. xxvi, 391

tulabha

tulabha ○bhīya, v.I. for ul○

tulasāriṇī

tula-sāriṇī f. a quiver L

tulasi

tulasi metrically for ○sī BhP. iii, 15, 49

⋙ tulasikā

tulasikā f. = ○sī, 19 ; v, 3, 6 and 7, 10

≫ tulasī

tulasī f. holy basil (small shrub venerated by Vaishṇavas

• commonly Tulsī) BhP. VāyuP. and PadmaP. (produced from the ocean when churned) BrahmaP. (produced from the hair of the goddess Tulasī, ii, 19.)

⋙ tulasīdveṣā

○dveṣā f. a kind of basil L

⋙ tulasīpattra

○pattra n. 'Tulasī leaf', a very small gift W

⋙ tulasīvivāha

○vivāha m. the marriage of Vishṇu's image with the Tulasī (festival on the 12th day in the 1st half of month Kārttika) W

⋙ tulasīvṛndāvana

○vṛndāvana n. a square pedestal (before a Hindū house-door) planted with Tulasī

tuli

tuli ○lī, turí and ○rī

tulikā

tulikā f. a wagtail L

tulinī

tulinī ○li-phalā, tūl○

tulima

tulima tulya, cols. 2, 3

tulvala

tulvala taulvali

tuvi 1

tuvi f. for tumbī (gourd) L

tuvi 2

tuví (√tu) = bahu Naigh. iii, 1

• only in comp

⋙ tuvikūrmi

○kūrmí mfn. powerful in working (Indra) RV. iii, vi, viii

⋙ tuvikūrmin

○kūrmin mfn. id., 66, 12

⋙ tuvikratu

○kratu mfn. id., 68, 2 (voc.)

⋙ tuvikṣa

○kṣá mfn. ? (Indra's bow), 77, 11 [= bahu- or mahā-vikṣepa Nir. vi, 33]. [Page 452, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ tuvikṣatra

○kṣatrá mf(ā́)n. ruling powerfully (Aditi) VS. xxi, 5 AV. vii, 6, 2

⋙ tuvigra

○grá mfn. swallowing much (Agni) RV. i, 140, 9

⋙ tuvigrābha

○grābhá mfn. seizing powerfully (Indra), vi, 22, 5

⋙ tuvigri

○grí mfn. = -grá (Indra), ii, 21, 2

⋙ tuvigrīva

○grī́va mfn. powerful-necked, i, v, viii

⋙ tuvijāta

○jātá mfn. of powerful nature (Indra, Varuṇa, &c.), i-vii, x

⋙ tuvideṣṇa

○deṣṇa (○ví-), mfn. giving much (Indra), viii, 81, 2

⋙ tuvidyumna

○dyumná mfn. very glorious, powerful (Indra, Agni, the Maruts), i, iii-vi, viii f

⋙ tuvinṛmṇa

○nṛmṇá mfn. very valiant (Indra), i, iv, vi, viii, x

⋙ tuviprati

○pratí mfn. resisting powerfully (Indra), i, 30, 9

⋙ tuvibādha

○bādhá mfn. oppressing many (Indra), 32, 6

⋙ tuvibrahman

○brahman (○ví-). mfn. very devoted, v, 25, 5

⋙ tuvimagha

○maghá mfn. = -deṣṇa, 33, 6

⋙ tuvimanyu

○manyu mfn. very zealous (the Maruts), vii, 58, 2

⋙ tuvimātra

○mātrá mfn. very efficacious (Indra), viii, 81, 2

⋙ tuvimrakṣa

○mrakṣá mfn. injuring greatly, vi

⋙ tuvirādhas

○rā́dhas mfn. = -deṣṇa, iv f. vii

⋙ tuvivāja

○vāja (○ví-), mf(ā)n. abounding in food, i, vi

⋙ tuviśagma

○śagma mfn. able to do much (Indra), 44, 2

⋙ tuviśuṣma

○śúṣma mfn. high-spirited (Indra, IndraVaruṇa), ii, vi, viii

⋙ tuviśravas

○śravas (○ví-), mfn. highly renowned (Agni), iii, v

⋙ tuviṣvaṇas

○ṣvaṇás mfn. loudsounding, iv f

⋙ tuviṣvaṇi

○ṣváṇi mfn. id., i f. v f. viii

⋙ tuviṣvan

○ṣván mfn. id., 166, 1

• i ; v, 16, 3 ; ix, 98, 9

≫ tuviṣ

tuviṣ for ○vis = tavás

⋙ tuviṣṭama

○ṭama (○víṣ-), mfn. Superl. strongest, i, v AV. vi, 33, 3

⋙ tuviṣmat

○mat (túv○), mfn. powerful RV. TS. ii, 3, 14, 4 TBr. iii, 1

≫ tuvī

tuvī = ○ví

⋙ tuvīmagha

○magha (○vií-), = ○vi-m○ RV

⋙ tuvīrava

○ráva mfn. making a terrible noise (in battle), x, 99, 6

⋙ tuvīravas

○rávas nom. ○vān (cf. Pāṇ. 7-1, 83 and 4, 48 Kār.), = ○vi-ṣvaṇás RV. x, 64, 4 and 16

≫ tuvyojas

tuvy-ójas mfn. very powerful, iv, 22, 8

tuś 1

tuś cl. 1. tośate, to drip, trickle, ix

tuś 2

tuś (= tuṣ), cl. 1. tośate (p. tóśamāna) to be satisfied or pleased with (instr.) AV. iii, 17, 5

• to appease RV. viii, 15, 11 and 50, 5

tuṣ

tuṣ cl. 4. ○ṣyati (metrically also ○te

• fut. tokṣyati, toṣṭā, and inf. toṣṭum [MBh. iv, 1562] Pāṇ. 7-2, 10 Kār. ṣiddh.

• aor. atuṣat Bhaṭṭ. xv, 8

• pf. tutoṣa) to become calm, be satisfied or pleased with any one (gen., dat., instr., loc., or acc. with prati) or anything (instr.) ŚāṅkhŚr. i, 17, 5 MBh. &c

• to satisfy, please, appease, gratify, i, 4198: Caus. toṣayati (or metrically ○te), id. RV. x, 27, 16 (p. f. tuṣáyantī) MBh. &c

• Desid. tutukṣati W.: Intens. totuṣyate, totoṣṭi W

• cf. tūṣṇī́m

⋙ tuṣṭa

tuṣṭa mfn. satisfied, pleased MBh. &c

• m. N. of a prince VāyuP. ii, 34, 122

≫ tuṣṭi

tuṣṭi f. satisfaction, contentment Mn. MBh. &c. (9 kinds are reckoned in Sāṃkhyaphil. Kap. iii, 39 Sāṃkhyak. 47 and 50 Tattvas

• 'Satisfaction' personified ḥariv. 9498 as daughter of Daksha and mother of Saṃtosha or Muda VP. i, 7 BhP. iv, 1, 49 f. MārkP. l

• or as daughter of Paurṇamāsa VāyuP. i, 28, 8 LiṅgaP

• as a deity sprung from the Kalās of Prakṛiti' BrahmaP. ii, 1

• as a Mātṛikā, Bhavadev

• as a Śakti Hcat. i, 5, 197)

• N. of a Kalā of the moon BrahmaP. ii, 15

• the plant vṛddhi L

⋙ tuṣṭikara

○kara mfn. causing satisfaction Mn. xi, 234

⋙ tuṣṭijanana

○janana mfn. id

⋙ tuṣṭida

○da mfn. id

⋙ tuṣṭimat

○mat mfn. satisfied Hariv. iii, 86, 16, Nīl

• m. N. of a prince VP. iv, 14, 5 BhP. ix, 24, 23

≫ tuṣya

tuṣya mfn. = ○ṣṭi-mat (Śiva) Hariv. 14882

tuṣa

túṣa m. the chaff of grain or corn or rice &c. AV. ŚBr. AitBr. &c

• Terminalia Bellerica L

• cf. a-, ut-, nis-

⋙ tuṣakhaṇḍana

○khaṇḍana n. 'chaffgrinding', useless effort Hit. iv, 5, 3 (v. l.)

⋙ tuṣagraha

○graha m. 'husk-seizer', fire L

⋙ tuṣaja

○ja mfn. produced from chaff Pāṇ. 6-2, 82

⋙ tuṣajaka

○"ṣjaka m. N. of a Śūdra, viii, 2, 83. Kāś

⋙ tuṣadhānya

○dhānya n. husk-corn VarBṛS

⋙ tuṣapakva

○pakva (túṣ○), mf(ā)n. dried by chaff fire MaitrS. iii, 2, 4 Kapishṭh. TS. v ŚBr. vii KātyŚr

⋙ tuṣasāra

○sāra m. = -graha L

⋙ tuṣāgni

tuṣâgni m. chaff fire MBh

⋙ tuṣānala

tuṣânala m. id. Dhūrtas. i, 18

• a capital punishment consisting in twisting dry straw round a criminal's limbs and setting it on fire W

⋙ tuṣāmbu

tuṣâmbu n. sour rice- or barley-gruel Suśr. i, 45

⋙ tuṣottha

tuṣôttha m. id. L

⋙ tuṣodaka

tuṣôdaka n. id. i, iv

tuṣāra

tuṣāra mf(ā)n. cold, frigid Ragh. Naish

• m. sg. and pl. frost, cold, snow, mist, dew, thin rain MBh. &c

• = -kaṇa Śiś. vi, 24

• camphor Bhpr

• pl. for tukh○

⋙ tuṣārakaṇa

○kaṇa m. a dewdrop, icicle, flake of snow Kathās. xix, 50

⋙ tuṣārakara

○kara m. 'cold-rayed', the moon Vcar. Prasannar. vii, 60 Dhūrtan

• a-, 'the sun' Śiś. ix, 7

⋙ tuṣārakiraṇa

○kiraṇa m. = -kara Kād. Amar

⋙ tuṣāragiri

○giri m. 'snow-mountain', the Himâlaya MBh. xiii, 836

⋙ tuṣāragaura

○gaura m. camphor Ṛitus. i, 6. [Page 452, Column 2]

⋙ tuṣāragharaṭṭikā

○gharaṭṭikā f. = -kara Alaṃkārav

⋙ tuṣāratviṣ

○tviṣ m. id. ib

⋙ tuṣāradyuti

○dyuti m. id. Naish

⋙ tuṣārapatana

○patana n. snow-fall R

⋙ tuṣāramūrti

○mūrti m. = -kara Śiś. i

⋙ tuṣāraraśmi

○raśmi m. id. Prab. vi, 31

⋙ tuṣārartu

○rtu (ṛt○), m. 'cold season', winter Naish. xxii

⋙ tuṣāravarṣa

○varṣa m. = -patana Rājat

⋙ tuṣāravarṣin

○varṣin mfn. causing snow-fall Ragh. xiv, 84

⋙ tuṣāraśikharin

○śikharin m. = -giri Hcar. Rājat

⋙ tuṣāraśaila

○śaila m. id. Vcar. xiii

⋙ tuṣārasruti

○sruti f. = -patana Kum. i, 5

⋙ tuṣārāṃśu

tuṣārâṃśu m. = ○ra-kara SŚaṃkar. i, 28

⋙ tuṣārādri

tuṣārâdri m. = ○ra-giri Megh. 104 Bhartṛ. ii, 29 Kathās

tuṣita

tuṣita m. pl. a class of celestial beings MBh. xiii, 1371 Buddh. &c. (12 in number Hariv. VP. BhP. iv, 1, 8 VāyuP. ii, 6 ; 36 in number L.)

• sg. Vishṇu in the 3rd Manv-antara Vishṇ. īc, 47 VP. iii, 1, 38

• (ā), f. N. of the wife of Veda-śiras and mother of the Tushitas, 37 BhP. viii, 1, 21

⋙ tuṣitakāyika

○kāyika mfn. belonging to the body of the Tushitas Lalit. v, 6

tuṣṭa

tuṣṭa ○ṣṭi, ○ṣya, √tuṣ

tus

tus cl. 1. tosati, to sound Dhātup

tusta

tusta m. n. dust (= tūs○) L. Sch

tuh

tuh cl. 1. tohati, to pain Dhātup

tuhara

tuhara ○hāra m. N. of two attendants of Skanda MBh. ix, 2573

tuhi

tuhi a cuckoo's cry Subh. 1688

tuhina

tuhina n. (Siddhnapuṃs. 41) frost, cold, mist, dew, snow Pañcat. ii, 58 Ṛitus. Kathās. Rājat. Prab

• moonlight Uṇ. k

• camphor Npr

• (ā), f. the tree śuka-nāsa ib

⋙ tuhinakaṇa

○kaṇa m. = tuṣārak○ Amar

⋙ tuhinakara

○kara m. = tuṣāra-k○ Kād

• -sutā f. 'moon-daughter', the river Narmadā Viddh. iv, 18

⋙ tuhinakiraṇa

○kiraṇa m. = -kara VarBṛ

• -putra m. 'moonson', Mercury VarBṛS. civ

⋙ tuhinakṣitibhṛt

○kṣiti-bhṛt m. = tuṣāra-giri Alaṃkārav

⋙ tuhinakṣmābhṛt

○kṣmā-bhṛt m. id. Kathās. cxxiv

⋙ tuhinagiri

○giri m. id. Kād. Pañcat. (v. l.)

• -maya mfn. formed by the Himâlaya Prasannar. iii, 30

⋙ tuhinagu

○gu m. = -kara VarBṛ

⋙ tuhinadyuti

○dyuti m. id. Śiś. ix, 30

⋙ tuhinadīdhiti

○dīdhiti m. id. Vcar

⋙ tuhinamayūkha

○mayūkha m. id. VP. iii, 7

⋙ tuhinaraśmi

○raśmi m. id. VarBṛ

⋙ tuhinaśarkarā

○śarkarā f. a piece of ice, ice Rājat. iii

⋙ tuhinaśaila

○śaila m. = -giri Hcar. viii

⋙ tuhināṃśu

tuhinâṃśu m. = ○na-kara VarBṛS. VarBṛ

• camphor W

• -taila n. camphor-oil L

⋙ tuhinācala

tuhinâcala m. = ○na-giri Kathās. Dev

⋙ tuhinādri

tuhinâdri m. id. Ragh. viii, 53 Kathās. lxxiii, 82

≫ tuhinaya

tuhinaya Nom. P. to cover with ice Śiś. vi, 55

tuhuṇḍa

tuhuṇḍa m. N. of a Dānava MBh. i, 2533 and 2655

• (son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra) 6983 Hariv

tūkha

tūkha m. N. of a man Kāṭh. Anukr

tūḍ

tūḍ (= tuḍ), cl. 1. ○ḍati, to split Dhātup. ix, 67

• to slight, disrespect, 72

tūṇ

tūṇ (cf. kūṇ, cūṇ), cl. 10. ○ṇayati, to contract, xxxii, 99

• xxxv, 42

• ○te (fr. tūṇa) to fill (also tūlay○ Vop.), xxxiii, 16

tūṇa

tūṇa m. (g. śoṇâdi

• g. gaurâdi, v. l.) 'bearer' (√tul), a quiver MBh. &c. (often du.)

• (ī), f. id. KātyŚr. MBh. &c

• a disease of the anus and the bladder Suśr

• the Indigo plant Npr

⋙ tūṇadhāra

○dhāra v. l. for ○NI-dh○

⋙ tūṇamukha

○mukha n. the cavity of a quiver Ragh. vii, 54

⋙ tūṇavat

○vat mfn. furnished with a quiver MBh. iii, 703 ; 8486 ; 10963 Hariv

≫ tūṇaka

tūṇaka ifc. = ○ṇa Chandom. 77

• n. a metre of 4 X 15 syllables

⋙ tūṇi

tūṇi m. = ○ṇa R. ii, 31, 30

• f. id. R. (B) iii, 8, 19

• m. N. of Yugaṃ-dhara's father Hariv. 9207 VP. iv, 14, 1 (kuṇi BhP. LiṅgaP. KūrmaP. i, 24, 42)

⋙ tūṇika

tūṇika m. = tuṇ○ Npr

⋙ tūṇin

tūṇin mfn. = ○ṇa-vat Hariv. R

• m. = ○ṇika L

≫ tūṇī

tūṇī f. and ind. fr. ○ṇa

⋙ tūṇīkānta

○kānta m. = ○ṇika Gal

⋙ tūṇīkṛ

○√kṛ to use as a quiver Ragh. ix, 63

⋙ tūṇīdhāra

○dhāra m. a quiver-bearer Pāṇ. 6-2, 75 Kāś

⋙ tūṇīśaya

○śaya mfn. lying in the quiver MBh. (ifc.) R. vi

≫ tūṇīka

tūṇīka m. = ○ṇika L

⋙ tūṇīra

tūṇīra m. = ○ṇa MBh. R. Mālav. v, 10

• -vat mfn. = ○Na-v○ Hariv

• ○rāyamāṇa mfn. representing a quiver Daś. v, 112

tūṇava

tū́ṇava m. a flute TS. vi Kāṭh. ĀpŚr. v, 8, 2 Nir. xiii, 9

• ifc. Pāṇ. 2-2, 34 Vārtt. 1

⋙ tūṇavadhma

○dhmá m. a flute-player VS. xxx, 19 f

tūta

tūta m. the mulberry-tree Bhpr. V

tūtaka

tūtaka n. = tuttha, blue vitriol L

tūtujāna

tū́tujāna mfn. (√2. tuj) hastening, eager RV. i, vi f

• (○ná) viii and x

⋙ tūtuji

tū́tuji mfn. id., iv, vi f. x

• ○jí m. a promoter of (gen.), 22, 3

• cf. á-. [Page 452, Column 3]

tūtuma

tūtumá mfn. strong, 50, 6

• cf. túmra

tūda

tūda m. the cotton tree L

• = tūta (?) Npr

• Thespesia populneoides L

• (ī), f. N. of a district Pāṇ. 4-3, 94

tūpara

tūpará mf(ā́ TS. vii, 5, 1, 2)n. Ved. hornless, (m.) a hornless goat AV. xi, 9, 22 VS. &c

• blunt (yūpa) TBr. i, 3, 7, 2 ĀpŚr. xviii, 1

≫ tūbara

tūbara m. a hornless bull L

• a beardless man (tub○ Uṇ. k.) L

• = ○raka L

• Andropogon bicolor Gal

• mfn. and (ī), f. tub○,

⋙ tūbaraka

tūbaraka m. a eunuch MBh. v, vii f

• (ikā) f. tub○

≫ tūya

tū́ya mfn. (√1. tu) strong RV. x, 28, 3

• (am), ind. quick, iii-viii, x

• n. water Naigh. i, 12

tūr

tūr in comp. for 2. túr

• mfn. (√tvar) hastening Pāṇ. 6-4, 20

• f. instr. ○rā, ○rbhis, hastily MBh. ii, 72, 10 BhP. ii, 7, 37

⋙ tūrghna

tū́r-ghna n. 'racer's death', N. of the northern part of Kurukshetra TĀr. v, 1

⋙ tūrṇāśa

tū́r-ṇāśa n. id. RV. viii, 32, 4

≫ tūrṇa

tūrṇa mfn. (√turv Pāṇ. 6-4, 21 Kāś

• √tvar, 20 ; vii, 2, 28) = ○rtá KātyŚr. x, 1, 9

• (am), ind. quickly, speedily, viii, xxv PraśnUp. Nir. MBh. &c

⋙ tūrṇaga

○ga mfn. running quickly BhP. x, 53, 6

⋙ tūrṇataram

○taram ind. more quickly R. iii, 28

⋙ tūrṇodita

tūrṇôdita mfn. spoken quickly L

⋙ tūrṇaka

tūrṇaka m. 'quickly ripening', a sort of rice Car. i, 27, 4

≫ tūrṇi

tū́rṇi mfn. quick, expeditious, clever, zealous RV. TS. ii ŚBr. i

• m. the mind Uṇ. vṛ

• a Śloka ib

• dirt Uṇ. k

• f. speed L

⋙ tūrṇyartha

tū́rṇy-artha mf(ā)n. pursuing an object RV. iii, 52, 5 ; v, 43

≫ tūrta

tūrtá mfn. quick, expeditious ŚBr. vi, 3

• cf. á-

≫ tūrti

tūrti viśvá-. 1

⋙ tūrya

tūrya ap-, mitra- &c

≫ tūryantī

tūryantī f. N. of a plant ĀpGṛ. xiv, 14

tūra

tūra m. = 2. ○rya L

• cf. ardha-

• (ī), f. a thorn-apple Bhpr. v, 3, 86

≫ tūrya 2

tūrya n. (m. L.) a musical instrument Pāṇ. Mn. vii MBh. &c. (ifc. f. ā KaṭhUp. Hariv.)

• cf. sa-

⋙ tūryakhaṇḍa

○khaṇḍa

⋙ tūryagaṇḍa

○gaṇḍa m. a sort of tabor L

⋙ tūryamaya

○maya mfn. musical Kathās. xxiii, 84

⋙ tūryaugha

tūryâugha m. a band of instruments

tūrya 3

tūrya mfn. = tur○, 4th Rājat. ii, 91

• m. N. of a family W

⋙ tūryāṃśa

tūryâṃśa m. a 4th part L

tūrvayāṇa

tū́rvayāṇa mfn. (√turv) overpowering RV. i, 174, 3 ; x, 61, 2

• m. N. of a man, i, 53, 10 ; vi, 18, 13

⋙ tūrvi

tū́rvi mfn. superior, ix, 42, 3

tūl

tūl cl. 1. 10. ○lati, ○layati, = niṣkṛṣ Dhātup

• also tūṇ

• cf. anu-tūlaya

tūla

tū́la n. a tuft of grass or reeds, panicle of a flower or plant AV. xix, 32, 3 Kāṭh. TāṇḍyaBr. ChUp. (īṣīkā-) Kauś. Āp. Pāṇ. 6-2, 121 (ifc. ind.)

• a pencil Divyâv. v. xxxvi

• = tūta L

• air L

• m. the thorn-apple Npr

• n. (m. L.) cotton MBh. R. &c

• (ā), f. id. L

• a lamp wick L

• (ī), f. id. L

• cotton Sāṃkhyak. 17, Gauḍap

• = ○li Uṇ. Sch

• = -paṭī Subh. RāmatUp. i, 86 Sch

• the Indigo plant L

• cf. ápa-, indra-, udak-, prāk-, bhasma-, śaṇa-, sa-, haṃsa-,

⋙ tūlakaṇa

○kaṇa n. 'a cotton flock', Nom. ○ṇāyate, to appear worthless Dhanaṃj. 7

⋙ tūlakārmuka

○kārmuka n. 'cotton-bow', a bowlike instrument used for cleaning cotton L

⋙ tūlacāpa

○cāpa m. id. L

⋙ tūladāham

○dāham ind. (with √dah, to consume by fire) like cotton Mcar. vi, 5

⋙ tūlanālā

○nālā

⋙ tūlanālikā

○nālikā

⋙ tūlanālī

○nālī f. 'cotton-tube', a cotton rock L

⋙ tūlapaṭikā

○paṭikā f. = ○ṭī Buddh. L

⋙ tūlapaṭī

○paṭī f. a cotton quilt RāmatUp. i, 86 Sch

⋙ tūlapicu

○picu m. cotton Divyâv. xvii, xxvii

⋙ tūlapīṭhī

○pīṭhī f. a spindle Gal

⋙ tūlapūrṇa

○pūrṇa mfn. filled with cotton, (a- neg.) MBh. xi, 23, 19

⋙ tūlaphala

○phala m. Calotropis gigantea L

⋙ tūlamūla

○mūla N. of a district on the Candra-bhāgā Rājat. iv

⋙ tūlalāsikā

○lāsikā f. = -pīṭhī Gal

⋙ tūlavatī

○vatī f. a cotton cover Bhpr. vii, 10, 63

⋙ tūlavṛkṣa

○vṛkṣa m. the cotton tree L

⋙ tūlaśarkarā

○śarkarā f. a cotton seed L

⋙ tūlaśodhana

○śodhana n

⋙ tūlaśodhinī

○śodhinī f. = -kārmuka Gal

⋙ tūlasecana

○secana n. 'cotton-moistening', spinning L

≫ tūlaka

tūlaka n. cotton Bhāshāp

• (ikā), f. a panicle (used as probing-rod) L

• = ○li, Jñātādh. (in Prākṛit) Kum. i, 32 Dharmaśarm. Vcar

• cf. akṣara-

• a wick L

• = ○la-paṭī Pāṇ. 3-3, 116 Kāś. Kathās

• (su-) RāmatUp. i, 86

• an ingot mould L. Sch

⋙ tūli

tūli f. a painter's brush (cf. turī) Uṇ. Sch

• -phalā f. the cotton tree (also tul○) L

⋙ tūlika

tūlika m. a cotton trader Kathās. lxi

⋙ tūlinī

tūlinī f. the cotton tree (also tul○ L.) Bhpr

• a kind of bulb L

tūṣ

tūṣ cl. 1. ○ṣati, = √tuṣ Dhātup

tūṣa

tūṣa m. n. the border of a garment Kāṭh. TBr. [Page 453, Column 1] Contents of this page

• cf. kṛṣṇá-, dāma-

⋙ tūṣādhāna

tūṣâdhā́na n. the place where the border is added TS. vi

tūṣṇīṃ

tūṣṇīṃ for ○ṇīm

⋙ tūṣṇīṃviprakramaṇa

○viprakramaṇa n. slipping away silently (without having voted) Buddh. L

⋙ tūṣṇīṃśaṃsa

○śaṃsa m. a verse which requires silent recitation AitBr. ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ tūṣṇīṃśīla

○śīla mfn. taciturn Pāṇ. 5-3, 72 Vārtt. 2 Pat

⋙ tūṣṇīṃsāra

○sāra mfn. chiefly silent AitBr. ii, 31, 1

⋙ tūṣṇīṃsthāna

○sthāna n. silence Kathās. lxxiv

⋙ tūṣṇīṃhoma

○homá m. an oblation offered silently TS. vi

⋙ tūṣṇīṃgaṅga

○gaṅga n. N. of a Tīrtha Pāṇ. 2-2, 29 Pat

• cf. uṣṇī-g○

⋙ tūṣṇīṃjapa

○japa m. a prayer muttered silently ŚāṅkhŚr. ix, 25, 2 Sch

⋙ tūṣṇīṃdaṇḍa

○daṇḍa m. secret punishment Mcar. iv, 7/8

⋙ tūṣṇīṃbhāva

○bhāva m. the being silent, silence MBh. xii, 3840 Sāh

⋙ tūṣṇīṃbhāvam

○bhāvam ind. silently Pāṇ. 3-4, 63

⋙ tūṣṇīṃbhūta

○bhūta mfn. become silent MBh. i, 7951 R. i, 70, 18

⋙ tūṣṇīṃbhūya

○bhūya ind. p. (Pāṇ. 3-4, 63) silently Pañcat. iii, 14, 0/1

≫ tūṣṇīka

tūṣṇīka mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-3, 72 Vārtt. 2 Pat.) silent R. (G) ii, 117, 3 Kathās. īc, 60 Mālatīm. i, 19 Sch

• (am), ind. silently MānŚr. i, 7, 5 MBh. v R. v

• (ām), ind. (Pāṇ. 5-3, 72 Vārtt. 1 Pat.) id., Bhāgav. (Uṇ. iv, 35 Sch.)

⋙ tūṣṇīm

tūṣṇī́m ind. (g. svar-ādi) silently, quietly RV. ii, 43, 3 TS. &c. (for ○ṇīṃ babhūva, 'became silent' Divyâv.)

tūsta

tūsta n. (Pāṇ. 3-1, 21

• ifc. g. cūrṇâdi) dust, iii, 1, 21 Kāś. Purushôtt. (Uṇ. iii, 86 Sch.)

• sin L

• an atom L

• a braid of hair L

tṛ

tṛ́ (= stṛ́), nom. pl. tā́ras, the stars RV. viii, 55, 2

• cf. tārā

tṛṃhaṇa

tṛṃhaṇa n. (√tṛh) crushing Pāṇ. 8-4, 2 Kāś

• cf. tárh○

⋙ tṛṃhaṇīya

tṛṃhaṇīya to be crushed ib

tṛkṣ

tṛkṣ cl. 1. ○kṣati, to go Dhātup

tṛkṣa

tṛkṣa m. N. of a man, g. gargâdi

tṛkṣas

tṛkṣas for tvákṣ Naigh. ii, 9

tṛkṣāka

tṛkṣāka N. of a man, g. śivâdi

tṛkṣi

tṛkṣí m. N. of a man with the patr. Trāsadasyava RV. vi, 46, 8 ; viii, 22, 7

tṛkha

tṛkha n. nutmeg L

tṛca

tṛcá m. n. (fr. trí and ṛ́c Pāṇ. 6-1, 37 Vārtt. 1) a strophe consisting of 3 verses AV. xix TS. i AitBr. ŚBr. and KātyŚr. (tricá) Nir. RPrāt

• cf. try-ṛca

⋙ tṛcakḷpta

○kḷpta mfn. arranged in strophes of 3 verses each ŚāṅkhŚr. AitBr. iii, 43 Sāy

⋙ tṛcabhāgā

○bhāgā f. (scil. ṛc) verse 1. of the 1st, v. 2. of the 2nd, and v. 3. of the 3rd paryāya of a Tṛica Lāṭy. vi

≫ tṛcin

tṛcin mfn. containing a Tṛica AitBr. iii, 43

tṛḍha

tṛḍhá mfn. (√tṛh) crushed RV. i, vi

tṛṇ

tṛṇ cl. 8. ○ṇoti, ○ṇute, or tarṇ○, ○ṇute, to eat Dhātup. 1

⋙ tṛta

tṛta mfn. eaten, g. tanoty-ādi

tṛṇa

tṛ́ṇa n. (m., g. ardharcâdi

• ifc. f. ā) grass, herb, any gramineous plant, blade of grass, straw (often symbol of minuteness and worthlessness) RV. &c. (ifc. accent, g. ghoṣâdi)

• m. N. of a man, g. śivâdi and naḍâdi ; [Goth. thaurnus.]

⋙ tṛṇakarṇa

○karṇa m. N. of a man, g. śivâdi (v. l.)

• pl. his descendants, g. yaskâdi

⋙ tṛṇakāṇḍa

○kāṇḍa n. a heap of grass Pāṇ. 4-2, 51 Kāś

⋙ tṛṇakuṅkuma

○kuṅkuma n. Kaśmir crocus L

⋙ tṛṇakuñcaka

○kuñcaka n. 'attracting grass (electrically when rubbed)', N. of a gem Buddh. L

⋙ tṛṇakuṭi

○kuṭi f. a hut of grass or straw SāmavBr. iii, 9, 1 Sāy

⋙ tṛṇakuṭī

○kuṭī f. id. L

⋙ tṛṇaknṭīra

○knṭīra id. Siṃhâs

⋙ tṛṇakuṭīraka

○kuṭīraka id. Pañcat. i, 4, 7/8

⋙ tṛṇakūṭa

○kūṭa m. n. = -kāṇḍa VarBṛS

⋙ tṛṇakūrcikā

○kūrcikā f. a whisk L

⋙ tṛṇakūrma

○kūrma m. the Tumbī gourd L

⋙ tṛṇaketakī

○ketakī f. a kind of Tabāshīr Npr

⋙ tṛṇaketu

○ketu

⋙ tṛṇaketuka

○ketuka m. a bamboo L

⋙ tṛṇagaḍa

○gaḍa m. a sort of sea crab L

⋙ tṛṇagaṇanā

○gaṇanā f. 'valuing at a straw', thinking anything (loc.) to be of no importance Vcar. vi, 2

⋙ tṛṇagaṇāya

○gaṇāya Nom. ○yate, to represent a heap of grass, have no value whatever Prasaṅg. iv, 4

⋙ tṛṇagandhā

○gandhā f. Batatas paniculata Npr

⋙ tṛṇagodhā

○godhā f. a lizard, chamaeleon L

⋙ tṛṇagaura

○gaura n. = kuṅkuma L

⋙ tṛṇagranthi

○granthi f. N. of a plant L

⋙ tṛṇagrāhin

○grāhin m. 'attracting grass (electrically when rubbed)', sapphire or another gem L

⋙ tṛṇacara

○cara m. N. of a gem Npr

⋙ tṛṇajambhan

○jambhan mfn. graminivorous or having teeth like grass Pāṇ. 5-4, 125

⋙ tṛṇajalāyukā

○jalāyukā́ f. a caterpillar ŚBr. xiv

⋙ tṛṇajalūkā

○jalūkā f. id. BhP. iv, 29, 76

⋙ tṛṇajantu

○jantu m. a blade of grass MBh. xii, 261, 21

⋙ tṛṇajāti

○jāti f. pl. the different kinds of grass Mn. i, 48

⋙ tṛṇajyotis

○jyotis n. N. of a shining grass Kir. xv, 47 Sch. - 1

⋙ tṛṇatā

○tā f

⋙ tṛṇatva

○tva n. the state of grass L

⋙ tṛṇatvaca

○tvaca m. a kind of grass Gal

⋙ tṛṇadruma

○druma m. a palm-tree L. [Page 453, Column 2]

⋙ tṛṇadhānya

○dhānya n. wild rice L

⋙ tṛṇadhvaja

○dhvaja m. = -ketu Bhpr

⋙ tṛṇanimbā

○nimbā f. the Nepalese Nimba L

⋙ tṛṇapa

○pa m. 'grass-swallower', N. of a Gandharva MBh. i Hariv. 14157

⋙ tṛṇapañcamūla

○pañca-mūla n. an aggregate of 5 roots of gramineous plants (rice, sugar-cane, Darbha, Scirpus Kysoor, Saccharum Sara) Suśr. vi, 48, 23

⋙ tṛṇapattrikā

○pattrikā

⋙ tṛṇapattrī

○pattrī f. a kind of reed L

⋙ tṛṇapadī

○padī f. (a woman) having legs as thin as blades of grass, g. kumbhapady-ādi

⋙ tṛṇaparṇī

○parṇī f. = -pattrī Gal

⋙ tṛṇapāṇi

○pāṇi m. N. of a Ṛishi SV. Anukr

⋙ tṛṇapīḍa

○pīḍa n. 'pressing as close as grass', hand to hand fighting MBh. ii, 909

⋙ tṛṇapuruṣaka

○puruṣaka m. a straw-man Kād

⋙ tṛṇapulaka

○pulaka

⋙ tṛṇapulī

○pulī -pūl○

⋙ tṛṇapuṣpa

○puṣpa n. = -kuṅkuma L

• (ī), f. N. of a plant L

⋙ tṛṇapūla

○pūla a tuft of grass L

• (ī), f. id. Kād. v, 986 (v. l. pul○)

⋙ tṛṇapūlaka

○pūlaka id. Hcar. vii (v. l. pul○)

⋙ tṛṇapūlika

○pūlika N. of a human abortion Car. iv, 4, 1

⋙ tṛṇaprāya

○prāya mfn. = -vat (a district) R. iii, 15, 41

• worth a straw, worthless W

⋙ tṛṇabalvajā

○balva-jā f. Eleusine indica L

⋙ tṛṇabindu

○bindu m. N. of an ancient sage and prince MBh. iii f. ix Ragh. VP. BhP. VāyuP. i, 23, 190 DeviibhP

• -śaras n. N. of a lake MBh. iii

• cf. tārṇabindaviiya

⋙ tṛṇabīja

○bīja

⋙ tṛṇabījaka

○bījaka

⋙ tṛṇabījottama

○bījôttama m. Panicum frumentaceum L

⋙ tṛṇabhuj

○bhuj mfn. graminivorous Kathās. lx

⋙ tṛṇabhūta

○bhūta mfn. become as thin as a blade of grass R. iv, 9, 95

• deprived of all power MBh. vii, 8303

⋙ tṛṇamaṇi

○maṇi m. = -kuñcaka Subh. 896

⋙ tṛṇamaya

○maya mfn. made of grass ŚārṅgP. (Siṃhâs.)

⋙ tṛṇamuṣṭi

○muṣṭi f. a handful of grass

⋙ tṛṇarāj

○rāj m. 'king of grasses', the vine-palm R. vi

⋙ tṛṇarāja

○rāja m. (cf. Bhpr. iv, 35) id. MBh. iv Hariv. (also ○jan, 3722)

• the cocoa-nut tree L

• a bamboo Npr

• sugar-cane ib

⋙ tṛṇarājan

○rājan m. ○ja

⋙ tṛṇalava

○lava m. a blade of grass Bhartṛ

⋙ tṛṇavat

○vat mfn. abounding in grass MBh. xii Bhartṛ

⋙ tṛṇavistara

○vistara m. = -kāṇḍa

⋙ tṛṇavṛkṣa

○vṛkṣa m. the fanpalm Npr

• the date tree ib

• the cocoa-nut tree ib

• the areca-nut tree ib

• Pandanus odoratissimus ib

⋙ tṛṇaśīta

○śīta n. N. of a fragrant grass L

• (ā), f. Commelina salicifolia L

⋙ tṛṇaśūnya

○śūnya m. Jasminum Sambac Suśr.i, iv

• (śūlya) v, 7, 19

• mf. n. the fruit of Pandanus odoratissimus L

⋙ tṛṇaśūlya

○śūlya -śūnya

⋙ tṛṇaśoṇita

○śoṇita n. 'grass-blood', = -kuṅkuma L

⋙ tṛṇaśoṣaka

○śoṣaka m. N. of a serpent, v, 4, 34

⋙ tṛṇaśauṇḍikā

○śauṇḍikā f. a kind of Achyranthes Npr

⋙ tṛṇaṣaṭpada

○ṣaṭ-pada m. 'grass-infesting six-footed', a wasp L

⋙ tṛṇasaṃvāha

○saṃvāha mfn. grass-moving (wind) Āp

⋙ tṛṇasāra

○sāra mfn. 'as weak as grass'

• (ā), f. Musa sapientum L

• ○rī-kṛta mfn. rendered weak as grass Kathās

⋙ tṛṇasiṃha

○siṃha m. 'reed-lion', axe Pāṇ. 6-2, 72 Kāś

⋙ tṛṇasomāṅgiras

○somâṅgiras m. N. of one of Yama's 7 sacrificial priests MBh. xiii, 7112

⋙ tṛṇaskanda

○skandá m. N. of a man RV. i, 172, 3

⋙ tṛṇastāraka

○stāraka m. 'covering with grass', leaving unremembered Buddh. L

⋙ tṛṇaharmya

○harmya m. a bower of grass or straw on the top of a house L

⋙ tṛṇāgni

tṛṇâgni m. a grass fire (quickly extinguished) Mn. iii, 168 Pañcat

• burning a criminal wrapped up in straw W

⋙ tṛṇāṅkura

tṛṇâṅkura m. young grass Bhartṛ

⋙ tṛṇāñcana

tṛṇâñcana ṅal.,

⋙ tṛṇāñjana

tṛṇâñjana ḻ., m. = ○ṇa-godhā

⋙ tṛṇāṭavī

tṛṇâṭavī f. a forest abounding in grass L

⋙ tṛṇāḍhya

tṛṇâḍhya m. N. of a grass L

⋙ tṛṇāda

tṛṇâda mfn. = ○ṇa-bhuj Subh

⋙ tṛṇādhipa

tṛṇâdhipa m. 'grass-king', N. of a grass L

⋙ tṛṇānna

tṛṇânna n. = ○ṇa-dhānya Npr

⋙ tṛṇāmla

tṛṇâmla n. N. of a grass L

⋙ tṛṇāri

tṛṇâri m. a kind of Mollugo Npr

⋙ tṛṇāvarta

tṛṇâvarta m. N. of a Daitya BhP. x BrahmaP. iv, 11

⋙ tṛṇāśa

tṛṇâśa mfn. = ○ṇâda Subh

⋙ tṛṇāśana

tṛṇâśana

⋙ tṛṇāśin

tṛṇâśin mfn. id. Kathās. lx

⋙ tṛṇāsṛj

tṛṇâsṛj n. = ○ṇa-śoṇita L

⋙ tṛṇekṣu

tṛṇêkṣu m. N. of a grass L

⋙ tṛṇendra

tṛṇêndra m. = ○ṇa-rāj MBh. xiii

⋙ tṛṇaidha

tṛṇâidha m. a fire for which grass is used instead of fuel ĀpŚr. ix, 9, 12

⋙ tṛṇottama

tṛṇôttama m. 'best of grasses', a kind of Crocus L

⋙ tṛṇottha

tṛṇôttha m. = ○ṇa-kuṅkuma L

⋙ tṛṇodaka

tṛṇôdaká n. sg. grass and water ŚBr. xiv ChUp. MBh. (v. l.)

• -bhūmi n. sg. grass, water, and a seat Gaut. v, 35

⋙ tṛṇodbhava

tṛṇôdbhava m. = ○ṇa-dhānya L

• = ○ṇôttha Npr

⋙ tṛṇolapa

tṛṇôlapa n. sg. (g. gavâśvâdi) grass and shrubs MBh. v Kād

⋙ tṛṇolkā

tṛṇôlkā f. a torch of hay MBh. v Hit. i

⋙ tṛṇaukas

tṛṇâukas n. = ○ṇa-kuṭi L

⋙ tṛṇauṣadha

tṛṇâuṣadha n. the fragrant bark of Feronia elephantum L

≫ tṛṇaka

tṛṇaka n. a worthless blade of grass MBh. i

• m. N. of a man, ii, 328

⋙ tṛṇakīyā

tṛṇakīyā f. a grassy place, g. bilvakâdi

⋙ tṛṇaya

tṛṇaya Nom. ○ti, to esteem as lightly as straw Naish. ix, 70

⋙ tṛṇasa

tṛṇasa mfn. (Pāṇ. 4-2, 80) grassy Vop

⋙ tṛṇīkṛ

tṛṇī-√kṛ to make straw of, make light of MBh. i, 7062 ; v, vii Naish. iii, 54 Kathās. xviii, 85 Sāh

⋙ tṛṇīya

tṛṇīya g. utkarâdi

⋙ tṛṇyā

tṛṇyā f. = ○ṇa-kāṇḍa g. pāśâdi

• cf. a-

tṛṇatā 2

tṛṇatā f. = tṛ-ṇ○ L

tṛṇāṅku

tṛṇāṅku m. N. of a sage R. iv. [Page 453, Column 3]

tṛṇāmalla

tṛṇāmalla N. of a temple Rasik. xi, 15

• cf. tri-m○

⋙ tṛṇāvallī

tṛṇāvallī f. id., 30

tṛṇṇa

tṛṇṇa áti-, ava-, ā́-, ví-, sáṃ-

tṛta 1

tṛta. and 2 √tṛṇ and tritá

≫ tṛtīya

tṛtī́ya mf(ā)n. (fr. trí Pāṇ. 5-2, 55

• also vii, 3, 115 ; i, 1, 36 Vārtt.) the 3rd RV. &c

• m. the 3rd consonant of a Varga (g, j, ḍ, d, b) RPrāt. VPrāt. APrāt. Pāṇ. Vārtt. and Kāś

• (in music) N. of a measure

• (ā), f. (scil. tithi) = ○yikā Jyot. &c

• (scil. vibhakti) the terminations of the 3rd case, the 3rd case (instrumental) Pāṇ. APrāt. iii, 19

• (am), ind. for the 3rd time, thirdly RV. x, 45, i ŚBr. ix, xi TāṇḍyaBr. &c

• (ena), instr. ind. at the 3rd time PārGṛ. ii, 3, 5

• (tṛ́tīya) mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-3, 48) forming the 3rd part, (n.) a 3rd part TS. TBr. ŚBr. iii f. KātyŚr. Mn. vi, 33 MBh. ; [Zend. thritya, Lat. tertius ; Goth. thridja.]

⋙ tṛtīyakaraṇī

○karaṇī f. the side of a square 3 times smaller than another, Śulb. i, 47

⋙ tṛtīyatā

○tā f. the condition of the 3rd consonant of a Varga RPrāt. xi, 13

⋙ tṛtīyatva

○tva n. the condition of being the 3rd TPrāt. Sch

⋙ tṛtīyadivasa

○divasa m. '3rd day', the day after to-morrow Hit. iii, 8, 1/2

⋙ tṛtīyaprakṛti

○prakṛti f. '3rd nature', a eunuch L. Sch

• the neuter gender ib

⋙ tṛtīyabhikṣā

○bhikṣā f. a 3rd part of alms Pāṇ. 2-2, 3

⋙ tṛtīyasavana

○savaná n. the 3rd Soma preparation (in the evening) TS. ii ŚBr. i-iii AitBr. vi KātyŚr. Nir. vii

• ○nīya mfn. belonging to ○ná ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ tṛtīyasvara

○svara n. '3rd tune', N. of a Sāman

⋙ tṛtīyāṃśa

tṛtīyâṃśa m. a 3rd part VarBṛS

• mfn. receiving a 3rd as one's share (○yin Sch. on KātyŚr. x, 2, 25 and Nyāyam. iii) Mn. viii, 210

≫ tṛtīyaka

tṛ́tīyaka mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 81) recurring every 3rd day, tertian (fever) AV. i, v, xix Suśr

• occurring for the 3rd time Pāṇ. 5-2, 77 Kāś

• the 3rd, Srut. Sāh. vi, 226 and 239

• (ikā), f. the 3rd day in a half month

⋙ tṛtīyakajvara

○jvara m. tertian ague

≫ tṛtīyā

tṛtīyā f. and ind

⋙ tṛtīyākṛ

○√kṛ to plough for the 3rd time Pāṇ. 5-4, 58

⋙ tṛtīyāsamāsa

○samāsa m. a Tat-purusha compound the former member of which would stand in the instrumental case if separated from the latter, i, 1, 30 ; vi, 1, 89 Vārtt. 6

⋙ tṛtīyika

tṛtīyika mfn. v, 1, 48

• (ā), f. ○yaka

⋙ tṛtīyin

tṛtīyin mfn. holding the 3rd rank ĀśvŚr. Lāṭy. Mn. viii, 210

• ○yâṃśa

tṛtsu

tṛ́tsu m. sg. and pl. N. of a race RV

tṛd

tṛd cl. 7. (impf. atṛṇat pf. tatarda, p. Ā. tatṛdāná

• aor. atardīt Bhaṭṭ

• fut. tardiṣyati, tartsy○ Pāṇ. 7-2, 57) to cleave, pierce RV. Hariv. Bhaṭṭ

• to split open, let out, set free RV

• to destroy Bhaṭṭ. vi, 38: Desid. titardiṣati, ○rtsati Pāṇ. 7-2, 57

• √.tard

≫ tṛdila

tṛdilá mfn. porous RV. x, 94, 11

• cf. á-

tṛp 1

tṛp cl. 4. tṛ́pyati [AV. TS. &c

• metrically also ○te], cl. 5. [Subj. 2. sg. tṛpṇávas Impv. ○ṇuhi, ○ṇutám RV. ( also á-tṛpṇuvat)

• ○noti Dhātup. and g. kṣubhnâdi], cl. 6. [2. sg. tṛmpási, Impv. ○pá, ○patu, &c. RV. ŚBr

• Pāṇ. 7-1, 59 Vārtt. 1 Pat

• tṛpati Dhātup

• pf. p. Ā. tātṛpāṇá RV. x, 95, 16

• P. tatarpa

• 3. pl. tātṛpur AV. xi, 7, 13

• aor. atṛpat (iii, 13, 6) or atrāpsīt Pāṇ. 3-1, 44 Vārtt

• atarpīt, atārpsīt Vop

• fut. 1st tarpiṣyati (but Pāṇ. 7-2, 10 Siddh.), tarpsy○, trapsy○

• Cond. atrapsyat AitUp. iii, 3

• fut. 2nd tarpitā, ○ptā, traptā Kāś. on Pāṇ. 6-1, 59 and vii, 2, 45] to satisfy one's self, become satiated or satisfied, be pleased with (gen., instr., or rarely loc., e.g. nâgnis tṛpyati kāṣṭhānām, 'fire is not satisfied with wood' MBh. xiii

• átṛpyan brāhmaṇā́ dhánaiḥ, 'the Brahmans were pleased with wealth' ŚBr. xiii) RV. &c

• to enjoy (with abl.) Mn. iv, 251

• to satisfy, please Bhaṭṭ. i f.: cl. 1. tarpati, to kindle Dhātup.: Caus. tarpayati, rarely ○te (impf. atarpayat RV. &c

• p. tarpáyat ib

• aor. atītṛpat ŚāṅkhGṛ. iii, 12 BhP

• átītṛpāma VS

• inf. tárpayitavaí ŚBr. i, 7, 3, 28 ĀpŚr. iv, 16, 17) to satiate, satisfy, refresh, gladden RV. &c

• Ā. to become satiated or satisfied VS. AV. vi

• to kindle Dhātup.: Desid. (Subj. títṛpsāt) to wish to enjoy RV. x, 87, 19: Caus. Desid. (Pot. titarpayiṣet) to wish to satiate or refresh or satisfy ŚāṅkhGṛ. i, 2, 7 Gobh. i, 9, 2: Intens. tarītṛpyate, tarītarpti, ○trapti W

• [√.tṛph

• ?.]

≫ tṛp 2

tṛp asu- and paśu-tṛ́p

• śiśnôdara-

≫ tṛpa

tṛpa mfn. a-tṛpá

• asu-

• (ā), f. N. of a plant ŚBr. v, 3, 5, 20 Sāy

⋙ tṛpat

tṛpát ind. with pleasure, to one's satisfaction RV. ii f. x

• m. the moon Uṇ. k

• a parasol Uṇ. ii, 85 Sch

⋙ tṛpala

tṛpála mfn. ṣV. or [am], ind. [RV. ix, 97, 8] = ○prá or ○prám

• (ā), f. a creeper Uṇ. i, 106 Sch

• = phalā Uṇ. vṛ. [Page 454, Column 1]

• tṛpála-prabharman mfn. (Soma) = tṛpra-prahārin [Nir. v, 12] RV. x, 89, 5

⋙ tṛpāya

tṛpāya Nom. ○yate (fr. ○pát), g. bhṛśâdi

⋙ tṛpita

tṛpita mfn. Pāṇ. 7-1, 59 Vārtt. 2 Pat

⋙ tṛpu

tṛpú m. a thief (cf. asu- and paśu-tṛ́p) Naigh. iii, 24 (v. l. tripú)

≫ tṛpta

tṛptá mfn. satiated, satisfied with (gen., instr., or in comp.) AV. ŚBr. &c

• (am), ind. so as to exhibit satiety AitBr. i, 25, 15

• n. N. of a metre RPrāt. xvii, 5

⋙ tṛptatā

○tā f. satiety Kathās. lxii

• satisfaction, cxix

• a-, insatiability Śiś. ix, 64

⋙ tṛptāṃśu

tṛptấṃśu mfn. having well-nourished shoots RV. i, 168

⋙ tṛptātman

tṛptâtman mfn. having a contented mind

≫ tṛpti

tṛ́pti f. satisfaction, contentment RV. viii, 82, 6 (○ptí) and ix, 113, 10 AV. &c

• disgust Suśr. i, 24, 2

• m. N. of a Gandharva Gal

⋙ tṛptikara

○kara mfn. giving satisfaction, 46, 9, 7

⋙ tṛptikāraka

○kāraka mfn. id

⋙ tṛptikṛt

○kṛt mfn. = a-secana L

⋙ tṛptighna

○ghna mfn. removing disgust

⋙ tṛptida

○da mfn. = -kara

⋙ tṛptidīpa

○dīpa m. N. of Bhpañcad. vii

⋙ tṛptimat

○mat mfn. satisfied, finding satisfaction in (loc.) ChUp. vii, 10, 2 Rudray. ii, i, 4

⋙ tṛptiyoga

○yoga m. satisfaction Śiś. ii, 31

≫ tṛptīkṛ

tṛptī-√kṛ to satisfy, gladden Naish. viii

≫ tṛpyat

tṛpyat mfn. a- not becoming satiate Kathās

≫ tṛpra

tṛprá mf(ā)n. KātyŚr. xxv, 11, 30

• (ám), ind. ŚBr. x, 4, 1, 18 ; xii, 5

• m. = puroḍāśa (Uṇ. Sch. and Sāy

• = ghṛta Uṇ. k.) RV. viii, 2, 5

• cf. trapiṣṭha

⋙ tṛpradaṃśin

○daṃśín mfn. biting hastily (?) AV. vii, 56, 3

≫ tṛprāya

tṛprāya Nom. ○yate g. sukhâdi

⋙ tṛprālu

tṛprālu mfn. ○praṃ na sahate Pāṇ. 5-2, 122 Vārtt. 6

≫ tṛprin

tṛprin mfn. g. sukhâdi

tṛph

tṛph cl. 6. ○phati, to satisfy (cf. √tṛp) Dhātup

• to kill (cf. tarphitṛ) W

tṛphalā

tṛphalā tri-ph○

tṛphū

tṛphū f. = sarpa-jāti Uṇ. k

tṛbhi

tṛ́bhi m. a ray TĀr. i, 11, 3

tṛmp

tṛmp cl. 6. ○pati, √tṛp

≫ tṛmpaṇa

tṛmpaṇa n. the act of pleasing Pāṇ. 8-4, 2 Vārtt. 7 f. Pat

⋙ tṛmpaṇīya

tṛmpaṇīya mfn. to be pleased ib

tṛmph

tṛmph (= √tṛp), cl. 6. ○phati, to satisfy, vii, 1, 59 Vārtt. 1 Pat

tṛvṛt

tṛvṛt tri-v○

tṛṣ 1

tṛṣ cl. 4. ○ṣyati (p. tṛ́ṣyat Ā. ○ṣāṇá pf. tātṛṣāṇá RV. [tat○, vi, 15, 5]

• 3. pl. tātṛṣúr, x, 15, 9

• aor. Subj. tṛṣat AV. ii, 29, 4

• ind. p. ○ṣṭvā́, xix, 34, 6

• ○ṣitvā and tarṣitvā Pāṇ. 1-2, 25) to be thirsty, thirst, thirst for RV. &c.: Caus. (aor. 1. pl. atītṛṣāma) to cause to thirst, iv, 34, 11 ; [Goth. thars, thaursus

• ?] 2

⋙ tṛṣ

tṛṣ mfn. 'longing for', artha-

• f. (Siddhṣtry. 23) thirst MBh. xiv Suśr. VarBṛ. &c

• strong desire L

• Desire as daughter of Love L

≫ tṛṣā

tṛṣā f. thirst Nal. ix, 27 Suśr. Vet. &c

• strong desire Hit. i, 6, 34

• Desire as daughter of Love L

• Methonica superba L

⋙ tṛṣābhū

○bhū f. 'thirstorigin', the bladder L

⋙ tṛṣāroga

○roga m. 'morbid thirst' N. of a disease MBh. xii, 11268

⋙ tṛṣārta

○rta (○ṣâr○), mfn. suffering from thirst, Sinhâs. vi, 7 Hit. iii, 4, 0/1

• affected by desire, i, 6, 34

⋙ tṛṣāha

○ha n. 'thirst-destroying', water L

• a kind of anise L

≫ tṛṣita

tṛṣitá mfn. (fr. 2. tṛṣ g. tārakâdi) thirsty, thirsting, desirous RV. i, 16, 5 MBh. &c. (with inf. Hariv. 5033)

• n. thirst W

• cf. á-

⋙ tṛṣitottarā

tṛṣitôttarā f. the plant aśana-parṇī L

≫ tṛṣu

tṛṣú mfn. greedy, eagerly desirous RV. iv, 4, 1 ; 7, 11

• ind. greedily, rapidly, i, 58 ; iv, 7, 11 ; vii, 3, 4 ; x, 79 ; 91 ; 113 ; 115

⋙ tṛṣucyavas

○cyávas mfn. moving greedily, vi, 66, 10

⋙ tṛṣucyut

○cyút mfn. id., i, 140, 3

≫ tṛṣṭa

tṛṣṭá mf(ā́)n. 'dry', rough, harsh, rugged, hoarse [Lat. tussis fr. turs-ti-s], iii, 9, 3 ; x, 85 and 87 AV. v, 18 f. ; vii, 113, 2

⋙ tṛṣṭajambha

○jambha mfn. having rough teeth, vi, 50, 3

⋙ tṛṣṭadaṃśman

○daṃśman (ṭá-), mfn. biting roughly, xii, 1, 46

⋙ tṛṣṭadhūma

○dhūma (○ṭá-), mfn. having pungent breath (a snake), xix, 47 and 50

⋙ tṛṣṭavandana

○vandana mf(ā)n. having a rough eruption, vii, 113, 1

⋙ tṛṣṭāmā

tṛṣṭấmā f. N. of a river RV. x, 75, 6

≫ tṛṣṭikā

tṛṣṭikā́ f. a rough woman AV. vii, 113, 1 f

≫ tṛṣṇaka

tṛṣṇaka mfn. desirous, eager for L

≫ tṛṣṇaj

tṛṣṇáj mfn. (Nir. Pāṇ.) thirsty RV. i, v, vii

≫ tṛṣṇā

tṛ́ṣṇā f. thirst, i, vii, ix AV. ŚBr. &c

• desire, avidity (chiefly ifc.) R. Ragh. BhP. &c

• Avidity as mother of Dambha (Prab. ii, 11/12), daughter of Death (Mṛityu VP. i, 7, 31

• or Māra Lalit. xxiv, 20), generated by Vedanā and generating Upâdāna (Buddh.)

• cf. ati-

⋙ tṛṣṇākṣaya

○kṣaya m. cessation of desire, tranquillity of mind L

⋙ tṛṣṇāghna

○ghna mfn. quenching thirst Suśr. i, 45

⋙ tṛṣṇāmāra

○mārá m. dying of thirst AV. iv, 17, 6 f. [Page 454, Column 2]

⋙ tṛṣṇāri

○"ṣri (○ṇâr○), m. the plant parpaṭa L

⋙ tṛṣṇāvarūtrī

○varūtrī f. for tvaṣṭā- g. vanaspaty-ādi

≫ tṛṣyāvat

tṛṣyā́-vat mfn. = tarṣ○ RV. vii, 103, 3

tṛṣama

tṛṣama tri-ṣ○

tṛh

tṛh cl. 7. (Impv. tṛṇéḍhu

• Subj. pl. tṛṇáhān

• aor. atṛham AV

• atarhīt Bhaṭṭ

• atṛkṣat, Durgād

• pf. tatarha AV

• pr. p. nom. m. tṛṃhát RV. x, 102, 4

• f. du. ○hatī́ ŚBr. xii, 2, 2, 2

• ind. p. tṛḍhvā́ Pass. pl. tṛhyánte, p. ○hyámāṇa AV

• cl. 6. tṛhati, tṛṃh○ Dhātup.) to crush, bruise RV. AV. TS. i, 5, 7, 6 ŚBr. Bhaṭṭ.: Desid. titṛkṣati, titṛṃhiṣati Pāṇ. 1-2, 10 Siddh

• cf. vi-

• tárhaṇa, tṛṃhaṇa, tṛḍhá

tṝ

tṝ cl. 1. P. (rarely Ā.) tárati (Subj. tárat impf. átarat, p. tárat inf. tarádhyai, ○rīṣáni RV.), cl. 5. tarute (x, 76, 2

• Pot. 1. pl. turyāma, v f.), cl. 3. titarti (BhP

• p. nom. pl. títratas RV. ii, 31, 2

• Pot. tuturyā́t, v f. viii), with prepositions Ved. chiefly cl. 6. P. Ā. (tiráte Subj. tirāti impf. átirat, p. tirát inf. tíram, tíre RV

• -aor. átārīt, i, vii

• 1. pl. ○riṣma i, vii, ○rima viii, 13, 21

• táruṣante v, ○ta i, ○ṣema vii [Pāṇ. 3-1, 85 Kāś.]

• Ā. and Pass. -tāri RV

• P. atārṣīt BhP

• ○ṣam MBh. Daś

• pf. tatāra RV. &c

• 3. pl. titirur, i f

• teritha, ○ratur Pāṇ. 6-4, 122

• p. titirvás gen. tatarúṣas RV

• fut. tariṣyati, ○rIS○, taritā, ○rītā [cf. pra-tár○] Pāṇ. 7-2, 38

• tárutā RV. i

• Prec. tīryāt, tariṣīṣṭa Vop

• inf. tartum MBh. R

• ○rIt○ iv f. ○rit○ MBh. i Hariv. R. v

• ind. p. tīrtvā́ AV

• -tū́rya, vi-) to pass across or over, cross over (a river), sail across RV. &c

• to float, swim VarBṛS. lxxx, 14 Bhaṭṭ. xii Cāṇ

• to get through, attain an end or aim, live through (a definite period), study to the end RV. &c

• to fulfil, accomplish, perform R. i f

• to surpass, overcome, subdue, escape RV. &c

• to acquire, gain, viii, 100, 8 MBh. xii R

• Ā. to contend, compete RV. i, 132, 5

• to carry through or over, save, vii, 18, 6 MBh. i, iii: Caus. tārayati (p. ○ráyat) to carry or lead over or across Kauś. MBh. &c

• to cause to arrive at AV. xviii PraśnUp. vi, 8

• to rescue, save, liberate from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c.: Desid. titīrṣati (also titariṣati, ○rIS○ Pāṇ. 7-2, 41

• p. Ā. titīrṣamāṇa MBh. xiii, 2598) to wish to cross or reach by crossing KaṭhUp. MBh. BhP. iv: Intens. tartarīti (2. du. ○rīthas

• p. gen. tárilratas [Pāṇ. 7-4, 65]

• also vi-

• tātarti, 92 Sch.) to reach the end by passing or running or living through RV

• [cf. tára, tirás, tīrṇá ; Lat. termo, trans ; Goth. thairh.]

tekṣṇiṣṭham

tékṣṇiṣṭham ind. (fr. tīkṣṇá) in a most pungent manner TBr. i, 5 f. TĀr. ii

tega

tegá or stegá m. pl. VS. xxv, 1

tej

tej ○jati, to protect Dhātup. vii, 56

teja

teja m. (√tij) sharpness Vop. viii, 132

• m. N. of a man Rājat. viii, 1226

• (ā), f. the 13th night of the Karma-māsa Sūryapr

⋙ tejapattra

○pattra

⋙ tejapāla

○pāla ○jaH-p○

⋙ tejavatī

○vatī ○jo-v○

⋙ tejavalkala

○valkala m. Zanthoxylon Rhetsa Bhpr. v, 1, 169/170

⋙ tejasiṃha

○siṃha m. N. of a man (son of Raṇa-dara)

• ○jaH-s○.

≫ tejaḥ

tejaḥ = ○jas

⋙ tejaḥpattra

○pattra n. the leaf of Laurus Cassia (also ○ja-p○ L.) W

⋙ tejaḥpāla

○pāla m. N. of a man (also ○ja-p○)

⋙ tejaḥprabha

○prabha n. 'gleaming with lustre', N. of a mythic missile R. i, 29, 18

⋙ tejaḥphala

○phala m. N. of a tree L

⋙ tejaḥsambhava

○sambhava m. (= agni-s○) lymph L

⋙ tejaḥsiṃha

○siṃha m. N. of an astronomer Hāyan

⋙ tejaḥsena

○sena m. N. of a man Rājat. viii, 400 f

⋙ tejāhvā

tejâhvā f. Scindapsus officinalis Suśr. iv, 2, 92

≫ tejana

téjana n. sharpening, whetting Dhātup

• inflammation Suśr. iv, 24

• rendering bright W

• the shaft of an arrow AV. Kāṭh. AitBr. &c

• a reed, bamboo RV. i, 110, 5

• = ○naka L

• (ī), f. (g. gaurâdi) a whetstone, touchstone L

• a number of reeds or straw &c. twisted or matted together, tuft, mat Kāṭh. xxii f. AitBr. ŚBr. PārGṛ. Kauś

• Sanseviera Roxburghiana (also ○jinī Npr.) L

• = ○ja-valkala Bhpr. v, 1, 170

• also ○jo-'hvā

• cf. taij○

⋙ tejanaka

téjanaka m. Saccharum Sara L

⋙ tejanin

téjanin mfn. = vikaṭa Lāṭy. ix, 2, 27 Sch

⋙ tejanīdanta

téjanī-danta m. a prominent tooth (?), 27

⋙ tejita

tejita mfn. sharpened, whetted (arrows) MBh. v f

• excited, stimulated Hariv. 5208 ; 9644

⋙ tejinī

tejinī f. ○janī and ○jo-vatī

≫ tejas

téjas n. (often pl.) the sharp edge (of a knife &c.), point or top of a flame or ray, glow, glare, splendour, brilliance, light, fire RV. &c

• clearness of the eyes VS. xxi AitBr. &c

• the bright appearance of the human body (in health), beauty Nal. Suśr. i, 15 [Page 454, Column 3]

• the heating and strengthening faculty of the human frame seated in the bile, 14 and 26

• the bile L

• fiery energy, ardour, vital power, spirit, efficacy, essence AV. &c

• semen virile MBh. R. Ragh. Śak

• marrow L

• the brain W

• gold L

• (opposed to kṣamā) impatience, fierceness, energetic opposition MBh. iii VarBṛ. Sāh. iii, 50 and 54 Daśar. ii, 3

• (in Sāṃkhya phil.) = rajas (passion)

• spiritual or moral or magical power or influence, majesty, dignity, glory, authority AV. VS. &c

• a venerable or dignified person, person of consequence MBh. v, xiii Śak. vii, 15

• fresh butter L

• a mystical N. of the letter ? RāmatUp. i, 23

• (ase), dat. inf. √tij, q.v

• cf. a-, agni-, ugra- &c

⋙ tejaska

○ka ifc. = ○jas RV. i, 116, 8 Sāy

⋙ tejaskara

○kara mfn. granting vital power

⋙ tejaskāma

○kāma (téj○), mfn. longing for manly strength or vital power Mn. iv, 44

• desiring influence or authority or dignity TS. ii AitBr. i TāṇḍyaBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. ĀśvGṛ

⋙ tejaskāya

○kāya mfn. having light as one's body Āp

⋙ tejastimira

○timira n. du. light and darkness

⋙ tejastejas

○tejas m. whose essence is light W

⋙ tejastva

○tva n. the general notion of tejas Sarvad. x, 42

• the nature or essence of light BhP. iii

⋙ tejaspada

○pada n. a mark of dignity, i, 15, 14

⋙ tejasvat

○vat (téj○), mfn. sharp-edged W

• splendid, bright, glorious, beautiful AV. xviii TS. ii f. TBr. TāṇḍyaBr. ChUp

• energetic, spirited W

• (tī), f. N. of a princess Kathās. xviii

• ○jo-v○.

⋙ tejasvin

○vín mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 122 Kāś.) sharp (the eye) Bhartṛ

• brilliant, splendid, bright, powerful, energetic TS. ii f. TBr. &c

• violent VarBṛS. ci, 2

• inspiring respect, dignified, noble Mn. &c

• = -kara TUp. ii, 1

• m. N. of a son of Indra MBh. i, 7304

• (inī), f. Cardiospermum Halicacabum L

• mahā-jyotiṣmatī L

• ○svi-tā f. energy MBh. iii

• majesty, dignity Hcar. v, 435

• ○svi-tva n. brilliancy MBh. v, 181, 7 Pratāpar

• ○svini-tamā or ○svínī-t○, Superl. of f. of ○svín Kāṭh. xxiii, 10 TS. vi

• ○svi-praśaṃsā f. N. of ŚārṅgP. xvii

≫ tejasa

tejasa n. ifc. = ○jas, power MBh. iii, 8681

≫ tejasāmadhīśa

tejasām-adhī7śa m. 'lord of luminaries', the sun Hcar. v, 415

⋙ tejasya

tejasyá mfn. splendid TS. ii, 3

≫ tejiṣṭha

téjiṣṭha mf(ā)n. (Superl. of tigmá) very sharp RV. i, 53, 8

• very hot, i f. vi

• very bright, ix f. ŚBr. i BhP

• (am), ind. with the utmost heat TāṇḍyaBr

⋙ tejīyas

téjīyas mfn. (Compar.) sharper (the mind) RV. iii, 19, 3

• more clever BhP. x, 33, 30 (BrahmaP.)

• higher in rank, dignified BhP. iii f. x

≫ tejeyu

tejeyu N. of a son of Raudrâśva MBh. i, 3701

≫ tejo

tejo = ○jas

⋙ tejoja

○ja n. blood Gal

⋙ tejojala

○jala n. 'lightwater', the lens of the eye Suśr. vi, 1, 16

⋙ tejonāthatīrtha

○nāthatīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha RevāKh. cxxiv

⋙ tejonidhi

○nidhi mfn. 'treasury of glory', abounding in glory W

⋙ tejobalasamāyukta

○bala-samāyukta mfn. endowed with spirit and strength Nal. xix

⋙ tejobindūpaniṣad

○bindū7paniṣad f. N. of an Up

⋙ tejobīja

○bīja n. marrow Npr

⋙ tejobhaṅga

○bhaṅga m. destruction of dignity, disgrace

⋙ tejobhibhavana

○'bhibhavana m. N. of a village R. (B) ii, 68, 17

⋙ tejobhīru

○bhīru f. 'afraid of light', shadow L

⋙ tejomaṇḍala

○maṇḍala n. a disk or halo of light PraśnUp. iv, 2

⋙ tejomantha

○mantha m. (= agni-m○) Premna spinosa L

⋙ tejomaya

○máya mf(ī)n. consisting of splendour or light, shining, brilliant, clear (the eye) ŚBr. xiv ChUp. ŚvetUp. Mn. &c

⋙ tejomūrti

○mūrti mfn. consisting totally of light, iii, 93

⋙ tejomṛtamaya

○'mṛta-maya mfn. consisting of splendour or nectar Hcat. i, 6, 253

⋙ tejorāśi

○rāśi m. 'mass of splendour', all splendour (mount Meru) MBh. i

• (○jaso ?○ iii, 9900)

• Śiva

⋙ tejorūpa

○rūpa mfn. consisting wholly of splendour (Brahmā) BrahmaP

⋙ tejovat

○vat mfn. sharp, pungent W

• bright VarBṛS. lxxxi, 6

• energetic W

• (tī), f. Scindapsus officinalis (○ja-v○ Bhpr. v, 1, 170) Suśr. iv, 2 ; 8 ; 15

• vi

• Piper Chaba L

• mahā-jyotiṣmatī L

• N. of a √(also ○jinī) Npr

• of a princess Kathās. xvii, 34

⋙ tejovid

○víd mfn. possessing splendour or light TS. iii, 3, 1, 1

⋙ tejovṛkṣa

○vṛkṣa m. = -mantha L

⋙ tejovṛtta

○vṛtta n. dignified behaviour Mn. ix, 303

⋙ tejovṛddhi

○vṛddhi f. increase of glory

⋙ tejohrāsa

○hrāsa m. = -bhaṅga

⋙ tejohvā

○'hvā f. (cf. ○jâh○) = ○ja-valkala Bhpr. v, 1, 170

• Cardiospermum Halicacabum (also ○janī L.) Suśr. iv, 9, 60

tejaura

tejaura N. of a place Rasik. xi

tedanī

tedanī́ f. blood or clotted blood VS. xxv, 2 AV. (?) ŚBr. TāṇḍyaBr. ŚāṅkhGṛ. (○nī)

tena 1

tena m. a note or cadence introductory to a song

tena 2

téna ind. (instr. of 2. tá) in that direction, there (correl. to yena, 'in which direction, where') SaddhP. iv Pāṇ. 2-1, 14 Kāś

• in that manner, thus (correl. to yena, 'in what manner'), PārGṛ. ii, 2 Mn. iv, 178 Vop. v, 7 [Page 455, Column 1] Contents of this page

• on that account, for that reason, therefore (correl. to yena ṃn. ṃBh., yád [ŚBr. iv, 1, 5, 7 Mn. i, iii R. ī], yasmāt ṃBh. ṛ., yatas [Sāh. i, 2 Hit.])

• tena hi, therefore, now then Śak. Vikr. i, 3/4

tep

tep cl. 1. ○pate, to distil, ooze, drop Dhātup. x, 2

• to tremble, Kavikalpadr

tema

tema ○mana, √tim

tera

tera ○raṇa m. balsamine L

• cf. tair○

tela

tela m. N. of a high number Buddh. L

telu

telu g. rājanyâdi

tev

tev cl. 1. ○vate, to sport Dhātup. xiv

≫ tevana

tevana n. sport L

• a pleasure-garden L

taikāyana

taikāyana m. patr. fr. Tika, g. naḍâdi

⋙ taikāyani

taikāyani m. id. Pāṇ. 4-1, 154

⋙ taikāyanīya

taikāyanīya m. a descendant or pupil of ○ni, 90 Kāś

taikṣṇāyana

taikṣṇāyana m. .patr. fr. Tīkshṇa, g. aśvâdi

⋙ taikṣṇya

taikṣṇya n. sharpness (of a knife) Suśr. i, 5

• pungency (of drugs), i, iii f. R

• fierceness, severity Mn. iv, 163 MBh. R. Sāh

• pain, Priyad. i, 4/5

⋙ taigmya

taigmya n. (fr. tigmá) sharpness, pungency W

⋙ taijana

taijana mfn. coming from the plant tejanī Kāṭh. xxi, 10 (ĀpŚr. xvii, 14)

⋙ taijanitvac

taijani-tvac a kind of lute Lāṭy. iv

⋙ taijasa

taijasá mf(ī)n. originating from or consisting of light (téjas), bright, brilliant ŚBr. xiv MāṇḍUp. MBh. &c

• consisting of any shining substance (as metal), metallic ĀśvGṛ. Gaut. Mn. KātyŚr. Sch

• said of the gastric juice as coloured by digested food Suśr. i, 14

• passionate Sāṃkhyak. Tattvas. Vedântas. Suśr. BhP

• n. metal L

• vigour W

• N. of a Tīrtha MBh. iii, 7035 ; ix, 2723

• (ī), f. Scindapsus officinalis Npr

• long pepper Gal

• ○sâvartanī, ○tinī f. a crucible L

taitala

taitala ○lāyani, ○li, ○til○

taitikṣa

taitikṣa mfn. (fr. titikṣā) patient, g. chattrâdi

• relating to ○kṣya g. kaṇvâdi

⋙ taitikṣava

taitikṣava m. patr. fr. titikṣu Hariv. 1681

⋙ taitikṣya

taitikṣya m. patr. fr. titikṣa g. gargâdi

taitila

taitila m. N. of a man (v. l. ○tala), g. tikâdi

• a rhinoceros L

• a god Daś. xii, 129

• kaliṅga, 129 Sch

• n. (m. Sch.) a pillow KshurUp

• n. N. of the 4th Karaṇa (in astr.) VarBṛS. iiic, 4 and 6

• -kadrū Pāṇ. 6-2, 42

⋙ taitilāyani

taitilāyani m. patr. fr. taitila g. tikâdi (v. l. ○tal○)

⋙ taitili

taitili m. N. of a man Pravar. v, 4 (Kāty.)

• (○tali [in Prākṛit teyali Jñātādh. xiv Āv. viii, 182] Jain.)

⋙ taitilin

taitilin m. N. of a man (= ○la) Pāṇ. 6-4, 144 Vārtt. 1

taittiḍīka

taittiḍīka mf(ī)n. prepared with tamarind-sauce, iv, 3, 156 Vārtt. 2 Pat. ; 4, 4 Kāś

taittira

taittira mf(ī)n. produced or coming from a partridge (tittiri) ĀśvGṛ. ŚāṅkhGṛ. R. Suśr

• sprung from the sage Tittiri Uṇ. k

• m. a partridge L

• n. a flock of partridges L

⋙ taittiri

taittiri m. N. of a sage (elder brother of Vaiśampāyana MBh. xii, 12760) Pravar. ii, 2, 3 (v. l. titt○ pl.)

• of a son of Kapota-roman Hariv. 2016 MatsyaP. (not in ed.)

• (titt○) AgP. and BrahmaP

⋙ taittirika

taittirika m. one who catches partridges R. (G) ii, 90, 13

≫ taittirīya

taittirīya m. pl. 'pupils of Tittiri', the Taittirīyas (a school of the Yajur-Veda) Pāṇ. 4-3, 102 R. ii, 32, 15 VP. &c

⋙ taittirīyacaraṇa

○caraṇa n. the school of the Taittirīyas

⋙ taittirīyaprātiśākhya

○prātiśākhya n. the Prātiśākhya of the Taittirīyas (commented on by Tri-bhāshya-ratna)

⋙ taittirīyabrāhmaṇa

○brāhmaṇa n. the Brāhmaṇa of the Taittirīyas

⋙ taittirīyayajurveda

○yajur-veda m. the YV. according to the Taittirīyas

⋙ taittirīyavārttika

○vārttika n. N. of a commentary

⋙ taittirīyaveda

○veda m. the Veda according to the Taittirīyas

⋙ taittirīyaśākhā

○śākhā f. = -caraṇa ĀtrAnukr

⋙ taittirīyaśākhin

○śākhin mfn. belonging to ○khā ib. Sch

⋙ taittirīyasaṃhitā

○saṃhitā f. the Saṃhitā of the Taittirīyas (chief recension of the Black YV., on the origin of which VP. iii, 5, 1-29 has the following legend: the YV. was first taught by Vaiśampāyana to 27 pupils, among whom was Yājñavalkya

• subsequently V. being offended with Y. bade him disgorge the Veda committed to him, which he did in a tangible form

• whereupon the older disciples of V. being commanded to pick it up, took the form of partridges, and swallowed the soiled texts, hence named 'black'

• the other name taittirīya referring to the partridges. Y. then received from the Sun a new or white version of the YV., called from Y.'s patr. vājasaneyin)

⋙ taittirīyāraṇyaka

taittirīyâraṇyaka n. the Āraṇyaka of the Taittirīyas

⋙ taittirīyopaniṣad

taittirīyôpaniṣad f. the Up. of the Taittirīyas

≫ taittirīyaka

taittirīyaka mfn. = ○ya-śākhin, Tprāt

• n. the manual of the Tprāt Sāy. on RV. i, 65, 2 and 5 ; iv, 42, 8. [Page 455, Column 2]

⋙ taittirīyakopaniṣad

taittirīyakôpaniṣad f. = ○rīyôp○ Sarvad. v

≫ taittirya

taittirya mfn. coming from a partridge ĀpGṛ

tainduka

tainduka mf(ī)n. derived from Diospyros embryopteris (tind○) Suśr. vi, 40, 36

taimāta

taimātá m. N. of a snake AV. v

taimitya

taimitya n. fr. timita, dulness Gal

taimira

taimira mfn. fr. timita, with roga, = ○rya Suśr. iv, 13

⋙ taimirika

taimirika mfn. = timira nayana Kād. iii

⋙ taimirya

taimirya n. dimness of the eyes Hāsy. i, 39

taira

taira ○raṇa m. ○raṇī f. = ter○ L

tairabhukta

tairabhukta mfn. fr. tīra-bhukti

tairaścya

tairaścya n. 'melody of the Ṛishi Tiraścī', N. of a Sāman TāṇḍyaBr. xii Lāṭy. vi, 8, 12

≫ tairovirāma

tairovirāma m. 'extending beyond (tirás) a pause (vir○)', the dependant Svarita in a compound when the Udātta upon which it depends stands on the last syllable of the 1st member of the compound VPrāt. i, 118

• (called prātihata TPrāt.)

⋙ tairovyañjana

tairovyañjana m. 'extending beyond the consonant (vy○)', the dependant Svarita when separated by one or more consonants from the Udātta syllable upon which it depends RPrāt. iii, 10 APrāt. iii, 62 VPrāt. i, 117

⋙ tairohnya

tairo'hnya mfn. = tir○ ĀśvŚr. v, 5

tairtha

tairtha mf(ī)n. relating to a Tīrtha, g. śuṇḍikâdi and vyuṣṭâdi

⋙ tairthaka

tairthaka mfn. g. dhūmâdi

⋙ tairthika

tairthika mfn. (g. chedâdi) = tīrth○, addicted or relating to another creed, heterodox Kāraṇḍ. xi, 62

• m. a dignified person, authority Prab. ii, 13/14

• n. water from a Tīrtha MBh. iii, 8085

• = tīrthacaryā (?), xiii, 6066

⋙ tairthya

tairthya g. saṃkāśâdi

tairyagayanika

tairyagayanika mfn. measured by the revolution (tiryag-ayana) of the sun (a year) Lāṭy. iv, 8, 7 Nidānas. v, 12

≫ tairyagyona

tairyagyona mfn. = tir○, of animal origin, (m.) animal Mn. vii, 150 Suśr. vi, 39

• ○nya

⋙ tairyagyoni

tairyagyoni mfn. id. MBh. v, 97, 6

• relating to the animals (creation) Sāṃkhyak. 54, Gauḍap

⋙ tairyagyonya

tairyagyonya mfn. id., 53 (v. l. ○na) VP. i, 5, 21 MārkP. vlī, 33

taila

tailá n. (fr. tíla) sesamum oil, oil AV.i, 7, 2(?) Kauś. Gobh. Mn. &c. (ifc. Pāṇ. 5-2, 29 Vārtt.4 Pat

• ifc. f. ā Kum. vii, 9)

• olibanum VarBṛS. lxxvii, 4 and 6

⋙ tailakanda

○kanda m. N. of a bulb L

⋙ tailakalkaja

○kalka-ja m. = -kiṭṭa L

⋙ tailakalpanā

○kalpanā f. N. of ŚārṅgS. xvi, 90-178

⋙ tailakāra

○kāra m. an oil-miller BrahmaP. i

⋙ tailakiṭṭa

○kiṭṭa n. oil-cake L

⋙ tailakīṭa

○kīṭa m. N. of an insect L

⋙ tailakuṇḍa

○kuṇḍa (taíl○), n. an oil-pot AV. xx, 136, 16 (v. l. -kumbha)

⋙ tailacaurikā

○caurikā f. 'stealing oil', a cock-roach L

⋙ tailatva

○tva n. oily state Suśr. i, 45

⋙ tailadroṇī

○droṇī f. a tub filled with oil R. ii, 66, 14 ff

⋙ tailapa

○pa m. 'oil-drinker', N. of a man

• (ā), f. = -caurikā L

⋙ tailapaka

○paka -pāyika

⋙ tailaparṇa

○parṇa m. camphor Gal

• (ī), f. sandal L

• turpentine L

• olibanum L

⋙ tailaparṇaka

○parṇaka n. N. of a fragrant grass Bhpr. v, 2, 108

• sandal-wood Npr

⋙ tailaparṇika

○parṇika m. N. of a sandal tree Hariv. 12680 Bhpr

• n. the wood of that tree L

⋙ tailapātra

○pātra n. an oil-vessel Gobh. iii, 5, 8

⋙ tailapāyika

○pāyika m. = -pā (or 'N. of a bird' Sch.) Vishṇ. xliv, 23 Mn. xii, 63 (v. l. -paka)

• (ā), f. = -pā MBh. xiv, 5069

⋙ tailapāyin

○pāyin m. id., xiii Yājñ. iii, 211 MārkP. xv, 23

• ? MBh. vii, 6713

• (inī), f. id. Npr

⋙ tailapiñja

○piñja white sesamum ib

⋙ tailapipīlikā

○pipīlikā f. a small red ant L

⋙ tailapīta

○pīta mfn. one who has drunk oil, g. āhitâgny-ādi

⋙ tailapūra

○pūra m. 'oil-filling', a- [Kum. i, 10] or apavarjita- Bhaktâm. 15, mfn. (a lamp) that wants no oil-filling

⋙ tailapeṣam

○peṣam ind. (with √piṣ, to grind) so as to extract oil ('with oil' Sch.) Pāṇ. 3-4, 38 Kāś

⋙ tailapradīpa

○pradīpa m. an oil-lamp Kathās. ic, 4

⋙ tailaphala

○phala m. the sesamum plant Npr

• Terminalia Catappa L

• Terminalia Bellerica L

⋙ tailabīja

○bīja m. Semecarpus Anacardium L

⋙ tailamālin

○mālin m. or a wick L

⋙ tailamālī

○mālī f. a wick L

⋙ tailampātā

○m-pātā f. Pāṇ. 4-2, 58 ; vi, 3, 71

⋙ tailayantra

○yantra n. an oil-mill BhP. v (-cakra n. 'wheel of an oil-mill', 21, 13)

⋙ tailavallī

○vallī f. a kind of Asparagus L

⋙ tailaśālikā

○śālikā f. = -yantra Gal

⋙ tailasādhana

○sādhana n. N. of a perfume L

⋙ tailaspandā

○spandā f. Cucurbita Pepo Npr

• Clitoria ternatea ib

• kākolī ib

⋙ tailasphaṭika

○sphaṭika m. N. of a gem L

⋙ tailākhya

tailâkhya m. olibanum L

⋙ tailāguru

tailâguru n. a kind of Agallochum L

⋙ tailāṭī

tailâṭī f. a wasp L

⋙ tailābhyaṅga

tailâbhyaṅga m. anointing with oil

⋙ tailāmbukā

tailâmbukā f. = ○la-pā L

⋙ tailotsava

tailôtsava m. oil-festival (held in honour of Minâkshī) RTL. p. 442

≫ tailaka

tailaka n. a small quantity of oil W

⋙ tailakya

tailakya n. adorning with the Tilaka, g. purohitadi

• the being adorned with the Tailaka ib. [Page 455, Column 3]

⋙ tailika

tailika m. an oilmiller Mn. MBh. VarBṛS. Vīrac

• cf. mūrdha-

• (ī), f. an oil-man's wife Parāś. Paddh

• -cakra n. = ○la-yantra-c○ Divyâv. iv

⋙ tailin

tailin m. = ○lika L

• (inī), f. a wick L

• = ○la-kīṭa L

• ○li-śālā f. = ○la-śālikā L

⋙ tailīna

tailīna mfn. grown with sesamum, (n.) a sṭsesamum field Pāṇ. 5-2, 4

tailaṅga

tailaṅga mfn. relating to the Telinga country

• m. pl. its inhabitants Kuval. Sch

tailavaka

tailavaka mfn. inhabited by the Telus, g. rājanyâdi

tailvaka

tailvaka mfn. coming from or made of the Tilvaka tree ṢaḍvBr. iii, 8 KātyŚr. Suśr

taivraka

taivraka mfn. inhabited by the Tīvras, g. rājanyâdi

⋙ taivradārava

taivradārava mfn. coming from or made of the tree Tīvra-dāru, g. rajatâdi

taiṣa

taiṣa mf(ī)n. (Pāṇ. 6-4, 149) relating to the asterism Tishya Āp

• m. the month (December-January) in which the full moon stands in the asterism Tishya (= pauṣa and sahasya) ŚāṅkhŚr. xiii, 19

• (ī), f. (scil. tithi, or rātri) the day of full moon in month Taisha ĀśvŚr. Gobh. Anup

taisṛka

taisṛka mfn. made in Tisṛikā Kāt. ii, 5, 14 Sch

toka

toká n. (fr. √1. tuc) offspring, children, race, child (often joined with tánaya

• rarely pl. AV. i, v BhP. vi) RV. AV. Kāṭh. ŚBr. AitBr. Pāṇ. 3-3, 1 Kār. BhP

• a new-born child ; ii, x

• m. ifc. the offspring of an animal (e.g. aja-, a young goat), iii, x

• cf. ava-, jīvat- and sa-tokā

• √tvakṣ

⋙ tokatā

○tā f. childhood, 13, 25

⋙ tokavat

○vat (○ká-), mfn. possessing offspring RV. iii, 13, 7

• (tī), f. (a woman) having children BhP. i

⋙ tokasāti

○sāti (○ká-), f. acquisition of offspring RV. vi, 18, 6 ; x, 25, 9

• (○kásya s○, ii, 30, 5 ; iv, 24 ; vi, ix) TBr. i, 2, 1, 1

≫ tokāya

tokāya Nom. (ind. ○yitvā) to represent a newborn child BhP. x

⋙ tokinī

tokinī f. = ○ka-vatī MānGṛ

≫ tokma

tokma m. ○man

• a young shoot BhP. x

• green colour L

• n. ear-wax L

• a cloud L

⋙ tokman

tókman m. a young blade of corn, esp. of barley, malt RV. x, 62, 8 VS. AitBr. viii, 5 and 16

• (○kma m. KātyŚr. xix, 1 BhP. iv)

• offspring Naigh. ii, 2

toṭaka

toṭaka (= troṭ○), mfn. quarrelsome Chandaþs. vi, 31, Halāy

• m. N. of a venomous insect Suśr. v, 3

• of a pupil of Śaṃkarâcārya SŚaṃkar

• n. angry speech Daśar. i, 40 Pratāpar

• a metre of 4 X 12 syllables

• also troṭ○

toḍ

toḍ cl. 1. ○ḍate, to disregard Dhātup

≫ toḍana

toḍana n. (√tuḍ) splitting (?), viii f. xxviii

≫ toḍikā

toḍikā ○ḍī f. (in music) N. of a Rāgiṇī

toḍarānanda

toḍarânanda for ṭoḍ○

toḍalatantra

toḍala-tantra n. N. of wk

totala

totala m. N. of a writer on med. Toḍar

• (ā), f. N. of a goddess (tott○ ?) W

≫ totilā

totilā f. a form of Durgā Pañcad. ii, 35

tote

tóte [TS. i, 2, 5, 2] and tóto [VS. iv, 22] for táva tava [MaitrS. i, 2, 4 Kāṭh. ii, 5]

tottalā

tottalā f. = totalā BrahmaP. ii

tottāyana

tottāyana m. pl. N. of a branch of the AV. (v. l. tautt○)

tottra

tottra n. (√1. tud) a goad for driving cattle or an elephant MBh. Pāṇ. R. BhP

⋙ tottraprajita

○prajita (tót○), mfn. goad-driven ŚBr. xii, 4, 1, 10

≫ toda

todá m. a driver (of horses &c.) RV. iv, 16, 11 Nir. Kauś

• 'instigator, exciter', the Sun RV. i, 150, 1 ; vi, 6 and 12

• pricking pain BhP. iii, 18, 6 Suśr

• gotamasya t○, N. of a Sāman

⋙ todaparṇī

○parṇī f. 'prick leaf', a bad kind of grain, i, 46, 1, 18

≫ todana

todana n. = tottra L

• pricking pain, i, 22, 5

• (m.) N. of a tree and (n.) its fruit, 46, 3, 25 and 29

≫ todita

todita mfn. goaded R. ii, 74, 31

≫ todya

todya n. a kind of cymbal

• cf. ā-

tomara

tomara m. n. (g. ardharcâdi) a lance, javelin MBh. &c

• m. pl. N. of a people, vi, 377

• sg. N. of the ancestor of a commentator on Deviim

• n. a metre of 4 X 9 syllables

⋙ tomaragraha

○graha m. a lancebearer Pāṇ. 3-2, 9 Vārtt. 1

• lance-throwing Divyâv. iii, 59

• viii

⋙ tomaradhara

○dhara m. a lance-bearer L

• fire L

tomarāṇa

tomarāṇa N. of a man Rājat. v

tomarikā

tomarikā f. = tūbar○ L. [Page 456, Column 1] Contents of this page

toya

tóya n. (ifc. f. ā) water Naigh. i, 12 Mn. v, viii f. MBh. &c. (○yaṃ-√kṛ with gen., 'to make offerings of water to the dead', xviii, 32

• (ā), f. N. of a river in Śālmala-dviipa VP. ii, 4, 28

• of another in India)

⋙ toyakaṇa

○kaṇa m. a drop of water

⋙ toyakarman

○karman n. 'water-ceremony', ablution of the body, oblation of water to the dead MBh. i, xii

⋙ toyakāma

○kāma m. 'fond of water', Calamus fasciculatus L

⋙ toyakumbhā

○kumbhā f. = -vṛkṣa Npr

⋙ toyakṛcchra

○kṛcchra m. n. swallowing nothing but water (sort of fast) Yājñ. Sch

⋙ toyakṛt

○kṛt mfn. causing rain VarBṛS. ix, 43

⋙ toyakrīḍā

○krīḍā f. 'water-sport', splashing about in water Megh. 34

• cf. jala-kr○

⋙ toyagarbha

○garbha 'containing water', the cocoa-nut Npr

⋙ toyacara

○cara mfn. moving in water, (m.) an aquatic animal MBh. Hariv. MārkP

⋙ toyaja

○ja mfn. water-born Hariv

• 'lotus', ○jâkṣī f. a lotuseyed woman Daś. iv, 79

⋙ toyaḍimba

○ḍimba

⋙ toyaḍimbha

○ḍimbha m. hail L

⋙ toyada

○da m. 'water-giver', a rain-cloud R. Ragh. &c

• Cyperus rotundus L

• ghee L

• ○dâtyaya m. 'cloud-departure', the autumn R. ii VarBṛS. xliv, 23

⋙ toyadāna

○dāna n. N. of a gesture PSarv

⋙ toyadhara

○dhara mfn. containing water R. ii

• m. a rain-cloud L

• Cyperus rotundus L

• Marsilea quadrifolia L

⋙ toyadhāra

○dhāra m. a stream of water Hariv

• (ā), f. id. MBh. R

⋙ toyadhi

○dhi m. 'water-receptacle', the ocean Sūryas. xii

• cf. kṣīra t○

• -priya n. 'fond of the sea (produced in maritime countries)', cloves L

⋙ toyanidhi

○nidhi m. = -dhi L

⋙ toyanīvī

○nīvī f. ocean-girdled (the earth) BhP. i

⋙ toyapāta

○pāta m. 'waterfall', rain VarBṛS. lxxxix, 19

⋙ toyapāṣāṇajamala

○pāṣāṇa-ja-mala n. calamine Npr

⋙ toyapippalī

○pippalī f. Jussiaea repens L

⋙ toyapuṣpī

○puṣpī f. Bignonia suaveolens L

⋙ toyapraṣṭhā

○praṣṭhā f. id. W

⋙ toyaprasādana

○prasādana m. 'water-purifyer', Strychnos potatorum L

⋙ toyaphalā

○phalā f. Cucumis utilissimus L

⋙ toyamaya

○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of water MBh. Hariv

⋙ toyamala

○mala n. seafoam Npr

⋙ toyamuc

○muc m. 'water-yielder', a cloud R. iii, 79, 4

⋙ toyayantra

○yantra n. a water-clock Sūryas. xiii

⋙ toyarasa

○rasa m. moisture, water MBh. viii

⋙ toyarāj

○rāj m. 'water-king', the ocean Hariv

⋙ toyarāśi

○rāśi m. 'heap of water', a pond, lake R. ii, 63, 17

• the ocean Kād

⋙ toyavat

○vat mfn. surrounded by water MBh. xii

• (tī), f. Cocculus cordifolius Npr

⋙ toyavallikā

○vallikā f. id. ib

⋙ toyavallī

○vallī f. Momordica Charantia L

⋙ toyavāha

○vāha m. 'water-carrier', a rain-cloud Bālar. ix, 30

⋙ toyavṛkṣa

○vṛkṣa m. Blyxa Saivala Npr

⋙ toyavṛtti

○vṛtti m. Achyranthes aquatica ib

⋙ toyavyatikara

○vyatikara m. blending of the waters (of two rivers)

⋙ toyaśuktikā

○śuktikā f. a bivalve shell, oyster L

⋙ toyaśūka

○śūka m. = -vṛkṣa Npr

⋙ toyasarpikā

○sarpikā f. a frog ib

⋙ toyasūcaka

○sūcaka m. id. L

⋙ toyāgni

toyâgni m. submarine fire MBh. xii, 5178

⋙ toyāñjali

toyâñjali m. the hollowed hands joined and filled with water (offered to the dead) Mudr. iv, 4/5

⋙ toyādhāra

toyâdhāra m. a water reservoir, lake, river Śak. i, 14

⋙ toyādhivāsinī

toyâdhivāsinī f. = ○ya-puṣpī L

⋙ toyāpāmārga

toyâpāmārga m. = ○ya-vṛtti Npr

⋙ toyāmbudhi

toyâmbudhi m. the sea of fresh water PadmaP. v

⋙ toyālaya

toyâlaya m. = ○ya-dhi

• N. of a constellation VarBṛ. xii

⋙ toyāśaya

toyâśaya m. = ○yâdhāra VarBṛS. Ṛitus. Dhūrtas

⋙ toyeśa

toyêśa m. 'water-lord', Varuṇa VP. v, 18

⋙ toyotsarga

toyôtsarga m. discharge of water, rain Megh

⋙ toyodbhavā

toyôdbhavā f. = ○ya-vṛtti Npr

≫ toyikā

toyikā f. N. of a place (known by a festival [maha] called after it) Divyâv. vi, 101

• xxxi, 146

toraṇa

toraṇa n. (g. ardharcadi) an arch, arched doorway, portal, festooned decorations over doorways (with boughs of trees, garlands, &c.) MBh. &c. (ifc. f. ā)

• a mound near a bathing-place W

• a triangle supporting a large balance

• m. Śiva, xiii, 1232

• n. the neck L

• cf. ut-, kapāṭa-, kautuka-

⋙ toraṇamāla

○māla N. of a place Rasik. xii, 24 Romakas

toramāṇa

toramāṇa N. of a prince Rājat

tola

tola mfn. (√tul) 'poising one's self', ghana-

• m. n. = ○laka W

• (ā), f. 'weighing(?)' Vop

⋙ tolaka

tolaka (m. n. L.) a weight of gold or silver (in books = 16 Māshas, in practise only = 12 Māshas) Rājat. iv, 201

• (ikā), f. a wall round a watch-tower BhP. x, 76, 10

⋙ tolana

tolana n. lifting up R. i, 66 f. Sāh. v, 4/5

• weighing Sch. on KātyŚr. i, 3 and Yājñ. Subh

⋙ tolya

tolya mfn. to be weighed Hcat. i, 5, 113

tośa

tośá mfn. (√1. tuś) distilling, trickling RV. iii, 12, 4

• granting, i, 169, 5 (○śá-tama, Superl.)

⋙ tośas

tośás mfn. id., viii, 38, 2

toṣa

toṣa m. (√tuṣ) satisfaction, contentment, pleasure, joy (with loc., gen., or ifc.) MBh. &c

• Contentment as a son of Bhaga-vat and one of the 12 Tushitas BhP. iv, 1, 7

⋙ toṣaka

toṣaka mfn. 'pleasing', sura-

⋙ toṣaṇa

toṣaṇa mf(ī)n. satisfying, gratifying, appeasing, pleasing MBh. BhP

• n. the act of satisfying or appeasing or delighting, i, 2, 13 (ifc.) [Page 456, Column 2]

• (ī), f. Durgā Hariv. 10238

• cf. su-

⋙ toṣaṇīya

toṣaṇīya mfn. to be pleased W

• pleasing Lalit. v, 195

⋙ toṣayitavya

toṣayitavya mfn. to be pleased MBh. ix

⋙ toṣayitṛ

toṣayitṛ mfn. ifc. one who pleases (others, para-) Śiś. xvi, 28 (v. l.)

⋙ toṣita

toṣita mfn. satisfied, gratified, pleased MBh. R. BhP. Śak. vii, 1 Kathās

⋙ toṣin

toṣin mfn. ifc. satisfied with, liking MBh. xiii Hariv

• satisfying, pleasing R. iv Kum. v, 7

⋙ toṣya

toṣya mfn. = ○ṣayitavya MBh

tosala

tosala m. pl. N. of a people AV. Pariś. lvi, 4

• sg. N. of a wrestler (also ○laka) Hariv. ii, 30, 48 ff. BhP. x, 36 ; 42 ; 44, 27

⋙ tosaliputra

tosaliputra m. N. of a Jain teacher HPariś. xiii, 38

taukṣāyaṇa

taukṣāyaṇa fr. Tuksha, g. pakṣâdi

taukṣika

taukṣika m. (fr. ?) the sign Sagittarius VarBṛ. i, 8

taugrya

taugryá m. 'son of Tugra', Bhujyu RV. i, 117 f. ; 158 ; 180 and 182 ; viii, 5, 22 ; x, 39, 4

taucchya

taucchya n. (fr. tuccha) emptiness, meanness, worthlessness Dhātup. vii, 3

tauṇḍikera

tauṇḍikera tuṇḍ○

tautātita

tautātita mfn. taught or composed by Tutātita (or Kumārila) Prab. ii, 3 (v. l. ○tātika, fr. Tutāta)

• m. an adherent of Tutāta Sarvad. iii, 52 ; xiii, 110 SŚaṃkar. x, 119

tautika

tautika m. the pearl-oyster L

• n. a pearl L

tauttāyana

tauttāyana tott○

tauda

taúda n. (fr. tuda, or toda) N. of a Sāman

• (ī), f. N. of a plant (?) AV. x, 4, 24

taudādika

taudādika mfn. belonging to the tud-ādi roots (cl. 6) Siddh

taudeya 1

taudeya m. pl. (fr. tuda g. śubhrâdi) N. of a family Pravar. ii, 1, 2 (v. l. taul○)

taudeya 2

taudeya mfn. produced in or coming from the district called Tūdī Pāṇ. 4-3, 94

taubaraka

taubaraka mfn. coming from the plant TubṭTaubaraka Suśr. i, 46, 3, 58 and 10, 5 ; vi, 16, 6

taubha

taubha n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

taumburava

taumburava n. the story of (Śiva and) Tumburu Bālar. ii, 3/4

⋙ taumburavin

taumburavin m. pl. the pupils of TṭTumburu Pāṇ. 4-3, 104 Kāś

taura

taura n. = turâyaṇa Lāṭy. x Maś

≫ tauraṃgika

tauraṃgika m. (fr. turaṃ-ga) a horseman Kir. Sch

⋙ taurayāṇa

tauráyāṇa mfn. hastening Nir. v, 15

≫ tauraśravasa

tauraśravasa n. (fr. tura-śravas) N. of a Sāman TāṇḍyaBr. ix, 4, 10 Lāṭy. vii, 3, 3 f. KātyŚr. xxv, 14, 14

⋙ taurāyaṇika

taurâyaṇika mfn. performing the turâyaṇa Pāṇ. 5-1, 72

taururava

taururava n. the fruit of the Tururu tree, g. plakṣâdi (Kāś.)

tauruṣkika

tauruṣkika mfn. (fr. turuṣka) Turkish Kuṭṭanīm. 64

taurya

taurya mfn. coming from a musical instrument (tūrya) Dharmaśarm. vi, 25

⋙ tauryatrika

○trika n. 'triple symphony', song, dance, and instrumental music Mn. vii, 47

taurvaśa

taurvaśá m. (fr. turváśa) a kind of horse ŚBr. xiii, 5, 4, 16

taula

taula n. = tulā, a balance W

taulakeśi

taulakeśi ○śin m. (fr. tūla-keśa, 'cotton-haired'), N. of a man Pravar. i, 1

≫ taulika 1

taulika

⋙ taulikika

taulikika m. (fr. tūlikā) a painter L

taulika 2

taulika cf. uda-, daśa-, viṃśati-

≫ taulin

taulin m. = tulā-dhara VarYogay. iv, 50

≫ taulya

taulya n. weight Hcat

• equality TPrāt. Sch

taulvalāyana

taulvalāyana m. patr. fr. ○li Pāṇ. 4-1, 101

⋙ taulvali

taulvali m. N. of a teacher ĀśvŚr. ii, v Pravar. ii, 2, 1

• cf. ajā-

• ○ly-ādi, N. of a Gaṇa of Pāṇ. 2-4, 61 Gaṇar. 171-173)

tauvilikā

tauvilikā f. N. of an animal (?) AV. vi, 16, 3

tauṣāyaṇa

tauṣāyaṇa fr. tuṣa g. pakṣâdi. [Page 456, Column 3]

tauṣāra

tauṣāra mfn. sprung from snow (tuṣ○), snowy Suśr. i, 45, 1, 1

• n. snow, cold W

tta

-tta mfn. fr. √1. and √3. dā

≫ tti

-tti f. 'gift' (fr. √1. dā). bhága-

tman

tmán (= ātmán), m. the vital breath RV. i, 63, 8 (acc. tmánam) ĀśvŚr. vi, 9, 1 (acc. tmānam)

• one's own person, self RV. ;'tman after e, or o for ātman KaṭhUp. iii, 12 MBh. i-iii BhP. vii, 9, 32

• tmánā instr. and (at the end of a Pāda) tmán loc. ind. used as an emphatic particle (like ? and ?) 'yet, really, indeed, even, at least, certainly, also' RV. VS. vi, 11

• xi, 31 TS. ii, 1, 11, 2 AV. v, 27, 11

• utá tmánā or tmánāca 'and also, and certainly', iva or ná tmánā 'just as', ádha tmánā, 'and even' RV

≫ tmanyā

tmányā ind. (fr. loc. tmáni + ā́ ?) only in the Vanas-pati verse of some Āprī hymns = tmánā, i, 188, 10 ; x, 110, 10 VS. xx, 45 ; xxix, 10

tya

tyá tyád

⋙ tyajapa

○japa (tyá-), m. that (i.e. a lower kind of) muttering (opposed to mahājapá) MaitrS. ii, 9, 1, 12

tyagnāyis

tyagnāyis N. of a Sāman Lāṭy

tyaj 1

tyaj cl. 1. ○jati (metrically also ○te

• pf. Ved. tityā́ja, Class. tat○ Pāṇ. 6-1, 36

• tatyaja BhP. iii, 4

• fut. tyakṣyati Pāṇ. 7-2, 10 Kār

• tyajiṣy○ R. ii, vii MārkP

• aor. atyāhṣīt

• inf. tyaktum) to leave, abandon, quit RV. x, 71, 6 Mn. MBh. &c

• to leave a place, go away from Mn. vi, 77 MBh. &c

• to let go, dismiss, discharge VarBṛS. xvii, 22 Bhaṭṭ

• to give up, surrender, resign, part from, renounce ĪśUp. 1 Mn. MBh. &c. (tanum or deham or kalevaram, 'to abandon the body, die' Mn. vi MBh. &c

• prāṇān or śvāsam or jīvitam, 'to give up breath or life, risk or lose one's life' MBh. R. &c.)

• P. Ā. to shun, avoid, get rid of, free one's self from (any passion &c.) MBh. &c

• to give away, distribute, offer (as a sacrifice or oblation to a deity

• tyajate etymologically = ?) Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c

• to set aside, leave unnoticed, disregard ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. iii MBh. i, 3098 Hit. ii, 3, 30

• (ind. p. tyaktvā) to except VarBṛS. Caurap. Sch

• Pass. tyajyate, to be abandoned by, get rid of (instr.) Pañcat. i, 10, 0/1: Caus. tyājayati (aor. atityajat Bhaṭṭ.) to cause anyone to quit MBh. xiii, 288

• to cause anyone to give up Kathās. lxxxiii, 34

• to expel, turn out, xx, 126

• to cause any one to lose, deprive of (instr.) Bhaṭṭ. xv, 120

• to empty the body by evacuations Bhpr.: Desid. tityakṣati, to be about to lose (one's life, prāṇān) Car. v, 10 and 12

≫ tyakta

tyakta mfn. left, abandoned

⋙ tyaktajīvita

○jīvita mfn. one who has given up all expectation of life, ready to abandon life Bhag. i, 19 Nal. ii, 16 (in comp.) R. iv

⋙ tyaktaprāṇa

○prâṇa mfn. id. MBh. v, 7204

⋙ tyaktalajja

○lajja mfn. abandoning shame, shameless BhP. v, 26, 23

⋙ tyaktavat

○vat mfn. having left

⋙ tyaktavidhi

○vidhi mfn. transgressing rules, ix, 6, 9

⋙ tyaktaśrī

○śrī mfn. abandoned by fortune

⋙ tyaktāgni

tyaktâgni mfn. (a Brahman) neglecting the household-fire Mn. iii, 153

⋙ tyaktātman

tyaktâtman mfn. despairing Gaut. xv

≫ tyaktavya

tyaktavya mfn. to be left or abandoned Mn. ix, 239

• to be kept off from (abl.) VarBṛS

• to be given up or sacrificed MBh. i, 6183 and 6195 R

• to be given up in despair Subh

⋙ tyaktukāma

tyaktu-kāma mfn. wishing to leave

⋙ tyaktṛ

tyaktṛ mfn. abandoner of any one (gen.) Mn. iii, 245 Sch

• one who abandons or sacrifices (his life, prâṇān) MBh. vii, 378

≫ tyaj 2

tyaj mfn. ifc. leaving, abandoning W

• giving up, offering BhP. viii Rājat. iv

• cf. tanu-, tanū-, su-

⋙ tyaja

tyaja dus-

⋙ tyajana

tyajana n. leaving, abandoning W

• giving W

• excepting, exclusion W

• expelling AV. Paipp. xix, 12, 4

⋙ tyajanīya

tyajanīya mfn. to be left or abandoned W

• to be avoided or excepted W

⋙ tyajas

tyájas n. abandonment, difficulty, danger RV

• alienation, aversion, envy (= krodha Naigh. ii, 13) RV

• ○jás m. 'offshoot', a descendant, x, 10, 3

⋙ tyajita

tyajita mfn. = tyakta Hariv. ii, 2, 22

≫ tyāga

tyāgá m. (Pāṇ. 6-1, 216) leaving, abandoning, forsaking Mn. &c

• quitting (a place, deśa-) Pañcat

• discharging, secretion MBh. xiv, 630 VarBṛS. giving up, resigning, gift, donation, distribution KātyŚr. Mn. &c

• sacrificing one's life RV. iv, 24, 3

• liberality Mn. ii, 97 R. &c

• a sage L

• cf. ātma-, tanu-, deha-, prâṇa-, śarīra-

⋙ tyāgagatā

○gatā f. N. of a Nāga virgin Kāraṇḍ. i, 47

⋙ tyāgayuta

○yuta mfn. liberal Laghuj

⋙ tyāgaśīla

○śīla mfn. id

• -tā f. liberality Hit

≫ tyāgin

tyāgin mfn. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 142) = tyājaka Mn. iii, 245 (with gen.) Yājñ. and Śak. v, 28 (ifc.)

• giving up, resigning (ifc.) Bhag. xviii, 11

• one who has resigned (as an ascetic who abandons worldly objects) MBh. iii, 77 [Page 457, Column 1] Contents of this page

• sacrificing, giving up (life, ātmanaḥ) Mn. 89

• liberal, (m.) donor R. vi Pañcat. Kathās

• m. a hero L

• ○gi-tā f. liberality Hit. i

⋙ tyāgima

tyāgima mfn. W

⋙ tyājaka

tyājaka mfn. one who abandons or expels Yājñ. ii, 198

⋙ tyājana

tyājana n. abandoning (worldly attachments, saṅgānām) BhP. xi, 20, 26

⋙ tyājita

tyājita mfn. made to abandon (with acc.) Kathās. lxxxvi, 13

• made to give up MārkP. lxxxix, 19

• deprived of (acc.) MBh. xiii Kum. vii, 14 Megh. &c

• expelled Pañcad. iii, 60

• caused to be disregarded Ragh. vi, 56

⋙ tyājya

tyājya mfn. (Pāṇ. 7-3, 66 Vārtt.) to be left or abandoned or quitted or shunned or expelled or removed Mn. ix, 83 MBh. &c

• to be given up Bhag. &c

• to be sacrificed Daś. vii, 211

• to be excepted W

• n. part of an asterism or its duration considered as unlucky W

tyad

tyád nom. syá (s), syā́, tyád, (g. sarvâdi) that (often used like an article, e.g. tyát paṇīnā́ṃ vásu, that i.e. the wealth of the Paṇis' RV. ix, 111, 2

• sometimes strengthened by cíd

• often put after utá, or after another demonstrative in the beginning of a sentence) RV. AV. vii, 14, 1 ŚBr. xiv (tyásya = máma, 4, 1, 26

• n. tyám for tyád, 5, 3, 1 and [in the etymology of satyám] KaushUp.) TUp. ii, 6

• tyád ind. indeed, namely, as it is known (always preceded by ha) RV. [Old. Germ. der.]

≫ tyatra

tyatra ind. 'there'

• -tya mfn. being there Vop. vii, 111

⋙ tyadam

tyadam ind. ifc. = tyad g. śarad-ādi

⋙ tyāda

tyāda m. (patr. fr. tyad) the son of that person Pāṇ. 4-1, 156 Siddh

⋙ tyādāyani

tyādāyani m. id. ib. (tyad○ ed., but cf. tād○, yād○)

⋙ tyādṛś

tyādṛś

⋙ tyādṛśa

tyādṛśa mfn. such a one as that, iii, 2, 60

tyugra

tyúgra m. for túgra TĀr. i, 10, 2

tra 1

tra mf(ā)n. (√trai Pāṇ. 3-2, 3) ifc. 'protecting', aṃsa-, aṅguli-, ātapa-, kaṭi-, giri-, go-, tanu-, tala-, tvak-, vadha-

• kṛta- and jala-trā

tra 2

tra = tri, 'three', dvi-

traṃs

traṃs cl. 1. 10. ○sati, ○sayati, 'to speak' or 'to shine' Dhātup. xxxiii, 88

trakh

trakh cl. 1. ○khati, to go, V, 30

traṅk

traṅk ○ṅkh, ○ṅg, cl. 1. id., iv f

traṅga

traṅga m. ○gā f. a kind of town or N. of a town L

• cf. dr○, udr○, kudr○

traṭat

traṭat ind. (onomat.)

⋙ traṭatkāra

○kāra m. crackling (of fire) Alaṃkārat

⋙ traṭattraṭiti

○traṭ-iti ind. crack! HPariś. iv, xi

⋙ traṭatraṭa

traṭatraṭa ind. id. Pañcad

trada

tradá m. (√tṛd) one who cleaves or opens RV. viii, 45, 25

trand

trand cl. 1. to be busy Dhātup. iii

trap

trap cl. 1. ○pate (pf. trepe Pāṇ. 6-4, 122) to become perplexed, be ashamed Rājat. iii, 94: Caus. trapayati, or trāp○, id. Dhātup

• trap○, to make perplexed or ashamed, Śāntiś. iv, 15

• cf. apa-, vy-apa-

• tṛpála and tṛ́prá (?)

≫ trapā

trapā f. (Pāṇ. 3-3, 104) perplexity, bashfulness, shame MBh. ii BhP. Ratnâv. &c.: (ifc. f. ā Sāh.)

• an unchaste woman L

• family L

• fame L

⋙ trapānvita

○"ṣnvita (○pân○), mfn. bashful

⋙ trapāyukta

○yukta mfn. id

⋙ trapāraṇḍā

○raṇḍā f. a harlot L

⋙ trapāvat

○vat mfn. = -yukta

⋙ trapāhīna

○hīna mfn. shameless

trapāka

trapāka m. pl. N. of a barbarous tribe Uṇ. k

trapiṣṭha

trapiṣṭha mfn. Superl. fr. tṛprá Pāṇ. 6-4, 157

⋙ trapīyas

trapīyas mfn. Compar. ib

trapu

trápu n. (1, 177 Kāś.) tin AV. xi, 3, 8 VS. xviii Kapishṭh. ChUp. Mn. &c

⋙ trapukarkaṭī

○karkaṭī f. a kind of cucumber L

⋙ trapukarṇin

○karṇin m. 'having tin ear-ornaments', Bhava-nandin Avadānaś

⋙ trapupaṭṭa

○paṭṭa m

⋙ trapupaṭṭṭikā

○paṭṭṭikā f. N. of an ear-ornament L

≫ trapula

trapula n. tin L. Sch

⋙ trapuṣa

trapuṣa m. N. of a merchant Lalit. xxiv

• n. tin L. Sch

• ○pusa

⋙ trapus

trápus n. tin TS. iv, 7, 5, 1

⋙ trapusa

trapusa n. id. L

• the fruit of ○sī (also ○puṣa L.) Kauś. Suśr

• (ī), f. coloquintida (and other cucumbers L.), vi, 47

trapsya

trapsya drapsya

traya

trayá mf(ī́)n. (fr. trí Pāṇ. 5-2, 43) triple, threefold, consisting of 3, of 3 kinds RV. x, 45, 2 AV. iv, 11, 2 VS. &c. (○yī́ vidyā́), 'the triple sacred science', reciting hymns, performing sacrifices, and chanting [RV., YV., and SV.] ŚBr. AitBr. &c. [Page 457, Column 2]

• n. a triad (chiefly ifc.) ChUp. KaṭhUp. Mn. &c

• (ī), f. id., śata-

• = ○yī́ vidyā́ Gaut. Mn. &c

• the Buddh. triad (Buddha, Dharma, and Saṃgha) Hcar. viii

• summit Bālar. i, 28

• a woman whose husband and children are living L

• Venonia anthelminthica L

• su-mati L

≫ trayaḥ

trayaḥ = ○yas

⋙ trayaḥpañcāśat

○pañcāśat (tráy○), f. (Pāṇ. 6-2, 35 and 3, 49) 53 ŚBr. xii, 3, 5, 12

⋙ trayaḥṣaṣṭi

○ṣaṣṭi f. 63 Pāṇ

⋙ trayaḥśataśatārdha

○śata-śatârdha mf(ā)n. 350 R. (B) ii, 39, 36

⋙ trayaḥsaptati

○saptati f. 73 Pāṇ

≫ trayaś

trayaś = ○yas

⋙ trayaścatvāriṃśa

○catvāriṃśa mfn. the 43rd (ch. of MBh. i-iii)

⋙ trayaścatvāriṃśat

○catvāriṃśat f. 43 Pāṇ

≫ trayas

tráyas pl. of trí

• in comp. with any decad except aśītí and interchangeable with trí before catvāriṃśát &c. Pāṇ. 6-3, 48 f

• [Gk. ? for Gk. ? ; Lat. tre1decim for tre1s-decem.]

⋙ trayastriṃśa

○triṃśá mf(ī́)n. the 33rd ŚBr. (du. 'the 32nd and 33rd', iv, xi)

• (chs. of MBh. and R.)

• + 33 ŚBr. xiii, 5, 4, 12 f

• consisting of 33 parts (stóma, sometimes to be supplied) VS. AV. TBr. ŚBr. TāṇḍyaBr. MaitrUp

• numbering 33 (the gods) VS. xx AV. ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. iv

• celebrated with the ○śá Stoma VS. ŚBr. KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhSr

• ○sa-pati m. 'lord of the gods', Indra L

• ○śá-vartani mfn. forming the path for the ○śá Stoma TS. iv

• ○śá-stoma mfn. containing the ○śá Stoma ŚBr. xiii ŚāṅkhŚr. x

⋙ trayastriṃśat

○triṃśat (tráy○), f. (Pāṇ. 6-2, 35 and 3, 49) 33 VS. xiv AV. &c. (acc. ○śat R. iii, 20, 15

• pl. ○śatas MBh. i, 2601)

• śad-akṣara (tráy○), mf(ā)n. having 33 syllables ŚBr. AitBr

• ○śad-rātra n. an observance lasting 33 days KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhŚr

• prajāpates trayastriṃśat-saṃmita n. N. of a Sāman

⋙ trayastriṃśati

○triṃśati f. 33 AitBr. =

⋙ trayastriṃśin

○triṃśín mfn. containing 33 TBr. i

≫ trayī

trayī́ f. of yá

⋙ trayītanu

○tanu m. = -deha Hcat. i, 8, 425

• Śiva

• = -mukha Gal

⋙ trayīdeha

○deha m. 'having the 3 Vedas for a body', the sun, 11, 374

⋙ trayīdharma

○dharma m. the duty enjoined by the 3 Vedas MBh. iii Bhag. ix MārkP. xxi

⋙ trayīdhāmavat

○dhāma-vat m. = -deha VP. iii, 5, 15

⋙ trayībhāṣya

○bhāṣya n. a commentary on the 3 Vedas SŚaṃkar. xiii, 63

⋙ trayīmaya

○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of or containing or resting on the 3 Vedas BhP. (the sun, v, 20, 4

• the sun's chariot, 21, 12) MārkP. xxix KūrmaP. i, 20, 66 (Rudra) Siṃhâs. xviii

⋙ trayīmukha

○mukha m. 'having the 3 Vedas in his mouth', a Brahman L

⋙ trayīvida

○vidá mfn. knowing the triple science TBr. i, 2, 1, 26

≫ trayo

trayo = ○yas

⋙ trayodaśa

○daśa (tráy○), mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-2, 35 and 3, 48) 13 VS. xiv, 29 (instr. ○śábhis) ŚBr. Mn. ix

• ○śá mf(ī)n. the 13th VS. AV. ŚBr. R. VarBṛS

• (śata, 100) + 13 ŚāṅkhŚr

• consisting of 13 parts (stóma) VS. Lāṭy

• (ī), f. the 13th day of a half-moon Mn. &c

• N. of a kind of gesture PSarv

• -dviipa-vatī mfn. consisting of 13 islands (the earth) MBh. iii, 3, 52 and 134, 20

• -dhā́ ind. into 13 parts ŚBr. x Rājat. v

• -māsika mfn. consisting of 13 months Kāraṇḍ. xix, 96

• -rātra n. an observance lasting 13 days KātyŚr. xii Sch

• -rcá mfn. containing 13 Ṛic verses (a hymn) AV. xix, 23, 10

• -varjya-saptamī f. N. of a 7th day BhavP. ii, 41

• -vārṣika mfn. 13 years old MBh. vii, 197, 7

• -vidha mfn. of 13 kinds Car. vi, 3 Sāṃkhyak

• tráyodaśâkṣara mfn. having 13 syllables VS. ix

• tráyodaśâratni mfn. 13 yards long ŚBr. iii, xiii

• ○śâha m. = ○śa-rātra R. (G) ii, 86, 4

⋙ trayodaśaka

○"ṣdaśaka n. the number 13 Ṣaguruś

⋙ trayodaśama

○"ṣdaśama m. the 13th BhP. i, 3, 17

⋙ trayodaśika

○"ṣdaśika mfn. happening on the 13th day of a half-moon R. (G) ii, 86, 1

⋙ trayodaśin

○"ṣdaśin mfn. containing 13 Lāṭy. Nidānas

⋙ trayonavati

○navati f. 93 Pāṇ

⋙ trayoviṃśa

○viṃśá mf(ī́)n. the 23rd VS. ŚBr. VarBṛS

• (chs. of MBh. and R.)

• consisting of 23 parts (stóma) Lāṭy

⋙ trayoviṃśat

○viṃśat f. 23 BhP. xii, 13

⋙ trayoviṃśati

○viṃśati (tráy○), f. Pāṇ.) id. VS. ŚBr. KātyŚr. BhP. x (instr. ○tibhis)

• -tattva n. pl. 23 Tattvas. iii

• -tama mfn. the 23rd (ch. of R. iii f.)

• -dāru mfn. consisting of 23 pieces of wood ĀpŚr. vii, 7, 7

• -dhā́ ind. into 23 parts ŚBr. x, 4

• -rātra n. an observance lasting 23 days KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ trayoviṃśatika

○"ṣviṃśatika mfn. consisting of 23 (gaṇa) BhP. iii

≫ trayyanta

trayy-anta m. = vedânta Sarvad. xiii, 171

≫ trayyāruṇa

trayyāruṇa m. (for try-āruṇa) N. of a prince (son of Tri-dhanvan Hariv. 716 ff. VP. iv, 3, 13 LiṅgaP. i, 66, 2 KūrmaP. i, 21, 1

• of Uru-kshaya VP. iv, 19, 10

• ○ṇi BhP. ix, 21, 19 VāyuP. ii, 37, 159

• try-aruṇa MatsyaP. il, 39)

⋙ trayyāruṇi

trayyāruṇi m. N. of the Vyāsa of the 15th Dvāpara BhP. xii, 7, 5 KūrmaP. i, 52, 6 VāyuP. i, 23, 155 (try-āruṇi)

• (○ṇa) VP. iii, 3, 15 and DevibhP. i, 3

• ○ṇa

trayayāyya

trayayā́yya mfn. (√trai) to be protected (= trātavya Sāy.) RV. vi, 2, 7. [Page 457, Column 3]

tras 1

tras cl. 10. P. trāsayati (ind. p. ○sayitvā) to seize Mṛicch. iii, 17/18

• to prevent Dhātup

tras 2

tras cl. 1. trásati (Pāṇ. 3-1, 70), 4. trasyati (MBh. &c

• ep. also Ā

• pf. 3. tatrasur BhP. vi or tresur [Deviim. ix, 21] Pāṇ. 6-4, 124) to tremble, quiver, be afraid of (abl., gen., rarely instr.) RV. vi, 14, 4 and (p. f. tarásantī) x, 85, 8 AV. v, 21, 8 ŚBr. &c.: Caus. trāsayati (ep. also Ā.) to cause to tremble, frighten, scare MBh. &c. ; [Zend. √tares

• ? ; Lat. terreo.]

≫ trasa

trasa mfn. moving, n. the collective body of moving or living beings (opposed to sthāvara) MBh. xii f. Jain

• m. 'quivering', the heart L

• n. a wood L

⋙ trasadasyu

○dasyu (○sá-), m. (formed like ? &c.) 'before whom the Dasyus tremble', N. of a prince (son of Puru-kutsa

• celebrated for his liberality and favoured by the gods

• author of RV. iv, 42), i, iv f. vii f. x TS. TāṇḍyaBr. MBh. Hariv. VP. iv, 3, 13

⋙ trasareṇu

○reṇu m. the mote or atom of dust moving in a sun-beam (considered as an ideal weight either of the lowest denomination [Mn. viii, 132 f. Yājñ. i, 361] or equal to 3 [BrahmaP. iv, 96, 49 BhP. iii, 11, 5] or 30 Vaidyakaparibh. invisible atoms)

• f. N. of a wife of the sun L

≫ trasaddasyu

trasad-dasyu m. for ○sa-d○ BhP. ix, 6, 33 ff

≫ trasana

trasana n. a quivering ornament (?) Kauś. 14

≫ trasara

trasara m. for tás○, a shuttle Bālar. iii, 85

≫ trasura

trasura mfn. timid, fearful Uṇ. vṛ

⋙ trasta

trasta mfn. quivering, trembling, frighted MBh. &c

• (in music) quick ; [Lat. tristis.]

⋙ trasnu

trasnu mfn. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 140) = ○sura Bhaṭṭ. vi, 7 Rājat. v

• cf. á-

trā

trā́ m. (√trai) a protector, defender RV. i, 100, 7 ; iv, 24, 3

• cf. án-agni-

• 1. tra

≫ trāṇa

trāṇa mfn. protected Pāṇ. 8-2, 56

• n. protecting, preserving, protection, defence, shelter, help (often ifc.) ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c

• protection for the body, armour, helmet &c., iii, 12092

• = trāyamāṇā́ L

• (ā), f. id. L

• cf. aṅguli-, udara-, uras- &c

⋙ trāṇakartṛ

○kartṛ m. a protector, saviour W

⋙ trāṇakārin

○kārin m. id. W

⋙ trāṇasārin

○sārin mfn. having an excellent helmet Kām. xiii, 12

⋙ trāṇana

trāṇana n. protecting RāmatUp

≫ trāta

trāta mfn. (Pāṇ. 8-2, 56) 'protected', bhava

• m. (vi, 1, 205 Kāś.) N. of a man VBr. i, 3

• n. protection W

• ○tra

⋙ trātavya

trātavya mfn. to be protected or guarded MBh. iii, vii

⋙ trātṛ

trātṛ́ m. a protector, defender, one who saves from (abl. or gen.) RV. (with devá applied to Bhaga or Savitṛi) VS. AV. TS. (Indra) MBh. &c

⋙ trātra

trātra mfn. addressed to Trātṛi (Indra) ĀpŚr. iii, 15, 10 Sch

• n. 'defence', indrasya, N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

≫ trāman

trā́man n. protection RV. i, 53, 10 ; v, 46, 6

≫ trāyantikā

trāyantikā f. = ○tī Suśr. iv

⋙ trāyantī

trāyantī f. (fr. p. ○yat) = ○yamāṇā́, vi

• (metrically ○ti) Car. vi, 17

⋙ trāyamāṇa

trā́yamāṇa mfn. preserving, protecting RV. AV. &c

• (ā́-), f. Ficus heterophylla, vi, 107, 1 f. ; viii, 2, 6 Suśr. i, 38 and 42 ; iv, vi VarBṛS. xliv, 10 (○ṇa m. or n.) and iii, 39

⋙ trāyamānikā

trāyamānikā f. id. L

trāṭaka

trāṭaka n. (an ascetic's) method of fixing the eye on one object, Hathapr. ii, 32 f

trāpuṣa

trāpuṣa mfn. (Pāṇ. 4-3, 138) made of tin (trápus) Kād

• n. tin Gal

• silver L

⋙ trāpusa

trāpusa mf(ī)n. coming from the plant Trapusī Śāntik

trāpya

trāpya mfn. fr. √trap Vop. xxvi, 12

trāyodaśa

trāyodaśa mfn. relating to the trayodaśī g. saṃdhivelâdi

trāsa

trāsa m. fear, terror, anxiety MBh. &c

• a flaw in a jewel L

⋙ trāsakara

○kara mfn. causing fear, alarming

⋙ trāsakṛt

○kṛt mfn. id. VarBṛS. civ, 4

⋙ trāsadāyin

○dāyin mfn. id. Hemac

≫ trāsadasyava

trā́sadasyava m. patr. fr. Trasa-dasyu RV. viii, 19, 32 and (○vá) 22, 7 ; x, 33, 4

• n. N. of a Sāman

≫ trāsana

trāsana mf(ī)n. terrifying, alarming, frightening (with gen. or ifc.) MBh. ('Śiva', xiii, 1207) Hariv. R

• n. frightening, alarming MBh. iv Daś. vii Kathās

• cause of alarm or fright Hariv. BhP

⋙ trāsanīya

trāsanīya mfn. frightening Hariv. 2430

• to be frightened W

⋙ trāsin

trāsin mfn. fearful MBh. xii, 5904

tri

trí m. tráyas f. nom. acc. tisrás n. trī́ṇi [trī́ RV. ŚBr. xi], 3 RV. &c. (tribhís & tisṛ́bhis, &c. RV

• only once tríbhis [viii, 59, 5] with the later accentuation, Pāṇ. 6-1, 177 and 180 f

• gen. trīṇā́m [RV. x, 185, 1

• Pāṇ. 7-1, 53 Kāś.] and tisṝṇā́m [RV. viii, 19, 37 and 101, 6], later on [fr. ○yá] trayāṇām āitBr. ṃn. and tisṛṇā́m [RV. v, 69, 2 against metre

• Pāṇ. 6-4, 4 f.]

• ifc., vii, 2, 99 f. Kāś.) [Page 458, Column 1] Contents of this page ; [cf. ?, Lat. tres ; Goth. threis

• &c.]

⋙ trikakud

○kakúd mfn. having 3 peaks or points or horns TS. vii (○kúd evá samānā́nām [○kup sam○ TāṇḍyaBr. xxii, 14] 'thrice excelling one's equals') AV. v, 23, 9

• m. N. of a Himâlaya mountain (cf. tri-kūṭa), iv, 9, 8 ŚBr. iii Pāṇ. 5-4, 147

• [○kúbh VS. xv Kāṭh. xxiii]

• of a Daśâha ceremony TS. vii ŚāṅkhŚr. Vait

• [○kubh TāṇḍyaBr. xxii KātyŚr. ĀśvŚr. Maś.]

• Vishṇu or Kṛishṇa MBh. xii f. Hariv. 14115

• Brahmā R. vii, 36, 7

• N. of a prince BhP. ix, 17

⋙ trikakuda

○kakuda mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-4, 147 Kāś.) three-peaked MBh. xii

⋙ trikakubh

○kakúbh mfn. three-pointed, (Indra's thunderbolt) RV. i, 121

• m. Indra TāṇḍyaBr. viii, 1

• ○kúd

⋙ trikaṭa

○kaṭa m. Asteracantha longifolia L

⋙ trikaṭu

○kaṭu

⋙ trikaṭuka

○kaṭuka n. the 3 spices (black and long pepper and dry ginger) Suśr

• cf. kaṭu-traya

⋙ trikaṇṭa

○kaṇṭa n. the 3 thorny plants (3 kinds of Solanum) L

• = -kaṭa L

• pattra-gupta L

• N. of a fish L

⋙ trikaṇṭaka

○kaṇṭaka m. (g. rajatâdi) 'threethorn', = -kaṭa Suśr

• N. of a venomous insect, v, 8

• N. of a fish (Silurus) L

• a kind of weapon R. iii, 28, 25

⋙ trikadruka

○kadruka (trí-), m. pl. the 3 Soma vessels RV. 1 f. viii, x

• the first 3 days of the Abhi-plava festival ŚBr. xiii, 5 KātyŚr. ĀśvŚr. Lāṭy

• mfn. containing the word trí-kadruka (RV. ii, 22, 1) TāṇḍyaBr. xvi, 3

• ○drukīya mfn. id. ŚāṅkhŚr. (pratipad) RPrāt. xvii, 29 (scil. ṛc)

⋙ trikapardin

○kapardin mfn. wearing 3 braids of hair Gṛihyās. ii, 40

⋙ trikapāla

○kapāla mfn. distributed in 3 receptacles AitBr. i, 1

⋙ trikaraṇī

○karaṇī f. the side of a square 3 times as great as another (i.e. the diagonal of a quadrangle, the sides of which are formed by the side and the diagonal of the smaller square), Śulbas

⋙ trikarṇa

○karṇa mf(ī) n. having 3 ears R. v

⋙ trikarman

○karman mfn. performing (a Brāhman's) 3 chief duties (viz. performing ceremonies, repeating the Veda, and gifts) MBh. xiii

• ○ma-kṛt mfn. id. KaṭhUp

⋙ trikarṣa

○karṣa n. = -kārṣika Npr

⋙ trikalā

○kalā f. N. of a female deity produced by the union of 3 gods for the destruction of Andhaka VarP. xc ff

⋙ trikaliṅga

○kaliṅga m. pl. N. of a people Sāh. iv, 9 a/b

⋙ trikaśa

○kaśá mfn. having 3 whips (a chariot) RV. ii, 18, 1

⋙ trikāṇḍa

○kāṇḍa (trí-), mf(ā)n. consisting of three parts or divisions (an arrow or asterism) AitBr. iii, 33 ŚBr. ii ; 3 Kāṇḍas in measure (48 cubits long W.) Vop. vi, 55

• n. N. of wk. KātyŚr. iii, 2, 1 Sch

• of Amarasiṃha's dictionary (commented on by ○ḍa-cintāmaṇi and -viveka and supplemented by -śeṣa)

• -maṇḍana n. N. of wk

⋙ trikāya

○kāya m. 'having 3 bodies', a Buddha MWB. 246

⋙ trikārṣika

○kārṣika n. the 3 astringent substances (dry ginger, Ati-vishā, and Mustā) L

⋙ trikāla

○kāla n. the 3 times or tenses (pf., pr., fut.) ŚvetUp. BhP. v RāmatUp

• mfn. relating to them Sāṃkhyak. 33

• m. a Buddha W

• (am), ind. 3 times, thrice BhP. v

• in the morning, at noon, and in the evening MBh. xiii

• (○la-) Kām

• -jña mfn. knowing the 3 times, omniscient R. i VarBṛS

• m. a Buddha L

• -darśin mfn. omniscient R. i VarBṛS

• a sage L

• -nātha m. N. of a Yogin Siṃhâs. xx, 0/1

• -rūpa mfn. three-shaped at the 3 times (of day, i.e. the sun) VP. iii, 5, 19

• -vid mfn. omniscient R. v

• a Buddha L

• an Arhat of the Jainas L

⋙ trikuṇḍīśvara

○kuṇḍī7śvara n. N. of a Tantra, Ānandal. 31 Sch

⋙ trikumārīka

○kumārīka mfn. (the place) where the 3 virgins (Umā, Eka-parṇā, and Eka-pāṭalā) reside Hariv. 948

⋙ trikulā

○kulā f. the plant yava-tiktā Car. vii, 11

⋙ trikūṭa

○kūṭa mfn. having 3 peaks or humps or elevations MBh. xii

• N. of a mountain (= -kakúd), ii, 1484 (Hariv. 12782) BhP. v

• of another mountain, viii, 2, 1

• of a peak of mount Meru VP. ii, 2, 26

• of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which Laṅkā was situated MBh. iii R. Pañcat. v

• n. sea-salt prepared by evaporation L

• -lavaṇa n. id. L

• -vat m. N. of a mountain MBh. xiv

⋙ trikūrcaka

○kūrcaka n. a sort of knife with 3 edges Suśr. i, 8, 1

⋙ trikṛtvas

○kṛtvas ind. 3 times Hcat. i, 10, 106

⋙ trikoṇa

○koṇa mf(ā)n. (fr. ?) triangular MBh. xiv VarBṛS. Phetk

• forming a triangle VarBṛS

• n. a triangle RāmatUp. i, 29

• = ○ṇa-bhavana VarBṛS. VarBṛ. Laghuj

• (ā), f. Trapa bispinosa Npr

• -phala n. id. L

• -bhavana n. the 5th and 9th mansion VarBṛS

⋙ trikoṇaka

○"ṣkoṇaka n. a triangle RāmatUp. i, 50

⋙ trikauśeya

○kauśeya n. 'thrice silken', a kind of garment MBh. xiii

⋙ trikrama

○krama m. a Krama word composed of 3 members (the middle one being a single vowel) RPrāt. xi, 10 VPrāt. iv, 182

⋙ trikṣāra

○kṣāra n. pl. (sg. L.) the 3 acrid substances (natron, saltpetre, and borax) Bhpr. v, 26, 234

⋙ trikṣura

○kṣura m. = -kaṭa L

⋙ trikṣeptṛ

○kṣeptṛ m. = -pura-ghna Bālar. iii, 81

⋙ trikha

○kha n. 'having 3 cavities', a cucumber L

⋙ trikhaṭva

○khaṭva n. ○ṭvii f. 3 beds collectively L. [Page 458, Column 2]

⋙ trikhaṇḍa

○khaṇḍa the inhabited earth as divided into 3 portions (the first 2 continents and half of the 3rd) Śatr. x, 318 ; xiv, 309

⋙ trikharva

○kharva m. pl. N. of a Vedic school TāṇḍyaBr. ii, 8

• n. a particular high number MBh. ii, 1749 and 1826

⋙ trigaṅga

○gaṅga n. N. of a Tīrtha, iii

• xiii

⋙ trigaṇa

○gaṇa m. the triad of duties (dharma, kāma, and artha) Kir. i, 11

⋙ trigata

○gata n. 'tripled', (in dram.) triple meaning given to the same word Bhar. xviii, 115 Daśar. iii, 16 Pratāpar. Sāh. vi

⋙ trigandhaka

○gandhaka n. = -jāta Npr

⋙ trigambhīra

○gambhīra g○

⋙ trigarta

○garta pl. (g. yaudheyâdi) N. of a people inhabiting modern Lahore AV. Pariś. lvi, 8 MBh. (ifc. f. ā, vii, 688) Hariv. &c

• sg. a T prince MBh. &c

• the Tīrtha country Daś. xi, 119 a particular method of calculation L

• (ā), f. a lascivious woman L

• a woman L

• a kind of cricket L

• a pearl L

• N. of a town Kathās. lxxiii, 21

• -ṣaṣṭha m. pl. a collective N. of six warrior tribes Pāṇ. 5-3, 116 Kāś

⋙ trigartaka

○"ṣgartaka m. pl. the Tīrtha people BhP. x

⋙ trigartika

○"ṣgartika m. the Tīrtha country L

⋙ triguṇa

○guṇa n. sg. the 3 Guṇas (sattva, rajas, and tamas) BhP. iv

• m. pl. id. Tattvas

• mf(ā)n. containing them ŚvetUp. Mn. i, 15 Sāṃkhyak. Kap

• consisting of 3 threads or strings ŚāṅkhŚr. KātyŚr. Kum. v, 10

• threefold, thrice as great or as much, triple KātyŚr. Mn

• (sapta tri-guṇāni dināni, 3 x 7 days) Ragh. ii, 25

• (am), ind. in 3 ways Caraṇ

• -parivāra n. the trident Kir. xviii, 45

• ○ṇā-karṇa mfn. whose ear-lobes are slit into 3 divisions (as a mark of distinction) Pāṇ. 6-3, 115 Kāś

• ○ṇā-kṛta mfn. = tṛtīyā-k○ L

• ○ṇâkhya mfn. said of different mixtures and of a kind of oil Rasêndrac. Rasar

• ○ṇâtmaka mfn. possessing the 3 Guṇas Vedântas. 37

• ○ṇī-kṛtya ind. p. making threefold AgP. xxxiii, 5

⋙ trigūḍha

○gūḍha

⋙ trigūḍhaka

○gūḍhaka n. a dance of men in female attire Sāh. vi, 213 and 219

⋙ trigrāmī

○grāmī f. '3 villages', N. of a place Rājat. iv f

⋙ trigrāhin

○grāhin mfn. extending to the length of 3 (padyās). -ghana, m

⋙ trighana

○ghana m. 3P3 (= 27) Laghuj. i, xiii

⋙ tricakra

○cakrá mfn. having 3 wheels RV. i, iv, viii, x (scil. rátha, 85, 14)

⋙ tricakṣus

○cakṣus mfn. three-eyed (Kṛishṇa, more properly Śiva) MBh. xii, 1505

⋙ tricatura

○catura mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-4, 77 Vārtt.) 3 or 4 Daś. vii Kathās. Sāh

⋙ tricaturdaśa

○caturdaśa mfn. du. the 13th and 14th, Śrut

⋙ tricatvāriṃśa

○catvāriṃśa mf(ī)n. the 43rd (ch. of MBh. iv ff. Hariv. R.)

⋙ tricatvāriṃśat

○catvāriṃśat f. 43 Pāṇ. 6

⋙ tricit

○cít mfn. consisting of 3 layers of fuel ŚBr. vii KātyŚr

⋙ tricitīka

○citīka (trí-), mfn. id. TS. v, 2, 3, 6

⋙ tricīvara

○cīvara n. the 3 vestments of a Buddh. monk MWB. 83

⋙ trijagat

○jagat n. sg. = jagat traya BhP. viii Caurap. Kathās. Vet

• pl. Ānand. Sch. Introd. 1

• (tī), f. id. BhP. v

• ○gaj-jananī f. 'the 3 worlds' mother', Pārvatī Kathās. i, 14

• ○gad-īśvara m. lord of the 3 worlds (a Jina) Bhaktâm. 14

• ○gan-mohinī f. 'beguiling the 3 worlds', Durgā (?) BrahmaP. ii, 18, 18

⋙ trijaṭa

○jaṭa mf(ā)n. = -kapardin MBh. iii, (Śiva) xii

• m. N. of a Brāhman R. ii

• (ā), f. AEgle Marmelos, Jñānabhair

• N. of a Rākshasī (who was friendly to Sītā) R. iii, v f. Ragh. xii, 74

• of a Nāga virgin Kāraṇḍ. i, 43

• ○ṭā-svapna-darśana n. 'dream of Tri-jaṭā', N. of R. v, 23

⋙ trijaya

○jaya mf(ā)n. the 13th Dharmaśarm. vi, 13

⋙ trijāta

○jāta

⋙ trijātaka

○jātaka n. the 3 spices (mace, cardamoms, and cinnamon) Suśr. Daś

⋙ trijīvā

○jīvā f. the sine of 3 signs or 90 degrees, radius Sūryas

⋙ trijyā

○jyā f. id. ib

⋙ triṇata

○ṇata mfn. bent in 3 places (a bow) R. vi, 20, 28

• (ā), f. a bow Śiś. xix, 61

⋙ triṇava

○ṇavá mfn. consisting of 3 X 9 parts (stóma) VS. TS. TBr. ŚBr. TāṇḍyaBr

• connected with the TāṇḍyaBr stóma VS. ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. Nidānas

• in comp. 27 BhP. ix

• -rātra mfn. lasting 27 days, x

• ○vá-vartani mfn. forming the path for the TṭTāṇḍyaBr stóma TS. iv, 3, 3, 2

• -sāhasra mf(ī)n. 27000 BhP. ix

• ○vâtmaka mfn. 27 fold Jyot. 11 Sch. (Garga)

⋙ triṇāka

○ṇāka for -nāka

⋙ triṇāciketa

○ṇāciketa mfn. one who has thrice kindled the Nāciketa fire or studied the Nāciketa section of Kāṭh. Āp. KaṭhUp. Mn. Yājñ. MBh. (Nārāyaṇa, xii) VP. iii, 15, 1 MārkP

• m. pl. N. of 3 Anuvākas of Kāṭh. Mn. iii, 185 Kull

⋙ triṇāman

○ṇāman mfn. having 3 names (Agni ?) AV. vi, 74, 3

• TS. ii, 1, 11, 3

⋙ triṇidhana

○ṇidhana n. N. of a Sāman TāṇḍyaBr. (v. l. nidh○) ṢaḍvBr. Lāṭy

• agneḥ ĀrshBr

⋙ triṇītā

○ṇītā f. 'thrice married (to Soma, Gandharva, and Agni)', a wife Npr

⋙ triṇemi

○ṇemi mfn. with 3 fellies BhP. iii, 8, 20. (v. l. -nemi)

⋙ tritakṣa

○takṣa n. an association of 3 carpenters L

• (ī), f. id. L

⋙ tritanti

○tanti mfn. having 3 chords (a lute) Sch. on ŚBr. and KātyŚr

⋙ tritantu

○tántu mfn. thrice woven (?) RV. x, 30, 9

⋙ tritantrikā

○tantrikā f. (a lute) having 3 chords

⋙ tritas

○tas ind. on 3 sides W

⋙ tritā

○tā f. a triad Nir

⋙ tritāmra

○tāmra mfn. red on 3 parts of the body R. (B) v. 35, 17

⋙ tritrika

○trika mfn. ? (Rāma), 32, 13. [Page 458, Column 3]

⋙ tritrikoṇa

○tri-koṇa n. (= tri-k○) the 9th mansion VarBṛ. Laghuj

⋙ tritva

○tva n. = -tā MBh. xiv BhP. i, 15

⋙ tridaṇḍa

○daṇḍa n. = ○ṇḍaka Mn. &c

• triple control (i.e. of thoughts, words, and acts), xii, 11

⋙ tridaṇḍaka

○daṇḍaka n. the 3 staves of a Parivrājaka MBh. xii Up

⋙ tridaṇḍin

○daṇḍin m. 'carrying the 3 staves tied together', a Parivrājaka Yājñ. iii, 58 MBh. &c

• a triple commander (i.e. controlling his own thoughts, words and deeds) Mn. xii, 10 MārkP. xli

⋙ tridat

○dat mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-2, 197) grown as old as to possess three teeth, v, 4, 141 Kāś

⋙ tridanta

○danta mfn. having 3 teeth ib

• (ī), f. the plant mahā-medā Bhpr. v, 1, 130

⋙ tridamathavastukuśala

○damatha-vastu-kuśala m. 'skilled in the threefold self-control (cf. -daṇḍa)', Buddha Divyâv. ix, 13 ; xix, 50

⋙ tridalā

○dalā f. 'three-leaved', Cissus pedata L

⋙ tridalikā

○dalikā f. Mimosa abstergens L

⋙ tridaśa

○daśa mf(ā)n. 3 X 10 (= 30) MBh. i, 4445

• m. pl. (cf. Pāṇ. 2-2, 25 ; v, 4, 73 ; vi, 3, 48 Kāś. and dvi-d○) the 3 X 10 (in round number for 3 X 11) deities (12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras, and 2 Aśvins

• RV. ix, 92, 24) MBh. &c

• du. the Aśvins, iii, 10345

• mfn. divine R. iii, 41, 21

• n. heaven MBh. xiii, 3327 (tri-diva, B)

• -guru m. 'thirty-god-preceptor', Bṛihaspati (regent of Jupiter) VarBṛS. VarBṛ

• -gopa m. = indra-g○, a fire-fly Ragh. xi, 42

• -gopaka m. id. Npr

• -tā f. divine nature Bālar

• -tva n. id. Ragh. xviii, 30

• -dīrghikā f. 'heavenly lake', Gaṅgā L

• -nadī f. 'heavenly river', Gaṅgā W

• -pati m. 'lord of the gods', Indra Mṛicch. Ratnâv. iv, 11 VP. v, 18

• -puṃgava m. 'god-chief', Vishṇu R. i, 14, 42

• -pratipakṣa m. = ○śâri

• -mañjarī f. 'heavenly plant', the Tulasī L

• -vadhū f. 'wife of the gods', an Apsaras W

• -vanitā f. id. Megh

• -śaila m. 'heavenly mountain', the Kailāsa Kathās. cxiv

• -śreṣṭha mfn. best of gods (Brahmā, Agni) R. vi, 102 f

• -sarṣapa m. = deva-s○ Npr

• ○śâṅkuśa m. 'divine goad', a thunderbolt L

• ○śâṅganā f. = ○śa-vadhū Bhaktâm. 15

• ○śâcārya m. = ○śa-guru L

• ○śâdhipa m. a lord of the gods, 28

• ○śâdhipati m. Śiva

• ○śâyana mfn. 'resort of the gods', Nārāyaṇa Hariv

• ○śâyudha n. 'divine weapon', the rainbow Ragh. ix, 54

• the thunderbolt L

• ○śâri m. an enemy of the gods, Asura R. vi, 36, 78

• ○śâlaya m. 'abode of the gods', heaven MBh. iii R. i Vet

• the mountain Su-meru L

• a heaven-dweller, god MBh. iii, 1725

• ○śâvāsa m. = ○śâlaya, heaven L

• ○śâhāra m. 'divine food', nectar L

• ○śī-bhūta mfn. become divine Ragh. xv, 102

• ○śêdra m. 'god-chief', Indra Pañcat. i

• ○śêndra-śatru m. 'Indra's foe', Rāvaṇa R. vi, 36, 6

• ○śêśa m. = ○śêndra MBh. iii

• ○śêśadviṣ m. = ○śâri MBh

• ○śêśvara m. = ○śêndra MBh. R. ii

• Śiva MBh

• pl. Indra, Agni, Varuṇa, and Yama Nal. iv, 31

• (ī), f. Durgā, DeviiP

• N. of a female attendant of Durgā W

• ○śêśvara-dviṣ m. = ○śêndra-śatru R. i, 14, 47

⋙ tridinaspṛś

○dina-spṛś m. conjunction of 3 lunations with one solar day Jyot

⋙ tridiva

○divá n. (m. L.) the 3rd or most sacred heaven, heaven (in general) RV. ix, 113, 9 & AV. (with gen. divás) GopBr. PraśnUp. Mn. &c

• (ā), f. cardamoms Npr

• N. of a river in India MBh. vi, 324 ; xiii, 7654

• of a river in the Plaksha-dviipa VP. ii, 4, 11

• (○vii) BrahmâṇḍaP. [Hcat. i, 5, 1070]

• -gata mfn. 'heaven-departed', dead Vcar. vi, 62

• ○vâdhī7śa, ○vêśa m. 'lord of heaven', a god L

• ○vêśāna m. id. Gal

• ○vêśvara m. 'lord of heaven', Indra R. i

• ○vôdbhavā f. large cardamoms L

• ○vâukas m. 'heaven-residing', a god Vcar. xv, 72

⋙ tridivasa

○divasa mfn. tertian (fever) AgP. xxxi, 18

⋙ tridṛś

○dṛś m. = -netra, Śiva L

⋙ tridoṣa

○doṣa in comp., disorder of the 3 humours of the body

• mfn. causing the TayāḍyaBr Suśr. i. 45, 10, 11 and 46, 4, 28

• -kṛt mfn. id., 45, 8, 10

• -ghna mfn. removing the TayāḍyaBr, 45, 1, 16

• -ja mfn. resulting from the TayāḍyaBr L

• -śamana mfn. = -ghna, 46, 4, 32

• -hārin mfn. id. (a kind of mixture) Rasêndrac

• ○ṣâpaha m. 'keeping-off 3 kinds of sins (cf. -daṇḍa)', Buddha Buddh. L

⋙ tridvāra

○dvāra mf(ā)n. 'having 3 doors', reachable in 3 ways MBh. iii

⋙ tridhanvan

○dhanvan m. N. of the father of Trayyāruṇa (q.v.)

⋙ tridharman

○dharman m. Śiva R. vii

⋙ tridhā

○dhā (trí-), ind. (VPrāt. ii, 44) in 3 ways, in 3 parts, in 3 places, triply RV. i f. iv ChUp. MBh. &c

• -√kṛ, to treble, xiii, 6467

• -tva n. tripartition ChUp. vi, 3, 3 Śaṃk

• (e), loc. ind. in 3 cases, APrāt. Sch

• -mūrti f. a girl 3 years of age representing Durgā at her festivals

⋙ tridhātu

○dhā́tu mfn. consisting of 3 parts, triple, threefold (used like Lat. triplex to denote excessive) RV. ŚBr. v, 5, 5, 6

• m. (scil. puroḍā́śa) N. of an oblation TS. ii, 3, 6. 1 (-tvá n. abstr.)

• Gaṇêśa L

• N. of a man TāṇḍyaBr. xiii, 3, 12 Sch. [Page 459, Column 1] Contents of this page

• n. the triple world RV

• the aggregate of the 3 minerals or of the 3 humours W

• tridhā́tu-śṛṅga mfn. having a tripartite horn (Agni), v, 43, 13

⋙ tridhātuka

○"ṣdhātuka mfn. consisting of 3 humours BhP. x

• m. Gaṇesa L

⋙ tridhāman

○dhāman n. = -divá BhP. iii, 24, 20

• mfn. shining in the 3 worlds, 8, 31 VP. ii, 8, 54 ('triple-gloried')

• tripartite MBh. xiii

• m. Vishṇu, xii Hariv. R. vii BhP. vi

• Brahmā R. vii, 36, 7

• Śiva L.: fire, Agni L

• death L

• N. of the Vyāsa (= Vishṇu) of the 10th Dvāpara VP. iii, 3, 13 VāyuP. i, 23, 136

• DeviibhP. i, 3 KūrmaP. i, 52, 4

⋙ tridhāra

○dhāra mf(ā)n. three-streamed (Gaṅgā) Hariv. 3189

• (ā), f. Euphorbia antiquorum Gal

• -snuhī f. id. Npr

• the plant dhārā-snuhī L

⋙ tridhāraka

○dhāraka m. 'three-edged' Scirpus Kysoor L

• = ○rā Npr

⋙ trinagarītīrtha

○nagarī-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha Rasik. xi, 28

⋙ trinayana

○nayana m. = -dṛś MBh. xiv R. PāṇŚ. Megh. &c

• n. N. of a town, Kṛishṇakrīḍ

• (ā), f. Durgā, DeviiP

⋙ trinavata

○navata mfn. the 93rd (chs. of MBh.)

⋙ trinavati

○navati f. 93 Pāṇ. 6

• -tama mfn. = ○vata (chs. of R.)

⋙ trinavaha

○nava-'ha n. pl. (metrically for ○vâha, cf. triṇavá) 27 days BhP. x, 83, 10

⋙ trināka

○nāká n. = -divá RV. ix, 113, 9 AV. ix, 5, 10 BhP. vi

⋙ trinābha

○nābha mfn. whose navel supports the 3 worlds (Vishṇu), viii, 17, 26

⋙ trinābhi

○nā́bhi mfn. three-naved (a wheel) RV. i, 164, 2 MBh. xiii BhP

⋙ trināli

○nāli mfn. 3 X 24 minutes long Sāh. vi, 303

⋙ trinidhana

○nidhana -ṇidh○

⋙ trinivitka

○nivit-ka mfn. containing 3 Nivid verses AitĀr. i, 5, 2, 4

⋙ triniṣka

○niṣka mfn. worth 3 Nishkas Pāṇ. 5-1, 30

⋙ trinetra

○netra m. 'three-eyed', Śiva MBh. &c

• (with rasa) N. of different mixtures Rasêndrac. Bhpr. vii, 8, 157

• 'Siva's asterism', Ārdrā VarBṛS. xv, 29

• N. of a prince MatsyaP. cclxx, 27

• (ā), f. Durgā Kathās. cvii

• the √of Yam Gal

• (ī), f. id. L

• -cūḍāmaṇi m. 'Śiva's crest', the moon L

• -phala m. the cocoa-nut tree Gal

• ○trôdbhava m. 'Śiva's son', Kumāra, Alaṃkārar

⋙ trinemi

○nemi -ṇemi

⋙ trinaiṣkika

○naiṣkika mfn. = -niṣka Pāṇ

⋙ tripakṣa

○pakṣa n. 3 fortnights ŚāṅkhGṛ. iv, 3 VarBṛS. xxxii, 32

⋙ tripakṣaka

○pakṣaka m. Butea frondosa L

⋙ tripacchas

○pacchas (pad + śas), ind. by 3 Pādas ŚāṅkhŚr. xi

⋙ tripañcaka

○pañcaka mfn. pl. of 3 X 5 kinds Yājñ. ii, 181/182, 11

⋙ tripañcāśa

○pañcāśá mf(ī́)n. the 53rd (chs. of MBh. and R.)

• numbering 53 (dice) RV. x, 34, 8 AV. xix

⋙ tripañcāśat

○pañcāśat f. 53 Pāṇ. 6

• -tama mfn. the 53rd (ch. of MBh. ī)

⋙ tripaṭu

○paṭu n. 3 saline substances (stone-salt, Viḍ-lavaṇa, and black salt) Npr

⋙ tripatat

○patat in comp. = -dhāra BhP. xi, 6, 13

⋙ tripatāka

○patāka mfn. (with kara, hasta, the hand) with 3 fingers stretched out (in dram. introductory to words meant janântikam) Bālar. iii, 4/5 Sāh. vi, 139 PSarv. Hastar

• (○kākara) Daśar

• (with lalāṭa, the forehead) marked naturally with 3 wrinkles L

⋙ tripatī

○patī f. N. of a Tīrtha Rasik. xi, 25

⋙ tripattra

○pattra m. 'three-leaf', AEgle Marmelos, BṛihaddhP

• N. of a bulb Npr

⋙ tripattraka

○pattraka m. = -pakṣaka L

⋙ tripatha

○patha in comp. '= -jagat'

• n. a place where 3 roads meet L

• mf(ā)n. reached by 3 roads (Mathurā) Rasik. xi, 21

• -gā f. 'flowing through heaven, earth, and the lower regions', the Ganges MBh. &c

• -gāminī f. id., i, 3903 R

⋙ tripathaka

○pathaka m. (in music) a kind of composition

⋙ tripad

○pád m. (pā́d) f. (pād Pāṇ. 4f.

• pádī g. kumbhapady-ādi)n. three-footed RV. x, 117, 8 VS. ChUp. Ragh. (Dharma) BhP. (Vishṇu, Yajña, Jvara)

• making 3 steps ĀśvGṛ. ŚāṅkhGṛ

• having 3 divisions (a stanza) ŚBr. xiv BhP. (Sāvitrī, Gāyatrī) Chandaþs

• trinomial

• three-fourths RV. x, 90, 3 f

• m. N. of a Daitya MBh. ix, 2693

• (dī), f. an elephant's fetter Ragh. iv, 48 Dharmaśarm. xi, 51

• a kind of elephant's gait Kād. Vcar. xv

• Cissus pedata L

• N. of a Prākṛit metre

• of a composition (in music)

⋙ tripada

○pada mfn. three-footed MBh. vi, 71

• extending over 3 squares Hcat

• (Pāṇ. 4-1, 9) having 3 divisions (a stanza) VS. and ŚBr. (f. trípadā) TS. (f. ○pádā) AitBr. &c

• measuring 3 feet KātyŚr

• containing 3 words VPrāt. APrāt. Sch

• n. 3 words VPrāt

• (ā), f. Cissus pedata L

• the Gāyatrī metre Gal

• -prabhṛti mfn. containing 3 or more words TPrāt

⋙ tripadikā

○padikā f. a tripod stand Tantras

⋙ tripadya

○padya mf(ā)n. tripartite Jyot. (YV) 15

⋙ tripanna

○panna m. N. of one of the moon's horses L. Sch

⋙ triparikrānta

○parikrānta mfn. one who has overcome the 3 internal foes (kāma, krodha, and lobha) MBh. xiii, 6455

⋙ triparivarta

○parivarta mfn. (the wheel of the law) turning thrice Lalit. xiii, 14 Divyâv. xxvii, 189

• xxxv, 218

⋙ triparṇa

○parṇa m. = -pakṣaka L

• (ā), f. wild hemp Npr

• (ī), f. Desmodium gangeticum Bhpr. vii, 2, 16

• the wild cotton tree, v, 3, 31

• ○ṇā Npr

• Sanseviera zeylanica L

• N. of a bulb L. [Page 459, Column 2]

⋙ triparṇikā

○parṇikā f. id. L

• Carpopogon pruriens Npr

• Alhagi Maurorum L

⋙ triparus

○parus mfn. consisting of 3 divisions BhP

⋙ triparyāya

○paryāya mfn. having 3 turns (a stóma) KātyŚr. ix f

⋙ triparva

○parva mfn. consisting of 3 parts (an arrow, cf. -kāṇḍa) Hariv. 12238

⋙ triparvata

○parvata '3 mountains', N. of a place

⋙ triparvan

○parvan mfn. = ○va MBh. iv, 43, 18

⋙ tripala

○pala mf(ā)n. weighing 3 Palas Yājñ. ii, 179

⋙ tripaśu

○paśu mfn. having 3 victims KātyŚr. xv

⋙ tripastya

○pastyá mfn. having 3 dwellings (Agni) RV. viii, 39, 8

⋙ tripājasya

○pājasyá mfn. having 3 flanks, iii, 56, 3

⋙ tripāṭa

○pāṭa m. intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure), figure formed by such intersection

⋙ tripāṭikā

○pāṭikā f. a beak Gal

⋙ tripāṭhin

○pāṭhin m. familiar with the 3 Vedas (epithet of a commentator on Vās. and of several copyists)

⋙ tripāṇa

○pāṇa mfn. (irreg.) made of the plant Tri-parṇi KātyŚr. xv, 5, 9

⋙ tripāda

○pāda m. an asterism of which three-fourths are included under one zodiacal sign W

• = -padikā Kauś

• (ī), f. a kind of Mimosa Npr

• -vigraha mfn. three-footed Hariv. 2626

⋙ tripād

○pād -pád

• -vibhūti-kathana n. N. of PadmaP. v, 29

⋙ tripādaka

○pādaka mf(ikā)n. threefooted R. v

• (ikā), f. Cissus pedata L

• = ○dī Npr

⋙ tripiṭa

○piṭa mfn. knowing ○ṭaka Divyâv. xvii

• xxxv

⋙ tripiṭaka

○piṭaka n. the 3 baskets or collections of sacred writings (Sūtra-, Vinaya-, and Abhidharma-piṭaka) Buddh

• mfn. = ○ṭa Divyâv. ii, 575

⋙ tripiṇḍaka

○piṇḍaka mfn. consisting of ○ṇḍī Śrāddhac

⋙ tripiṇḍī

○piṇḍī f. the 3 sacrificial cakes (cf. Mn. iii, 215)

⋙ tripiba

○piba mfn. drinking with 3 members of the body (with the 2 pendent ears and tongue, as a long-eared goat), 271 Kull

⋙ tripiṣṭapa

○piṣṭapa n. (m. Uṇ. Sch.) = -divá, Indra's heaven MBh. i, 7580 and 7657 R. i, vi MārkP. xviii, 27

• the sky L

• cf. -viṣṭ○

• -sad m. 'heavendweller', a god L

⋙ tripuṭa

○puṭa mfn. threefold Buddh. L

• m. a kind of pulse VarBṛS

• = -kaṭa L

• N. of a measure of length (hasta-bheda) L

• (in music) a kind of measure

• a shore L

• (ā), f. Arabian jasmine L

• Durgā Tantras. ii f

• (ā, ī), f. = -puṣā L

• large cardamoms L

⋙ tripuṭaka

○puṭaka mfn. triangular (a wound) Suśr. i, 22

• m. a kind of pulse, 46

⋙ tripuṭin

○puṭin m. Ricinus communis L

• ○ṭi-phala id. L

⋙ tripuṇḍra

○puṇḍra

⋙ tripuṇḍraka

○puṇḍraka n. a triple sectarial mark consisting of 3 lines or marks on the forehead (or on back, heart, shoulders &c. RTL. 400) Vas. Hariv. BrahmâṇḍaP. Tithyād

⋙ tripuṇḍrin

○puṇḍrin mfn. furnished with ○ra SŚaṃkar. xi, 30

⋙ tripuṇḍhra

○puṇḍhra n. = ○ḍra ŚāṅkhGṛ. ii, 10 BrahmôttKh. xxviii

⋙ tripur

○pur f. pl. '?', the 3 strong cities, triple fortification BhP. vii

⋙ tripura

○purá n. sg. id. (built of gold, silver, and iron, in the sky, air, and earth, by Maya for the Asuras, and burnt by Śiva MBh. &c

• TS. vi, 2, 3, 1) ŚBr. vi, 3, 3, 25 AitBr. ii, 11 Śāṅkh Br., N. of an Up

• of a town Kshitîś. iii, 17

• m. Śiva Śaktir. v

• the Asura Bāṇa RevāKh

• (ā), f. a kind of cardamoms (cf. -puṭā) Gal

• a kind of rice ib

• a kind of sorcery Śārad. xii

• N. of an Up

• Durgā KālP. Tantras. Pañcad

• (ī), f. N. of an Up

• of the capital of the Cedis MBh. iii, 254, 10 VarBṛS. xiv, 9 Bālar. iii, 38

• -kumāra m. N. of a pupil of Śaṃkarâcārya Śaṃkar. lxx

• -ghātin m. 'destroyer of Tantras', Śiva Kathās. cxv

• -ghna m. id. MBh. R. i

• -jit m. id. W

• -dahana m. id. L

• n. N. of a drama

• -dāha m. 'burning of Tantras', N. of PadmaP. iv, 5

• of a drama

• -druh m. 'enemy of Tantras', Śiva Bālar

• -dviṣ m. id. Ragh. xvii, 14

• -pramāthin m. = -ghna Dhanaṃj. 37

• -bhairava m. N. of a mixture Bhpr

• (ī), f. Durgā KālP. Śārad. xii

• -mallikā f. a kind of jasmine L

• -mālī f. id. L

• -vadha m. 'destruction of Tantras' (○rasya v○ MBh. vii, 9570), N. of ŚivaP. ii, 5-7

• -vijaya m. conquest of Tantras. Megh. 56

• N. of LiṅgaP. i, 71 f

• -vijayin m. 'Tantras-conqueror', Śiva Mudr. i, 2

• -vidhvaṃsaka m. id. Buddh. L

• -sundarī f. Durgā Rudray. ii, 1 Tantras. iii f

• -han m. = -ghna R. vi BhP. iv

• -hara m. id. Prasannar. ii, 35 Hāsy

• N. of LiṅgaP. i, 72

• ○râdhipati m. 'Tantras-lord', Maya BhP. v, viii

• ○rântaká m. = ○ra-ghna MBh. ii Hariv. 1579 ŚatarUp. (interpol.) Kathās. ciii

• ○rântakara m. id. MBh. ii, 754

• ○rânta-kṛt m. id., Āryav

• Rāma's bow Mcar. i, 52

• ○rârāti m. = ○radruh Kathās. lvi

• ○râri m. id. Suśr. vi Kathās. ix, 7

• ○rârṇava m. N. of wk. Sch. on Ānand. 1 and 3

• ○rârdana m. = ○ra-ghna MBh. iii

• ○rêśâdri m. N. of a mountain Rājat. v

• ○rêśvara, N. of a place, v f

• ○rôpākhyāna n. N. of ŚivaP. iii, 52 - 54

⋙ tripurā

○purā ○ra

• -tapana n. -tāpanī f. N. of an Up

• -bhairavii f. = ○ra-bh○, Tantr

• -sāra m. N. of wk. Tantras. ii

• -samuccaya m. N. of wk., Tantr

⋙ tripurāṇaka

○purāṇaka mf(ikā)n. (a coin) worth 3 Purāṇas. [Page 459, Column 3]

⋙ tripurāṇīya

○purāṇīya mfn. id. Mn. xi, 228 Kull

⋙ tripurī

○purī ○ra

• -kṣetra n. the district of Tripurī

• prakaraṇa n. N. of a Vedântic work (ascribed to Śamkara)

⋙ tripuruṣa

○puruṣa n. sg. 3 generations Gaut

• (ī), f. id. ĀpŚr. x Sch. Introd

• (am), ind. through 3 generations ŚāṅkhŚr. PārGṛ

• ○ṣá mfn. having the length of 3 men ŚBr. x

• (-pūr○) TBr. i

• having 3 assistants ĀśvŚr. iv, 1

⋙ tripuṣā

○puṣā f. dark-blossomed Convolvulus Turpethum L

⋙ tripuṣkara

○puṣkara mfn. decorated with 3 lotus flowers Lāṭy. ix, 2, 9

• pl. 'the 3 lakes', N. of a Tīrtha Ragh. xviii, 30

• m. N. of a man Siṃhâs. ix, 2/3

⋙ tripūruṣa

○pūruṣá -pur○

⋙ tripṛṣṭha

○pṛṣṭhá mfn. having 3 backs or surfaces (Soma compared with a chariot or bull or horse) RV. vii, ix

• m. Vishṇu BhP. vii f

• the first of the black Vāsu-devas Jain. L

• n. = -divá AV. ix, 5, 10 BhP. i f

⋙ tripauruṣa

○pauruṣa mf(ī)n. extending over 3 generations KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ tripratiṣṭhita

○pratiṣṭhita (trí-), mfn. having a threefold footing AV. x, 2, 32

⋙ tripralamba

○pralamba

⋙ tripralambin

○pralambin mfn. having 3 pendent parts of the body R. v

⋙ triprasruta

○prasruta mfn. having 3 fluid streams flowing from the forehead (a rutting elephant), ii Hcar. vii

⋙ triprātihāryasampanna

○prātihārya-sampanna mfn. 'possessed of magical power of 3 kinds', a Buddha Buddh. L

⋙ triplakṣa

○plakṣa m. pl. 'the 3 fig-trees', a place near the Yamunā where the Dṛishad-vatī disappears TāṇḍyaBr. xxv, 13 ŚāṅkhŚr. xiii

• ○kṣâvaharaṇa n. id. KātyŚr. xxiv Lāṭy. x

⋙ triphala

○phala mfn. having 3 fruits Kām. viii, 42

• (ā), f. (Pāṇ. 4-1, 64 Vārtt. 3) the 3 Myrobalans (fruits of Tertminalia Chebula, Tantras Bellerica, and Phyllanthus Emblica

• also tṛph○ L.) Suśr. VarBṛS. xvi Kathās. lxx KātyŚr. Sch

• the 3 sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date) Npr

• the 3 fragrant fruits (nutmeg, areca-nut, and cloves) ib

• (ī), f. id. L

⋙ tribandhana

○bandhana m. N. of a son of Aruṇa BhP. ix, 7, 4 (v. l. ni-b○)

⋙ tribandhu

○bandhú mfn. being the friend of the 3 worlds (Indra) RV. vii, 37, 7

⋙ tribarhis

○barhís mfn. having 3 seats of sacrificial grass, i, 181, 8

⋙ tribāhu

○bāhu m. 'three-armed', N. of a goblin Hariv. 14852

• a kind of fighting, 15980

⋙ tribīja

○bīja m. 'three-seeded', Panicum frumentaceum L

⋙ tribrahman

○brahman mfn. with Brahmā, Vishṇu, and Śiva DhyānabUp

⋙ tribha

○bha mfn. containing 3 zodiacal signs Sūryas. xiv

• n. 3 zodiacal signs, quadrant, 90 degrees, vii

• -jīvā, -jyā, -maurvikā f. = tri-j○, iii

• tribhôna-lagna n. 'part of the ecliptic which does not reach the eastern point by 90 degrees', the highest point of the ecliptic above the horizon, v Sch

⋙ tribhaṅgi

○bhaṅgi m. (in music) a kind of measure

⋙ tribhaṅgī

○bhaṅgī f. a metre of 4 X 32 syllabic instants

⋙ tribhaṇḍī

○bhaṇḍī f. = -puṣā Suśr. (metrically ○ḍi, vi, 56)

⋙ tribhava

○bhava mfn. said of a kind of fever Bhpr. vii, 8, 70

⋙ tribhāga

○bhāga m. the 3rd part Hariv. VarBṛS. Rājat. KātyŚr. Sch

• the 3rd part (of the eye sending a particular side-glance) Kād. Hcar. vii Bālar. iii, 49

• the 3rd part of a zodiacal sign VarBṛ

• threefourths Pañcar. i, 14, 50

⋙ tribhāj

○bhāj mfn. receiving 3 shares AitBr. ii, 24

⋙ tribhāṇḍī

○bhāṇḍī f. = -bhaṇḍī Car. vii, 7

⋙ tribhānu

○bhānu m. N. of a descendant of Yayāti and father of Karaṃ-dhama BhP. ix

• (-sānu VāyuP. ii, 37, 1f.)

⋙ tribhāva

○bhāva g. brāhmaṇâdi

⋙ tribhāṣyaratna

○bhāṣyaratna n. N. of a commentary on TPrāt

⋙ tribhinna

○bhinna m. (in music) N. of a measure

⋙ tribhuktirāja

○bhukti-rāja m. N. of a Tīrtha Rasik. xii, 2

⋙ tribhuj

○bhúj mfn. threefold AV. viii, 9, 2

⋙ tribhuja

○bhuja mfn. triangular

• m. a triangle Āryabh. ii, 11

⋙ tribhuvana

○bhuvana n. (Pāṇ. 2-4, 30 Vārtt. 3 Sch.) = -jagat Bhartṛ. BhP. &c

• N. of a town Kathās. lvi

• m. N. of a prince ib. Rājat. vi f

• -guru m. 'the 3 worlds' master', Śiva Megh

• -pati m. Vishṇu Dhūrtas. i, 13

• -pāla-deva m. N. of a prince, Dūtâṅg. i, 2/3

• -prabhā f. N. of the daughter of a Dānava Kathās. cxviii

• -malla-deva m. the hero of Vcar

• -māṇikya-carita n. N. of wk. Gaṇar

• ○nâbhoga m. the extension of the 3 worlds Prasannar. i, 8/9

• ○nêśvara m. = ○na-guru ŚivaP. ii, 28

• Indra BrahmaP

• ○nêśvara-liṅga n. N. of a Liṅga KapSaṃh

⋙ tribhūma

○bhūma mfn. threestoried Pāṇ. 5-4, 75 Sch

⋙ tribhauma

○bhauma mfn. id. Hcat. i, 9, 330

⋙ trimaṇḍalapariśuddha

○maṇḍala-pariśuddha mfn. ? Buddh. L

⋙ trimaṇḍalā

○maṇḍalā f. (scil. lūtā), N. of a venomous spider Suśr. v

⋙ trimada

○mada m. the 3 narcotic plants (Cyperus rotundus, Plumbago zeylanica, and Embelia Ribes)

• the threefold haughtiness BhP. iii, 1, 43

⋙ trimadhu

○madhu mfn. knowing or reciting the 3 verses beginning with mádhu (RV. i, 90, 6, 8) Gaut. Yājñ. i VP. iii, 15, 1 MārkP. xxxi

• n. = ○dhura L

⋙ trimadhura

○madhura n. the 3 sweet substances (sugar, honey, ghee) VarBṛS. Śārad. ix

• (madhuratraya Tantras. iv)

⋙ trimantu

○mántu mfn. 'offering threefold advice' or m. 'N. of a man' RV. i, 112, 4. [Page 460, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ trimala

○mala mfn. affected by 3 kinds of uncleanness GarbhUp. 1

⋙ trimalla

○malla N. of a sacred place Rasik. xi, 25

• -candra m. N. of a prince

⋙ trimātṛ

○mātṛ́ mfn. having 3 mothers (m. 'creator of the 3 worlds' Sāy.) RV. iii, 56, 5

⋙ trimātra

○mātra mf(ā)n. = ○trā-kāla RPrāt. APrāt. ŚāṅkhŚr. ; 3 in number MBh. vii

• ○trā-kāla mfn. containing or sounding 3 syllabic instants Bhāshik. ii, 32 Sch

• ○trika m. (unmetrically for ○tra) the syllable om, Prapañcas. (RāmatUp. ii, 2, 3 Sch.)

⋙ trimārikā

○mārikā f. 'three-killer', N. of a woman Kathās. lxvi

⋙ trimārga

○mārga in comp. = -patha

• mfn. with 3 ways DhyānabUp. 17

• (ī), f. 3 ways L

• -gamana n. going by 3 ways (through heaven, earth, and the lower regions) R. (G) i, 45, 40

• -gā f. = tripatha-gā Ragh. xiii, 20 Śiś. xii

⋙ trimukuṭa

○mukuṭa m. 'three-peaked', the Tri-kūṭa mountain L

⋙ trimukha

○mukha m. 'three-faced', the 3rd Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī L

• (ā), f. Śākya-muni's mother L

⋙ trimuni

○muni mfn. (grammar) produced by the 3 Munis (Pāṇ. Kāty. Pat.) Pāṇ. 2-1, 19 Kāś. Madhus

⋙ trimūḍha

○mūḍha

⋙ trimūḍhaka

○mūḍhaka n. = -gūḍha Bhar. xviii

⋙ trimūrti

○mūrti mfn. having 3 forms or shapes (as Brahmā, Vishṇu. _ Śiva) Kum. ii, 4

• Gaṅgêś. RāmatUp. i, 16 Sch

• in comp. Brahmā, Vishṇu, Śiva Hcat. i, 11, 547

• m. the sun (cf. trayī-deha), 8, 221

• a Buddha L

• one of the 8 Vidyêśvaras, 8, 406 ; 11, 857 ; ii, 1, 941 Śaktir. v

• (○tika) Sarvad. vii, 75

⋙ trimūrdha

○mūrdha mfn. three-headed Pāṇ. 5f

⋙ trimūrdhan

○mūrdhán mfn. id. RV. i, 146, 1

• m. N. of a Rakshas Uttarar. ii, 15

⋙ triyājña

○yājña triy-akṣa

⋙ triyava

○yava mfn. weighing 3 barley-corns Mn. viii, 134 Śulbas

⋙ triyaṣṭi

○yaṣṭi m. Oldenlandia biflora (?) L

⋙ triyāna

○yāna n. the 3 Vehicles (leading to Nirvāṇa) Buddh

⋙ triyāma

○yāma mf(ā)n. (the night) containing 3 watches (or 9 hours) R. (G) ii, 10, 7

• (ā), f. night Hariv. 5768 R. &c

• turmeric W

• = -puṣā Uṇ. k

• the Indigo plant ib

• the river Yamunā ib

⋙ triyāmaka

○yāmaka n. sin L

⋙ triyukta

○yukta mfn. (a cart) drawn by 3 KātyŚr. xv

⋙ triyuga

○yugá n. (= -puruṣa) 3 generations (Nir

• 'spring, rainy-season, and autumn ŚBr. vii) RV. x, 97, 1

• mfn. appearing in the first 3 Yugas (Kṛishṇa) MBh. BhP

⋙ triyugma

○yugma mfn. possessing 3 pairs (yaśo-viirye, aiśvarya-śriyau, jñāna-vairāgye) R. vii

⋙ triyūpa

○yūpa mfn. with 3 sacrificial posts KātyŚr

⋙ triyojana

○yojaná n. 3 Yojanas AV. vi, 131, 3

⋙ triyoni

○yoni mfn. (a lawsuit) resulting from 3 reasons (anger, covetousness, or infatuation) W

⋙ triratna

○ratna n. the 3 gems: Buddha, the law, and the monkish brotherhood Buddh

⋙ trirasaka

○rasaka n. 'tripleflavoured', a spirituous liquor Śiś. x, 12 (Sāh. iii, 148/149)

• -saraka

⋙ trirātra

○rātrá n. sg. 3 (nights or) days ŚBr. KātyŚr. Kauś

• (pl. MBh. iii, 82, 18)

• mfn. lasting (3 nights or) days ŚBr. xiii ŚāṅkhŚr

• m. a sacrificial performance of 3 days TāṇḍyaBr

• cf. aśva-, garga-, baida-

• (am), ind. for 3 days, during 3 days KātyŚr. ĀśvGṛ. Mn. &c

• (āt, eṇa), ind. after 3 days, v

• ○trais tribhiḥ, after 3 X 3 days, 64

• ○trâvaram ind. at least 3 days KātyŚr. iv, 11, 3 Gaut

⋙ trirātrīṇā

○rātrīṇā f. (a woman) 3 days after her courses ĀpŚr. ix, 2, 3

⋙ trirāva

○rāva m. N. of a son of Garuḍa MBh. v, 101, 11 (v. l. -vāra)

⋙ trirāśipa

○rāśi-pa mfn. governing 3 zodiacal signs

⋙ trirūpa

○rūpa (trí-), mfn. three-formed NṛisUp. ii, 9, 6

• three-coloured ŚBr. iv, xiii KātyŚr

• having 3 syllabic instants TPrāt. Sch

⋙ trirekha

○rekha mf(ā)n. three-lined (the neck) L

• m. a conch (or some other animal) L

• ○khâṅkita m. N. of a fish Gal

• ○khā-puṭa, a sexangle RāmatUp. i, 58

⋙ trilava

○lava m. a third part Līl

⋙ trilavaṇa

○lavaṇa n. = -paṭu L

⋙ triliṅga

○liṅga mfn. possessing the 3 Guṇas (cf. -guṇa) BhP. iii

• = ○gaka

• n. 'the 3 Liṅgas', the country Telinga

• (ī), f. the 3 genders (in Gram.) L

⋙ triliṅgaka

○liṅgaka mfn. having 3 genders, adjective L

⋙ triloka

○loka n. sg. ṃBh. xiii ḥariv. 11303, m. pl. ṛ. iii the 3 worlds (= -patha)

• m. sg. the inhabitants of the 3 worlds BhP. iii, 2, 13

• (ī), f. the 3 worlds, i-iii Rājat. Prab

• -nātha m. 'Telinga-lord', Indra Ragh. iii, 45

• Śiva Kum. v, 77

• -rakṣin mfn. protecting the 3 worlds Vikr. i, 5

• -vaśaṃ-kara m. N. of a Lokêśvara

• -viira m. N. of a Buddh. deity

• -sāra m. N. of wk

• ○kâtman m. 'Telinga-soul', Śiva

• ○kêśa m. 'Telinga-lord', Vishṇu Siṃhâs

• Siva MBh. xiv

• the sun L

⋙ trilokī

○lokī f. of ○ka

• -kṛti f. the creation of the 3 worlds Dhūrtan

• -jit mfn. conquering the 3 worlds Dhanaṃj. 4

• -nātha m. 'Telinga-lord', Vishṇu, Śāntiś

• -pati m. id. Siṃhâs. xii, 3

• -rāja m. Indra Gal

⋙ trilocana

○locana mfn. three-eyed (Śiva) DhyānabUp. KaivUp. R. i Ragh. &c

• m. (with rasa) a kind of mixture Rasar

• m. N. of a poet ŚārṅgP

• -dāsa Hemac. Sch

• = -pāla Rājat. vii Kshitîś

• (ā), f. a disloyal wife L

• N. of a goddess (also ○nī W.) BrahmaP. ii, 18, 20 [Page 460, Column 2]

• -tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha KapSaṃh

• -dāsa m. N. of a grammarian

• -pāla m. N. of a prince Rājat. vii

• ○nâṣṭamī f. the 8th day in the dark half of month Jyaishṭha W

• ○nêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha RevāKh. clxxxviii

⋙ triloha

○loha n. the 3 metals (copper, brass, and bellmetal) Hcat. i, 11

• mf(ī)n. made of one of the 3 metals (v. l. -lauh○) Tantras. i

⋙ trilohaka

○lohaka n. the 3 metals (gold, silver, copper) L

⋙ trilauha

○lauha -loha

⋙ trivakrā

○vakrā f. 'thrice crooked', N. of a woman BhP. x, 42, 3

⋙ trivaṇasaṃjñikā

○vaṇa-saṃjñikā

⋙ trivaṇī

○vaṇī f. (in music) N. of a Rāgiṇī

⋙ trivat

○vat (trí-), mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-1, 176 Vārtt. 2 ; viii, 2, 15 Kāś.) containing the word trí TS. ii, 4, 11, 2

⋙ trivatsa

○vatsá mf(ā́)n. 3 years old (ox or cow) VS. TāṇḍyaBr. Lāṭy. Kāty

⋙ trivandhura

○vandhurá mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-2, 199 Vārtt. Pat.) having 3 seats (the Aśvins' chariot) RV. i, vii-ix

⋙ trivayas

○vayas (trí-), mfn. having threefold food (or texture ?), ii, 31, 5

⋙ trivarūtha

○várūtha mfn. protecting in 3 ways RV. AV. vii-ix

• (○thá) VS. & TBr. ii

⋙ trivarga

○varga m. the three things KātyŚr. Lāṭy. &c. (= -gaṇa Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c

• = -guṇa L

• the 3 conditions, 'progress, stationariness, and decline', xii, 2664

• the 3 higher castes, xiii

• = -madhura Suśr. vi, 41

• = -kaṭu L

• = -phalā L.)

• -cintana n. N. of a ch. of Psarv

• pārīṇa mfn. having passed through the 3 conditions or attained the tri-gaṇa Bhaṭṭ. ii, 46

⋙ trivarṇa

○varṇa mfn. three-coloured ŚāṅkhGṛ

• -kṛt m. the chameleon Npr

⋙ trivarṇaka

○varṇaka m. n. = -kaṭa L

• n. = -kaṭu Suśr. i, 44

• the 3 Myrobalans (-phalā) L

⋙ trivartu

○vártu mfn. threefold RV. vii, 101, 2

⋙ trivartman

○vartman mfn. going by 3 paths ŚvetUp. v, 7

• ○tma-gā f. = tripatha-gā MBh. xiii, 1842

⋙ trivarṣa

○varṣa mfn. = -vatsá Lāṭy. viii

• n. 3 years Suśr. ii, 1

• a-, not yet 3 years old Mn. v, 70

• trivarṣa-pūrv4a mfn. known less than 3 years Āp

⋙ trivarṣaka

○varṣaka mf(ikā)n. = -vatsá Hemac

⋙ trivarṣīya

○"ṣvarṣīya mfn. used for 3 years MBh. xiii, 4467

⋙ trivali

○vali mfn. having 3 folds or incisions KātyŚr. vii, 3, 29

• f. in comp. the 3 folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a beauty) VarBṛS. lxx, 5 Ṛitus. GarP

⋙ trivalī

○valī f. id. MBh. iii, 1824 Hariv. 3625 Bhartṛ

• the anus L

• N. of a drum

• -vat, -valīka

⋙ trivalīka

○"ṣvalīka mfn. (Rāma) having 3 folds (on the belly or neck) R. v, 32, 12 (v. l. ○līvat)

• n. the anus W

⋙ trivācika

○vācika mfn. effected by 3 words Pañcat. iv, 5, 0/1

⋙ trivāra

○vāra -rāva

• (am), ind. thrice Śāktân. ii

⋙ trivārṣika

○vārṣika mfn. 3 years old Pañcat. iii, 2, 17/18

⋙ trivikrama

○vikrama n. the 3 steps (of Vishṇu) R. vi Kum. (in comp.)

• mfn. or m. who strided over the 3 worlds in 3 steps (Vishṇu) Hariv. 2641 R. i &c

• m. N. of a Brāhman Śukas

• of the author of a work (called after him Traivikramī) Nirṇayas. iii

• of a medical author and of a mixture (called after him) Rasêndrac

• = -bhaṭṭa

• -tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha RevāKh. cclxxi

• -deva m. N. of an author Rasar

• -bhaṭṭa m. N. of the author of Nalac

• -sena m. N. of a prince Kathās

• ○mâcārya m. N. of an astronomer

⋙ trivitasta

○vitastá mfn. 3 spans long TBr. i, 5, 10, 1

• n. 3 spans ĀpŚr. vii, 4, 2

⋙ trividya

○vidya mfn. containing the 3 Vedas (Śiva

• cf. trayī-tanu)

• (ā), f. threefold knowledge (cf. trayī́vidyā́ Pāṇ. 4-1, 88 Pat

⋙ trividha

○vidha (trí-), mfn. of 3 kinds, triple, threefold ŚBr. xii ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. &c

• -damatha-vastu-kuśala m. = tri-dam○ Divyâv. viii, 79

⋙ trivinata

○vinata mfn. bent in 3 ways R. v, 32, 13 (v. l. try-avan○)

⋙ trivibudhī

○vibudhī f. 3 deities Naish

⋙ triviṣṭapa

○viṣṭapa n. = -piṣṭ○ GopBr. Yājñ. MBh. &c

• N. of a Liṅga LiṅgaP. i, 1, 4

• for ○ṣṭabdha SaṃnyUp. iv, 1

• -sad m. = -piṣṭ○ L

⋙ triviṣṭabdha

○viṣṭabdha n. the 3 staves of a Parivrājaka (= -daṇḍa) MBh. xii

⋙ triviṣṭabdhaka

○viṣṭabdhaka n. id. Pat. on Pāṇ. 1-1, 1 Vārtt. 8 ; ii, 1, 1 Vārtt. 4

• and iii, 2, 124 Vārtt. 2

⋙ triviṣṭi

○viṣṭí ind. thrice RV. iv, 6, 4 and 15, 2

• -dhā́tu mfn. threefold, i, 102, 8

⋙ trivista

○vista mfn. weighing 3 Vistas Pāṇ. 5-1, 31

⋙ trivṛt

○vṛ́t mfn. threefold, triple, triform, consisting of 3 parts or folds &c. RV. &c

• connected with the Tri-vṛit Stoma ŚBr. xiii KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhŚr

• (n. pl. -vṛnti) ĀśvŚr

• m. (with or without stóma) a threefold Stoma (in which first the three 1st verses of each Tṛica of RV. ix, II are sung together, then the 2nd verses, and lastly the 3rd) VS. &c

• m. a triple cord, SāṅkhGṛ. Mn. iii, 43

• an amulet of 3 strings AV. v, 28

• N. of a Vyāsa ( -vṛṣa)

• f. = ○tā Suśr. (generally written tṛ-v○)

• trivṛc-chiras mfn. Telinga-headed MBh. xii, 1632 ; xiii, 7379

• trivṛt-karaṇa n. making threefold Vedântas. 116 (ChUp. vi, 3, 2 f.)

• trivṛ́t-tā f. triplicity ŚBr. vi

• -parṇī f. Hingcha repens L

• trivṛ́t-prāya mfn. similar to the Telinga, xii, 3, 1, 5

• -stoma mfn. connected with the Telinga Stoma Hariv. 7435. [Page 460, Column 3]

⋙ trivṛtā

○vṛtā f. Ipomoea Turpethum Suśr. VarBṛS

⋙ trivṛtti

○vṛtti f. livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study, and alms) MBh. xiii, 1541

⋙ trivṛnta

○vṛnta m. = pakṣaka Npr

⋙ trivṛntikā

○vṛntikā f. = -vṛtā L

⋙ trivṛṣa

○vṛṣá mfn. having 3 bulls AV. v, 16, 3

• m. N. of the Vyāsa in the 11th Dvāpara, DeviibhP. i, 3 KūrmaP. i, 52, 5 (v. l. ṛṣabha)

• (○ṣan) VP. iii, 3, 14

• (○vṛt) VāyuP. i, 23, 140

⋙ trivṛṣan

○vṛṣan m. N. of Try-aruṇa's father (cf. traivṛṣṇá). RV. v, 27, 1 Sāy

• ○ṣa

⋙ triveṇi

○veṇi f. = ○ṇī Uṇ. Sch

⋙ triveṇikā

○veṇikā f. N. of a grammar

⋙ triveṇī

○veṇī f. (g. śivâdi) 'triple-braided', the place of confluence (Prayāga, now Allāhābād) of the Ganges with the Yamunā (Jumnā) and the subterranean Sarasvatī

• N. of another place

⋙ triveṇu

○veṇu mfn. three-bannered (a chariot) BhP. iv, 26, 1

• m. N. of part of a chariot MBh. iii f. vii (also ○ṇuka) -ix BhP. xi

⋙ triveda

○veda in comp. the 3 Vedas KātyŚr. xxv

• (ī), f. id. L

• mfn. familiar with the 3 Vedas Mn. ii, 118

• m. = trayī-deha Hcat. i

• ○dī-tanu m. (with deva) id. Bālar. iii, 85

⋙ trivedin

○vedin mfn. familiar with the 3 Vedas W

• = trayīmūrti-mat R. vii

⋙ trivelā

○velā f. = -vṛtā L

⋙ trivaistika

○vaistika mfn. = -vista Pāṇ

⋙ trivyāma

○vyāma mf(ā)n. 3 cords long KātyŚr. vi, 3, 5

⋙ trivrata

○vrata (trí-), mfn. eating thrice a day TS. vi, 2, 5, 3

⋙ triśakala

○śakala m. having 3 Śakalas Pāṇ. 6-2, 47 Kāś

⋙ triśakti

○śakti f. = -kalā VarP. xc ff

⋙ triśaṅku

○śaṅku m. N. of a sage TUp. i, 10

• of a king of Ayodhyā (aspiring to ascend to heaven in his mortal body, he first requested Vasishṭha to perform a great sacrifice for him

• on Vasishṭha's refusing he applied to Vasishṭha's hundred sons, who cursed and degraded him to the rank of a Caṇḍāla hence called a Caṇḍāla king ḍivyâv. xxxiii

• Viśvā-mitra then undertook the sacrifice for him and invited all the gods, who declined to come and thereby so enraged the sage that, by his own power, he transported Telinga to heaven

• on his being hurled down again head foremost by the gods, he was arrested in his course by Viśvā-mitra and remained suspended in the sky, forming the southern cross constellation R. i, 57 (59 G) ff. son of Pṛithu Hariv. 730 ff. and VP. iv, 3, 13 f. son of ṭrayyāruṇa

• son of ṭri-bandhana BhP. ix, 7) MBh. i, xiii &c

• a cat L

• the civetcat Npr

• a grasshopper L

• a fire-fly L

• = ○ṅkha L

• N. of a mythical mountain Divyâv. viii, 293 ff

• f. N. of a mythical river, 223 and 295

• (○kukā) 298

• m. pl. N. of thorns, 293

• -ja m. 'Telinga's son', Hari-ścandra L

• -tilaka mf(ā)n. adorned with the Telinga constellation (the southern region, diś) Kād

• -yājin m. sacrificing for Telinga', Viśvā-mitra L

⋙ triśaṅkuka

○śaṅkuka m. a wag-tail Gal

• (ā), f. ○ṅku

⋙ triśaṅkha

○śaṅkha m. the Cātaka bird Gal

⋙ triśata

○śatá mfn. 103 ŚāṅkhBr. xiv ŚāṅkhŚr. ; 300 RV. i, 164, 48 AV. xi, 5, 2

• the 300th (chs. of MBh. iii, xii and R. ṅ ii, vi)

• = ○taka Hariv. 512 (f. ī) Kām

• n. 300 MBh. xiii R. i, vii

• (ī), f. 300 MBh. xiv Jyot. (YV.) 29

• ○taṃ-ṣaṣṭi-parvan mfn. consisting of 360 sections BhP. iii

• ○ta-tama mfn. the 300th (ch. of Hariv.)

⋙ triśataka

○śataka mf(ikā)n. consisting of 300 Buddh

⋙ triśaraṇa

○śaraṇa n. 'threefold refuge', = -ratna Buddh

• the three-refuge formula of Buddhists MWB. 78

⋙ triśarīra

○śarīra m. three-bodied NṛisUp. ii, 1, 4

⋙ triśarīrin

○śarīrin mfn. id. (Vishṇu) Hariv. 14982

⋙ triśarkarā

○śarkarā f. 3 kinds of sugar (guḍôtpannā, himôtthā, madhurā) L

⋙ triśala

○śalá mfn. 3 bristles long TBr. i, 5, 10, 1

• (ā), f. the mother of Mahāviira Jain

⋙ triśalya

○śalya mfn. three-pointed (an arrow) MBh. vii, 202, 82

⋙ triśas

○śas ind. by threes RPrāt. xviii

⋙ triśākha

○śākha mf(ā)n. three-wrinkled (bhru-kuṭī) MBh. viii Kathās. cī, 72

• -pattra m. AEgle Marmelos L

⋙ triśāṇa

○śāṇa

⋙ triśāṇya

○śāṇya mfn. weighing 3, Śāṇas Pāṇ. 5-1, 36

⋙ triśānu

○śānu m. for -bhānu Hariv. BrahmaP

⋙ triśāla

○śāla n. a house with 3 halls MatsyaP. ccliii

⋙ triśālaka

○śālaka n. id. VarBṛS. liii, 37 f

⋙ triśikha

○śikha mf(ā)n. three-pointed, trident-shaped BhP. iii, v f

• threeflamed Hariv. 12292

• = -śākha MBh. i Hariv. Pañcat. i, 15, 24/25 ; iv, 4, 4/5

• m. = -śākha-pattra L

• a Rakshas L

• Indra in Tāmasa's Manv-antara BhP. viii, 1

• n. a trident Kathās. lv, ci, cvii

• a threepointed tiara L

• (ī), f. N. of an Up

⋙ triśikhara

○śikhara m. 'three-peaked', (with śaila) N. of a mountain R. iv, 44, 50

⋙ triśikhidalā

○śikhi-dalā f. 'trident-leaved', N. of a bulb L

⋙ triśira

○śira mfn. (for ○ras) three-pointed MBh. xiii, 7379 (v. l. catur-aśva)

• m. ○ras

• (ā), f. Clypea hernandifolia L

• -giri m. N. of a mountain SkandaP

⋙ triśiras

○śiras mfn. three-headed (Tvāshṭra, author of RV. x, 8.) TāṇḍyaBr. xvii Bṛih. KaushUp. MBh. Kām

• (Jvara) BhP. x, 63, 22

• three-pointed MBh. xiii R. iv

• m. N. of an Asura killed by Vishṇu MBh. ix, 1755

• of a Rākshasa killed by Rāma R. Ragh. [Page 461, Column 1] Contents of this page

• (○ra) BhP. ix, 10, 9

• n. (with rakṣas) id. R. i, 1, 45

• a Rakshas L

• Kubera L

⋙ triśila

○śila n. 3 stones Kauś

⋙ triśīrṣa

○śīrṣa mfn. three-headed MBh. (Śiva, xii) Hariv

• -guhā and ○ṣâkhya-g○ f. N. of a cavern in Kailāsa Kathās. cviii f

• ○ṣa-vat mfn. having 3 crowns (or vertices) R. (B) v, 35, 18

⋙ triśīrṣaka

○śīrṣaka n. a trident L

⋙ triśīrṣan

○śīrṣán mfn. three-headed (Tvāshṭra, dā́sa, &c.) RV. x AV. v, 23, 9 Kāṭh. ŚBr. (trí-ś○) ŚāṅkhŚr. xiv

⋙ triśukra

○śukra (trí-), mfn. triply pure TBr. ii

⋙ triśukriya

○śukriya mfn. id. Kāṭh. ṢaḍvBr. ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ triśukla

○śukla m. (= ○kra) Śiva MBh

⋙ triśuc

○śúc mfn. triply shining VS. xxxviii

• (-śrut ĀśvŚr. v, 13, 6)

⋙ triśūla

○śūla n. a trident MBh. &c. (Śiva's weapon, iii, 5009 Hariv. MatsyaP. xi, 29)

• m. N. of a mountain

• -khāta n. N. of a Tīrtha MBh. iii

• -gaṅgā f. N. of a river

• -purī f. N. of a town

• -vara-pāṇin and -hasta mfn. bearing the trident in his hand (Śiva), xii, xiv

• ○lâṅka m. 'trident-marked', Śiva Ṣaguruś

• ○lāya Nom. Ā. to resemble Śiva's trident Veṇis. i, 8/9

⋙ triśūlikā

○śūlikā f. a small trident Kād

⋙ triśūlin

○śūlin m. 'bearing the trident', Śiva W

• (inī), f. Durgā Hariv. 9428 Tantras. ii

⋙ triśṛṅga

○śṛṅga m. 'three-horned', a triangle, Sārasam

• N. of a mountain (= -kūṭa L.) Hariv. 12853 R. BhP

• the membrum virile MantraBr. i, 1, 4 Sch

⋙ triśṛṅgin

○śṛṅgin m. the fish Cyprinus Rohita L

⋙ triśoka

○śóka mfn. = -śúc RV. x, 29, 2

• m. N. of a Ṛishi (author of viii, 45), i, 112, 12 ; viii, 45, 30 AV. iv, 29, 6

⋙ triśyeta

○śyeta mf(ā)n. = triḥ-śveta MānŚr. i, 7, 2

⋙ triśrut

○śrut -śúc

⋙ triśruti

○śruti mfn. (in music) containing 3 intervals

⋙ triṣaṃyukta

○ṣaṃyuktá (saṃ-), mfn. triply connected ŚBr. xii

• (n. scil. havís or kárman) v and KātyŚr. xv

⋙ triṣaṃvatsara

○ṣaṃvatsara mfn. lasting 3 years KātyŚr

• (-saṃv○) Lāṭy. and ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ triṣatya

○ṣatya (trí-), mfn. trebly truthful (in thought, word, and deed) MaitrS. TS. vi TBr. iii Kāṭh. (also -satya) ṢaḍvBr

⋙ triṣadhastha

○ṣadhasthá mf(ā)n. having a triple seat (sadh○ = barhís) RV. (also ○dhástha, vi)

• n. a triple seat, v, x

⋙ triṣaṃdhi

○ṣaṃdhi (trí-), mfn. 'having 3 joints (saṃdhí)', composed of 3 parts AV. xi, 9 f. (also m. a kind of snake) ŚBr. xi AitBr. i, 25 Kauś

• n. N. of a Sāman

⋙ triṣapta

○ṣaptá pl. m(ā́s)fn. = -saptá AV. i, xiii Kāṭh. xxxvii

• ○ptīya n. the hymn AV. i, 1 Kauś

⋙ triṣama

○ṣama mfn. 'triply even', small Naigh. iii, 2 (v. l.)

⋙ triṣavaṇa

○ṣavaṇa mfn. connected with 3 Soma libations ŚBr. xii, 2 (-sav○) ŚāṅkhŚr

• n. pl. the 3 Soma libations MBh. iii (-sav○)

• sg. (with or without snāna) the 3 ablutions (at dawn, noon, and sunset (also triḥ-snāna Kām. ii, 28), xiii Mn. &c. (-sav○ MārkP. xxiii)

• (am), ind. at dawn, noon, and sunset Āp. MānGṛ

• m. N. of a man BrahmaP. ii, 12 and 18, 19

• -snāyin mfn. performing the 3 ablutions MBh. xiii Yājñ. iii

⋙ triṣaṣ

○ṣaṣ mfn. pl. 3 X 6 BhP. xii, 7, 24

⋙ triṣaṣṭa

○ṣaṣṭa mf(ī)n. the 63rd (chs. of MBh.)

⋙ triṣaṣṭi

○ṣaṣṭi f. 63 Pāṇ. 6

• -tama mfn. = ○ṣṭa (chs. of MBh. ii and R.)

• -dhā ind. in 63 parts Suśr. i

• -śalākā-puruṣa-carita n. 'lives of the 63 great personages', N. of wk. by Hemac

⋙ triṣāhasra

○ṣāhasra (trí-), mfn. (= -sāh○) consisting of 3000 TS. v Śulbas

⋙ triṣuvarcaka

○ṣuvarcaka -suv○

⋙ triṣṭāvarūtrī

○ṣṭā́-várūtrī tvaṣṭ○

⋙ triṣṭuk

○ṣṭúk &c. (in the nom. and before consonantic terminations as well as in comp.) for -ṣṭúp &c

• triṣṭúṇ-mukha mfn. beginning with a Tri-shṭubh TS. vii

⋙ triṣṭupchandas

○ṣṭúp-chandas mfn. having Tri-shṭubh as metre MaitrS. ii, 3, 3 AV. vi, 48, 3

⋙ triṣṭubh

○ṣṭúbh f. a metre of 4 X 11 syllables (RPrāt. xvi, 41 ff. Nir. vii, 12) RV. viii ff. VS. &c. (○bhām arkau, N. of 2 Sāmans)

• (in the later metrical system) any metre of 4 X 11 syllables

⋙ triṣṭoma

○ṣṭoma mfn. containing 3 Stomas ŚāṅkhŚr. xvi

• m. N. of an Ekâha sacrifice, xv KātyŚr. xv, 9

⋙ triṣṭha

○ṣṭhá mfn. (Pāṇ. 8-3, 97) = -vandhurá RV. i, 34, 5

⋙ triṣṭhin

○"ṣṣṭhín mfn. = -pratiṣṭhita VS. xxx, 14

⋙ trisaṃvatsara

○saṃvatsara -ṣaṃv○

⋙ trisatya

○satya ṣatya

• n. a triple oath Pañcat. (v. l.)

⋙ trisaṃdhi

○saṃdhi mfn. -ṣaṃdhi

• f. = ○dhya-kusumā L

⋙ trisaṃdhika

○saṃdhika mfn. occurring at the 3 divisions of the day, Yavanêśv

⋙ trisaṃdhī

○saṃdhī f. = ○dhya-kusumā Npr

⋙ trisaṃdhya

○saṃdhya n. the 3 divisions of the day (dawn, noon, and sunset), Tithyād

• (ī), f. id. L. Sch

• (ā), f. id. W

• = -kusumā L

• Durgā MatsyaP. xiii, 37

• (am), ind. at dawn, noon, and sunset ŚāṅkhGṛ. PārGṛ. MBh. iii. Kathās. Śatr

• -kusumā f. Hibiscus rosa sinensis L

⋙ trisapta

○saptá mfn. pl. 3 X 7 RV. i, 133, 6 and TS. v (instr. ○ptaís) MBh. ix (instr. ○ptabhis)

• (in comp.) Hcat. i, 6, 331

• triḥ-s○

⋙ trisaptaka

○saptaka in comp. 3 X 7 VarBṛS. lvi

⋙ trisaptata

○saptata mfn. the 73rd (chs. of MBh. and Hariv.)

⋙ trisaptati

○saptati f. (Pāṇ. 6) 73 KātyŚr. Sch

• -tama mfn. = ○ptata (chs. of MBh. ii and R.)

⋙ trisama

○sama mfn. having 3 equal sides (a quadrangle) [Page 461, Column 2]

• having 3 equal parts of the body R. (B) v, 35, 17

• n. an aggregate of equal parts of 3 substances (yellow myrobalan, ginger, and molasses) L

⋙ trisamṛddha

○samṛddha (for triḥ-s○), mfn. (a cow) triply fortunate (not obstinate, milk-giving, and fertile) Hcat. i, 7

⋙ trisara

○sara m. n. = kṛs○ L

• a triple pearl-string (in Prākṛit tis○ and tisaraya [tri-saraka] Jain.) Pañcad

• (ī), f. N. of a stringed instrument

⋙ trisaraka

○saraka ○ra

• n. 'thrice enjoying spirituous liquors', v. l. for -rasaka

⋙ trisarga

○sarga m. the creation of the 3 Guṇas BhP. i, 1, 1

⋙ trisavana

○savana -ṣav○

⋙ trisāṃvatsara

○sāṃvatsara mfn. = -vatsá ŚāṅkhBr

⋙ trisādhana

○sādhana mf(ā)n. having a threefold causality Ragh. iii, 13

⋙ trisānu

○sānu -bhānu

⋙ trisāman

○sāman mfn. singing 3 Sāmans MBh. xii

⋙ trisāmā

○sāmā f. N. of a river VP. ii, 3, 13 BhP. v, 19

⋙ trisāmya

○sāmya n. equilibrium of the 3 Guṇas, ii, 7, 40

⋙ trisāhasra

○sāhasra n. 3000, x, 58, 50

• mf(ī)n. consisting of 3000 KātySr

• -mahā-sāhasra m. (with or without loka-dhātu) N. of a world Lalit. xix, xxi

• -makāsāhasrika mfn. governing that world, xix

⋙ trisitā

○sitā f. = -śarkarā L

⋙ trisītya

○sītya mfn. thrice ploughed L

⋙ trisugandha

○sugandha m. n. = -jāta Hcat. ii

⋙ trisugandhi

○sugandhi (n. L.),

⋙ trisugandhika

○sugandhika id. Suśr. vi Bhpr

⋙ trisundara

○sundara m. N. of a mixture Rasêndrac

⋙ trisuparṇa

○suparṇa (trí-), m. n. N. of RV. x, 114, 3-5 (or of TĀr. x, 48-50) TĀr. x, 48-50

• mfn. familiar with or reciting those verses Āp. ii Gaut. Mn. iii, 185 Yājñ. i (○rṇaka) MBh. xiii VP. iii, 15, 1 MārkP

⋙ trisuvarcaka

○suvarcaka m. 'triply splendid', N. of a man MBh. iii (-ṣuv○ B)

⋙ trisūtra

○sūtra mfn. having 3 threads MaitrUp. vi CūlUp

• (ī), f. 3 Sūtras Nyāyas. Sch

• ○trī-karaṇa n. N. of a performance Śārad. v, 5

⋙ trisaugandhya

○saugandhya n. = -sugandha Suśr. i, 44, 19

⋙ trisauparṇa

○sauparṇa mfn. relating to the Tri-suparṇa verses MBh. xii

⋙ triskandha

○skandha n. 'consisting of 3 Skandhas', the Jyotiþ-śāstra Āryabh. Sch. Introd

• -patha-daiśika m. Buddha Buddh. L

⋙ triskandhaka

○skandhaka N. of a Buddh. Sūtra Buddh. L

⋙ tristana

○stana mfn. milked from 3 nipples KātyŚr

• (ī), f. (a woman) having 3 breasts MBh. iii Pañcat. v

• (a cow) having 3 nipples Hcat. i, 7, 469

⋙ tristhalī

○sthalī f. the 3 (sacred) places

• -setu m. N. of wk

⋙ tristhāna

○sthāna mfn. having 3 dwelling-places DhyānabUp

• extending through the 3 worlds Nir. ix, 25

• n. mahêśvarasya, N. of a Tīrtha MBh. xiii, 702

⋙ tristhūṇa

○sthūṇa mfn. having (the humours as the) 3 supports, v, 1070 Suśr. i, 21, 1 Laghuj. ii, 16

⋙ trisrotas

○srotas f. 'threestreamed', the Ganges Śak. vii Kum. vii, 15 Ragh. x, 64

• N. of another river L

⋙ trisrotasī

○srotasī f. N. of a river MBh. ii, 375

⋙ trihalikāgrāma

○halikā-grāma m. N. of a Tīrtha Vishṇ. lxxxv, 24

⋙ trihalya

○halya mfn. = -sītya L

⋙ trihaviṣka

○haviṣ-ka mf(ā)n. = ○vis ĀśvŚr. Sch

⋙ trihavis

○havis (trí-), mfn. connected with 3 oblations ŚBr. xiii ĀśvŚr. ii

⋙ trihāyaṇa

○hāyaṇa mf(ī)n. = -vatsá KātyŚr. Kauś. Anup. Śulbas. Yājñ. MBh. iii f. vii: ? BrahmaP

⋙ trīndriya

trī7ndriya mfn. having 3 organs of sensation Hemac

⋙ trīrāvatīka

trī7rāvatīka mfn. watered by 3 Irāvatī rivers Pāṇ. 1-4, 1 Vārtt., 19 Pat

⋙ trīṣu

trī7ṣu mfn. furnished with 3 arrows ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ trīṣuka

trī7ṣuka mfn. id. KātyŚr. xxv, 4, 47

⋙ trīṣṭaka

trī7ṣṭaká mfn. furnished with 3 bricks ŚBr. x, 5, 2, 21

≫ triṃśa

triṃśa mf(ī)n., the 30th (chs. of MBh. and R.)

• + 30 Pāṇ. 5-2, 46

• m. 'a Stoma consisting of 30 parts', mfn. connected with that Stoma TāṇḍyaBr. Lāṭy

• m. = ○śâṃśa Laghuj

⋙ triṃśāṃśa

triṃśâṃśa

⋙ triṃśāṃśaka

triṃśâṃśaka m. 1/30 of a zodiacal sign, degree VarBṛ. Laghuj. iv

≫ triṃśaka

triṃśaka mfn. consisting of 30 parts MBh. iii, 10644

• bought for or worth 30 &c. Pāṇ. 5-1, 24

• n. 30, Supadm

• (ikā), f. N. of wk. Param. Sch

≫ triṃśacchata

triṃśác-chata (○t-z○)', n. 130 RV. vi, 27, 6

⋙ triṃśacchlokī

triṃśac-chlokī f. '30 Ślokas', N. of wk

≫ triṃśat

triṃśát f. (Pāṇ. 5-1, 59) 30 RV. &c. (pl. MBh. vi, xiii

• with the objects in the same case, once [Rājat. i, 286] in the gen

• acc. ○śat Hcat. i, 8)

⋙ triṃśattama

○tamá mf(ī́)n. the 30th ŚBr. viii-x

• (chs. of MBh. xii, xv and Hariv.)

⋙ triṃśattva

○tvá n. the condition of 30 MaitrS. i, 10 Kāṭh. xxxvi, 10

⋙ triṃśatpattra

○pattra n. 'thirty-leaved', the blossom of Nymphaea esculenta L

⋙ triṃśatsāhasra

○sāhasra mf(ā)n. pl. 30, 000 R. (G) ii, 100, 44

≫ triṃśati

triṃśati f. 30 Kām. viii, 38 Rājat. i, 348 (with gen.)

⋙ triṃśatka

triṃśatka n. id. Kām. viii, 37

≫ triṃśad

triṃśad = ○śát

⋙ triṃśadakṣara

○akṣara (○śád-), mf(ā)n. having 30 syllables ŚBr. iii, vii

⋙ triṃśadaṅga

○aṅga (○śád-), mfn. having 30 parts AV. xiii, 3, 8

⋙ triṃśadara

○ara (○śád-), mfn. having 30 fellies, iv, 35, 4

⋙ triṃśadyogāvali

○yogâvali f. N. of wk

⋙ triṃśadrātra

○rātra n. a ceremony lasting 30 days ŚāṅkhŚr. xiii

⋙ triṃśadviṃśa

○viṃśa mfn. pl. between 20 and 30 Rājat. v, 214 ; viii, 1084

⋙ triṃśadvikrama

○vikrama (○śád-), mf(ā)n. 30 paces long ŚBr. iii, 5, 1, 7

⋙ triṃśadvarṣa

○varṣa mfn. 30 years old Mn. ix, 94. [Page 461, Column 3]

≫ triṃśin

triṃśin mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 37 Kār. Pat.) containing 30 TāṇḍyaBr. xvi, xxiv (Vi-rāj) Lāṭy. x, 10 (month)

≫ triḥ

triḥ = trís

⋙ triḥpratihāram

○pratihāram ind. so as to touch thrice Kauś

⋙ triḥprasrutamada

○prasruta-mada mfn. = tri-prasruta MBh. i, 151, 4

⋙ triḥśukla

○śukla mfn. 'triply white', having 3 white lines Kauś. 29

⋙ triḥśrāvaṇa

○śrāvaṇa n. N. of wk. Āp

⋙ triḥśreṇi

○śreṇi mfn. forming 3 rows AitBr. iii, 39, 2

⋙ triḥśveta

○śveta mf(ā)n. white on 3 spots ŚāṅkhGṛ. i, 22, 8 Gobh. ii, 7, 8

⋙ triḥṣamṛddha

○ṣamṛddha mfn. 'well furnished with 3 things', only abstr. -tvá (also triḥsam○ Pāṇ. 8-3, 106 Kāś.) TS. ii, 4, 11, 5

⋙ triḥsapta

○sapta mfn. pl. = tri-s○ ĀpGṛ. ix, 5

• -kṛtvas ind. 21 times MBh. i Hariv. (v. l. tri-s○) R. v BhP. i

⋙ triḥsamṛddhatva

○samṛddha-tva -ṣam○

⋙ triḥsahavacana

○saha-vacana n. N. of a text Āp

⋙ triḥsnāna

○snāna n. tri-ṣavaṇa

≫ trika

triká mfn. triple, threefold, forming a triad RV. x, 59, 9. Lāṭy. (Stoma

• cf. eka-) Śulbas. i Suśr. &c

• happening the 3rd time Pāṇ. 5-2, 77

• (with or without śata) 3 per cent. Mn. viii, 152 Kull

• m. (n. L.) a place where 3 roads meet Hariv. Jain

• m. = tri-kaṭa Npr

• Trapa bispinosa ib

• n. a triad (cf. kaṭu-, taurya-, tri-, pañca-) Mn. ii, vii Pat. and Kāś. VarBṛS

• the loins, regio sacra, hips Hariv. Pañcat. Suśr. (also 'the part between the shoulder-blades') &c

• the triple Vyāhṛiti W

• (ā), f. a triangular frame across the mouth of a well L

⋙ trikatraya

○traya n. the 3 triads (tri-phalā, -kaṭu, and -mada) L

⋙ trikavedanā

○vedanā f. pain in the loins Suśr

⋙ trikasāra

○sāra N. of wk

⋙ trikasthāna

○sthāna n. the loins L

⋙ trikahṛdaya

○hṛdaya n. N. of wk

⋙ trikāgnikāla

trikâgni-kālá m. Rudra ŚatarUp. (interpol.)

⋙ trikaīka

trikaī7ka m. = ekatrika ŚāṅkhŚr. xiv, 42, 7

⋙ trica

tricá tṛcá

≫ trita

tritá m. 'third' (?), N. of a Vedic deity (associated with the Maruts, Vāyu, and Indra

• fighting like the latter with Tvāshṭra, Vṛitra, and other demons

• called Āptya [q.v.), 'water-deity', and supposed to reside in the remotest regions of the world, whence [RV. viii, 47, 13-15 AV.] the idea of wishing to remove calamity to TṭTvāshṭra, and the view of the Tritas being the keepers of nectar [RV. vi, 44, 23], similarly L. RV. ii, 34, 10 TS. i TBr. i] the notion of Trita's bestowing long life

• also conceived as an inferior deity conquering the demons by order and with the help of Indra [RV. ii ; viii, 52, 1

• x]

• fallen into a well he begged aid from the gods [i, 105, 17 ; x, 8, 7]

• as to this last myth Sāy. on i, 105 relates that 3 Ṛishis, Ekata, Dvita, and Trita, parched with thirst, looked about and found a well, and when Tvāshṭra began to draw water, the other two, desirous of his property, pushed him down and closed up the well with a wheel

• shut up there, Tvāshṭra composed a hymn to the gods, and managed miraculously to prepare the sacrificial Soma, that he might drink it himself, or offer it to the deities and so be extricated: this is alluded to in RV. ix, 34, 4 [32,. 2 ; 38, 2 ; 102, 2] and described in MBh. ix, 2095

• also Nir. iv, 6 makes him a Ṛishi, and he is the supposed author of RV. i, 105 ; viii, 36 ; ix, 33 f. and 102 ; x, 1-7

• in epic legends [MBh. ix, xii f. ] Ekata, Dvita, and TṭTvāshṭra are described as 3 brothers, sons of Gautama or of Prajā-pati or Brahmā

• elsewhere Tvāshṭra is one of the 12 sons of Manu Cākshusha by Naḍvalā BhP. iv, 13, 16

• cf. traitaná ; Zd. ṭhrita

• ?, ?, &c.)

• n. triplet of young (three-twin) TS. Sch

⋙ tritakūpa

○kūpa m. 'Tvāshṭra's well', N. of a Tīrtha BhP. x, 78, 19

≫ tritaya

tritaya n. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 42 f.) a triad Yājñ. &c

≫ triy

triy for try

⋙ triyakṣa

○akṣa try-

⋙ triyadhvan

○adhvan n. the 3 times (pf., p., fut.) Buddh. L

⋙ triyambaka

○ambaka try-

⋙ triyavastha

○avastha mfn. having 3 conditions BhP. xi

⋙ triyavi

○ávi try-

⋙ triyṛca

○ṛca n. = tṛcá Kāṭh. xxxiv, 1

≫ trir

trir = trís

⋙ trirakṣara

○akṣara mfn. consisting of 3 sounds DhyānabUp

⋙ triraśri

○áśri mfn. three-cornered RV. i, 152, 2

⋙ trirunnata

○unnata mfn. having 3 parts of the body stretched upwards ŚvetUp. ii, 8

⋙ trirvyūha

○vyūha mfn. triply appearing MBh. xii, 348, 57

≫ tris

trís ind. (Pāṇ. 5-4, 18) thrice, 3 times RV. (saptá, 3 X 7, i, iv, vii ff

• áhnas or áhan, 'thrice a day', i, iii f. ix f

• Pāṇ. 2-3, 64) ŚBr. KātyŚr. Mn. (abdasya, 'thrice a year', iii, xi) &c

• before gutturals and palatals [RV. viii, 91, 7] ḥ may be substituted by ṣ Pāṇ. 8-3, 43

⋙ tristāvā

○tāvā f. (a Vedi) 3 times as great (fr. tā́vat) Pāṇ. 5-4, 84

triṅkh

triṅkh cl. 1. P. for traṅkh W

trica

tricá tṛcá

triṇa

triṇa n. for tṛṇa, grass VarP

triṇata

tri-ṇata -ṇavá, &c. trí. [Page 462, Column 1] Contents of this page

tripu

tripú tṛpú

triyūha

triyūha m. a chestnut-coloured horse L

• cf. ukanāha, urāha, kiyāha, kokāha

trillaka

trillaka N. of a man Rājat. viii, 1684 ; 1709 ; 2497

⋙ trilllasena

trillla-sena another man's N., vii

trīśaṭa

trīśaṭa m. = tīsaṭa

truṭ

truṭ cl. 6. 4. ○ṭati, ○ṭyati (Pāṇ. 3-1, 70) to be torn or split, tear, break, fall asunder Bhartṛ. Mālatīm. Bālar. Rājat. (pf. tutroṭa) Hit. Kuval.: Caus. troṭayati (ind. ○yitvā

• Ā. ○yate Dhātup. xxxiii, 25) to tear, break Pañcat. ii, 6, 55/56 ; v, 10, 4/5 Rājat. vi, 248 Pañcad

• cf. ut-

≫ truṭi

truṭi f. (Siddhṣtry. 26) an atom (= 7 Reṇus Lalit. xii, 176)

• a very minute space of time MBh. i, 1292 Hariv. 9529 VarBṛS. ii, 0/1 Sūryas. BhP. iii, 11, 6

• x

• small cardamoms Suśr. vi

• doubt L

• cutting, breaking W

• loss, destruction W

• breaking a promise W

• N. of one of the mothers attending on Skanda MBh. ix, 2635

• troṭi

⋙ truṭipattra

○pattra n. (?) Kapishṭh. xxx, 7

⋙ truṭibīja

○bīja m. Arum Colocasia L

⋙ truṭiśas

○śas ind. in very short spaces of time MBh. v, xii

⋙ truṭyavayava

truṭy-avayava m. half a Truṭi VarBṛS. ii, 0/1

≫ truṭita

truṭita mfn. broken, divided, chapped Pañcat. Uttarar. i, 29 Kathās. Sāh. iii, 60/61

• n. mṛṇālikā and bāhu-rakṣikā, Śīl

⋙ truṭī

truṭī f. = ○ṭi L. Sch

trup

trup cI. 1. tropati, to hurt Dhātup

⋙ truph

truph

⋙ trump

trump

⋙ trumph

trumph trophati, trump○, ○ph○ id

treṇī

treṇī try-eṇī

tretā

trétā f. (fr. trayá) and triad, triplet MBh. xiv, 2759

• the 3 sacred fires (= agni-), v, 1559 Hariv. 1410

• trey (throw at dice or the side of a die marked with 3 spots) VS. xxx, 18 TS. iv Mṛicch. ii, 9

• 'age of triads', the 2nd Yuga (or silver age) AitBr. MuṇḍUp. ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. &c

⋙ tretāgni

○"ṣgni (○tâg○), m. = agni-tretā Hariv. 1409 MBh. xiii Ragh. xiii

• -hotra n. id. MBh. xii, 6001

⋙ tretāchandas

○chandas n. pl. a class of metres Nidānas. i, 6, 3

⋙ tretātva

○tva n. the condition of the fire-triad Hariv. 11863

⋙ tretāya

○"ṣya (tâya), m. the cast trey ChUp. Sch

⋙ tretāyuga

○yuga n. the Trétā age MBh. &c

⋙ tretāstoma

○stoma m. pl. a class of Stomas Nidānas. i, 9

⋙ tretinī

tretinī f. the threefold flame of the 3 fires of the altar RV. x, 105, 9

≫ tredhā

tredhā́ ind. = trí-dhā RV. VS. &c

⋙ tredhābhāva

○bhāva m. dwelling in 3 places Nir. vii, xii

⋙ tredhāvihita

○vihitá mfn. divided into 3 parts ŚBr

⋙ tredhāsaṃnaddha

○saṃnaddhá mfn. triply bound MaitrS. i

⋙ tredhāsthita

○sthita mfn. = -vihitá Ragh

trai

trai cl. 1. Ā. trā́yate (Impv. ○yatām, 2. sg. ○yasva and trā́sva pl. ○yadhvam and trā́dhvam RV

• ep. trāti, trātu, trāhi

• aor. Subj. trāsate, 2. du. trā́sāthe Prec. trā́sīthām RV

• inf. trātum MBh. &c

• ind. p. trātvā BhP. ii, 7, 9) to protect, preserve, cherish, defend, rescue from (gen. or abl.)

• cf. pari-, saṃ-

traiṃśa

traiṃśa n. a Brāhmaṇa containing 30 (triṃśát) Adhyāyas (ŚāṅkhBr.) Pāṇ. 5-1, 62

⋙ traiṃśika

traiṃśika mf(ā)n. consisting of 30 ĀtrAnukr. i, 16 ; 23 ; 25

≫ traikakuda

traikakudá mfn. coming from the mountain Tri-kakud AV. ŚBr. TĀr. KātyŚr

⋙ traikakakubha

traikakakubha mfn. coming from the mountain Tri-kakubh MānGṛ. i, 11

• n. N. of a Sāman TāṇḍyaBr. Lāṭy

⋙ kaṇṭaka

kaṇṭaka mfn. coming from the plant Tri-kaṇṭaka, g. rajatâdi

⋙ kaṇṭakālika

kaṇṭakālika mf(ī)n. relating to the 3 tenses (pf., pr., fut.) MBh. xii BhP. iii, xi KāśīKh. Tarkas

⋙ kaṇṭakālya

kaṇṭakālya n. the 3 tenses (pf., pr., fut.) VPrāt. MBh. xii Hariv

• dawn, noon, and sunset Yājñ. iii, 308

• growth, maintenance, and decay Hariv. 7446

⋙ kaṇṭakuntaka

kaṇṭakuntaka a kind of ornament Buddh. L

≫ traigarta

traigarta mfn. = ○taka MBh. iv, 1117

• m. (g. yaudheyâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 111) a Trigarta prince MBh. iv, vi Rājat. v

• pl. the Trigartas VarBṛS. x, xvi f

• (ī), f. (g. yaudheyâdi) a Trigarta princess MBh. i

⋙ traigartaka

traigartaka mfn. belonging to the Trigartas, vii, 726

• xiv VarBṛS. iv, 24 Pāṇ. 4-2, 124 Kāś

⋙ traigartāyana

traigartāyana mfn

⋙ traigartāyanaka

traigartāyanaka n. fr. ○ta g. arīhaṇâdi

≫ traiguṇika

traiguṇika mfn. relating to the 3 Guṇas W

• thrice repeated W

⋙ traiguṇya

traiguḍṇya n. the state of consisting of 3 threads, tripleness Mn. ii, 42 Kull. ; 3 qualities (śaitya, saugandhya, māndya), Śivarātrivr

• the 3 Guṇas MBh. Sāṃkhyak. 14 ; 18 Tattvas. Mālav. i, 4 MārkP. l, 3

• mfn. having the 3 Guṇas BhP. xi, 25, 30

• -vat mfn. id. Sarvad. xiv, 63

≫ traicīvarika

traicīvarika mfn. possessing the tri-cīvara L

≫ traita

traitá m. (fr. tritá) a triplet (one of three at a birth) TS. ii, 1, 1, 6 MaitrS. ii, 5, 1

• n. 'relating to Trita', N. of a Sāman TāṇḍyaBr. xiv Lāṭy. vii, 3. [Page 462, Column 2]

⋙ traitana

traitaná m. N. of a deity (connected with Trita ; = Zd. ṭhraetaona, Pers. Feridun) RV. i, 158, 5

≫ traidaśika

traidaśika mfn. relating to the (tri-daśa) gods Mn. ii, 58 (○śaka Hcat. iii, 1, 10)

≫ traidha

traidha mfn. (fr. trí-dhā or tredhā́) triple Pāṇ. 5-3, 45 Vārtt. Sch

• (am), ind. (v, 3, 45) = tredhā́ KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhŚr. Lāṭy. Kauś. MBh

≫ traidhātavī

traidhātavī́ f. (scil. iṣṭí) N. of a closing ceremony (fr. tri-dhā́tu) ŚBr. v, xiii KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ traidhātavīya

traidhātavīya n. (scil. kárman) id. TS. ii, 4, 11

• (ā), f. id. Nyāyam. ix Sch

⋙ traidhātavyā

traidhātavyā́ f. id. MaitrS. ii, 4, 3

≫ traidhātuka

traidhātuka n. the 3 worlds SaddhP. iv

⋙ traidhātva

traidhāḍtva m. 'son of Tri-dhātu', = traivṛṣṇá TāṇḍyaBr

≫ trainiṣkika

trainiṣkika mfn. = tri-niṣka Pāṇ. 5-1, 30

≫ traipakṣika

traipakṣika mfn. lasting 3 half months, Prāyaśc

⋙ traipatha

traipatha n. N. of a manner of sitting BṛNārP. xxxi, 115

⋙ traipada

traipada n. three-fourths TāṇḍyaBr. xvi, 13, 12 ŚāṅkhŚr.xiv, 41, 11

≫ traipārāyaṇika

traipārāyaṇika mfn. performing the Pārāyaṇa 3 times Pāṇ. 5-1, 20 Vārtt. 2 Pat

⋙ traipiṣṭapa

traipiṣṭapa n. (fr. tri-p○) N. of a Liṅga KāśīKh

≫ traipura

traipura mfn. relating to Tri-pura Śārad. xii

• n. Śiva's conquest of Tri-pura Bālar. ii, 3/4

• m. pl. the inhabitants of Tri-pura Hariv. 7443

• the inhabitants of Tripurī or the Cedis MBh. vi, 3855

• sg. a Cedi prince, ii, 1164

⋙ traipurīya

traipurīya n. N. of an Up

≫ traipuruṣa

traipuruṣa mfn. = tri-paur○, xiii, 4322

≫ traiphala

traiphala mfn. coming from (tri-phalā) the 3 myrobalans Suśr. iv, 5 and 9 ; vi, 17 and 39

⋙ traibali

traibali m. (fr. tri-bala) N. of a man MBh. ii, 108

≫ traibhāvya

traibhāvya n. threefold nature, g. brāhmaṇâdi

≫ traimātura

traimātura mfn. having 3 (mātṛ) mothers Pāṇ. 6-3, 48 Kāś

⋙ traimāsika

traimāsika mfn. 3 months old, lasting 3 months, quarterly BhP. ii, 7, 27 Mn. xi, 127 Kull

⋙ traimāsī

traimāsī mfn. 3 months Divyâv. xix

⋙ traimāsya

traimāsya n. id. KātyŚr. xx, 3, 6

⋙ traiyakṣa

traiyakṣa mfn. belonging to (try-) Śiva Bālar. vii, 30

≫ traiyambaka

traiyambaká mfn. relating or belonging or sacred to Try-ambaka VS. xxiv Lāṭy. KātyŚr. and Gobh. iii, 10, 14 (scil. apūpa, 'cake') MBh. vii, 169 and 2778

⋙ traiyambakamantra

○mantra m. N. of a Mantra Śārad. xxiii

⋙ traiyambakasaras

○saras n. N. of a lake ŚrīmMāh. xiv f

≫ traiyalinda

traiyalinda mfn. fr. try- Pāṇ. 7-3, 3 Kār. Pat

≫ traiyāhāvaka

traiyāhāvaka mfn. coming from or relating to a try-āhāva village, g. dhūmâdi

≫ trairātrika

trairātrika mfn. of 3 days, 15 Vārtt. 2 Pat

≫ trairāśika

trairāśika mfn. 'relating to 3 (rāśi) numbers', with or without gaṇita or karman, the rule of three (in arithm

• cf. krama-, viloma-, vyasta-) Laghuj. Sch. Sūryapr. Sch

• relating to 3 zodiacal signs Hāyan

⋙ trairāśya

trairāśya n. sg. the 3 groups Nyāyad. iv, 1, 3

≫ trairūpya

trairūpya n. tripleness of (rūpa) form, threefold change of form Pāṇ. 7-3, 49 Sch. (not in Kāś.)

≫ trailāṭa

trailāṭa a sort of horse-fly Buddh. L

≫ trailiṅga

trailiṅga mfn. having 3 (liṅga) sexes MBh. xii, 11353 (v. l. ○gya n. 'triplicity of sex')

≫ trailokya

trailokya n. (g. caturvarṇâdi) the 3 Lokas or worlds Mn. xi, 237 MBh. &c

• a mystic N. of some part of the body

• m. N. of a man Rājat. vii f

⋙ trailokyakartṛ

○kartṛ m. 'TṭTrailokya-creator', Śiva MBh

⋙ trailokyacintāmaṇirasa

○cintāmaṇi-rasa m. N. of a mixture

⋙ trailokyaḍambara

○ḍambara N. of a med. work

⋙ trailokyadīpikā

○dīpikā f. N. of a Jaina work

⋙ trailokyadevī

○devī f. N. of the wife of King Yaśaþ-kara Rājat. vi

⋙ trailokyanātha

○nātha m. 'TṭTrailokya-lord', Rāma R. i, 76, 19

• N. of a mixture

⋙ trailokyaprakāśa

○prakāśa m. N. of an astron. work

⋙ trailokyaprabhava

○prabhava m. 'TṭTrailokya-son', Rāma Ragh. x, 54

⋙ trailokyaprabhā

○prabhā f. N. of the daughter of a Dānava Kathās. cviii

⋙ trailokyabandhu

○bandhu m. 'TṭTrailokya-friend', the sun Prasannar. vi, 39

⋙ trailokyabhayakāraka

○bhaya-kāraka mfn. causing fear to the 3 worlds

⋙ trailokyamālin

○mālin m. N. of a Daitya Kathās. cviii

⋙ trailokyarāja

○rāja m. N. of a man Rājat. vii f

⋙ trailokyarājya

○rājya n. TṭTrailokya-sovereignty Bhartṛ

⋙ trailokyavikramin

○vikramin m. 'striding through the 3 worlds', N. of a Bodhi-sattva SaddhP. i

⋙ trailokyavijayā

○vijayā f. 'TṭTrailokya-conqueror', a sort of hemp (from which an intoxicating infusion is prepared) L

⋙ trailokyasāgara

○sāgara m. N. of wk., Dvaitanirn

⋙ trailokyasāra

○sāra N. of wk. Hcat. i, 3, 932 ff

⋙ trailokyasundara

○sundara m. N. of a mixture Rasar

• (ī), f. N. of wk. Gaṇar

⋙ trailokyādhipatitva

trailokyâdhipati-tva

⋙ trailokyādhipatya

trailokyâdhipatya n. for kya-rājya

⋙ trailocana

trailocana n. fr. tri-l○, = traipiṣṭapa KāśīKh

≫ traivaṇa

traivaṇa m. (g. śivâdi) metron. fr. tri-veṇī Pravar. vi, 2 (v. l. ○varṇa)

⋙ traivaṇi

traívaṇi m. id. ŚBr. xiv, 5, 5 and 7, 4

⋙ traivaṇīya

traívaṇīya fr. ○ṇa g. utkarâdi

≫ traivargika

traivargika mf(ī)n. relating to tri-gaṇa BhP. ii f. vi, xi f

⋙ traivargya

traivargya mfn. belonging to tri-gaṇa, iv

≫ traivarṇa

traivarṇa m. a member of the first 3 (varṇa) castes Hcat

⋙ traivarṇika

traivarṇika m. id. Mn. Āryabh. Sch

≫ traivarṣika

traivarṣika n. a triennial performance ĀśvŚr. xii, 5, 6

• mfn. sufficient for 3 years Pāṇ. 7-3, 16 Kāś

⋙ traivārṣ

traivārṣ○
mfn. id. Gaut. Mn. Yājñ. MBh. [Page 462, Column 3]

⋙ traivikrama

traivikrama mfn. belonging to (tri-v○) Vishṇu Ragh. vii, 32

• m. a kind of cohabitation Hāl. 411 Sch

• n. (Vishṇu's) act of taking the 3 strides Hariv. 3168

• (ī), f. tri-vikrama

≫ traivida

traivida v. l. for trayī-v○ Sch. on TS. and KātyŚr

≫ traividya

traividya mfn. (Pāṇ. 4-2, 60 Pat.) familiar with tri-vidyā Lāṭy. viii, 6, 29 Mn. Yājñ. MBh

• n. = tri-vidyā Āp. Gaut. Gṛihyās. Mn. &c

• an assembly of Brāhmans familiar with tri-vidyā Yājñ. Hariv. 9578 MārkP. xxiii, 35

⋙ traividyaka

traividyaka mfn. practised by Brāhmans familiar with tri-vidyā Āp. i, 1, 23 and 2, 6

• n. = tri-vidyā MānGṛ. i, 23

≫ traividhya

traividhya n. triplicity Bādar. i, 31 Suśr. v KapS. i, 70 Bhāshāp. &c

• mfn. triple BhP. vi, 3, 4

≫ traiviṣṭapa

traiviṣṭapa m. pl. 'inhabitants of tri-v○', the gods Ratnâv. iv, 22 BhP. i f

⋙ traiviṣṭapeya

traiviṣṭapeya m. pl. id., viii

≫ traivṛta

traivṛta mfn. coming from (tri-vṛt) Ipomoea Turpethum Suśr. i, 44, 3 ; vi, 17, 3 and 26, 8

⋙ traivṛṣṇa

traivṛṣṇá m. (fr. tri-vṛṣan) patr. of Try-aruṇa RV. v, 27, 1

⋙ traivedika

traivedika mf(ī)n. relating to the 3 Vedas Mn. iii, 1 VāyuP. i, 1, 65

≫ traiśaṅkava

traiśaṅkava mfn. belonging to Tri-śaṅku Hcar. Bālar

• m. patr. of Hari-ścandra Hariv. 755 BhP. ix

⋙ traiśabdya

traiśabdya n. 3 kinds of (śabda) expression Pat. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 74 Vārtt. 4 and iii, 1, 44 Vārtt. 7

⋙ traiśāṇa

traiśāṇa mf(ī)n. = tri-ś○ Pāṇ

⋙ traiśāni

traiśāni m. patr. fr. tri-śānu Hariv

⋙ traiśāmba

traiśāmba for ○śāni VP. iv, 16, 2

⋙ traiśāli

traiśāli id. AgP

⋙ traiśīrṣa

traiśīrṣa mf(ā)n. relating to (i.e. committed against) the three-headed (tri-śīrṣan) Viśva-rūpa (a murder) MBh. v, 335

⋙ traiśṛṅga

traiśṛṅga m. patr. fr. tri-ś○ Pravar. vi, 4 (○gāyana MatsyaP.)

• n. 'coming from tri-ś○', (with ājya) semen virile MantraBr

⋙ traiśaṅkavaśoka

○"ṣśoka n. 'Tri-śoka's melody', N. of a Sāman TāṇḍyaBr. viii, xii, xviii, xxi Lāṭy. vi, 11

≫ traiṣṭubha

traíṣṭubha mf(ī)n. (g. utsâdi) relating to or composed in the Tri-shṭubh metre RV. v, 29, 6 VS. &c

• n. (= tri-ṣṭubh Pāṇ. 4-2, 55 Vārtt. Pat.) the Tri-shṭubh metre RV. i, 164, 23 f. ; ii, 43, 1

≫ traisamika

traisamika mfn. (fr. samā) triennial Pāṇ. 7-3, 15 Vārtt. 2 Pat

⋙ sānu

sānu v. l. for ○śāni

⋙ srotasa

srotasa mfn. belonging to (tri-srotas) the Ganges Ragh. xvi, 34

⋙ svarya

svarya n. (g. caturvarṇâdi) the 3 accents Pāṇ. 1-2, 33 Kāś. Nyāyam. ix, 2, 15 Sch. on VPrāt. i, 129 ; 132 and Bhāshik. ii, 36

≫ traihāyaṇa

traihāyaṇá n. (v. l. ○yana Pāṇ. 5-1, 130 Kāś.) a period of 3 years AV. x, 5, 22 ; xii, 4, 16

troṭaka

troṭaka (= toṭ○), mfn. destroying (fr. √truṭ) Chandaþs. vi, 31 Sch

• m. N. of a venomous insect Suśr. v, 8

• of a pupil of Śaṃkarâcārya SŚaṃkar. xii

• n. a kind of drama Vikr. i, 1/2 Sāh. vi, 273 (v. l. toṭ○)

• angry speech, 99

• (ī), f. (in music) N. of a Rāgiṇī L

⋙ troṭi

troṭi f. a beak L

• the mouth of a fish L

• N. of a bird L

• = kaṅka- L

• the Kaṭphala tree (also truṭi Npr.) L

⋙ troṭakahasta

○hasta m. 'beak-handed', a bird L

⋙ troṭita

troṭita mfn. broken Kathās

trotala

trotala n. N. of a Tantra Ānand. 31 Sch

• cf. toḍala

⋙ trotalottara

trotalôttara n. another Tantra ib

trotra

trotra n. a weapon Uṇ. Sch

• (= tóttra) a goad W

• N. of a disease Uṇ. vṛ

• ārūpa-kriyā ib

trauk

trauk (= ḍhauk), cl. 1. Ā. (pf. tutrauke Kāś.) to go Dhātup. iv, 25: Caus. aor. atutraukat Pāṇ. 7-4, 59 Kāś.: Desid. tutrokiṣate ib.: Intens. totraukyate, 82 Vārtt. 1 Pat

try

try before vowels = trí, sometimes resolved into triy, q.v

⋙ tryaṃśa

○aṃśa m. sg. 3 shares Mn. ix, 151

• mfn. having 3 shares Jyot. Sch

• m. a 3rd part VarBṛS. Laghuj

• the 3rd part of a zodiacal sign (= dṛkāṇa) xii, 2 ff. and VarBṛ. xxiii, 14f. (also -nātha m. 'the regent of a Dṛikāṇa')

⋙ tryakṣa

○akṣa mf(ī, or [Hcat. i, 5, 1202] ā)n. three-eyed MBh. ii f. Hariv. Kathās. cxviii

• m. Śiva MBh. Hariv. 15415 (triy-, v. l. tri-yajña) BhP. Kathās. Kaśyapa Gal

• N. of an Asura BhP. vii, 2, 4

• -patnī f. 'Śiva's wife', Pārvatī Hariv. 10000

⋙ tryakṣaka

○akṣaka m. Śiva ŚivaP

⋙ tryakṣan

○akṣan m. id. MBh. xiv, 193

⋙ tryakṣara

○ákṣara mfn. (or n. a word) consisting of 3 sounds or syllables VS. ix ŚBr. vi, xiv TāṇḍyaBr. Lāṭy. Mn. xi, 266

• m. a matchmaker ('a genealogist' W.) L

⋙ tryaṅkaṭa

○aṅkaṭa v. l. for -aṅgaṭa

⋙ tryaṅga

○aṅgá n. pl. the 3 portions of a victim belonging to Svishṭakṛit (upper part of the right fore-foot, part of the left thigh, and part of the intestines) TS. vi ŚBr. iii Kauś. KātyŚr. Sch

• sg. a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry, and infantry) MBh. viii, 2526

• (ix, 1388 ?)

⋙ tryaṅgaṭa

○aṅgaṭa n. 3 strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens L

• a kind of collyrium L. [Page 463, Column 1] Contents of this page

• m. Śiva L

⋙ tryaṅgula

○aṅgulá n. 3 fingers' breadth ŚBr. iii, 3, 2, 4 and 7, 1, 25

• xiv KātyŚr. vii

• -áṅg○ mfn. 3 fingers broad ŚBr. i, 2, 5, 9 KātyŚr. ii, vi

⋙ tryaṅgya

○"ṣaṅgyá mfn. belonging to the -aṅgá portions ŚBr. iii

⋙ tryañjana

○añjana n. the 3 kinds of collyrium (kālâñj○, puṣpâñj○, rasâñj○) L

⋙ tryañjala

○añjala n. 3 handfuls Pāṇ. 5-4, 102

⋙ tryañjali

○añjali m. a handful belonging to 3 persons, 102 Kāś

• mfn. bought for 3 handfuls ib

⋙ tryadhipati

○adhipati m. the lord of the 3 Guṇas or of the 3 worlds (Kṛishṇa) BhP. iii, 16, 24 (v. l.)

⋙ tryadhiṣṭhāna

○adhiṣṭhāna mfn. having 3 stations Mn. xii, 4

⋙ tryadhīśa

○adhī7śa m. = ○dhipati BhP. iii f. viii

⋙ tryadhvagā

○adhvagā f. = tri-patha-gā W

⋙ tryanīka

○anīká mfn. threefaced RV. iii, 56, 3 Kāṭh. xxx, 2

• triple-arrayed AitBr. iii, 39, 2 Pāṇ. 4-1, 21 Siddh. (f. ā)

• (ā), f. N. of a ceremony ĀpŚr. xxi, 14

⋙ tryanta

○anta n. with tvāṣṭrī-sāman, N. of a Sāman

⋙ tryabda

○abda n. 3 years Mn. viii

• mf(ā)n. 3 years old L

• (am), ind. during 3 years, xi

• -pūrva mfn. existing for 3 years, ii, 134, Āp. i, 14, 13

⋙ tryambaka

○ámbaka m. 'three-eyed' (originally probably 'three-mothered' fr. the threefold expression ámbe ámbiké' mbālike VS. &c

• cf. tri-mātṛ́ and traimātura) Rudra or (later on) Śiva RV. vii, 59, 12 VS. &c. (triy- Kapishṭh. viii, 10 R. vii Kum. iii, 44

• Pāṇ. 6-4, 77 Vārtt. Pat.)

• N. of one of the 11 Rudras MBh. iii Hariv. VP. i, 15, 123 NarasP. v, 9

• pl. (= traiy○) the cakes sacred to Rudra Try-ambaka TS. iii TBr. i Kāṭh. ŚBr. ŚāṅkhBr. KātyŚr. ĀśvŚr

• sg. the ceremony in which those cakes, are offered ŚāṅkhŚr. xiv, 10, 21

• n. N. of a L2iṅga ŚivaP. i, 38, 19

• mfn. knowing the 3 Vedas or pervading the 3 worlds TejobUp. 6

• (ā), f. Pārvatī, DeviiP

• -parvata m. N. of a mountain, Vaidyaj

• -māhātmya n. N. of part of PadmaP. iv

• -vṛṣabha m. Śiva's bull Kād

• -sakha m. 'Śiva's friend', Kubera L

• kêśvarapurī f. = śaiva-nagara

⋙ tryambuka

○ambuka a kind of fly Buddh. L

⋙ tryara

○ara mfn. having 3 fellies AV. x, 2, 32

⋙ tryaratni

○aratni mfn. 3 arms long Kauś

⋙ tryaruṇa

○áruṇa m. N. of a man RV. v, 27, 1 f. TāṇḍyaBr. xiii, 3

• later on called trayyār○, q.v

⋙ tryaruṣa

○áruṣa mf(ī)n. marked red in 3 places RV. viii, 46, 22

⋙ tryartha

○artha mfn. having 3 meanings L

⋙ tryalinda

○alinda N. of a village Pāṇ. 7-3, 3 Kār. Pat

⋙ tryavanata

○avanata tri-vin○

⋙ tryavara

○avara mfn. pl. at least 3 Mn. iii, viii Yājñ. ii, 69

• (am), ind. at least thrice Gaut. Mn. xi, 81

• ○rârdhyam ind. id. ĀpŚr. iii, 16, 9 ĀpGṛ. xxi, 9

⋙ tryavi

○ávi m. '3 sheep times old', a calf 18 months old RV. iii, 55, 14 VS. (f. ○vií, xviii, 26) MaitrS

• cf. páñcâvi

⋙ tryaśīta

○aśīta mf(ī)n. the 83rd (chs. of MBh. and Hariv.)

⋙ tryaśīti

○aśīti f. 83 Pāṇ. 6

• -tama mfn. the 83rd (chs. of R.)

⋙ tryaśra

○aśra mfn. triangular Suśr. iv, 2, 3

• n. a triangle RāmatUp. i, 52

• m. a triplet Sāh. vi, 283

• a kind of jasmine L

• -kuṇḍa n. N. of a mystical diagram, Tantr

• -phalā f. Boswellia thurifera L

⋙ tryaṣṭaka

○aṣṭaka mfn. containing 3 Ashṭakā days Gobh. iii, 10, 7

• n. N. of a vessel Suśr. i, 45

⋙ tryaṣṭavarṣa

○aṣṭa-varṣa mfn. 3 x 8 years old Mn. ix, 94

⋙ tryasra

○asra = -aśra

⋙ tryaha

○ahá m. 3 days ŚBr. &c. [chiefly (am), ind. 'during 3 days', (āt, e, ena), ind. 'after 3 days']

• mfn. ○hīṇa R. i, 13, 43

• m. a performance lasting 3 days ŚBr. iv, xii ĀśvŚr. KātyŚr

• -vṛtta mfn. happened 3 days ago Pāṇ. 3-2, 115 Pat

• -sparśa m. -spṛśa n. = tri-dina-spṛś Jyot

• hâihika mfn. furnished with food for 3 days Mn. iv, 7

⋙ tryahīna

○"ṣahīna mfn. lasting 3 days Lāṭy. viii

⋙ tryahna

○ahna mfn. happened after 3 days Vop. vi, 38 f

⋙ tryāyuṣa

○āyuṣá n. (Pāṇ. 5-4, 77) threefold vital power ('threefold period of life, i.e. childhood, youth, and old age' Sch.) VS. iii, 62

• ŚBr. xii, 9, 1, 8

⋙ tryāruṇi

○āruṇi trayyāruṇa

⋙ tryārṣeya

○ārṣeya mfn. having 3 sacred ancestors MānŚr. xi Pravar

• m. pl. a blind, a deaf, and a dumb person W

⋙ tryālikhita

○ālikhitá mfn. indented or marked in 3 places (a brick) TS. v ŚBr. vi Śulbas

• tá-vat mfn. consisting of bricks so marked ŚBr. viii

⋙ tryāvrit

○ā́vrit mfn. consisting of 3 series, xii f. TBr. ii, 1

⋙ tryāśir

○ā́śir mfn. mixed with 3 products of milk RV. v, 27, 5

⋙ tryāhala

○āhala m. 'triplecrower (cf. āhálak)', a cock Suśr. i, 46

⋙ tryāhāva

○āhāva mfn. having 3 watering-places, g. dhūmâdi

⋙ tryāhika

○āhika mfn. = tri-divasa, Aparāj

• = -ahâihika Yājñ. i, 128 (v. l. -aih○)

⋙ tryuttarībhāva

○uttarī-bhāva m. progression by 3 Lāṭy. vi, 5, 17

⋙ tryudāya

○udâyá m. thrice approaching the altar (at dawn, noon, and sunset) RV. iv, 37, 3

⋙ tryuddhi

○úddhi mfn. having a triple stand TS. v MaitrS. i, 6, 8 ĀpŚr. v, 22, 6

⋙ tryudhan

○udhán mfn. three-uddered RV. iii, 56, 3

⋙ tryunnata

○únnata mfn. having 3 elevations TS. vi

⋙ tryupasatka

○upasat-ka mfn. containing 3 upasád ceremonies ĀpŚr. xv

⋙ tryuṣaṇa

○uṣaṇa n. = -ūṣ○ L

⋙ tryūṣaṇa

○ūṣaṇa n. = tri-kaṭu Suśr

⋙ tryṛca

○ṛca n. = tṛcá Mn. Yājñ. [Page 463, Column 2]

⋙ tryeṇī

○eṇī f. (the śalalī́ bristle) being variegated in 3 places KātyŚr. v ĀpŚr. viii and ĀpGṛ. (treṇī) ĀśvGṛ. i, 14, 4 PārGṛ. i, 15, 4 ; ii, 1, 10

⋙ tryenī

○énī f. id. ŚBr. ii, 6, 4, 5

⋙ tryaihika

○aihika see. -āh○

≫ tryakṣāyaṇa

tryakṣāyaṇa for tryākṣ○ Gaṇar. 269 Sch

⋙ tryākṣ

tryākṣ○ m. fr. try-akṣa g. aiṣukāry-ādi

tva 1

tva mfn. (tvad). one, several RV

• tva-tva, one-the other RV. AV. viii, 9, 9

• tvad, partly RV. x, 72, 9 ŚāṅkhBr. xvii, 4

• tvadtvad, partly-partly RV. vii, 101, 3 ŚBr

≫ tvadānīm

tvadānīm ind. sometimes MaitrS. iv, 2, 2

tva 2

tvá base of the 2nd personal pron.: nom. tvám acc. tvā́m instr. tváyā [ and tvā́ RV., also in comp., tvā́-datta, -dāta, -vṛdha &c.], dat. túbhyam [& ○bhya RV. PārGṛ. i, 6, 2], abl. tvát or tvád [ and tvat-tas MBh. &c.], gen. táva loc. tvé [RV

• RPrāt. i, 19 & g. câdi], tváyi [AV. &c.]

• enclitic forms are acc. tvā ṛV. āV., gen. dat. te [RV. &c

• = ?] ; [Lat. tu &c.]

⋙ tvayata

○yata (tvá-), mfn. given by thee, vii, 20, 10

≫ tva 3

tvá mfn. thy, your, ii, 20, 2

≫ tvaṃ

tvaṃ for tvam

⋙ tvaṃkāra

○kāra m. addressing with, 'thou' (disrespectfully) Mn. xi, 205

⋙ tvaṃkṛtya

○kṛtya ind. addressing with 'thou' Yājñ. iii, 292

≫ tvakat

tvakat dimin. for tvat, in comp

⋙ tvakatpitṛka

○pitṛka mfn. = tvát-pitṛ Pāṇ. 1-1, 29 Pat

≫ tvakam

tvakam familiar dimin. for tvám ib. Bhadrab. i, 64 and (instr. tvayakā) iv, 9

≫ tvat

tvat in comp. for 2. tvá

⋙ tvatkṛta

○kṛta mfn. made or composed by thee R. i, 2, 40

• made like you, 44, 47

⋙ tvattanāt

○tanāt abl. ind. from you TāṇḍyaBr. xiv

⋙ tvattara

○tara mfn. Compar. more yours Pāṇ. 7-2, 98 Kāś

⋙ tvattas

○tas s.v. 2. tvá

⋙ tvatpitṛ

○pitṛ (tvát-), m(pl. ○tāras)fn. having thee as a father TS. i

⋙ tvatpratikṣin

○pratíkṣin mfn. waiting on thee Nal. xvii, 37

⋙ tvatprasūta

○prasūta (tvát-), mfn. instigated by thee ŚBr. iv, 1, 4, 4

⋙ tvatsaṃgama

○saṃgama m. union with thee

≫ tvatka

tvatka = tvakat

⋙ tvatkapitṛka

○pitṛka = tvakat- Pat

≫ tvad

tvad = tvat

⋙ tvadanya

○anya mfn. other than thee Nal. i, 20 ; xii, 14 Ragh. iii, 63

⋙ tvadartham

○artham

⋙ tvadarthe

○arthe ind. on thy account, about thee

⋙ tvadgṛha

○gṛha n. thy house

⋙ tvaddevatya

○devatyá mfn. having thee as deity ŚBr. viii, 4

⋙ tvaddhita

○dhita mfn. suitable (hita) for thee Pāṇ. 7-2, 98, Kāś

⋙ tvadbhaya

○bhaya n. dread of thee MBh. iii

⋙ tvadbhū

○√bhū to become thou Pāṇ. 1-4, 108 Pat

⋙ tvadyoni

○yoni (tvád-), mfn. proceeding from thee AV. xiii, 1, 2

⋙ tvadvidha

○vidha mfn. like thee MBh. iii R. ii f. Kathās. cix

⋙ tvadviyoga

○viyoga m. separation from thee

⋙ tvadvivācana

○vivācana (tvád-), mfn. having thee as an umpire TS. i

≫ tvadīya

tvadīya mfn. thy, your, thine, yours MBh. &c

≫ tvadya

tvadya Nom. ○yati, to wish thee Pāṇ. 7-2, 98 Kāś

• ○yate, to act like thou ib

≫ tvadrik

tvadrík ind. towards thee RV. v, 3, 12 ; x, 43, 2

≫ tvan

tvan = tvat

⋙ tvanmanya

○manya mfn. thinking to be thou Pāṇ. 6-3, 68 Kāś

⋙ tvanmaya

○maya mfn. consisting of thee Hariv. Vcar

⋙ tvantā

○tā f. identity with thee Naish

≫ tvāṃkāma

tvā́ṃ-kāma mfn. longing for thee RV. viii, 11, 7

≫ tvātputra

tvātputra m. pl. the pupils of (tvat-p○) your son Pāṇ. 1-1, 74 Pat

≫ tvādatta

tvā́-datta mfn. given by thee RV. ii, 33, 2 ; viii, 92, 18

⋙ tvādāta

tvā́-dāta mfn. id., i, 10 ; iii, v

⋙ tvādūta

tvā́dūta mfn. having thee as a messenger, ii, v

⋙ tvādṛś

tvādṛś nom. -dṛk mfn. like thee, of thy kind KaṭhUp. MBh. v BhP. i, 17

⋙ tvādṛśa

tvā-dṛśa mf(ī)n. id. MBh. R. &c

⋙ tvādṛśaka

tvā-dṛśaka mfn. id. MBh. v, 4399

⋙ tvānid

tvā-níd mfn. hating thee RV. viii, 70, 10

⋙ tvāmāhuti

tvā́m-āhuti mfn. offering oblations to thee TS. i, 5, 10, 2

⋙ tvāyat

tvāyát mfn. = tvā́ṃ-kāma RV

⋙ tvāyā

tvāyā́ ind. out of love towards thee, for thee, i-viii

⋙ tvāyu

tvāyú mfn. = ○yát, i, iii f. vi-viii, x

⋙ tvāvat

tvā́-vat mfn. (Pāṇ. 5-2, 39 Vārtt.) similar to thee, as rich or mighty or great as thou, worthy of thee RV

⋙ tvāvasu

tvā́-vasu mfn. having thee as a possession, vii, 32, 14

⋙ tvāvṛdha

tvā́-vṛdha mf(ā)n. favoured by thee, i, x

⋙ tveṣita

tvếṣita mfn. sent by thee, viii, 77, 10

⋙ tvota

tvốta mfn. helped or protected or loved by thee, i-vi, viii ff

• cf. índra-

⋙ tvoti

tvốti mfn. id., v, 65, 5 ; ix, 66 and 76

tvakṣ

tvakṣ (= √takṣ and related to 2. tvác), cl. 1. ○kṣati, to create, produce Nir. viii, 13

• to pare Dhātup

• to skin ib

• to cover ib

• [cf. pra-tvakṣāṇá ; Zd. thwakhsh, ?, ?.]

≫ tvakṣas

tvákṣas n. energy, vigour RV. i, 100, 15 ; iv, 27, 2 ; vi, 18, 9 ; viii, 20, 6

⋙ tvakṣīyas

tvákṣīyas mfn. very vigorous, ii, 33, 6 ; Zd. thwakhshista

tvaṅg

tvaṅg cl. 1. gati, to wave, tremble, jump, leap, gallop Daś. x, 36 Bālar. viii, 77 Kathās. xviii, 7

• lxxxv, 11

• to flare Vcar. xviii, 81. [Page 463, Column 3]

tvac 1

tvac cl. 6. ○cati, to cover Dhātup

≫ tvak

tvak in comp. for 2. tvác

⋙ tvakkaṇḍura

○kaṇḍura m. a skin-wound, sore L

⋙ tvakkṣīrā

○kṣīrā f. 'bark-milk', bamboo-manna (Tabāshīr) L

⋙ tvakkṣīrī

○kṣīrī f. id. Suśr. i, 44, 14

⋙ tvakchada

○chada m. Lipeocercis serrata L

⋙ tvakcheda

○cheda m. a skin-wound, cut

⋙ tvakchedana

○chedana n. cutting the skin

⋙ tvaktaraṃgaka

○taraṃgaka m. 'skin-wave', a wrinkle Npr

⋙ tvaktobila

○to-bila tvag-b○

⋙ tvaktra

○tra n. 'skin-fence', armour Bhaṭṭ. xiv, 94

• cf. niṣ-ṭv○

⋙ tvaktrāṇa

○trāṇa n. protection of the skin Pāṇ. 1-2, 45 Vārtt. 11 Pat

⋙ tvakpattra

○pattra m. Laurus Cassia MBh. xii

• n. = ○ttraka Suśr

• (ī), f. hiṅgu-pattrī L

• Malabathron Npr

⋙ tvakpattraka

○pattraka n. the bark or leaf of Laurus Cassia Bhpr. vii, 1, 202

⋙ tvakparipuṭana

○paripuṭana n. desquamation Suśr. i, 17, 3 ; ii, 12, 5

⋙ tvakparṇī

○parṇī f. = -pattrī L

⋙ tvakpalita

○palita n. leprosy Gal

⋙ tvakpāka

○pāka m. 'skin-inflammation', N. of a disease, 14, 1 and 11

⋙ tvakpāruṣya

○pāruṣya n. roughness of the skin, 5, 1 ; iv, 5, 2

⋙ tvakpuṣpa

○puṣpa n. = tvag-aṅkura L

• blotch, scab L

• (ī), f. id. L

⋙ tvakpuṣpikā

○puṣpikā f. id. L

⋙ tvakśūnyatā

○śūnyatā f. want of sensation in the skin Bhpr

⋙ tvaksāra

○sāra mfn. having an excellent or sound skin Laghuj. ii, 16 Suśr. i, 35

• m. a bamboo MBh. R. Suśr. &c

• Laurus Cassia (the plant and the bark) L

• Bignonia indica L

• (ā), f. Tabāshīr L

• -bhedinī f. the plant kṣudra-cañcu L

• -vyavahāra-vat mfn. occupied with bamboo work Mn. x, 37

⋙ tvaksugandha

○sugandha m. an orange Bhpr

• (ā), f. the bark of Feronia elephantum L

⋙ tvaksraja

○sraja n. sg. skin and wreath Pāṇ. 5-4, 106 Laghuk

⋙ tvaksvādvī

○svādvī f. = -sugandha Npr

≫ tvag

tvag = 2. tvác

⋙ tvagaṅkura

○aṅkura m. 'skin-bristling', horripilation L

⋙ tvagasthibhūta

○asthi-bhūta mfn. become mere skin and bones MBh. xiii, 29, 6

⋙ tvagindriya

○indriya n. the sense of touch W

⋙ tvaguttarāsaṅgavat

○uttarâsaṅga-vat mfn. having an upper garment made of bark Kum. v, 16

⋙ tvagutthā

○utthā f. 'skin-produced', chyle Gal

⋙ tvagela

○ela n. Cassia bark and cardamoms Suśr. i, 44

⋙ tvaggandha

○gandha m. = tvak-sug○ L

⋙ tvagja

○ja n. 'skin-born', the hairs on the body L

• blood L

⋙ tvagjala

○jala n. 'skin-water', sweat Gal

⋙ tvagdoṣa

○doṣa m. skin-disease, leprosy MBh. v, 5064 Suśr. i, 45 Sāy. Hcat

• ○ṣâpahā f. 'leprosy-curer', Vernonia anthelminthica L

• ○ṣâri m. 'leprosy-enemy', N. of a bulb L

⋙ tvagdoṣin

○"ṣdoṣin mfn. having skin-disease, Ieprous MBh. v, 5056

⋙ tvagbila

○bila mf(ā)n. having the cavity on the bark side (a ladle) KātyŚr. i, 3

• tvak-to-b○ ĀpŚr. i

⋙ tvagbheda

○bheda m. the chapping of the skin Suśr. ii, 1

⋙ tvagbhedaka

○bhedaka m. one who scratches the skin Mn. viii, 284

⋙ tvagroga

○roga m. = -doṣa

⋙ tvagvat

○vat mfn. furnished with a skin or bark Pāṇ. 5-3, 65 Kāś

≫ tvagākṣīrī

tvagā-kṣīrī f. = tvak-kṣ○ L

≫ tvaṅ

tvaṅ = 2. tvác

⋙ tvaṅmaya

○maya mfn. made of skin or bark, viii, 4, 45 Vārtt. Sch. ; iv, 3, 144 Siddh

⋙ tvaṅmala

○mala n. the hairs of the body L

⋙ tvaṅmāṃsāsthimaya

○māṃsâsthi-maya mfn. consisting of skin, flesh and bones Bhartṛ. i, 77

≫ tvac 2

tvác f. skin (of men, serpents &c.), hide (of goats, cows &c.) RV. &c. (kṛṣṇā́), the black man', i, 130, 8)

• a cow's hide (used in pressing out the Soma), i, iii, ix VS. xix, 82

• a leather bag RV. v, 33, 7

• (fig. 'a cloud') i & ix

• bark, rind, peel RV. &c

• Cassia bark VarBṛS. lxxvii, 6 ; 12 ; 24 ; 32

• cinnamon, cinnamon tree L

• a cover (of a horse) RV. viii, 1, 32

• surface (of the earth), i, 145, 5 ; x, 68, 4 AV. vi, 21, 1 TBr. i, 5, 5, 4

• with kṛṣṇā́ or ásiknī, 'the black cover', darkness RV. ix, 41, 1 and 73, 5

• a mystical N. of the letter ya RāmatUp. i, 77

≫ tvaca

tvaca n. skin (ifc. mukta-, mṛdu-) Uṇ. ii, 63 Sch

• cinnamon, cinnamon tree R. iii, 39, 22 Suśr

• Cassia bark L

• (ā), f. skin L

• cf. guḍa-

• tanu- and pṛthak-tvacā

⋙ tvacana

tvacana n. skinning Dhātup. xvii, 13

⋙ tvacaya

tvacaya Nom. ○yati, to skin Pāṇ. 3-1, 25

⋙ tvacas

tvacas sá-, sū́rya-, híraṇya-

⋙ tvacasya

tvacasyá mfn. being in the skin AV. ii, 33, 7

⋙ tvacāpattra

tvacā-pattra n. Cassia bark L

⋙ tvacāyani

tvacāyani m. patr. fr. ○c Pāṇ. 4-i, 95 Vārtt. 1 Pat

⋙ tvacita

tvacita mfn. skinned HPariś. ii, 23

⋙ tvaciṣṭha

tvaciṣṭha mfn. having the best or an excellent skin Pāṇ. 5-3, 65 Kāś

⋙ tvacisāra

tvaci-sāra m. (vi, 3, 9 Kāś.) = tvak-s○ a bamboo Bhpr. v, 3, 153

⋙ tvacīyas

tvacīyas mfn. having a better skin Pāṇ. 5-3, 65 Kāś

⋙ tvacya

tvacya mfn. conducive to healthiness of skin Suśr. i, 45, 7, 3 ; 46, 2, 11

≫ tvāca

tvāca mfn. relating to (tvác) the skin L

tvañc

tvañc (= 1. tañc), cl. o go Dhātup

• (= 2. tañc) cl. 7. tvanakti, to contract Kavikalpat

tvat

tvát (or tvád) &c. col. 2

tvar

tvar cl. 1. tvárate (ep. also ○ti

• pf. tatvare Ragh

• aor. 2. pl. atvaridhvam, ○riḍhvam, ○riddhvam Vop

• Subj. 2. sg. tvariṣṭhās Pāṇ. 1-3, 21 Siddh.) to hurry, make haste, move with speed Kāṭh. ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c.: Caus. tvarayati (Impv. ○ráya [Page 464, Column 1] Contents of this page

• aor. atatvarat Pāṇ. 7-4, 95) to cause to hasten, quicken, urge forward (with acc., dat. or inf.) AV. xii, 3, 31 MBh. &c

• tvār○, to convert quickly into the state (bhāva dat.) of Bādar. ii, 1, 24 Śaṃk

• √.tur

≫ tvara

tvara only (eṇa), instr. ind. hastily BhP. x, 13, 62

≫ tvaraṇa

tvaraṇá mf(ā́)n. produced by hurrying (sweat) AV. xi, 8, 28

• n. making haste W

⋙ tvaraṇīya

tvaraṇīya mfn. requiring haste MBh. vii, 5842

≫ tvarā

tvarā f. haste, speed MBh. R. &c. (○rāṃ-√kṛ with gen. 'to make haste with' Kathās. xx, 199)

• (ayā), instr. ind. hastily, quickly R. Suśr. Śak. vi, 2/3

⋙ tvarāyukta

○yukta mfn. expeditious BrahmaP. i, 56, 17. =

⋙ tvaroha

tvaroha (○râr○), m. 'ascending quickly', a pigeon Npr

⋙ tvarāvat

○vat mfn. expeditious MBh. R

≫ tvarāyasya

tvarāyasya Nom. P. to hurry, g. kaṇḍv-ādi

≫ tvari

tvari f. haste L

⋙ tvarita

tvarita mfn. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 187) hasty, quick, swift, expeditious MBh. &c

• n. impers. hurried W

• n. haste ( sa-tvaritam) L

• (am), ind. quickly, swiftly MBh. R. Śak. iii, 1/2 Kāraṇḍ

• (ā), f. Durgā and a magical formula called after her Tantras. iv Śārad. x

• -gati f. 'swift motion', a metre

• ram ind. more quickly Prab. vi, 1/2

• -vikrama, of 4 x 10 syllables Chandaþs. vi, 10 ff. Sch

• -ta mfn. stepping quickly Hariv. 3182 ; 4507 R. i, vii

• ○tôdita mfn. = tūrṇôd○ L

• cf. tūrtá, ○rṇa

⋙ ritaka

ritaka m. = tūrṇaka Suśr. i, 46

• (ā), f. id. Npr

tvaṣṭa

tvaṣṭa mfn. (√tvakṣ) = taṣṭa L

≫ tvaṣṭāvarūtrī

tváṣṭā-várūtrī du. 'Tvashṭṛi and his Help (cf. RV. vii, 34, 22)', N. of two Asura priests Kapishṭh. vli, 4 Kāṭh. xxx, 1 (triṣ○) MaitrS. iv, 8, 1 (triṣ○ and tṛṣ○)

⋙ tvaṣṭi

tvaṣṭi f. carpentry Mn. x, 48

⋙ tvaṣṭīmatī

tváṣṭī-matī

⋙ tvaṣṭumat

tváṣṭu-mat ○STR-m○

≫ tvaṣṭṛ

tváṣṭṛ m. a carpenter, maker of carriages (= táṣṭṛ) AV. xii, 3, 33

• 'creator of living beings', the heavenly builder, N. of a god (called su-kṛ́t, -pāṇí, -gábhasti, -jániman, sv-ápas, apásām apástama, viśvá-rūpa &c. RV

• maker of divine implements, esp. of Indra's thunderbolt and teacher of the Ṛibhus, i, iv-vi, x Hariv. 12146 f. R. ii, 91, 12

• former of the bodies of men and animals, hence called 'firstborn' and invoked for the sake of offspring, esp. in the Āprī hymns RV. AV. &c. MBh. iv, 1178 Hariv. 587 ff. Ragh. vi, 32

• associated with the similar deities Dhātṛi, Savitṛi, Prajā-pati, Pūshan, and surrounded by divine females [gnā́s, janáyas, devā́nām pátnīs

• cf. tváṣṭā-várūtrī] recipients of his generative energy RV. ŚBr. i KātyŚr. iii

• supposed author of RV. x, 184 with the epithet Garbha-pati RAnukr

• father of Saraṇyū [Su-reṇu Hariv

• Sva-reṇu L.] whose double twin-children by Vivasvat [or Vāyu ? RV. viii, 26, 21 f.] are YamaYamī and the Aśvins, x, 17, 1 f. Nir. xii, 10 Bṛih. Hariv. 545 ff. VP

• also father of Tri-śiras or Viśvarūpa ib

• overpowered by Indra who recovers the Soma ṛV. iii f. concealed by him because Indra had killed his son Viśva-rūpa TS. ii ŚBr. i, v, xii

• regent of the Nakshatra Citrā TBr. ŚāṅkhGṛ. Śāntik. VarBṛS. īc, 4

• of the 5th cycle of Jupiter, viii, 23

• of an eclipse, iii, 6

• tvaṣṭur ātithya, N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr.)

• a form of the sun MBh. iii, 146 Hariv. 13143 BhP. iii, 6, 15

• (styled mahā-graha) Parāś

• N. of the 12th Muhūrta Sūryapr

• of an Āditya MBh. i Hariv. BhP. vi, 6, 37 VP. i, 15, 130 ; ii, 10, 16

• of a Rudra, i, 15, 122

• of a son of Manasyu or Bhauvana, ii, 1, 40 BhP. v, 15, 13

⋙ tvaṣṭṛdevatya

○devatya mfn. having TṭTri-śiras as deity PārGṛ. iii, 15, 5

⋙ tvaṣṭṛmat

○mat (tváṣ○), mfn. connected with or accompanied by Tri-śiras RV. vi, 52, 11 VS. xxxvii, 20

• (○Tri-m○) MaitrS. and Kapishṭh

• (○Tu-m○) ĀpŚr

• f. [Pāṇ. 4-1, 34 Vārtt. 1 Pat.] ○ṭrī-matī TĀr., ○TI-m○. TS. i, 2, 5, 2 and ĀpŚr

⋙ tvāṣṭī

tvāṣṭī f. (for ○ṭrī) Durgā, DeviiP

≫ tvāṣṭra

tvāṣṭrá mfn. belonging to or coming from Tvashṭṛ i RV. i, 117, 22 AV. VS. &c. (putra, 'son of TṭTvashṭṛi' Prab. ii, 31)

• having Tvashṭṛi as regent VarBṛS. viii, 37 Jyot. (YV.) 6 Sch

• m. the son of Tvashṭṛi (Viśva-rūpa RV. &c. ; Ābhūti ŚBr. xiv Vṛitra BhP. vi, 9, 17 ; xi, 12, 5 Tri-śiras RAnukr.)

• N. of an eclipse VarBṛS. iiic, 2

• n. Tvashṭṛi's energy, creative power RV. iii, 7, 4 BhP. viii, 11, 35

• the asterism Citrā VarBṛS

• (ī), f. 'daughter of Tvashṭṛi', Saraṇyū (Vivasvat's wife) Nir. xii, 10 MBh. i, 2599 Hariv. 545 f

• the asterism Citrā L

• a small car L

• pl. 'daughters of Tvashṭṛi', certain divine female beings TāṇḍyaBr. xii, 5

⋙ tvāṣṭrīsāman

tvāṣṭrī-sāman n. N. of a Sāman (also ○ryāḥ s○

• also anta-tvāṣṭrī) Lāṭy

⋙ tvāṣṭreya

tvāṣṭ-reya N. of a family Pravar

tvāva

tvā́vá = tú vā́vá ŚBr. xi f

• cf. tvaí. [Page 464, Column 2]

tviṣ 1

tviṣ (cl. 1. tveṣati, ○te Dhātup

• aor. atvikṣat [Pāṇ. 7-2, 10 Kār.] Vop

• pl. átviṣur, ○ṣanta, átitviṣanta

• pf. titviṣé, p. ○ṣāṇá) Ā. to be violently agitated or moved or excited or troubled RV

• (P.) Bhaṭṭ

• P. Ā. to excite, instigate RV. i, x

• to shine, glitter, viii, 96, 15 Nir. BhP. x, 46, 45 (pr. p. tviṣyat)

• cf. ava-

≫ tviṭpati

tviṭ-pati m. 'light-lord', the sun Gal

≫ tviṣ 2

tvíṣ f. violent agitation, vehemence, violence, fury, perplexity RV. iv f. viii, x VS

• light, brilliance, glitter, splendour, beauty, authority RV. viii, 43, 3 MBh. &c

• colour VarBṛS. xxxii, 21

• lxiv, 3 Suśr. Ratnâv. Kathās

• speech L

≫ tviṣā

tviṣā f. light, splendour L

• N. of a daughter of Marīci by Sambhūti VāyuP. i, 28, 8 LiṅgaP

≫ tviṣāmīśa

tviṣām-īśa

⋙ tviṣāmīśapati

○pati m. = tviṭ-p○ L

≫ tviṣi

tvíṣi f. vehemence, impetuosity, energy RV. v, 8, 5 AV. VS. TS

• splendour, light, brilliancy, beauty RV. i, ix f. AV. VS. ŚBr. TāṇḍyaBr

• N. of an Ekâha Vait

⋙ tviṣimat

○mat (tvíṣ○), ○SI-m○

≫ tviṣita

tviṣitá mfn. violently agitated RV. x, 84, 2

≫ tviṣīmat

tvíṣī-mat mfn. vehemently excited, vehement, energetic RV

• shining, brilliant, beautiful, iii, vi

• ○Si-m○ ŚBr. xi ŚāṅkhŚr. KātyŚr. Kauś

≫ tveṣa

tveṣá mf(ā́)n. vehement, impetuous, causing fear awful RV

• brilliant, glittering RV

⋙ tveṣadyumna

○dyumna (○ṣá-), mfn. having glittering brilliancy, i, 37, 4

⋙ tveṣanṛmṇa

○nṛmṇa (○ṣá-), mfn. of brilliant power, x, 120, 1 AV. v, 11, 1

⋙ tveṣapratīka

○pratīka (○ṣá-), mf(ā)n. of brilliant appearance RV. i, 66, 7 and 167, 5

⋙ tveṣayāma

○yāma (○ṣá-), mfn. impetuous in course, 166, 5

⋙ tveṣaratha

○ratha mfn. having rushing or brilliant chariots, v, 61, 13

⋙ tveṣasaṃdṛś

○saṃdṛś (○ṣá-), mfn. = -pratīka, i, 85

• v f. x

≫ tveṣatha

tveṣátha m. fury, violence, i, 141, 8

≫ tveṣas

tveṣás n. energy, impulse, 61, 11

⋙ tveṣin

tveṣín mfn. impetuous, vii, 60, 10 (○ṣī́ nom. f. of ○ṣá ?)

≫ tveṣya

tveṣyá mfn. terrifying, awful, 58, 2

tveṣita

tvếṣita p. 463, col. 2

tvai

tvaí ind. (g. câdi and Pāṇ. 6-1, 94 Vārtt. 1 Pat.) = tú vatí TS. ii f ŚBr. ix f

• cf. tvā́vá

tvota

tvốta ○ti, p. 463, col. 2

tsar

tsar cl. 1. tsárati (Subj. and p. tsárat

• pf. tatsāra and aor. atsār RV

• atsārīt Pāṇ. 7-2, 2

• pf. pl. tatsarur, vi, 4, 120 Kāś.) to go or approach stealthily, creep on, sneak RV. AV. ŚBr. TāṇḍyaBr. Kauś. Anup

• cf. abhi-, ava-, upa-

≫ tsarā

tsarā f. approaching stealthily Nyāyam. Sch

≫ tsaru

tsáru m. a crawling animal RV. vii, 50, 1

• the stalk of a leaf ( palāśa-), handle of a vessel Suśr

• the hilt of a sword MBh. R. Hariv. Ragh

• cf. sumatí-

⋙ tsarumat

○mat mfn. having a handle ĀpŚr. xii, 2, 8

⋙ tsarumārga

○mārga m. sword-fight MBh. i, 5341

⋙ tsaruka

tsaruka mfn. making hilts of swords, g. ākarṣâdi

≫ tsāra

tsāra ku-

⋙ tsārin

tsārín mfn. approaching stealthily, hidden RV. i, 134, 5 AV. x, 1 TS. vi

⋙ tsāruka

tsāruka mfn. skilful in handling (tsaru) a sword MBh. i, 5271

 

Contents of this page

UKT notes